M/s. A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt Ltd

DRAFT

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

FOR

EXPANSION IN EXISTING UNIT

OF

M/s. A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt Ltd

Survey No. 357/2C, Village: Nani Chirai, Ta: Bhachau, Dist: Kutch (Gujarat)

[Product: Resins & Formaldehyde from 1900 MT/M to 6000 MT/M]

Schedule-5(f) & Category – A TOR Letter No.: J-11011/312/2010-IA II(I), Dated-10/05/2018

Proposal No. :- IA/GJ/IND2/73638/2018 DTD 23/03/2018 Study Period: October-November-December, 2018

PREPARED BY

BHAGWATI ENVIRO CARE PVT. LTD. [ISO 9001, ISO 14001 & OHSAS: 18001 CERTIFIED COMPANY]

(QCI/NABET Accreditated No. NABET/EIA/ACO/19/0995)

CORPORATE OFFICE

28, 29, 30, Parmeshwar Estate II, Opp. AMCO Bank,

Phase I, GIDC Estate, Vatva, Ahmedabad – 382445. Gujarat, India Phone No: +91 79 29295043, 40083051/52 Fax: +91 79 40083053

Email: [email protected] URL: www.bhagwatienviro.com

mailto:[email protected]

http://www.bhagwatienviro.com/

INDEX

Table of Contents

Clause No. Content Page No.

ANNEXURE A EXECUTIVE SUMMARY IN ENGLISH I-XVI ANNEXURE B EXECUTIVE SUMMARY IN GUJARATI XVII-

XXXVII ANNEXURE C NABET ACCREDITATION CERTIFICATE XXXVIII ANNEXURE C SIGN OF EXPERTS XXXIX CHAPTER 01 - 22 INTRODUCTION

1.1 INTRODUCTION 01 1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT AND PROJECT PROPONENT 01 1.3 PURPOSE OF THE STUDY 03 1.4 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT PROPONENT 04

1.5 BRIEF DISCRIPTION OF NATURE SIZE, LOCATION OF THE PROJECT AND ITS IMPORTANCE TO THE COUNTRY, RIGION 04

1.6 SCOPE & METHODOLOGY OF STUDY 05 1.7 STUDY AREA 07 1.8 APPLICABLE ENVIRONMENT REGULATIONS 08 1.9 STRUCTURE OF EIA 08

1.10 COMPLIANCE OF TOR 10 CHAPTER 2 23 - 89 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 INTRODUCTION 23 2.2 TYPE OF PROJECT 23 2.3 NEED OF THE PROJECT 24 2.4 LOCATION 25 2.5 PHOTOGRAPH OF THE PROPOSED PROJECT SITE 32 2.6 JUSTIFICATION OF SITE SELECTION 35 2.7 SIZE OR MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION 36 2.8 PRODUCT DETAILS 36 2.9 RAW MATERIAL REQUIREMENT 37

2.10 RAW MATERIAL STORAGE 38 2.11 HANDLING OF RAW MATERIAL & PRODUCT 41 2.12 MODE OF TRANSPORTATION FOR RAW MATERIAL 41

2.13 MANUFACTURING PROCESS DETAILS, CHEMICALS REACTIONS & MASS BALANCE 42

Prepared By: - Bhagwati Enviro Care Pvt. Ltd.


2.14 RESOURCE REQUIREMENT 49 2.15 LAND USE BREAKUP FOR TOTAL PLOT AREA 50 2.16 LIST OF PLANT MACHINERIES FOR PROPOSED PRODUCTION ACTIVITY 50 2.17 DETAIL OF MAN POWER REQUIREMENT 52 2.18 POWER REQUIREMENT 52 2.19 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION 52 2.20 PLANT WATER REQUIREMENT & EFFLUENT GENERATION 54 2.21 CHARACTERISTICS OF EFFLUENT 58 2.22 DETAIL OF EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT 59 2.23 FLUE GAS EMISSION 61 2.24 PROCESS GAS EMISSION 63 2.25 FUEL REQUIREMENT 63 2.26 FUGITIVE EMISSION CONTROL 63 2.27 HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT 64 2.28 NOISE POLLUTION 65 2.29 LIST OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS 66

2.30 SAFETY & OCCUPATIONAL MEASURE FOR STORAGE &HANDLING OF THE RAW MATERIAL & PRODUCT 70

2.31 ACTION PLAN FOR TRANSPORTATION OF RAW MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS INCLUDING HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS 75

2.32 COST OF THE PROJECT 77 2.33 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT 78 2.34 SCHEME FOR RAIN WATER HARVESTING 79 2.35 DETAILS OF SOLVENT RECOVERY 86 2.36 REGULATORY FRAME WORK 87 2.37 SUMMARY 89

CHAPTER 3. 90-194 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT

3.1 INTRODUCTION 90 3.2 STUDY AREA & STUDY PERIOD 90 3.3 METHODOLOGY OF BASELINE STUDY 96 3.4 FREQUENCY AND METHODOLOGY FOR MONITORING 97 3.5 ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS OF THE REGION 99 3.6 BASELINE ENVIRONMENT 99 3.7 AIR ENVIRONMENT 99

3.7.1 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY (AAQ) IN THE STUDY AREA 99 3.7.2 THE LOCATION OF AAQ STATIONS 100 3.7.3 BASE LINE DATA 101 3.7.4 SAMPLING ANALYSIS 119

3.8 METEOROLOGY 120 3.9 BASELINE DATA 120

3.9.1 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE 120



3.9.2 WIND SPEED 120 3.9.3 WIND DIRECTION 121 3.9.4 RELATIVE HUMIDITY (RH) 126 3.9.5 CLIMATE & RAIN FALL 126 3.9.6 TOPOGRAPHY 127 3.9.7 MIXING HEIGHT 128

3.10 ATMOSPHERIC STABILITY 128 3.11 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 129 3.12 WATER ENVIRONMENT 140 3.13 LAND ENVIRONMENT 146 3.14 TYPES OF SOIL 148 3.15 LAND USE PATTERN 155 3.16 SEISMICITY OF THE STUDY AREA 158 3.17 HYDROGEOLOGY 159 3.18 ECOLOGY 161 3.19 SOCIO ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 172 3.20 ECONOMIC ATTRIBUTES 179 3.21 AVAILABILITY OF BASIC AMENITIES 184 3.22 SOCIO ECONOMIC SURVEY 189

CHAPTER 4. 195-247 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 INTRODUCTION 195 4.2 IMPACT IDENTIFICATION 196

4.2.1 ENVIRONMENTAL PARAMETER 196 4.2.2 IDENTIFICATION MATRIX 198

4.3 IMPACT PREDICTION AND ASSESSMENT WITH MITIGATIVE MEASURE 201

4.4 AIR ENVIRONMENT 202 4.5 WATER ENVIRONMENT 230 4.6 SOLID/HAZARDOUS WASTE 234 4.7 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 235 4.8 LAND/SOIL ENVIRONMENT 237 4.9 TOPOGRAPHY 240

4.10 HYDROLOGY & GEOLOGY 240 4.11 ECOLOGY 241 4.12 SOCIO ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 243 4.13 HEALTH & SAFETY 244 4.14 TRAFFIC STUDY & ITS IMPACT 245

CHAPTER 5. 248-251 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITES)



5.1 SITE ALTERNATIVES 248 5.2 ALTERNATIVES FOR TECHNOLOGIES 249

CHAPTER 6. 252-264 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

6.1 PREAMBLE 252 6.2 MONITORING OF ENVIRONMENT 252

6.3 WORK ZONE MONITORING ARRANGEMENT FOR HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS 255

6.4 CHEMICALS WHICH ARE EXPOSED TO WORKERS DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY 257

6.5 INFRASTRUCTURAL REQUIREMENT & PROCUREMENT SCHEDULES 257 6.6 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSIBILITY 257 6.7 ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY 259 6.8 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL 260 6.9 ADMINISTRATIVE ACTIONS & DOCUMENTATION 263

6.9.1 ANALYSIS 263 6.9.2 REPORTING SCHEDULE 263 6.9.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING EXPENDITURE 263

CHAPTER 7. 265-310 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION 265 7.2 RISK ASSESSMENT 266 7.3 IDENTIFICATION OF HAZARDS 268

7.4 SAFE PRACTICES [HANDLING, STORAGE, TRANSPORTATION AND UNLOADING OF CHEMICALS] 280

7.4.1 DRUMS 280 7.4.2 MEASURES TO AVOID EVAPORATION 280 7.4.3 SAFETY SYSTEMS 280 7.4.4 STORAGE & HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL 280 7.4.5 TRANSPORTATION/UNLOADING 281

7.4.6 SAFETY INSTRUCTION FOR TRANSPORTATION OF HAZARDOUS MATERIAL 281

7.5 SPILL CONTROL 282 7.6 EFFECT AND CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS 282

7.6.1 OPERATING PARAMETERS 282 7.6.2 INVENTORY 283 7.6.3 LOSS OF CONTAINMENT 283

7.7 GENERAL SAFETY MEASURES AND SPECIFIC SAFETY MEASURES ADOPTEDFOR TRANSPORTATION, STORAGE & HANDLING (SPILLAGE AND LEAKAGE) OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS ARE LISTED

284



AS FOLLOWS 7.8 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY PROGRAM 285 7.9 MONITORING PROGRAM 286

7.10 ONSITE & OFFSITE DISASTER PREPAREDNESS & EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT PLAN OF THE INDUSTRY 294

7.11 SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT 309 CHAPTER 8. 311-319 PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1 INTRODUCTION 311 8.2 IMPROVEMENT IN PHYSICAL INFRASTCTURE 311 8.3 IMPROVEMENT IN SOCIAL INFRASTCTURE 311

8.4 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY (CSR) & SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT 312

8.5 DIRECT REVENUE EARNING TO THE NATIONAL AND STATE EXCHEQUER 317

8.6 INFRASTRUCTURAL BENEFIT 318 8.7 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS 318 8.8 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL 318 8.9 IMPORTANCE & BENEFITS OF THE PROJECT 319

CHAPTER 9. 320 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

9.1 COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS 320 CHAPTER 10. 321-370 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 INTRODUCTION 321 10.2 THE EMP 321 10.3 OBJECTIVES OF EMP 322 10.4 PRE- PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 325 10.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT DURING OPERATION 327

10.5.1 AIR POLLUTION 333 10.5.2 STORAGE &TRANSPORTATION OF RAW MATERIAL 334 10.5.3 FUGITIVE EMISSION 334 10.5.4 SOLVENT MANAGEMENT PLAN 334 10.5.5 NOISE POLLUTION 335 10.5.6 WATER QUALITY 336 10.5.7 HAZARDOUS/SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT 340 10.5.8 ECOLOGY & BIODIVERSITY 341 10.5.9 SOCIO ECONOMIC ASPECTS 341



10.5.10 HYDROGEOLOGY, GROUND WATER & WATER CONSERVATION 342 10.5.11 GEOLOGY 342 10.5.12 SOIL CONSERVATION 343 10.5.13 RISK & HAZARDS MANAGEMENT 343

10.6 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT 344 10.7 HEALTH AND SAFETY 347 10.8 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH HAZARDS. 348 10.9 DETAILS OF OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH SURVEILLANCE 354

10.10 HAZARDOUS IDENTIFICATION AND PREVENTIVE MEASURES 354 10.11 EXPENDITURE ON ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS 360

10.12 CONCEPT OF WASTE MINIMIZATION, RECYCLE / REUSE / RECOVER TECHNIQUES, ENERGY CONSERVATION AND NATURAL RESOURCES CONSERVATION

361

10.13 CHECKLIST IN THE FORM OF DO’S AND DON’T 364 10.14 SOCIO ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITY 367

10.15 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES TO THE LABOURS DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE 368

10.16 ODOUR CONTROL MEASURES 369 CHAPTER 11. 371-388 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION OF EIA REPORT

11.1 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT 372 11.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT. 376 11.3 WATER ENVIRONMENT 377 11.4 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 378 11.5 HAZARDOUS WASTES 380 11.6 ECOLOGY 380 11.7 SOCIO ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 381 11.8 LAND USE 381 11.9 TOPOGRAPHY 382

11.10 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT 382 11.11 SOIL QUALITY 383 11.12 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 384 11.13 CONCLUSION 388

CHAPTER 12. 389-390 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED


List of Figures / Maps

Fig/Map No. Content Page No.

CHAPTER: - 1 1.1 METHODOLOGY OF EAI STUDY 7

CHAPTER: - 2 2.1 MAP OF GUJARAT 26 2.2 MAP OF VADODARA DISTRICT 27 2.3 5 KM & 10 KM RADIOS MAP OF THE PROJECT SITE 28 2.4 LAYOUT PLAN 29 2.5 GOOGLE IMAGE OF M/s. A.K. FORMALINE (I) PVT. LTD 30 2.6 TOPOGRAPHY MAP OF M/s. A.K. FORMALINE (I) PVT. LTD 31 2.7 PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE 53 2.8 WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM 56 2.9 DIAGRAM OF EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT 60

2.10 FIRE HYDRANT DIAGRAM 74 2.11 SYSTEMATIC DESIGN OF THE RW HARVESTING STRUCTURES 83

CHAPTER: - 3

3.1 STUDY AREA MAP OF BASE LINE STUDY FOR 5 KM RADIUS AND 10 KM RADIUS 92

3.2 TOPOSHEET MAP 93 3.3 SAMPLING LOCATIONS MAP 95 3.4 WIND ROSE DIAGRAM 122 3.5 WIND CLASS FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTION GRAPH 125 3.6 GEOLOGICAL STRUCTURE OF GUJARAT STATE 148

3.7 LAND USE / LAND COVER MAP OF 10 KM RADIUS AREA AROUND PROJECT SITE 157

3.8 SEISMIC ZONES OF GUJARAT 158 3.9 FOREST VEGETATION MAP OF GUJARAT 169

3.10 NATIONAL PARK AND SANCTUARIES OF GUJARAT 170 3.11 POPULATION DETAILS 176 3.12 LITERACY DETAILS 178 3.13 EMPLOYMENT PATTERN 183 3.14 MAIN WORKER EMPLOYMENT PATTERN 183


Fig/Map No. Content Page No.

CHAPTER: - 4 4.1 ISOPLETHS OF PM10 221 4.2 ISOPLETHS OF PM2.5 223 4.3 ISOPLETHS OF SO2 225 4.4 ISOPLETHS OF NOx 227

CHAPTER: - 6 6.1 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL 261

CHAPTER: - 7 7.1 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT CHART FOR ONSITE EMERGENCY 297

CHAPTER: - 10 10.1 FLOW CHART OF EMP 324

10.2 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF PROPOSED WASTE WATER TREATMENT- ZLD SYSTEM 339


List of Tables

Table No. Content Page No.

CHAPTER:- 1 1.1 TOR COMPLIANCE 11

CHAPTER:- 2 2.1 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT 25 2.2 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT SITE 34 2.3 NEAREST INDUSTRIES OF THE PROJECT SITE 35 2.4 LIST OF PRODUCT 36 2.5 PACKING & FINAL APPLICATION OF PRODUCTS 37 2.6 DETAIL OF RAW MATERIALS 37 2.7 CHEMICALS NAME & PHYSICAL FORM OF RAW MATERIAL 39 2.8 PHYSICAL & CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF RAW MATERIALS 40 2.9 DETAIL OF SOURCE 49

2.10 LAND USE BREAK UP FOR TOTAL PLOT AREA 50 2.11 LIST OF PLANT MACHINERIES FOR PROPOSED PRODUCTION ACTIVITY 50 2.12 DETAILS OF MAN POWER 52 2.13 DETAIL OF WATER CONSUMPTION 54 2.14 DETAILS OF EFFLUENT GENERATION 55 2.15 CHARACTERISTICS OF INDUSTRIAL EFFLUENT 58 2.16 DETAIL OF EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANTS UNITS 59 2.17 FLUE GAS STACK DETAIL 61 2.18 EMISSION RATE OF THE POLLUTANTS 62 2.19 FUEL DETAIL 63 2.20 DETAIL OF HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT 64 2.21 TYPICAL NOISE LEVELS OF EQUIPMENT 65 2.22 LIST OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS 66 2.23 DETAIL OF FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 73 2.24 DETAIL OF FIRE-WATER PUMP 73 2.25 DETAIL OF PROVISION FOR FIRE-FIGHTING SYSTEM 74 2.26 ANTIDOTES OF CHEMICALS 75 2.27 CAPITAL COST & RECURRING COST OF THE PROJECT FOR EMP 77



CHAPTER:-3 3.1 NAME OF VILLAGES IN THE STUDY AREA 91 3.2 ENVIRONMENT ATTRIBUTES & FREQUENCY OF MONITORING 97 3.3 LOCATION OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING STATIONS 100

3.4 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS (MIN, MAX, AVG AND 98%) FOR INDIVIDUAL LOCATIONS 101

3.4(a) AMBIENT AIR QUALITY ANALYSIS REPORT FOR THE MONTH OF JANUARY TO MARCH 2019 103

3.4 (b) VOC & OTHER GASES ANALYSIS REPORT FOR THE MONTH OF JANUARY TO MARCH 2019 111

3.5 DETAILS OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING AND ANALYSIS PROCEDURE 119

3.6 WIND ROSE (FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTION DATA) 123 3.7 WIND ROSE FREQUENCY COUNT 124 3.8 RELATIVE HUMIDITY 126 3.9 PATTERN AT KUTCH RAIN GUAGE STATION 126

3.10 HOURLY MIXING DEPTH OVER INDIAN REGION 128 3.11 AMBIENT NOISE LEVELS WITHIN STUDY AREA 129 3.12 NOISE LEVEL IN THE STUDY AREA 132 3.13 LOCATION OF WATER QUALITY MONITORING STATION 141 3.13(a) WATER QUALITY ANALYSIS RESULT FOR GROUND WATER 143 3.13(b) WATER QUALITY ANALYSIS RESULT FOR SURFACE WATER 145

3.14 ANALYSIS RESULTS OF SOIL SAMPLE 150 3.15 STANDARD SOIL CLASSIFICATION 154 3.16 LAND USE DISTRIBUTION IN STUDY AREA (10 KM RADIAL ZONE) 156 3.17 HYDRO GEOLOGICAL CHARACTERISTICS AQUIFER 160 3.18 LIST OF COMMONLY FOUND FLORA IN THE STUDY AREA 164 3.19 LIST OF FAUNA RECORDED WITH IN THE STUDY AREA 166 3.20 POPULATION DETAILS 174 3.21 LITERACY DETAILS 177 3.22 EMPLOYMENT PATTERN AND MAIN WORKER EMPLOYMENT PATTERN 181 3.23 TEHSIL/VILLEGE WISE DETAILS OF MAIN WORKER EMPLOYMENT PATTERN 182 3.24 INFRASTRUCTURE RESOURCE BASE 184 3.25 AVAILABILITIES OF BASIC AMENITIES ACTIVITIES 186 3.26 MAIN COMMODITIES IN THE STUDY AREA 188 3.27 NAME OF VILLAGE FOR SURVEY IN THE STUDY AREA 192

CHAPTER:-4 4.1 IMPACT IDENTIFICATION MATRIX 199 4.2 IMPACT PREDICTION MATRIX 200 4.3 BASIS OF EMISSION RATE CALCULATIONS 205



4.4 MAXIMUM COMPUTED GROUND LEVEL CONCENTRATION 209 4.5 CUMULATIVE CONCENTRATION DUE TO INCREMENTAL GLC’S 210 4.6 THE 1ST HIGHEST 24 HR AVERAGE CONCENTRATION VALUES OF PM10 213 4.7 THE 1ST HIGHEST 24 HR AVERAGE CONCENTRATION VALUES OF PM2.5 215 4.8 THE 1ST HIGHEST 24 HR AVERAGE CONCENTRATION VALUES OF SO2 217 4.9 THE 1ST HIGHEST 24 HR AVERAGE CONCENTRATION VALUES OF NOx 218

4.10 TOTAL WATER REQUIREMENT 232 4.11 TOTAL WASTEWATER GENERATION 233 4.12 SOLID/HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION AND DISPOSAL MODE 234 4.13 TRAFFIC STUDY 246 4.14 ASSESSMENT OF PROPOSED TRAFFIC LOAD 246

CHAPTER:-6 6.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN 253 6.2 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSIBILITY 258 6.3 RESPONSIBILITY OF EMC 262 6.4 CAPITAL COST & RECURRING COST OF THE PROJECT FOR EMP 264

CHAPTER:-7

7.1 AREA WISE IDENTIFIED HAZARDS, PRECAUTIONS TAKEN WITH MITIGATION MEASURES 273

7.2 MONITORING PROGRAM FOR OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY 287

7.3 POSSIBLE EMERGENCY - SPILLAGE IN CHEMICAL STORAGE AREA (SPILL CONTROL PLAN) 290

7.4 POSSIBLE EMERGENCY – TOXIC GAS RELEASE 293

CHAPTER:-10 10.1 BUDGETARY EXPENDITURE FOR GBD 346 10.2 PLANT SPECIES FOR GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT 347 10.3 DETAILS OF FIRE EXTINGUISHER 351 10.4 DETAILS OF FIRE WATER PUMP 351 10.5 DETAILS OF PROVISION FOR FIRE-FIGHTING SYSTEM 351 10.6 CAPITAL COST & RECURRING COST OF THE PROJECT FOR EMP 360

CHAPTER:-11 11.1 SALIENT FEATURES OF PROJECT SITE 374 11.2 DETAIL OF SOURCE 375


Annexure

Annexure No. Topic Page No.

1 APPROVED TOR FOR EIA STUDY FROM MoEF&CC, NEW DELHI 391 2 RISK ASSESMENT STUDY REPORT 399 3 NATIONAL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS 441 4 ICMR STANDARD FOR DRINKING WATER 443

5 NATIONAL AMBIENT NOISE QUALITY STANDARDS AND OSHA’S PERMISSIBLE LIMIT FOR NOISE 444

6 LAND SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS 445 7 UNDERTAKING OF M/S. A.K. FORMALINE (I) PVT. LTD 450 8 UNDERTAKING OF CONSULTANT (BECPL) 451 9 CA CERTIFICATE 452

10 ADEQUACY REPORT OF SCHEDULE II 453 11 TREATABILITY STUDY REPORT 463 12 COPY OF CCA 477 13 COMPLIANCE OF CCA 484 14 COPY OF ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE 487 15 COMPLIANCE OF ENVITONMENT CLEARANCE 493 16 MOU COPY OF STEAM REQUIREMENT 527 17 STEAM CALCULATION 532 18 GWIL WATER PERMISSION LETTER 534 19 MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET 538 20 FORM 1 595 21 PFR REPORT 605 22 ADDITIONAL ATTACHMENT 618 23 PLANT LAYOUT 640 24 MEMBERSHIP CERTIFICATE 641


Annexure: A

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY OF

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

FOR

EXPANSION IN EXISTING UNIT

OF

M/s. A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt Ltd


PREPARED BY

BHAGWATI ENVIRO CARE PVT. LTD. [ISO 9001, ISO 14001 & OHSAS: 18001 CERTIFIED COMPANY]


CORPORATE OFFICE

28, 29, 30, Parmeshwar Estate II, Opp. AMCO Bank,

Phase I, GIDC Estate, Vatva, Ahmedabad – 382445. Gujarat, India Phone No: +91 79 29295043, 40083051/52 Fax: +91 79 40083053

, Email: [email protected] URL: www.bhagwatienviro.com



Annexure: A Executive Summary for Draft Environment Impact Assessment for Proposed Expansion unit by M/s. A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd

At Survey No. 357/2C, Village: Nani Chirai, Ta: Bhachau, Dist: Kutch (Gujarat)

1. INTRODUCTION :-

M/s. A.K. Formaline(I) Pvt. Ltd. is an existing manufacturing unit located at Survey No. 357/2C,Village: Nani Chirai, Taluka - Bhachau, District - Kutch, Gujarat. In existing unit, they are manufacturing Formaldehyde (37 % Solution) @ 900 MT /M and Resins (Urea Formaldehyde, Phenol Formaldehyde, melamine Formaldehyde) @1000 MT/Month. For existing products, they have obtained consent order No. AWH -104129, Date of issue 21/09/2019 AND Valid Up to 01/06/2024. Now they are going to expand the capacity of existing product i.e. Formaldehyde (37 % Solution) from 900 MT/M to 3000 MT/M and Resins (Urea Formaldehyde, Phenol Formaldehyde, melamine Formaldehyde) from 1000 MT/Month to 3000 MT /M. So, after expansion total product quantity will be 6000 MT /M. The total cost of project is about Rs. 4.87 Crores. The location of the unit is outside the notified industrial area. Considering scale of unit and its categorization, according to EIA notification dated 14th September 2006, by Ministry of Environment Forest & Climate Change (MoEF&CC), Government of India, their proposed expansion manufacturing activity is falls under Synthetic Organic Chemicals – Schedule 5(f) & cat -A. For that unit needs Environmental clearance from Ministry of Environment Forest &Climate Change.

The industry engaged the services of Bhagwati Enviro care Pvt Ltd., Ahmedabad to prepare and submit the necessary documents. The consulting firm has submitted an application in prescribed FORM-I along with necessary enclosures for obtaining Terms of Reference to MoEF&CC, New Delhi on 23-03-2018. The project proposal was considered and appraised by the MoEF&CC, New Delhi. The MoEF&CC has given Standard Terms of Reference vide Ref No. J-11011/312/2010-IA II (I) Dated on 10-05-2018, to carryout EIA Study. The Environmental monitoring and analysis were carried out by Bhagwati Enviro care Pvt ltd. (Having NABL Accreditation and MoEF&CC Registration) during the period of October-November-December 2018 and Draft EIA Report was prepared and submitted for Public Consultation. Total plot area is 3574 sq. m. from that they had done gardening & plantation for 1500 sq. m (41.97 % of Total Plot area) and additionally they will do plantation for 100 sq. m (2.79 of total plot area).So, total gardening & plantation area will be 1600 sq.m which is 44.76 % of total plot area.

2. SALIENT FEATURE OF THE PROJECT:- 1. Name of project : M/s. A. K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd 2. Location : Survey No. 357/2C,Village: Nani Chirai,

Taluka - Bhachau, District - Kutch, Gujarat 3. Latitude & Longitude : 23º11' 1.53"N (23.1837584)

70º 13' 8.01"E (70.2188939) 4. Existing / Proposed : Existing Unit 5. Schedule & category of Unit : Schedule – 5(f), Cat: A 6. Type of Unit : Formaldehyde & Resin Manufacturing Unit

I Prepared By M/s. Bhagwati Enviro Care Pvt Ltd.



7. Land acquired for the plant : 3574 Sq. meter 8. Green belt Area : Exi.: 1180 Sq. m + Pro. 320 Sq.m = Total

1500 Sq.m (41.97 % of the total Plot Area) 9. Project Cost : 487.71 lacs 10. Capital Cost of the project : 58.75 lacs 11. Recurring cost of the project : 259.39 lacs 12. CER Budget : 4.89 Lacs (1.63 lacs for 03 yr) 13. Man Power Requirement : 35 Nos. 14. Source of Electricity &

Power Requirement : PGVCL (Paschim Gujarat Vij Co. Ltd.)

150 KVA 15. Total No. of Product and

Qty : 04 Products, 6000 MT /M

16. Source of Water : GWIL 17. Total Water requirement : 116 KLPD

(Domestic: 4 KLPD) (Industrial: 98 KLPD) (Gardening: 14 KLPD)

18. Total Industrial Effluent Generation

: 38.5 KLPD

19. Mode of discharge for Industrial effluent

: Industrial Effluent generation: 38.5 KLPD

Generated Process effluent @ 23 KLPD will be evaporated in in-house thermic fluid evaporator.

Generated DM reject @ 8 KLPD, RO reject @ 4 KLPD, Cooling @ 0.5 KLPD will be treated in primary treatment then after @ 12.5 KLPD goes to RO treatment.

RO permeate @ 9.5 KLPD will be reused in gardening/ plantation purpose.

RO reject @ 3 KLPD will be evaporated in in-house thermic fluid evaporator.

Total 26 KLPD effluent will be evaporated in In-house thermic fluid evaporator.

20. Domestic Effluent generation & Disposal

: 3.7 KLPD to Soak Pit System

21. Required Steam: : Unit has obtained steam from their sister concern unit M/s. Singhal Plywood Ind. Pvt. Ltd. Unit has done agreement with M/s. Singhal Plywood for supply of Steam.

22. No. of flue gas stacks : DG set – 125 KVA (Stack height -9 m) 23. No. of Process gas stacks : No Process Gas Emission 24. Type and Quantity of fuel : Diesel: 60 Lit/Day

II Prepared By M/s. Bhagwati Enviro Care Pvt Ltd.



25. Type of Hazardous waste : 1. ETP waste – 70.3 MT /Yr

2. Used Oil – 0.06 KL /Yr. 3. Discarded containers.- 121.5 MT/Yr

26. Mode of disposal of hazardous waste

: 1. ETP waste – TSDF site of SEPPL, Kutch

2. Used Oil - Sell to Reg. Re-processors

3. Discarded containers.- Sell to authorized decontaminator

27. EIA period : October- November- December 2018 28. Villages covered under

study area of 10 KM radius from the project site

: 13 villages.

29. Sampling Location of AAQ, Noise, Soil,

: 1. Project site. 2. Nand Gam (Nani Chirai) 3. Moti Chirai 4. Padana 5. Varsana 6. Bhimasar 7. Modvadar 8. Pasuda

30. Sampling Location of ground water

: 1. Project Site 2. Nandgam 3. Moti Chirai 4. Padana 5. Varsana 6. Bhimasar 7. Modvadar 8. Pasuda

31. Sampling Location of Surface water

: 1. Moti Chirai 2. Pasuda 3. Varsana 4. Bhimasar

32. Analysis Results of AAQ : Pl. Refer Chapter 3, Page No. 103 to 118

33. Analysis Results of Noise Level

: Pl. Refer Chapter 3, Page No. 132 to 139

34. Analysis Results of Soil : Pl. Refer Chapter 3, Page No. 150 to 151

35. Analysis Results of Groundwater and Surface water.

: Pl. Refer Chapter 3, Page No. 143 to 145

3. DETAILS OF PRODUCTS:-

Table: 01 Product Details

Sr. No.

Product Name Existing Quantity

Proposed Quantity

Total Quantity

III Prepared By M/s. Bhagwati Enviro Care Pvt Ltd.



1 Formaldehyde (37% solution) 900

MT/Month 2100

MT/Month 3000

MT/Month 2 Resin

• Urea formaldehyde • Phenol formaldehyde • Melamine formaldehyde

1000 MT/Month

2000 MT/Month

3000 MT/Month

TOTAL 1900 MT/Month

4100 MT/Month

6000 MT/Month

4. WATER CONSUMPTION & WASTEWATER GENERATION/ DISPOSAL

Table: 02

Water Consumption and Wastewater generation

Total Water Consumption: 116 KLD Existing: 91.3 KLPD + Proposed: 24.7 KLPD Domestic water consumption: 4 KLPD Domestic waste water: 3.7 KLPD will be disposed off soak pit via septic tank. Industrial water consumption: 98 KLPD Industrial Effluent generation: 38.5 KLPD

Generated Process effluent @ 23 KLPD will be evaporated in In-house thermic fluid evaporator.


RO permeate @ 9.5 KLPD will be reused in gardening/ plantation purpose.

Water Consumption (KL/Day) Waste water generation(KL/Day) Existing Proposed Total After

expansion Existing Proposed Total after

expansion Domestic 2.0 2.0 4.0 Domestic 1.7 2.0 3.7

Gardening 13.3 0.7 14 Gardening 0.0 0.0 0.0

Industrial Industrial

DM water for process

11.0 73.0 84.0 DM water 1.0 7.0 8.0

Process 8.0 15.0 23.0

RO Plant for Cooling & Boiler

65.0 -51 14 RO Plant 4.0 0.00 4.0 Cooling blow Down

0.5 0.00 0.5

Boiler blow Down

4.8 -4.8 0

Total Industrial

76 22 98 Total Industrial

21.3 17.2 38.5

Total 91.3 24.7 116 Total 23 19.2 42.2

IV Prepared By M/s. Bhagwati Enviro Care Pvt Ltd.



RO reject @ 3 KLPD will be evaporated in In-house thermic fluid evaporator. Total 26 KLPD effluent will be evaporated in In-house thermic fluid evaporator.

Table: 03

Mode of Disposal and Treatment

Sr. No.

Source Quantity and mode of disposal

1. Domestic sewage

• Domestic Wastewater @ 3.7 KL/day will be disposed off through Soak Pit / Septic Tank System.

2. Industrial wastewater

• Industrial Effluent Generation: 38.5 KLPD • Generated Process effluent @ 23 KLPD will be

evaporated in in-house thermic fluid evaporator. • Generated DM reject @ 8 KLPD, RO reject @ 4

KLPD, Cooling @ 0.5 KLPD will be treated in primary treatment then after @ 12.5 KLPD goes to RO treatment.

• RO permeate @ 9.5 KLPD will be reused in gardening/ plantation purpose.

• RO reject @ 3 KLPD will be evaporated in in-house thermic fluid evaporator.

• Total 26 KLPD effluent will be evaporated in in-house thermic fluid evaporator.

5. DETAILS OF AIR EMISSION Table: 04

Flue Gas Stack Details

Sr. no.

Stack Attached to Stack ht. (m)

Air Pollution Control System

Parameter Permissible Limit

01 DG Set (125 KVA) 09 --- SPM 150 mg/NM3

Note: As per GPCB Consent Order No.: 104129, Condition No.: 03. Unit has obtained steam from their sister concern unit M/s. Singhal Plywood Ind. Pvt. Ltd. (ID 18067) so, they have no Boiler or TFH in their unit. Process gas Stack Details

There is no process gas emission generate from existing as well as proposed manufacturing process.

Table: 05

Fuel Consumption Details

V Prepared By M/s. Bhagwati Enviro Care Pvt Ltd.



Sr. No Name of Fuel Qty. 01 Diesel 60 Lit/Day

Table: 06

Utility wise Fuel Consumption Details

Sr. no.

Name of Unit Type of Fuel

Qty.

01 DG Set (125 KVA) Diesel 60 Lit/Day 6. ETAILS OF HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION & ITS MANAGEMENT

TABLE: 07

DETAILS OF HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION & ITS MANAGEMENT

1. ENVIRONMENTAL PARAMETER MONITORING STUDY AREA/ STUDY PERIOD

The study area for detailed studies is an area within a radius of 10 Kms. Ambient air quality monitoring were carried out at 08 locations within the study area of 10 kms aerial coverage from project site as the Center. The ground water monitoring, noise level monitoring, Soil analysis were carried out at 08 location for once in the study period. The monitoring activities were carried out at 08 sampling sites for the Month

Sr. No

Type of Waste With Category No.

Quantity of hazardous Waste

Management Existing Proposed Total After

Expansion 1 Discarded

Containers (Cat. No.33.3)

61.50 MT/Year

60.00 MT/Year

121.5 MT/Year

Collection, Storage, Transportation, Disposed by selling out to authorized decontaminator.

2 Used Oil (Cat. No. 5.1)

0.02 MT/Year

0.04 MT/Year

0.06 MT/Year Collection, Storage, Transportation, Disposed by selling out to registered recycler

3 ETP Sludge (Cat. No. 35.3)

34.3 MT/Year

36 MT/Year

70.3 MT/Year Collection, Storage, Transportation & Disposed to TSDF of SEPPL, Kutch.

VI Prepared By M/s. Bhagwati Enviro Care Pvt Ltd.



of March - April - May 2018.

2. AIR ENVIRONMENT

Baseline study indicates that AAQ in the surrounding study area with respect to PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NOX and VOC are well within the stipulated permissible limits as prescribed by the latest National Ambient Air Quality (NAAQ) Standards for the respective industrial residential rural areas.

Maximum evaluated 24 hourly GLC from the AERMOD model, when added to the 98-percentile concentration of each parameter monitored during Month of March - April - May 2018 season of the ambient air it indicates that due to establishment of proposed expansion project of M/s. A. K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd, ambient air quality of the surrounding study area will be well within the NAAQ standards for the respective Industrial, residential rural areas. Company will use Diesel as a fuel. There will be no process gas emission from the unit.

It is concluded that there will be no long term impacts on the surrounding ambient air environment.

3. WATER ENVIRONMENT

The source of water for the proposed Expansion project will be GWIL. Base line data reveal that, the ground water quality is meeting with Drinking Water standards. The company proposes to use water for both domestic as well as Industrial purpose by GWIL.

Total Water Consumption: 116 KLD Existing: 91.3 KLPD + Proposed: 24.7 KLPD Domestic water consumption: 4 KLPD Domestic waste water: 3.7 KLPD will be disposed off soak pit via septic tank. Industrial water consumption: 98 KLPD Industrial Effluent generation: 38.5 KLPD Generated Process effluent @ 23 KLPD will be evaporated in In-house thermic

fluid evaporator. Generated DM reject @ 8 KLPD, RO reject @ 4 KLPD, Cooling @ 0.5 KLPD will

be treated in primary treatment then after @ 12.5 KLPD goes to RO treatment. RO permeate @ 9.5 KLPD will be reused in gardening/ plantation purpose. RO reject @ 3 KLPD will be evaporated in In-house thermic fluid evaporator. Total 26 KLPD effluent will be evaporated in In-house thermic fluid evaporator. It is concluded that unit, there will be no significant impacts on the surrounding water environment.

4. NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Base line data indicates that noise levels in the ambient air environment are within the prescribed norms. The industry will provide adequate noise control

VII Prepared By M/s. Bhagwati Enviro Care Pvt Ltd.



measures such as mufflers & silencers at the air inlet/outlet, anti vibration pad for equipment with have extreme vibration etc. Ear plugs & ear muffs will be provided to the workers where noise level will remain extremely high. Thus, there will be short term, reversible impact on the noise environment due to the Proposed Expansion project.

5. LAND ENVIRONMENT

Air pollution, water pollution and solid waste pollute soil and causes direct/indirect effect on soil. Since all necessary air pollution control measures have been provided and based on the results of the dispersion model for the ground level concentration of various pollutants after the commissioning of the proposed expansion Project, there will not be any adverse impact of air pollution on soil. Industrial effluent will be treated into ETP and finally treated effluent will be evaporated in in-house evaporator. Therefore no impact on soil environment is anticipated. All necessary control measures will be provided for handling, storage and safe disposal of solid/hazardous waste, which will be generated from the proposed expansion project. Thus, there will not be any significant impact of solid waste on the soil Environment.

6. ECOLOGY

Detailed flora and fauna studies were carried in the study area. As per baseline studies, there are no endangered, threatened & protected plants and animal species were recorded in the study area. Hence, no significant adverse impact is envisaged on ecology. Impacts on terrestrial ecosystem due to the operation of plant occur mainly from air emissions. Air pollutants can impact adversely on the biotic and abiotic components of the ecosystem and may include injurious effects when concentration of these pollutants exceed from permissible limit. Since the proposed activity will be carried out in proposed expansion unit and there will be only DG set in the unit. There is no process gas emission from the unit. so, there will be no adverse impact on the ecological environment of the study area. Total plot area is 3574 sq. m. from that they had done gardening & plantation for 1500 sq. m (41.97 % of Total Plot area) and additionally they will do plantation from 100 sq. m (2.79 of total plot area).So, total gardening & plantation area will be 1600 sq. m which is 44.76 % of total plot area.

VIII Prepared By M/s. Bhagwati Enviro Care Pvt Ltd.



The company will also develop plantation as per the MoEF guidelines all along the periphery of plant so that these trees perform as natural barrier for bring down the fugitive emission and also stop carryover of dust along with wind current.

7. SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

Due to Proposed expansion project, 35 nos. of local peoples and outside peoples will get employment during the construction phase and additional 20 peoples will be employed during the operation phase. The indirect employment will also be generated by way of transportation, shopkeepers and other casual employment for many people. Thus, the proposed project will have long term- irreversible positive impact on the employment pattern of the study area.

IX Prepared By M/s. Bhagwati Enviro Care Pvt Ltd.



8. ENVIRONMENTAL PARAMETER MONITORING Environmental parameter monitoring facility of the expansion in existing project is as given below:

S. No. Aspect Source of

Impact

Monitoring Method and it’s Parameters

Frequency Executing Agency

Monitoring Agency

1.0 Construction Phase (As the construction area is small so, steel structure will be used in the existing unit, hence the impact will be very less)

1.1 Local Manpower Absorption

Construction Work

Contractor’s report No. of people working in the project

Daily Contractor A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd

1.2 Air Quality transportation of construction materials

Survey & observations; Levels of SPM, RSPM, SO2 and NOx

Weekly A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd

GPCB/ Recognized Env. Agency

1.3 Public Health Dust, Noise, Movement of labours

Regular medical checkup

Monthly Contractors A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd

2.0 Operation Phase 2.1 Water Quality

& Quantity Surface & Ground water quality within the Project Area

Surveys, sample collection & field measurement;

Quarterly A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd


2.2 Effluent Quality

Quality of Treated effluent will be evaporated in in-house thermic fluid evaporator & remaining treated effluent reused in gardening & plantation

ETP sample collection & quality analysis

Daily (Internal); Monthly (Third Party)

A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd


2.3 Air Quality Emissions from DG set.

Air quality monitoring at 2-3 location within (SO2, NOx, PM10, PM2.5, CO, HC, VOC) as well as stack monitoring.

Ambient -Monthly (24 hourly); Stack – Monthly (third party)



X Prepared By M/s. Bhagwati Enviro Care Pvt Ltd.



2.4 Noise Level Noise level

compliance with respect to industrial standards

Ambient Equivalent Sound Pressure Levels (Leq) in day and Night time at 4 to 6 location.

Monthly (Third Party) and fortnightly (internal)



2.5 Biological Environment

Horticulture/ Greenbelt Development

Survival rate of plants and shrubs



2.6 Solid Waste Management

Disposal of waste

Monitoring of waste collection, segregation and disposal

Fortnightly A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd


2.7 Hazardous Waste Management

Hazardous waste as required by hazardous waste authorization

Monitoring of hazardous waste collection, segregation, storage and disposal



Generation of used drums, bags and records of their dispatch to approved vendors.

Maintain Records

Daily A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd


Generation of waste oil and their treatment

Maintain Records



9. ADDITIONAL STUDIES

We have carried out socio-economic study of the study area to evaluate impact of proposed expansion project on them. Since the proposed expansion project is a small scale unit so, it is beneficial to local people. We have carried out Risk Assessment report for Phenol, Formaldehyde (solution), and Methanol. Detailed possible accident scenarios of the chemicals are described in Risk Assessment Report (Annexure- 02 of EIA report).

10. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

The environmental management plan is the plan for effective environmental management prepared by project proponents. Environmental Management Plan of the company is given in the following table:

XI Prepared By M/s. Bhagwati Enviro Care Pvt Ltd.



OPERATIONAL PHASE:

M/s. A. K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd has planned all the necessary steps to control Water Pollution, Air Pollution, noise pollution as well as Hazardous Waste Pollution. The detailed mitigation measures planned during operation phase of the project are as follows: Activity Environmental

Impacts Mitigation measures Remarks

Manufacturing of Products

o Air o Land o Water o Noise

• Ensure proper handling of all chemical by introducing spill control procedures.

• Ensure usages of PPE’s by workers.

• The charging of the hazardous chemical will be done through very carefully.

• MSDS of Raw material & products will be displayed at storage & handling area.

Implementation responsibility: A. K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd

Activity Environmental Impacts

Mitigation measures Remarks

Construction Phase: Erection of Plant Machineries

• Air • Noise • Socio

Economic

• Well maintained vehicles will be used.

• Metalled Road for Vehicle Movement

• Well maintained equipment will be utilized to prevent noise generation.

• Local labour will be hired for the work so that housing arrangement will be avoided.


XII Prepared By M/s. Bhagwati Enviro Care Pvt Ltd.



• Water usage will be strictly by putting water meter plant wise.

• Monitored data will be analyzed and reviewed time to time.

• Contaminated solid waste will be sent to approve TSDF Facilities.

• Storage area will be designed in line with the factory Act requirement.

Environmental Management Plan: Operation Phase:


Mitigation Measures Remarks

Operation of DG Set

• Air • Noise

• Ensure proper maintenance of machinery to reduce noise level

• After clean up of spillage ensure that disposed it properly.

• Provision of Adequate Stack Height of DG set.

• Ensure usage of Personal Protective Equipments.


Operation of Cooling Tower

• Air • Water • Noise

• Ensure proper maintenance of machinery to reduce noise level.

• Blow down is being sent in ETP for treatment.

XIII Prepared By M/s. Bhagwati Enviro Care Pvt Ltd.



Environmental Management Plan: Operation Phase

Storage, Handling & Transportation of Raw materials and Products

• Air • Water • Land

• Chemical to be stored in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Safety Department.

• Separate storage area for solid/liquid raw materials.

• Install proper facilities to prevent rain/storm water contamination during the storage of solid raw materials.

• Ensure disposal of used drums, bags as per the rules/regulations.


Transportation of all the raw materials, Finished products & Hazardous wastes.

Air Water Land

• Work will be given to Trained/Approved Transports for the transportation of the raw materials/products.

• Ensure availability of MSDS of all the raw materials and finished products to the Off-site Emergency team.

Development and maintenance of green belt

• Air. • Land

Ensure development and maintenance of proper green belt.

Direct / Indirect Employment

• Socio Economic issue

Continue policy of local employment according to the skill and availability of the manpower

XIV Prepared By M/s. Bhagwati Enviro Care Pvt Ltd.



Proposed Budget For Environmental Management Plan [EMP]

Sr. No

System Approximate Capital cost per

annum (in Lac)

Approximate Recurring cost

(Rs. In Lac)

Basis for cost estimates

1 Air pollution control

0 1.5 The capital cost would include cost of providing adequate height of the stack include cost of monitoring of air environment.

2 Water pollution control

18.0 240 Capital cost would include cost of ETP, In capital cost civil work, mechanical work, Electrical work and piping work is included. Recurring cost is for operational phase regarding Evaporation cost of thermic fluid evaporator.

3 Noise pollution monitoring

0.25 1.0 The recurring cost would include cost of noise monitoring.

4 Solid and hazardous waste management

8.0 5.0 Capital cost would include cost of providing storage space for hazardous waste and membership of TSDF Fee. Recurring cost would include cost of land filling and transportation.

5 Environment monitoring and management

3.0 2.0 The recurring cost would be incurred on hiring of consultants and payment of various statutory fees to regulatory agencies.

6 Green belt 1.5 2.0 Development of Greenbelt including Gardening and Plantation.

7 Occupational health

8.0 2.0 Occupational health check up of Employees and workers

8 Fire & Safety

20 1 Provision of safety equipment & fire hydrant system and fire fighting extinguisher.

9 CER 0.0 4.89 1% of the proposed project cost. Green belt development, Drinking water facility, solar Lighting etc.

Total 58.75 259.39

XV Prepared By M/s. Bhagwati Enviro Care Pvt Ltd.



CONCLUSION The study brings out the followings: • The proposed Expansion project will have easy access to basic infrastructure

facilities, availability of land, fuel, transportation network, power availability, environmental compatibility and well developed pollution control systems.

• Environmental Impact Assessment shows that proposed Expansion project

activity will not have any significant impact on existing ambient air quality, ground water quality and noise level.

• Risk to flora, fauna and soil is negligible due to location of project activity and

proposed effective environmental management plan for management and handling of air pollution, hazardous wastes and wastewater.

• Greenbelt on available open land area will be developed within the plant

premises; there will be positive impact on the ecological environment of the study area.

• There will be Socio-economic benefits due to creation of direct/indirect

employment. Thus, it is concluded that expansion in existing project of M/s. A. K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd Will have negligible impact on environment and will become beneficial to the local people after implementation of the mitigation measures and environmental management plan.

XVI Prepared By M/s. Bhagwati Enviro Care Pvt Ltd.

Annexure-B

મેસસર્. એ.ક�. ફોમ��લન (I) પ્રા. �લ ના હયાત �િુનટમા ંફોમાર્�લ્ડહાઇડ અને ર��ઝન ના ં

ઉત્પાદનના ��ૂચત િવસ્તરણની પયાર્વરણ પર થનાર� અસરો �ગેના અહ�વાલનો

મહત્વ�ણૂર્ સારાશં

(સવ� ન.ં ૩૫૭/૨ સી, ગામ: નાની �ચરાઇ, તા�કુો - ભચાઉ, �જલ્લો - કચ્છ, �જુરાત)

અહ�વાલ તૈયાર કરનાર

ભગવતી એન્વાયરો ક�ર પ્રા.લી.

(આઈએસઓ ૯૦૦૧, આઈએસઓ૧૪૦૦૧ અને OHSAS: ૧૭૦૦૧ થી પ્રમા�ણત કંપની)


કોપ�ર�ટ ઓફ�સ

૨૮, ૨૯, ૩૦ પરમે�ર એસ્ટ�ટ -૨, એમ્કો બ�ક સામે, તબ�ો-૧, �આઇડ�સી એસ્ટ�ટ, વટવા, અમદાવાદ-

૩૮૨૪૪૫, �જુરાત.

ફોન ન.ં +૯૧ ૭૯ ૨૯૨૯૫૦૪૩, ૪૦૦૮૩૦૫૧/૫૨

ફ�ક્સ: +૯૧ ૭૯ ૪૦૦૮૩૦૫૩

ઈમેઈલ: [email protected]

URL: www.bhagwatienviro.com



અ��ુ�ૂચ: બી

મેસસર્. એ.ક�. ફોમ��લન (I) પ્રા. �લ ના હયાત �િુનટમા ંઉત્પાદનના ��ૂચત િવસ્તરણ કરવા માટ�નો કાયર્કાર� સારાશં

સવ� ન.ં ૩૫૭/૨ સી, ગામ: નાની �ચરાઇ, તા�કુો - ભચાઉ, �જલ્લો - કચ્છ, �જુરાત

૧. પ્રસ્તાવના:

મેસસર્. એ.ક�. ફોમ��લન ( I) પ્રા. �લ. એ હયાત ઉત્પાદન એકમ છે � સવ� નં . ૩૫૭/૨ સી , ગામ: નાની

�ચરાઇ, તા�કુો - ભચાઉ , �જલ્લો - કચ્છ , �જુરાત ખાતે આવેલ છે. હયાત એકમમાં , તેઓ ફોમાર્�લ્ડહાઇડ

(૩૭% સોલ્�શુન) �ુ ંઉત્પાદન ૯૦૦ મે. ટ્ન પ્રિત માસ અને ર��ઝન (��ુરયા ફોમાર્�લ્ડહાઇડ , �ફનોલ

ફોમાર્�લ્ડહાઇડ, મેલામાઇન ફોમાર્�લ્ડહાઇડ) �ુ ંઉત્પાદન ૧૦૦૦ મે. ટ્ન પ્રિત માસ કર� રહ્યા છે. હયાત

ઉત્પાદનો માટ�, તેઓએ સીસીએ ન.ં AWH – ૧૦૪૧૨૯ મેળવેલ છે , �ની ઇશ્�નુી તાર�ખ ૨૧/૦૯/૨૦૧૯

છે તથા તેની માન્યતા ૦૧/૦૬/૨૦૨૪ �ધુી છે. હવે તેઓ હયાત ઉત્પાદનની ક્ષમતામા ંવધારો કરશે એટલે ક�

ફોમાર્�લ્ડહાઇડ (૩૭% સોલ્�શુન) �ુ ંઉત્પાદન ૯૦૦ મે. ટ્ન પ્રિત માસ થી 3000 મે. ટ્ન પ્રિત માસ અને ર��ઝન

(��ુરયા ફોમાર્�લ્ડહાઇડ , �ફનોલ ફોમાર્�લ્ડહાઇડ , મેલામાઇન ફોમાર્�લ્ડહાઇડ) �ુ ંઉત્પાદન ૧૦૦૦ મે. ટ્ન પ્રિત માસ થી

3000 મે. ટ્ન પ્રિત માસ કરશે. તેથી , િવસ્તરણ પછ� �ુલ ઉત્પાદન જથ્થો ૬000 મે. ટ્ન પ્રિત માસ થશે. િવસ્તરણ

બાદ એકમનો �ુલ ખચર્ લગભગ �. ૪.૮૭ કરોડ થશે. પ્રો�ક્ટ�ુ ંસ્થળ નો�ટફાઈડ ઈન્ડ�સ્ટ્રયલ એ�રયાની બહાર છે. EIA નો�ટફ�ક�શન , ૨૦૦૬ અને તેના �ધુારા

નો�ટફ�ક�શન SO (ઈ) તા. ૨૫/૦૬/૨૦૧૪ �તગર્ત, એકમના ધોરણ અને તેના વગ�કરણને ધ્યાનમા ંલેતા,

તેમની ��ુચત િવસ્તરણ ઉત્પાદનની પ્ર�કયા િસન્થેટ�ક ઑગ�િનક ક�િમકલ્સ -િવભાગ-૫-(એફ)-ક�ટ�ગર�. એ

હ�ઠળ આવે છે. મેસસર્ ભગવતી એન્વાયરો ક�ર પ્રા. �લ., અમદાવાદ ને પ્રસ્થાિપત એકમનો પયાર્વરણીય �થુ્થ્કરણ અસર નો

અભ્યાસ (EIA) કરવા માટ� િનમ�કૂ કરવામા ંઆવેલ છે.કન્સલટ�ગ ફમર્ દ્વારા TOR મેળવવા માટ� , ફોમર્-૧

તથા તેની સાથે સામેલ જ�ર� દસ્તાવેજો સાથે MoEF&CC, નવી �દલ્હ� ખાતે ૨૩/૦૩/૨૦૧૮ ના રોજ

અર� કર� હતી. પ્રો�ક્ટના પ્રસ્તાવ પર MoEF & CC, નવી �દલ્હ� દ્વારા િવચારણા કરવામા ંઆવી હતી

અને તે�ુ ં�લૂ્યાકંન કરવામા ંઆવ્�ુ ંહ� ુ.ં MoEF & CC એ EIA અભ્યાસ હાથ ધરવા માટ� તા

૧૦/૦૫/૨૦૧૮ ના રોજ ર�ફરન્સ ન ંJ-૧૧૦૧૧/૩૧૨/૨૦૧૦-IA II (I) ના આધાર� Standard TOR આપ્યો હતો. મેસસર્ ભગવતી એન્વાયરો ક�ર પ્રા. �લ ( NABL Accreditation and MoEF & CC Registration) દ્વારા

પયાર્વરણીય દ�ખર�ખ તથા �થુ્થ્કરણ ઓક્ટોબર-નવેમ્બર-�ડસેમ્બર ૨૦૧૮ દરમ્યાન કરવામા ંઆવ્�ુ ંહ� ું

તથા ડ્રાફ્ટ EIA ર�પોટર્ બનાવીને લોક �નુાવણીની પ્ર�ક્રયા માટ� જમા કરવામા ંઆવેલ છે.

પ્લોટ�ુ ં�ુલ ક્ષેત્રફળ 3574 ચો.મી. છે. તેમાથંી તેઓએ ૧૫૦૦ ચો.મી. (�ુલ પ્લોટ ના ૪૧.૯૭ %) માટ�

�કૃ્ષારોપણ અને બાગકામ કર�લ છે અને વ�મુા ંતેઓ ૧૦૦ ચો. મી. (�ુલ પ્લોટ ના ૨.૭૯ %) �કૃ્ષારોપણ

કરશે. તેથી, �ુલ �કૃ્ષારોપણ અને બાગકામનો િવસ્તાર ૧૬૦૦ ચો.મી. થશે � �ુલ પ્લોટ િવસ્તારનો ૪૪.૭૬

% છે.

XVII તૈયાર કરનાર -: ભગવતી એન્વાયરો ક�ર પ્રા. �લ.



સવ� ન.ં ૩૫૭/૨ સી, ગામ: નાની �ચરાઇ, તા�કુો - ભચાઉ, �જલ્લો - કચ્છ, �જુરાત ૨.પ્રો�ક્ટ નો સારાશં: ૧. પ્રો�ક્ટ �ુ ંનામ : મેસસર્. એ.ક�. ફોમ��લન (I) પ્રા. �લ.

૨. સ્થળ : સવ� નં . ૩૫૭/૨ સી , ગામ: નાની �ચરાઇ ,

તા�કુો - ભચાઉ, �જલ્લો - કચ્છ, �જુરાત

૩. અક્ષાશં અને ર�ખાશં : ૨૩૦૧૧’૧.૫૩”N (૨૩.૧૮૩૭૫૮૪)

૭૦૦૧૩’૮.૦૧”E (૭૦.૨૧૮૮૯૩૯)

૪. હયાત/ન�ુ ં : હયાત એકમ

૫ શેડ�લુ અને પ્રકાર : શેડ�લુ-૫(એફ). પ્રકાર: એ

૬. એકમ નો પ્રકાર : ફોમાર્�લ્ડહાઇડ & ર��ઝન

૭. પ્લાન્ટ માટ�ની જમીન નો િવસ્તાર : ૩૫૭૪ ચો.મી.

૮. ગ્રીન બેલ્ટ એર�યા : હાલ�ુ ં: ૧૫૦૦ ચો. મી. અને ��ૂચત ૧૦૦

ચો. મી. માટ� �ુલ ૧૬૦૦ ચો.મી. (�ુલ પ્લોટ

એ�રયા ના ૪૪.૭૬ %)

૯. પ્રો�ક્ટ ખચર્ : ૪૮૭.૭૧ લાખ

૧૦. પ્રો�ક્ટ ની �ડૂ� ખચર્ : ૫૮.૭૫ લાખ

૧૧. પ્રો�ક્ટની �રક�ર�ગ ખચર્ : ૨૫૯.૩૯ લાખ

૧૨. C.E.R. બ�ટ : ૪.૮૯ લાખ પ્રિત વષર્ (૧.૬૩ લાખ ૩ વષર્

માટ�)

૧૩. માનવશ�ક્ત ની જ��રયાત : ૩૫

૧૪. વીજળ�નો �ોત અને પાવર જ��રયાત : PGVCL (પિ�મ �જુરાત વીજ કંપની �લિમટ�ડ),

૧૫૦ ક�.વી.એ.

૧૫. �ુલ ઉત્પાદન અને જથ્થો : ૪ પ્રોડ્ક્ટ, ૬૦૦૦ મે. ટ્ન/માસ

૧૬.

પાણી નો �ોત : GWIL ( �જુરાત વોટર ઈન્ફ્રાસ્ટ્રક્ચર

�લમીટ�ડ)

૧૭. �ુલ પાણીની જ��રયાત : ૧૧૬ �કલો.�લ.પ્રિત �દવસ

(ઘરગથ્�:ુ ૪ �કલો.�લ.પ્રિત �દવસ)

(ઔધો�ગક: ૯૮ �કલો.�લ.પ્રિત �દવસ)

(બાગકામ: ૧૪ �કલો.�લ.પ્રિત �દવસ)

XVIII તૈયાર કરનાર -: ભગવતી એન્વાયરો ક�ર પ્રા. �લ.




૧૮. �ુલ ઔધો�ગક પ્ર�ુિષત પાણી નો ઉદભવ : ૩૮.૫ �કલો.�લ.પ્રિત �દવસ

૧૯. ઔધો�ગક પ્ર�ુિષત પાણી ના િનકાલની

વ્યવસ્થા

: ઔધો�ગક પ્ર�ુિષત પાણીનો ઉદભવ: ૩૮.૫

�કલો.�લ.પ્રિત �દવસ

• ઉત્પ� થયેલ પ્રોસેસ(Process) �ુ ં

પ્ર�ુિષત પાણી @ ૨૩ �કલો.�લ.પ્રિત �દવસ

ને ઈન-હાઉસ થિમ�ક ફ્�ઇુડ ઇવેપોર�ટર મા ં

બાષ્પીભવન કરવામા ંઆવશે.

• ઉત્પ� થયેલ DM �ર�ક્ટ @ ૮

�કલો.�લ.પ્રિત �દવસ, RO �ર�ક્ટ @ ૪

�કલો.�લ.પ્રિત �દવસ, �ુ�લ�ગ @ ૦.૫

�કલો.�લ.પ્રિત �દવસ ને પ્રાઈમર� ટ્ર�ટમેન્ટ

આપ્યા બાદ @ ૧૨.૫ ને �કલો.�લ.પ્રિત

�દવસ RO ટ્ર�ટમેન્ટ માટ� મોકલવામા ં

આવે છે.

• RO પરમીએટ પાણી @ ૯.૫ �કલો.�લ.પ્રિત

�દવસ ને બાગકામ / �કૃ્ષારોપણ હ�� ુમાટ�

ફર�થી ઉપયોગમા ંલેવામા ંઆવશે.

• RO �ર�ક્ટ પાણી @ ૩ �કલો.�લ.પ્રિત

�દવસ ને ઈન-હાઉસ થિમ�ક ફ્�ઇુડ

ઇવેપોર�ટર મા ંબાષ્પીભવન કરવામા ં

આવશે.

• �ુલ પ્ર�ુિષત પાણી @ ૨૬ �કલો.�લ.પ્રિત

�દવસ ઈન-હાઉસ થિમ�ક ફ્�ઇુડ

ઇવેપોર�ટર મા ંબાષ્પીભવન કરવામા ં

આવશે.

૨૦. ઘરગથ્� ુપ્ર�ુિષત પાણી નો ઉદભવ અને

તેનો િનકાલ

: ૩.૭ �કલો.�લ.પ્રિત �દવસ ખાળ �ુવામા ંજશે.

૨૧. આવશ્યક સ્ટ�મ

એકમ તેમના બા�ુના એકમ મેસસર્ િસ�ઘલ

પ્લાય�ડુ ઈન્ડ. પ્રા. �લ. પાસેથી સ્ટ�મ મેળવે

છે.

એકમ અને િસસ્ટસર્ એકમ મેસસર્ િસ�ઘલ

XIX તૈયાર કરનાર -: ભગવતી એન્વાયરો ક�ર પ્રા. �લ.




પ્લાય�ડુ ઈન્ડ. પ્રા. �લ. વચ્ચે MOU થયેલ

છે.

૨૨. �ુલ ફ્� ૂગેસ સ્ટ�ક : ડ�.�. સેટ-૧૨૫ KVA (ચીમનીની �ચાઈ-૯

મી.)

૨૪. �ુલ પ્રોસેસ ગેસ ની ચીમની : કોઈ પ્રોસેસ ગેસ ઉત્સ�ન થ�ુ ંનથી

૨૭. બળતણ નો પ્રકાર તથા જથ્થો : ડ�ઝલ – ૬૦ �લટર પ્રિત �દવસ

૨૮. જોખમી કચરાનો પ્રકાર : ૧. ઈ.ટ�.પી. વેસ્ટ- ૭૦.૩ મ� ટ્ન પ્રિત વષર્

૨. વપરાયે�ુ ંઓઈલ- ૦.૦૬ �ક. �લ. પ્રિત વષર્

૩. Discarded Container- ૧૨૧.૫ મ� ટ્ન

પ્રિત વષર્

૨૯. જોખમી કચરાના િનકાલની ર�ત

: ૧. ઈ.ટ�.પી. વેસ્ટ –ટ�.એસ.ડ�.એફ. સાઈટ

ખાતે

૨. વપરાયે�ુ ંઓઈલ – માન્યતાવાળા

પ્રીપ્રોસેસર્ને વેચવામા ંઆવશે.

૩. Discarded Containers- કાચો માલ

સપ્લાયર ને પાછો આપવામા ંઆવશે.

૩૦. EIA માટ�નો સમય : ઓક્ટોબર-નવેમ્બર-�ડસેમ્બર ૨૦૧૮

૩૧. પ્રો�ક્ટથી 10 �ક.મી.ની િત્ર�યામા ં

અભ્યાસ િવસ્તાર હ�ઠળ આવર� લેવાયેલા

ગામો

: ૧૩ ગામો

૩૨. AAQ, ઘ�ઘાટ, માટ�ના ન�નુા ભેગા

કરવા�ુ ંસ્થળ

: ૧. પ્રો�ક્ટ સાઈટ

૨. નદં ગામ (નાની �ચરાઈ)

૩. મોટ� �ચરાઈ

૪. પડાણા

૫. વરસાણા

૬. ભીમાસર

૭. મોડવદર

૮. પ�ડુા

૩૩. ગ્રાઉન્ડ વોટર ન�નુા લેવા�ુ ંસ્થળ : ૧. પ્રો�ક્ટ સાઈટ

૨. નદં ગામ (નાની �ચરાઈ)

XX તૈયાર કરનાર -: ભગવતી એન્વાયરો ક�ર પ્રા. �લ.




૩. મોટ� �ચરાઈ

૪. પડાણા

૫. વરસાણા

૬. ભીમાસર

૭. મોડવદર

૮. પ�ડુા

૩૪. સરફ�સ વોટર ન�નુા લેવા�ુ ંસ્થળ : ૧. મોટ� �ચરાઈ

૨. પ�ડુા

૩. વરસાણા

૪. ભીમાસર

૩૫. AAQ િવશ્લેષણ પ�રણામ

: �ૃપા કર�ને પ્રકરણ ૩, પા�ુ ંન.ં ૧૦૩-૧૧૮

સદંભર્ લો

૩૬. અવાજ સ્તર િવશ્લેષણ પ�રણામ

: �ૃપા કર�ને પ્રકરણ ૩, પા�ુ ંન.ં ૧૩૨-૧૩૯


૩૭. માટ� િવશ્લેષણ પ�રણામ : �ૃપા કર�ને પ્રકરણ ૩, પા�ુ ંન.ં ૧૫૦-૧૫૧


૩૮. ગ્રાઉન્ડ વોટર અને સરફ�સ વોટર

િવશ્લેષણ પ�રણામ

: �ૃપા કર�ને પ્રકરણ ૩, પા�ુ ંન.ં ૧૪૩-૧૪૫


૩. ઉત્પાદન ની િવગતો:

કોઠો-૦૧

ઉત્પાદન ની િવગતો

ક્રમ

ન ં

ઉત્પાદન �ુ ંનામ હયાત જ્થ્થો

મે.ટન/માસ

��ૂચત જ્થ્થો


�ુલ જ્થ્થો


૧ ફોમાર્�લ્ડહાઇડ (૩૭% સોલ્�શુન) ૯૦૦ ૨૧૦૦ ૩૦૦૦

૨ ર��ઝન ૧૦૦૦ ૨૦૦૦ ૩૦૦૦

XXI તૈયાર કરનાર -: ભગવતી એન્વાયરો ક�ર પ્રા. �લ.




• ��ુરયા ફોમાર્�લ્ડહાઇડ

• �ફનોલ ફોમાર્�લ્ડહાઇડ

• મેલામાઇન ફોમાર્�લ્ડહાઇડ

સરવાળો ૧૯૦૦ ૪૧૦૦ ૬૦૦૦ ૪. પાણીનો વપરાશ અને પ્ર�ૂિષત પાણી ની ઉત્પિત/િનકાલ:

કોઠો-૦૨

પાણીનો વપરાશ અને પ્ર�ૂિષત પાણી ની ઉત્પિત �ગેની િવગતો

અ�.ુ

ક્રમાકં

િવગતો પાણીનો વપરાશ (�ક.લી./�દવસ) િવગતો પ્ર�ૂિષત પાણીની ઉત્પિત થવા�ુ ં

પ્રમાણ (�ક.લી./�દવસ)

હયાત ��ૂચત �ુલ હયાત ��ૂચત �ુલ

૧ ઘરગથ્� ુ ૨.૦ ૨.૦ ૪.૦ ઘરગથ્� ુ ૧.૭ ૨.૦ ૩.૭

૨ �કૃ્ષારોપણ ૧૩.૩ ૦.૭ ૧૪ �કૃ્ષારોપણ ૦.૦ ૦.૦ ૦.૦

૩ ઓદ્યો�ગક

૩.૧ પ્ર�કયા

માટ� DM

પાણી

૧૧.૦ ૭૩.૦ ૮૪.૦ DM પાણી ૧.૦ ૭.૦ ૮.૦

પ્ર�કયા ૮.૦ ૧૫.૦ ૨૩.૦

૩.૨ �ુ�લ�ગ

અને

બોઈલર

માટ� RO

પ્લાન્ટ

૬૫.૦ -૫૧.૦ ૧૪ RO પ્લાન્ટ ૪.૦ ૦.૦ ૪.૦

�ુ�લ�ગ ૦.૫ ૦.૦ ૦.૫

બોઈલર blow down

૪.૮ - ૪.૮ ૦.૦

�ુલ ઓદ્યો�ગક ૭૬.૦ ૨૨.૦ ૯૮.૦ �ુલ ઓદ્યો�ગક ૨૧.૩ ૧૭.૨ ૩૮.૫

સરવાળો ૯૧.૩ ૨૪.૭ ૧૧૬ સરવાળો ૨૩.૦ ૧૯.૨ ૪૨.૨

XXII તૈયાર કરનાર -: ભગવતી એન્વાયરો ક�ર પ્રા. �લ.




• પાણી નો સ્રોત: GWIL (�જુરાત વોટર ઈન્ફ્રાસ્ટ્રક્ચર �લમીટ�ડ)

• �ુલ પાણીનો ઉપયોગ: ૧૧૬ �ક.લી/�દન

• હયાત: ૯૧.૩ �ક.લી/�દન + ��ૂચત: ૨૪.૭ �ક.લી/�દન

• ઘરગથ્� ુપાણીનો ઉપયોગ: ૪.૦ �ક.લી/�દન

• ઘરગથ્� ુપ્ર�ુિષત પાણી @ ૩.૭ �ક.લી/�દન ને ખાળ �ુવામા ંમોકલવામા ંઆવશે.

• ઔધૌ�ગક પાણીનો ઉપયોગ: ૯૮ �ક.લી/�દન

ઔધો�ગક પ્ર�ુિષત પાણીનો ઉદભવ: ૩૮.૫ �કલો.�લ.પ્રિત �દવસ

• ઉત્પ� થયેલ પ્રોસેસ(Process) �ુ ંપ્ર�ુિષત પાણી @ ૨૩ �કલો.�લ.પ્રિત �દવસ ને ઈન -હાઉસ થિમ�ક

ફ્�ઇુડ ઇવેપોર�ટર મા ંબાષ્પીભવન કરવામા ંઆવશે.

• ઉત્પ� થયેલ DM �ર�ક્ટ @ ૮ �કલો.�લ.પ્રિત �દવસ, RO �ર�ક્ટ @ ૪ �કલો.�લ.પ્રિત �દવસ, �ુ�લ�ગ @

૦.૫ �કલો.�લ.પ્રિત �દવસ ને પ્રાઈમર� ટ્ર�ટમેન્ટ આપ્યા બાદ @ ૧૨.૫ ને �કલો.�લ.પ્રિત �દવસ RO

ટ્ર�ટમેન્ટ માટ� મોકલવામા ંઆવે છે.

• RO પરમીએટ પાણી @ ૯.૫ �કલો.�લ.પ્રિત �દવસ ને બાગકામ / �કૃ્ષારોપણ હ�� ુમાટ� ફર�થી

ઉપયોગમા ંલેવામા ંઆવશે.

• RO �ર�ક્ટ પાણી @ ૩ �કલો.�લ.પ્રિત �દવસ ને ઈન-હાઉસ થિમ�ક ફ્�ઇુડ ઇવેપોર�ટર મા ંબાષ્પીભવન

કરવામા ંઆવશે.

�ુલ પ્ર�ુિષત પાણી @ ૨૬ �કલો.�લ.પ્રિત �દવસ ઈન-હાઉસ થિમ�ક ફ્�ઇુડ ઇવેપોર�ટર મા ંબાષ્પીભવન


કોઠો-૦૩

પાણીનો િનકાલ અને તેની પધ્ધતી

ક્રમ ન ં �ોત પાણીનો િનકાલ અને તેનો જથ્થો

૧. ઘરગથ્� ુપ્ર�ૂિષત પાણી • ૩.૭ �ક. �લ./�દન �ટ�ુ ં ઘરગથ્� ુ પ્ર�ૂિષત પાણી સે�પ્ટક ટ�ક

દ્વારા શોષ ખાડા (સોક પીટ) મા ંિનકાલ કરવામા ંઆવશે.

૨. ઔધૌ�ગક પ્ર�ૂિષત પાણી ઔધો�ગક પ્ર�ુિષત પાણીનો ઉદભવ: ૩૮.૫ �કલો.�લ.પ્રિત �દવસ

• ઉત્પ� થયેલ પ્રોસેસ(Process) �ુ ંપ્ર�ુિષત પાણી @ ૨૩

�કલો.�લ.પ્રિત �દવસ ને ઈન -હાઉસ થિમ�ક ફ્�ઇુડ ઇવેપોર�ટર મા ં

બાષ્પીભવન કરવામા ંઆવશે.

• ઉત્પ� થયેલ DM �ર�ક્ટ @ ૮ �કલો.�લ.પ્રિત �દવસ, RO

�ર�ક્ટ @ ૪ �કલો.�લ.પ્રિત �દવસ, �ુ�લ�ગ @ ૦.૫ �કલો.�લ.પ્રિત

XXIII તૈયાર કરનાર -: ભગવતી એન્વાયરો ક�ર પ્રા. �લ.




�દવસ ને પ્રાઈમર� ટ્ર�ટમેન્ટ આપ્યા બાદ @ ૧૨.૫ ને

�કલો.�લ.પ્રિત �દવસ RO ટ્ર�ટમેન્ટ માટ� મોકલવામા ંઆવે છે.

• RO પરમીએટ પાણી @ ૯.૫ �કલો.�લ.પ્રિત �દવસ ને બાગકામ

/ �કૃ્ષારોપણ હ�� ુમાટ� ફર�થી ઉપયોગમા ંલેવામા ંઆવશે.

• RO �ર�ક્ટ પાણી @ ૩ �કલો.�લ.પ્રિત �દવસ ને ઈન-હાઉસ

થિમ�ક ફ્�ઇુડ ઇવેપોર�ટર મા ંબાષ્પીભવન કરવામા ંઆવશે.

• �ુલ પ્ર�ુિષત પાણી @ ૨૬ �કલો.�લ.પ્રિત �દવસ ઈન-હાઉસ

થિમ�ક ફ્�ઇુડ ઇવેપોર�ટર મા ંબાષ્પીભવન કરવામા ંઆવશે. ૫. બહાર નીકળતા હવા (વા�)ુ �ગે ની િવગતો:

કોઠો-૦૪

ફ્લ્� ુગેસ સ્ટ�કની િવગતો

ક્રમ ન ં __ની સાથે જોડાયેલ

સ્ટ�ક

સ્ટ�ક ની

�ચ।ઈ

(મી.)

હવા પ્ર�ૂષણ

િનયતં્રણના સાધનો

પ્ર�ૂષકો અને તેની સ્વીકાયર્ મયાર્દા

SPM SO2 NOx

૧ ડ�. �. સેટ

(૧૨૫ KVA)

૦૯ --- < ૧૫૦ mg/NM3

---

ન�ધ: �.પી.સી.બી. ના CCA ઓડર્ર ક્રમાકં નબંર: ૧૦૪૧૨૯ તથા શરત નબંર:૦૩ �જુબ

• એકમ તેમના બા�ુના એકમ મેસસર્ િસ�ઘલ પ્લાય�ડુ ઈન્ડ. પ્રા. �લ. પાસેથી સ્ટ�મ મેળવે છે. તેથી ,

એકમમા ંબોઇલર અથવા થિમ�ક ફ્�ઇુડ હ�ટર નથી.

પ્રોસેસ ગેસ સ્ટ�કની િવગતો

હાલમા ંતેમજ ��ુચત િવસ્તરણ પ્ર�િૃત મા ંકોઈ પણ પ્રકારનો પ્રોસેસ ગેસ ઉત્સજ�ત થશે ન�હ.

કોઠો-૦૬

ઉપયોગીતા �જુબ બળતણ વપરાશ

ક્રમ ન ં એકમ�ુ ંનામ બળતણ નો

પ્રકાર

જથ્થો

હયાત ��ૂચત �ુલ

૧. ડ�. �. સેટ (૧૨૫ ક�

વી એ)

�ડઝલ ૩૦

�લ/�દવસ

૩૦

�લ/�દવસ

૬૦

�લ/�દવસ

XXIV તૈયાર કરનાર -: ભગવતી એન્વાયરો ક�ર પ્રા. �લ.




૬. ઉત્પ� થનારા જોખમી કચરા અને તેના વ્યવસ્થાપન �ગે ની િવગતો:

કોઠો-૦૭

ઉત્પ� થનારા જોખમી કચરા અને તેના વ્યવસ્થાપન �ગે ની િવગતો

ક્રમ

ન ં

જોખમી કચરાનો પ્રકાર

અને તેની કક્ષા

હયાત નવો જથ્થો િનકાલ ની વ્યવસ્થા

૧ ઈ.ટ�.પી. વેસ્ટ

(કક્ષા ન.ં ૩૫.૩)

૩૪.૩

મે.ટન/

વાિષ�ક

૩૬

મે.ટન/

વાિષ�ક

૭૦.૩

મે.ટન/

વાિષ�ક

સોલીડ વેસ્ટ સ્ટોર�જ એ�રયામા ંઅલગ થી સગં્રહ

કરવામા ં આવશે ત્યાર બાદ કચ્છ ની

ટ�.એસ.ડ�.એફ. સાઇટ ખાતે િનકાલ

કરવામાઆંવશે.

૨

વપરાયે�ુ ંઓઇલ

(કક્ષા ન.ં ૫.૧)

૦.૦૨

મે.ટન/

વાિષ�ક

૦.૦૪

મે.ટન/

વાિષ�ક

૦.૦૬

મે.ટન/

વાિષ�ક

સોલીડ વેસ્ટ સ્ટોર�જ એ�રયા મા ં અલગ થી

સગં્રહ કરવામા ં આવશે અને મશીનર�મા ં

��ુબ્રક�શન માટ� �નુ: ઉપયોગમા લેવામા ં

આવશે

૩ િનકાલ કરવામા

આવેલ પાત્ર (બેગ /

બેરલ/ડ્રમ)

(કક્ષા ન.ં ૩૩.૧)

૬૧.૫૦

મે.ટન/

વાિષ�ક

૬૦.૦૦

મે.ટન/

વાિષ�ક

૧૨૧.૫

મે.ટન/

વાિષ�ક

સોલીડ વેસ્ટ સ્ટોર�જ એ�રયા મા ં અલગ થી

સગં્રહ કરવામા ં આવશે અને કાચી સામગ્રી

�રૂ� પાડનારને પરત કરવામા ંઆવશે

૧. અભ્યાસ હ�ઠળના િવસ્�ાર/ સમયગાળા પર દ�ખર�ખ રાખવાના સદંભર્મા ંપયાર્વરણસબંધંી ધોરણો

િવગતવાર અભ્યાસો કરવા માટ�નો િવસ્�ાર ૧૦ �ક.મી ની િત્ર�યામા ંફ�લાયેલો છે. પ્રો�ક્ટ ના સ્થળને ક�ન્દ્રમા ં

રાખી ને ૧૦ �ક.મી ના અભ્યાસ ક્ષેત્રમા ં8 સ્થળોએ વાતાવરણમા ં હવાની �ણુવ�ા તપાસવામા ં આવી હતી.

અભ્યાસના સમયગાળામા ંએક વખત �ગૂભર્ જળની તપાસ, અવાજ (ઘ�ઘાટ) ના ંપ્રમાણની તપાસ, જમીન�ુ ં

�થુ્થકરણ ૮ સ્થળોએ કરવામા આવ્� ુહ�ુ.ં દ�ખર�ખ રાખવાની કામગીર� ઓક્ટોબર-નવેમ્બર-�ડસેમ્બર ૨૦૧૮

માસમા ં૮ સ્થળોએ કરવામા ંઆવી હતી.

XXV તૈયાર કરનાર -: ભગવતી એન્વાયરો ક�ર પ્રા. �લ.




૨. હવાસબંધંી પયાર્વરણ

પાયાના સ્તર� કરવામા ં આવેલો અભ્યાસ દશાર્વે છે ક� PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NOX અને VOC ના સદંભર્મા,ં

આસપાસના અભ્યાસલક્ષી િવસ્તારમા ં AAQ �ુ ં પ્રમાણ , સબંિંધત ઔધૌ�ગક, રહ�ણાક ગ્રામીણ િવસ્તારો માટ�

બહાર પાડવામા ંઆવેલા ંછેલ્લામા ંછેલ્લા ંનેશનલ એમ્બીયન્ટ એર ક્વોલીટ� (NAAQ) ધોરણો (વાતાવરણમાનંી

હવાની ગણવ�ા ન�� કરવા માટ�ના ંરાષ્ટ્ર�ય ધોરણો) થક� િન�દ�ષ્ટ કરવામા ંઆવેલી મયાર્દાની �દર હ�ુ.ં

AERMOD માથંી દર ૨૪ કલાક� તપાસવામા ં આવેલ GLC, ઓક્ટોબર-નવેમ્બર-�ડસેમ્બર ૨૦૧૮ દરિમયાન

વાતાવરણની હવાના તપાસવામા ંઆવેલા પ્રત્યેક િનધાર્�રત ધોરણ ( પેરામીટર) ની ૯૮ પસ�ન્ટાઈલ સાદં્રતામા ં

ઉમેરવામા ંઆવે ત્યાર� મળતા ંપ�રણામો �ચૂવે છે ક� મેસસર્. એ.ક�. ફોમ��લન ( I) પ્રા. �લ. ના ��ૂચત િવસ્તરણ

પ્રો�ક્ટના કારણ,ે અભ્યાસ હ�ઠળના િવસ્તારની આસપાસના વાતાવરણની હવાની �ણુવતા સબંધંીત ઔધૌ�ગક,

રહ�ણાક ગ્રામીણ િવસ્તાર માટ� ન�� કરવામા આવેલા ંNAAQ ધોરણોની મયાર્દામા ંહશે. કંપની બળતણ તર�ક�

ડ�ઝલ નો ઉપયોગ કરશે. અહ� કોઈ પ્ર�ક્રયા ગેસ ઉત્સ�ન થશે ન�હ.

એ�ુ ંતારણ કાઢવામા ંઆવે છે ક� આસપાસના ંવાતાવરણ ની હવા પર લાબંા ગાળે કોઈ અસર પડશે નહ�.

૩. જળ પયાર્વરણ

��ૂચત િવસ્તરણ પ્રો�ક્ટ માટ� પાણીનો �ખુ્ય �ોત GWIL(�જુરાત વોટર ઈન્ફ્રાસ્ટ્રક્ચર �લમીટ�ડ) રહ�શે. આધાર

ર�ખા�પ ડ�ટા દશાર્વે છે ક� �ગૂભર્ જળની �ણુવ�ા પીવાના પાણીના ધોરણો પ્રમાણે છે. કંપની ઘરગથ્� ુતેમજ

ઔધૌ�ગક હ�� ુમાટ� GWIL (�જુરાત વોટર ઈન્ફ્રાસ્ટ્રક્ચર �લમીટ�ડ) દ્વારા પાણી ના �ોતનો ઉપયોગ કરવા�ુ ં

િવચાર� છે.

પાણી નો વપરાશ:

• �ુલ પાણી ઉપયોગ: ૧૧૬ �ક.લી/�દન

• હયાત: ૯૧.૩ �ક.લી/�દન + ન�ુ:ં ૨૪.૭ �ક.લી/�દન

• ઘરગથ્� ુપાણી ઉપયોગ: ૪.૦ �ક.લી/�દન

• ઘરગથ્� ુપ્ર�ુિષત પાણી @ ૩.૭ �ક.લી/�દન ને ખાળ �ુવામા ંમોકલવામા ંઆવશે.

• ઔધૌ�ગક પાણી ઉપયોગ: ૯૮ �ક.લી/�દન

XXVI તૈયાર કરનાર -: ભગવતી એન્વાયરો ક�ર પ્રા. �લ.




ઔધો�ગક પ્ર�ુિષત પાણીનો ઉદભવ: ૩૮.૫ �કલો.�લ.પ્રિત �દવસ

• ઉત્પ� થયેલ પ્રોસેસ(Process) �ુ ંપ્ર�ુિષત પાણી @ ૨૩ �કલો.�લ.પ્રિત �દવસ ને ઈન -હાઉસ થિમ�ક

ફ્�ઇુડ ઇવેપોર�ટર મા ંબાષ્પીભવન કરવામા ંઆવશે.

• ઉત્પ� થયેલ DM �ર�ક્ટ @ ૮ �કલો.�લ.પ્રિત �દવસ, RO �ર�ક્ટ @ ૪ �કલો.�લ.પ્રિત �દવસ, �ુ�લ�ગ @

૦.૫ �કલો.�લ.પ્રિત �દવસ ને પ્રાઈમર� ટ્ર�ટમેન્ટ આપ્યા બાદ @ ૧૨.૫ ને �કલો.�લ.પ્રિત �દવસ RO

ટ્ર�ટમેન્ટ માટ� મોકલવામા ંઆવે છે.

• RO પરમીએટ પાણી @ ૯.૫ �કલો.�લ.પ્રિત �દવસ ને બાગકામ / �કૃ્ષારોપણ હ�� ુમાટ� ફર�થી

ઉપયોગમા ંલેવામા ંઆવશે.

• RO �ર�ક્ટ પાણી @ ૩ �કલો.�લ.પ્રિત �દવસ ને ઈન-હાઉસ થિમ�ક ફ્�ઇુડ ઇવેપોર�ટર મા ંબાષ્પીભવન


�ુલ પ્ર�ુિષત પાણી @ ૨૬ �કલો.�લ.પ્રિત �દવસ ઈન-હાઉસ થિમ�ક ફ્�ઇુડ ઇવેપોર�ટર મા ંબાષ્પીભવન


એ�ુ ં તારણ કાઢવામા ં આવે છે ક� �નુીટ ના કારણે આસપાસના ં પાણીના પયાર્વરણ ઉપર આ �નુીટની કોઈ

મહત્વની અસરો પડશે નહ�.

૪. ધ્વિન પ્ર�ૂષણ

પાયાના સ્તરોનો ડ�ટા �ચૂવે છે ક� આસપાસના વાતાવરણમા ંઅવાજ�ુ ં સ્તર િન�દ�ષ્ટ ધોરણોની મયાર્દામા ં છે.

અવાજને િનયતં્રણમા ંરાખવાના ંપગલા ં�પે, હવા દાખલ થવાની અને બહાર નીકળવાની જગ્યાઓએ મફલસર્

અને સાયલેન્સસર્ તથા �મા ં�બૂ જ ��ૂર� થતી હોય તેવા ંસાધનો માટ� એન્ટ� વાયબ્રેશન પેડ �વા ંસાધનો આ

�નુીટ �રૂા ંપાડશે. �યા ંઅવાજ�ુ ંપ્રમાણ વ� ુહશે ત્યા ંતમામ કામદારોને ઈયર પ્લગ્ઝ અને ઈયર મફ્સ �રૂા ં

પાડવામા ંઆવશે.

આમ, ��ૂચત િવસ્તરણ પ્રો�ક્ટ ના કારણે ધ્વિન પયાર્વરણ પર �ૂંકા ગાળાની ગૌણ અસરો ઊભી થશે, �ને �ૂર

કર� શકાશે.

૫. જમીનસબંધંી પયાર્વરણ:

હવા પ્ર�ૂષણ અને ઘન કચરાની અસરથી જમીન પ્ર�ૂિષત થાય છે અને તેની સીધી/આડઅસર જમીન પર પડ� છે.

વા� ુપ્ર�ૂષણ િનયતં્રણ માટ� જ�ર� તમામ પગલાનંી જોગવાઈ કરવામા ંઆવી હોવાથી અને ��ૂચત િવસ્તરણ

�િુનટ સ્થપાયા પછ� �ુદા ં �ુદા ંપ્ર�ૂષકોની સાદં્રતા માટ�ના “ �ડસ્પઝર્ન મોડ�લ” ના ંપ�રણામોને જોતા,ં જમીન

XXVII તૈયાર કરનાર -: ભગવતી એન્વાયરો ક�ર પ્રા. �લ.




ઉપર વા� ુ પ્ર�ૂષણની માઠ� અસર પડશે નહ�. ઔધૌ�ગક પ્ર�ુિષત પાણી ��ૂચત �ધુ્ધીકરણ પ્લાન્ટમા ં

�ધુ્ધીકરણ માટ� જશે અને ત્યારબાદ ટ્ર�ટ�ડ પાણી ને RO પ્રોસેસ માટ� મોકલવામા ંઆવશે. RO પરમીએટ

પાણી ને બાગકામ / �કૃ્ષારોપણ હ�� ુમાટ� ફર�થી ઉપયોગમા ંલેવામા ંઆવશે. RO �ર�ક્ટ પાણી ને તથા

પ્રોસેસના પ્ર�ૂિષત પાણીને પ્રાયમર� ટ્ર�ટમેન્ટ કયાર્ બાદ ઈન-હાઉસ થિમ�ક ફ્�ઇુડ ઇવેપોર�ટર મા ં

બાષ્પીભવન કરવામા ંઆવશે. તેથી, જમીનના પયાર્વરણ ઉપર તેની કોઈ અસર થવાની સભંાવના નથી.

આ ��ૂચત િવસ્તરણ પ્રો�ક્ટ થક� ઉત્પ� થનારા ઘન/જોખમી કચરાની હ�રફ�ર, સગં્રહ અને �રુ�ક્ષત િનકાલ

માટ�ના ં તમામ િનયતં્રક પગલાનંી જોગવાઈ કરવામા ં આવી છે. આથી, જમીનસબધંી પયાર્વરણ પર ઘન

કચરાની કોઈ ન�ધપાત્ર અસર પડશે નહ�..

૬. પ�રસ્થિતક િવજ્ઞાન (ઈકોલો�)

એકમ દ્વારા અભ્યાિસત ક્ષેત્રમા ંબેઝ્લાઈન મોનીટર�ગ દરમ્યાન ફ્લોરા , ફોના નો અભ્યાસ કરવામા ંઆવેલ

�મા ંકોઇ ર�ક્ષત , અર�ક્ષત ક� �પુ્ત થવાને આર� વનસ્પિત ક� પ્રાણી જોવા મળેલ નથી. �થી ઈકોલો�

�કુશાન થવાની સભંાવના નથી.

પ્લાન્ટ્ની કામગીર�થી જમીન ઉપર થનાર� પર��સ્થિતક અસર �ખુ્યત્વે વા�ઓુના ઉત્સ�નને કારણે હોય

છે. વા� ુપ્ર�ુષકો પયાર્વરણમા ંરહ�લા ��ુમ �વ જ�ંઓુ પર માઠ� અસર કર� શક� છે. અને જો આ

પ્ર�ુષકોની સાદં્રતા સ્વી�ત ધોરણો કરતા ંવધી �ય ત્યાર� તે પયાર્વરણ ને �કુસાન કર� શક� છે.

હયાત તેમજ ��ૂચત િવસ્તરણ પ્ર�િૃ� મા ંફ્� ુગેસ ચીમની તર�ક� માત્ર ડ�. �. સેટ આવેલ છે. તેથી ,

અભ્યાસ ક્ષેત્રના ઇકોલો�કલ પયાર્વરણ પર કોઈ િવપર�ત અસર થશે નહ�.

��ૂચત િવસ્તરણ પ્રો�ક્ટ મા ંજ��રયાત પ્રમાણેના હવા પ્ર�ુષણ િનયતં્રણ ના સાધનો ફ્� ુગેસ તથા પ્રોસેસ

ગેસની ચીમની ઓ લગાવવામા ંઆવશે. તેથી ��ૂચત િવસ્તરણ પ્રો�ક્ટ ની પ્ર�િૃતઓને કારણે અભ્યાસ

હ�ઠળના િવસ્તારમા ંઈકોલો�કલ પયાર્વરણ પર કોઈ માઠ� અસર પડશે નહ�.

પ્લોટ�ુ ં�ુલ ક્ષેત્રફળ 3574 ચો.મી. છે. તેમાથંી તેઓએ ૧૫૦૦ ચો.મી. (�ુલ પ્લોટ ના ૪૧.૯૭ %) માટ�

�કૃ્ષારોપણ અને બાગકામ કર�લ છે અને વ�મુા ંતેઓ ૧૦૦ ચો. મી. (�ુલ પ્લોટ ના ૨.૭૯ %) �કૃ્ષારોપણ

કરશે. તેથી, �ુલ �કૃ્ષારોપણ અને બાગકામનો િવસ્તાર ૧૬૦૦ ચો.મી. થશે � �ુલ પ્લોટ િવસ્તારનો ૪૪.૭૬

% છે.

XXVIII તૈયાર કરનાર -: ભગવતી એન્વાયરો ક�ર પ્રા. �લ.




પ્લાન્ટને ફરતા સમગ્ર િવસ્તારમા ંકંપની MoEF&CC ની માગર્દશર્ક �ચૂનાઓ �જુબ �કૃ્ષારોપણ કરશે. �થી આ

�કૃ્ષો વા� ુપ્ર�ૂષણ સામે �ુદરતી અવરોધ ઊ�ુ ંકરવા�ુ ંકામ કરશે અને વા� ુપ્ર�ૂષણ તેમજ પવનથી ફ�લાતી

�ળૂ�ુ ંપ્રમાણ ઘટાડશે.

૭. સામા�જક-આિથ�ક પયાર્વરણ

પ્રો�ક્ટ ના ��ૂચત િવસ્તરણ બાદ બાધંકામ ના તબ�ે ૩૫ સ્થાિનક તથા ઉત્પાદન ના તબ�ે ૨૦ લોકોને

રોજગાર� મળશે. આ ��ૂચત િવસ્તરણ પ્રો�ક્ટના કારણે પ�રવહન, �ુકાનદાર� અને �ટક રોજગાર�ના �પે અનેક

લોકો માટ� પરોક્ષ રોજગાર પણ ઊભો થશે. આમ, આ ��ૂચત િવસ્તરણ પ્રો�ક્ટના કારણ ેઆ િવસ્તારમા ંલાબંા

ગાળે રોજગાર ઊભો થવાની કાયમી સાર� અસર ઊભી થશે.

૮. પયાર્વરણની �ળવણી પર દ�ખર�ખ

આ ��ૂચત િવસ્તરણ પ્રો�ક્ટ �તગર્ત પયાર્વરણની �ળવણી પર નીચ ે�જુબ દ�ખર�ખ રાખવામા ંઆવશે.

ક્રમ

ન.ં

બાબત અસર કરનાર

પ�રબળ

દ�ખર�ખ રાખવાની

પધ્ધિત અને તે

માટ�ના ંધોરણો

િનયત સમય

(આવતર્ન)

કામગીર�

કરનાર

એજન્સી

દ�ખર�ખ રાખનાર

એજન્સી

૧.૦ બાધંકામનો તબ�ો (બાધંકામનો િવસ્તાર નાનો હોવાથી અને સ્ટ�લ�ુ ંમાળ�ુ ંઉપયોગમા ંલેવા�ુ ંહોવાથી અસર �બુ

ઓછ� થશે.)

૧.૧ સ્થાિનક સ્થળે

કામે

રાખવામા ં

આવનાર

વ્ય�ક્તઓ

બાધંકામ કોન્ટ્રાકટરનો

અહ�વાલ પ્રો�ક્ટમા ં

કામ કરતા લોકોની

સખં્યા

દરરોજ કોન્ટ્રાકટર એ.ક�. ફોમ��લન

(I) પ્રા. �લ.

૧.૨ હવાની

�ણુવતા

બાધંકામ સામગ્રીની

હ�રફ�ર

મોજણીઓ અને

અવલોકનો, PM

2.5, PM10, SO2

અને NOx ના સ્તરો

અઠવા�ડયે એ.ક�.

ફોમ��લન (I)

પ્રા. �લ.

GPCB/ માન્ય

પયાર્. સસં્થા

૧.૩ �હ�ર આરોગ્ય �ળૂ, અવાજ

મ�ૂરોની

અવરજવર

િનયિમત તબીબી

તપાસ

માિસક કોન્ટ્રાકટરો એ.ક�. ફોમ��લન

(I) પ્રા. �લ.

XXIX તૈયાર કરનાર -: ભગવતી એન્વાયરો ક�ર પ્રા. �લ.




૨.૦ કામગીર�નો તબ�ો

૨.૧ પાણીનો

જથ્થો અને

�ણુવતા

પ્રો�ક્ટ િવસ્તારની

�દર સપાટ� અને

�ગૂભર્ જળની

�ણુવતા

મોજણીઓ, ન�નુા

એકઠા કરવા અને

�ફલ્ડમા ંમાપન

(�ફલ્ડ મેઝરમેન્ટ)

િત્રમાિસક એ.ક�.





૨.૨ પ્ર�ૂિષત

પાણીની

�સ્થિત

�દુ્ધ કરવામા ં

આવેલા પ્ર�ૂિષત

પાણીને ઈન-હાઉસ

થિમ�ક ફ્�ઇુડ

ઇવેપોર�ટર મા ં

બાષ્પીભવન

કરવામા ંઆવશે

અને �દુ્ધ કર�લ

પાણી ને બાગકામ

અને �કૃ્ષારોપણ

માટ� ફર�થી

ઉપયોગ મા ં

લેવામા ંઆવશે.

ETP ના ન�નુા

એકઠા કરવા અને

�ણુવતા ચકાસવી

દરરોજ

(�ત�રક)

માિસક

(ત્રા�હત પક્ષ

દ્વારા)

એ.ક�.





૨.૩ હવાની

�ણુવતા

ડ�� સેટમાથંી

ઉત્સ�ન.

૨-૩ જગ્યાએ

હવાની �ણુવતા

તપાસવી (SO2, NOx, PM2.5, PM10, CO, HC, VOC) તેમજ

સ્ટ�કની દ�ખર�ખ

રાખવી.

આસપાસના-

માિસક (૨૪

કલાક�) અને

સ્ટ�ક- માિસક


દ્વારા)

એ.ક�.





૨.૪ અવાજ

(ઘ�ઘાટ) �ુ ં

સ્તર

ઓદ્યો�ગક

ધોરણોના સદંભર્મા ં

અવાજના પ્રમાણ�ુ ં

અ�પુાલન

�દવસે અને રાતે્ર ૪

થી ૬ જગ્યાએ

આસપાસના

વાતાવરણમા ં

અવાજ�ુ ંપ્રમાણ

તપાસ�ુ ં

માિસક


દ્વારા) અને

પખવા�ડક

(�ત�રક)

એ.ક�.





XXX તૈયાર કરનાર -: ભગવતી એન્વાયરો ક�ર પ્રા. �લ.




૨.૫ �િવક

પયાર્વરણ

બાગાયત/ગ્રીન

બેલ્ટનો િવકાસ

�કુ્ષો અને

છોડવાઓનો ટક�

રહ�વાનો દર

િત્રમાિસક એ.ક�.





૨.૬ ઘન કચરાની

િનકાલ


કચરાનો િનકાલ કચરો એકઠો કરવા

તેને અલગ કરવા

અને તેના િનકાલની

કામગીર� પર

દ�ખર�ખ રાખવી

પખવા�ડક એ.ક�.





૨.૭ જોખમી

કચરાની

િનકાલ


જોખમી કચરા

સબંધંી સતાતતં્ર

દ્વારા િન�દ�ષ્ટ

કરવામા ંઆવેલ

જોખમી કચરો

જોખમી કચરો એકઠો

કરવા તેને અલગ

કરવા અને તેના

િનકાલની કામગીર�

પર દ�ખર�ખ રાખવી

પખવા�ડક એ.ક�.





વપરાયેલા

પીપડા/બેગ્સ તથા

માન્ય વેન્ડસર્ને

કરવામા ંઆવેલા

િનકાલ �ગેનો

ર�કોડર્

ર�કોડર્ �ળવવો દ� િનક એ.ક�.





�ૂિષત ઓઈલ પેદા

થવા અને તેની

ટ્ર�ટમેન્ટ �ગેના

ર�કોડર્

ર�કોડર્ �ળવવો દ� િનક એ.ક�.





૯. વધારાના અભ્યાસો

��ૂચત િવસ્તરણ બાદ પ્રો�ક્ટની સામા�જક અને આિથ�ક અસરો ક�વી પડશે તે તપાસવા માટ� અમે અભ્યાસ

હ�ઠળના િવસ્તારમા ંસામા�જક આિથ�ક અભ્યાસ કય� છે. પ્રો�ક્ટ એ નાના કદનો એકમ હોવાથી તે સ્થાિનક લોકો

માટ� લાભપ્રદ છે.

અમોએ ફ�નોલ, ફોમાર્�લ્ડહાઇડ (સોલ્�શુન), િમથેનોલ માટ� �રસ્ક એસેસમેન્ટ �રપોટર્ બનાવેલ છે . આ ક�મીકલ

માટ� િવગતવાર અકસ્માત ની શ�તાઓને ર�સ્ક એસેસમેન્ટ �રપોટર્મા ં(એને�ર-૦૨) ર�ૂ કર�લ છે.

XXXI તૈયાર કરનાર -: ભગવતી એન્વાયરો ક�ર પ્રા. �લ.




૧૦.પયાર્વરણલક્ષી વ્યવસ્થાપન યોજના

પયાર્વરણલક્ષી વ્યવસ્થાપન યોજના એ આ પ્રો�ક્ટના સમથર્કોએ/વ્યવસ્થાપકમડંળે પયાર્વરણના અસરકારક

વ્યવસ્થાપન માટ� તૈયાર કર�લી યોજના છે. કંપનીની પયાર્વરણલક્ષી વ્યવસ્થાપન યોજના નીચેના કોઠામા ં

દશાર્વામા ંઆવી છે.

ઉત્પાદનનો તબ�ો

મે. એ.ક�. ફોમ��લન (I) પ્રા. �લ. એ જળ પ્ર�ૂષણ, વા� ુ પ્ર�ૂષણ, ધ્વિન પ્ર�ૂષણ તેમજ જોખમી કચરાથી થતા ં

પ્ર�ૂષણના િનયતં્રણ માટ� જ�ર� પગલા ં લવેા�ુ ં આયોજન કર�લ છે. ��ૂચત િવસ્તરણ પ્રો�ક્ટના ઉત્પાદનના

તબ�ા દરિમયાન પ્ર�ૂષણો ઓછા ંકરવા માટ� નીચેના ંપગલા ંલેવા�ુ ંઆયોજન કરવામા ંઆવ્�ુ ંછે

પ્ર�િૃત પયાવઁરણલક્ષી અસરો અસરો ઘટાડવા માટ�ના ંપગલા ં િવશેષ ન�ધ

બનાવટો�ુ ં

ઉત્પાદન

- હવા

- જમીન

- પાણી

- ધ્વિન

- રસાયણો છલકાય ક� ઢોળ।ય ક� નહ� તેવી

પધ્ધિત અપનાવીને, રસાયણોની યોગ્ય

હ�રફ�ર �િુનિ�તકરવી.

- કામદારો દ્વારા PPEs નો ઉપયોગ કરવામા ં

આવે તે �િુનિ�ત કર�ુ.ં

- જોખમી રસાયણો�ુ ં ચાજ�ગ �બુજ

અમલની

જવાબદાર�

-એ.ક�.

ફોમ��લન ( I)


પ્ર�િૃ� પયાર્વરણ પર અસરો અસરો ઘટાડવા માટ�ના પગલા ં િવશેષ ન�ધ

બાધંકામના તબ�ે

પ્લાન્ટ

માટ�ના

મશીનો

ગોઠવવા

-હવા

-અવાજ (ધ્વિન)

-સામા�જક

-આિથ�ક

-સાર� ર�તે િનભાવવામા ં આવતા હોય

તેવા વાહનોનો ઉપયોગ કરવામા ંઆવશે.

-વાહનોની અવાર-જવર માટ� પાકો રસ્તો

બનાવવામા ંઆવશે.

-ધ્વિન પ્ર�ૂષણ રોકવા સાધનોનો યોગ્ય

િનભાવ કરવામા ંઆવશે.

-કામ માટ� સ્થાિનક મ�ુરો રાખવામા ં

આવશે �થી આવાસોની વ્યવસ્થા કરવા�ુ ં

િનવાર� શકાય.

અમલની

જવાબદાર�:

એ.ક�. ફોમ��લન

(I) પ્રા. �લ.

XXXII તૈયાર કરનાર -: ભગવતી એન્વાયરો ક�ર પ્રા. �લ.




કાળ��વૂર્ક કરવામા ંઆવશે.

- કાચી સામગ્રી તથા ઉત્પાદનોનો સગં્રહ

કરવાના અને ચઢ।વવા / ઉતારવાના સ્થળે

(હ�ન્ડલ�ગ એ�રયા ) તેમ�ુ ં MSDS પ્રદિશ�ત


- દર�ક પ્લાન્ટમા વોટરમીટર �કૂ�ને જ પાણીનો

ઉપયોગ કરવામા ંઆવશે.

- દ�ખર�ખના આધાર� ઊભા થયેલા (મોનીટર�ગ)

ડ�ટા�ુ ં �થુ્થ્કરણ કર� વખતોવખત તેની

સમીક્ષા કરવામા ંઆવશે.

- �ૂિષત ઘન કચરો માન્ય TSDF

�િુવધાઓને મોકલવામા ંઆવશે.

- સગં્રહની જગ્યા ફ�ક્ટર� એક્ટની જ��રયાત

�જુબ તૈયાર કરવામા ંઆવશે.

ડ�. �. સેટ - હવા

- ધ્વિન

- અવાજ�ુ ંસ્તર ઘટાડવા માટ� મશીનર�ની

યોગ્ય �ળવણી�િુનિ�તકરવી.

- �સ્પલેજ સાફ કયાર્ પછ� તેનો યોગ્ય ર�તે

િનકાલ કરવામા ંઆવશે તે �િુનિ�તકર�ુ.ં

- પયાર્પ્ત �ચાઈની ચીમની ડ�.�. સેટ સાથે

લગાડવામા ંઆવે તેની જોગવાઈ કરવી.

- PPEsનોઉપયોગકરવામાઆંવેતે�િુનિ�તકર

�ુ.ં

અમલની


એ.ક�.



��ૂલ�ગ

ટાવરની

કામગીર�

- વા� ુ

- પાણી

- અવાજ

- મશીનો ઓછો અવાજ કર� તે માટ� તેમનો

િનભાવ કરવો.

- બ્લોડાઉન �િુનટની હદમા ં �રુા પાડવામા ં

આવેલા ETP મા ંમોકલવામા ંઆવે છે.

અમલની


- એ.ક�.



કાચી સામગ્રી

અને

ઉત્પાદનોનો

સગં્રહ, તે

- વા� ુ

- પાણી

- અવાજ

- �રુક્ષા િવભાગના ધારાધોરણો �જુબ

ક�મીક્લ્સ નો સગં્રહ કરવામા ંઆવશે.

- કાચી ઘન/પ્રવાહ� સામગ્રીના સગં્રહ માટ� નો

અલગ િવસ્તાર

અમલની


- એ.ક�.


XXXIII તૈયાર કરનાર -: ભગવતી એન્વાયરો ક�ર પ્રા. �લ.




ચઢાવવી /

ઉતારવી

(હ�રફ�ર) અને

તેમ�ુ ં

પ�રવહન

- કાચી ઘન સામગ્રીના સગં્રહ દરિમયાન તેને

વરસાદ/ વરસાદ� પાણીથી �ૂિષત થતી

િનવારવા માટ� યોગ્ય �િુવધા ઊભી કરવી.

- ધારાધોરણો �જુબ પીપડા,ં કોથળ�ઓનો

િનકાલ કરવો.


તમામ કાચી

સામગ્રી,

તૈયાર

ઉત્પાદનો અને

જોખમી

કચરા�ુ ં

પ�રવહન

- વા� ુ

- જળ

- જમીન

- કાચી સામગ્રી / ઉત્પાદનોના પ�રવહન માટ�

તાલીમબધ્ધ / માન્યતા પ્રાપ્ત ટ્રાન્સપો�્ર્સને

કામ આપવામા ંઆવશે.

- ઓફ સાઇટ ઇમ�ન્સી ટ�મને તમામ કાચી

સામગ્રી અને તૈયાર ઉત્પાદનોના ં MSDS

�રૂા ંપાડવા.

અમલની


- એ.ક�.



ગ્રીનબેલ્ટ

તૈયાર કરવો

અને

�ળવવો.

- વા� ુ

- જમીન

- �ચૂવવામા ં આવ્�ુ ં છે તે �જુબનો યોગ્ય

ગ્રીનબેલ્ટ તૈયાર કરવામા ં આવે અને તેનો

યોગ્ય િનભાવ કરવામા ં આવે તે �િુનિ�ત

કર�ુ.ં

પ્રત્યક્ષ /પરોક્ષ

રો�ગાર

- સામા�જક આિથ�ક

બાબત

- મેનપાવર ( કમર્ચાર�ઓ/ કામદારો) ના ં

કૌશલો અને ઉપલભ્યતા �જુબ સ્થાિનક

વ્ય�કતઓને કામે રાખવાની નીિત ચા� ુ

રાખવી.

પયાર્વરણીય સચંાલન યોજના માટ�� ુ��ૂચત િવસ્તરણ બ�ટ

ક્રમ ન ં પદ્વિત દર વષ� �દા�જત

�રક�ર�ગ ખચર્

( �. લાખ મા)ં

આશર� �ડૂ� ખચર્

( �. લાખ મા)ં

ખચર્ માટ�નો આધાર

૧ હવા પ્ર�ુષણ િનયતં્રણ ૦ ૧.૫ �ડૂ� ખચર્મા ંહવાના

પયાર્વરણના દ�ખર�ખ

માટ�નો ખચર્ શામેલ તથા

ચીમની માટ� પ્રમા�ણત

�ચાઈ �રૂ� પાડવાના

XXXIV તૈયાર કરનાર -: ભગવતી એન્વાયરો ક�ર પ્રા. �લ.




ખચર્નો સમાવેશ થાય છે.

૨. પાણી પ્ર�ુષણ

િનયતં્રણ

૧૮.૦ ૨૪૦ �ડૂ�ખચર્મા ંઇટ�પી (ETP)

ની �ક�મત , ઈવાપોર�ટર

માટ� બાષ્પીભવન કરવા

નો ખચર્ , િસિવલ વકર્ ,

િમક�િનકલ વકર્ , ઇલે�ક્ટ્રકલ

વકર્ અને પાઇિપ�ગ વકર્નો

સમાવેશ થશે. �રક�ર�ગ

ખચર્ ઇટ�પીના

ઓપર�શનલ તબ�ા માટ�

છે અને ઈવાપોર�ટરનો

બાષ્પીભવનનો ખચર્

સામેલ કર�લ છે.

૩. ધ્વિન પ્ર�ુષણ

િનયતં્રણ

૦.૨૫ ૧.૦ �રક�ર�ગ કોસ્ટમા ં

અવાજના મોનીટ�ર�ગની

�ક�મતનો સમાવેશ થશે

૪. ઘન અને જોખમી

કચરા નો મેનેજમેન્ટ

૮.૦ ૫.૦ �ડૂ� ખચર્મા ંજોખમી

કચરા માટ� સગં્રહ સ્થાન

�રૂા પાડવાનો ખચર્ અને

ટ�એસડ�એફ ફ�ના

સભ્યપદનો સમાવેશ

થાય છે. �રક�ર�ગ ખચર્મા ં

લેન્ડ ફ�લ�ગ અને

પ�રવહનનો ખચર્ શામેલ

થાય છે.

૫. પયાર્વરણ મોિનટ�ર�ગ

અને સચંાલન

૩.૦ ૨.૦ ર�કર�ગ ખચર્

કન્સલ્ટન્ટ્સની ભરતી

અને િનયમનકાર�

એજન્સીઓને િવિવધ

XXXV તૈયાર કરનાર -: ભગવતી એન્વાયરો ક�ર પ્રા. �લ.




વૈધાિનક ફ�ની �કૂવણી

કરવામા ંઆવશે

૬. ગ્રીન બેલ્ટ ૧.૫ ૨.૦ બાગકામ અને �કુ્ષારોપણ

સ�હત ગ્રીનબેલ્ટનો

િવકાસ

૭. વ્યાવસાિયક

સ્વાસ્થ્ય(OHC)

૮.૦ ૨.૦ કમર્ચાર�ઓ અને

કામદારોની વ્યવસાિયક

આરોગ્ય તપાસ

૮ ફાયર અને સેફટ� ૨૦ ૧.૦ સલામતી ઉપકરણો અને

ફાયર હાઇડ્રન્ટ િસસ્ટમ

અને અ�ગ્નશામક

ઉપકરણની જોગવાઈ.

૯ CER(કોપ�ર�ટ

પયાર્વરણની

જવાબદાર� )

૦ ૪.૮૯ પ્રો�ક્ટના ��ૂચત

ખચર્માથંી ૧ %, ગ્રીન

બેલ્ટ ડ�વલપમેન્ટ ,

પીવાના પાણીની �િુવધા ,

સોલર લાઈટ�ગમા ં

કરવામા આવશે.

�ુલ ૬૩.૭૫ ૨૫૯.૩૯

XXXVI તૈયાર કરનાર -: ભગવતી એન્વાયરો ક�ર પ્રા. �લ.




તારણો :

આ અભ્યાસના ંતારણો નીચે �જુબ છે.

હયાત તેમજ ��ૂચત િવસ્તરણબાદ પ્રો�ક્ટ માટ� પાયાની આધારમાળખાક�ય �િુવધાઓ, જમીન,

બળતણ, પ�રવહન�ુ ં નેટ્વકર્ , વીજળ�, પયાર્વરણલક્ષી અ��ુુળતા અને �િુવકિસત પ્ર�ૂષણ િનયતં્રણ

પધ્ધિતઓ �લુભ છે.

પયાર્વરણલક્ષી અસરો�ુ ં �લૂ્યાકંન દશાર્વે છે ક� ��ૂચત િવસ્તરણ પ્રો�ક્ટ માટ�ની પ્ર�િૃતઓને કારણ ે

વાતાવરણની હવા અને �ગૂભર્ જળની �ણુવ�ા, ધ્વિનના પ્રમાણ પર કોઇ ન�ધપાત્ર અસર પડશે નહ�

પ્રો�ક્ટ માટ�ની પ્ર�િૃ��ુ ંસ્થળ જોતા ં તેમજ વા� ુપ્ર�ૂષણ, જોખમી કચરા તેમજ વપરાયેલા પાણીના

વ્યવસ્થાપન અને હ�રફ�ર માટ�ની ��ૂચત અસરકારક પયાર્વરણલક્ષી વ્યવસ્થાપન યોજનાને કારણે

વનસ્પિત, પ્રાણી��ૃષ્ટ, જળ અને જમીન ને અસર થશે નહ�.

ઉપલબ્ધ �લુ્લી જમીન પર, પ્લાન્ટના હદ િવસ્તારમા ં ગ્રીનબેલ્ટ ઊભો કરવામા ં આવશે. અભ્યાસ

હ�ઠળના િવસ્તારના પા�રસ્થિતક પયાર્વરણ પર તેની સકારાત્મક અસર ઊભી થશે.

પ્રત્યક્ષ / પરોક્ષ રો�ગાર ઊભો થવાથી સામા�જક – આિથ�ક લાભો પ્રાપ્ત થશે.

આમ આ અભ્યાસ પરથી એ�ુ ંતારણ નીકળે છે ક� મેસસર્. એ.ક�. ફોમ��લન (I) પ્રા. �લ. ના ંઆ ��ૂચત િવસ્તરણ

પ્રો�ક્ટની પયાર્વરણ પર ન�વી અસર પડશે અને તે અસરો ઓછ� કરવા માટ� તથા પયાર્વરણલક્ષી

વ્યવસ્થાપન માટ� પગલા ંલીધા બાદ આ પ્રો�ક્ટથી સ્થાિનક લોકોને લાભ થશે.

XXXVII તૈયાર કરનાર -: ભગવતી એન્વાયરો ક�ર પ્રા. �લ.

Accreditation Certificate

XXXVIII Accreditation Certificate M/s. Bhagwati Enviro Care Pvt Ltd.

Draft Environment Impact Assessment of Expansion in Existing Manufacturing unit by M/s. A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt Ltd. At


CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 Introduction

M/s. A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd. is an existing manufacturing unit located at Survey No. 357/2C,Village: Nani Chirai, Taluka - Bhachau, District - Kutch, Gujarat. In existing unit, they are manufacturing Formaldehyde (37 % Solution) @ 900 MT /M and Resins (Urea Formaldehyde, Phenol Formaldehyde, melamine Formaldehyde) @1000 MT/Month. For existing products, they have obtained consent order No. AWH -104129, Date of issue 21/09/2019 and Valid Up to 01/06/2024. Now they are going to expand the capacity of existing product i.e. Formaldehyde (37 % Solution) from 900 MT/M to 3000 MT/M and Resins (Urea Formaldehyde, Phenol Formaldehyde, melamine Formaldehyde) from 1000 MT/Month to 3000 MT /M. So, after expansion total product quantity will be 6000 MT /M.

Existing unit is located outside notified industrial area So, the manufacturing of Formaldehyde & resins (Synthetic organic chemical) falls under Category “A” of EIA Notification issued in September – 2006. For this the unit needs Environmental clearance from Ministry of Environment Forest & Climate Change. The Final EIA studies are carried out as a part of process to obtain Environmental Clearance Certificate for the Expansion in existing project. Unit believes in sustainable development and equally concern about environment preservation and pollution control and proposes to provide adequate Environmental Management System to meet desired norms prescribe by statutory authority. In order to assess the Environmental Impacts of the Expansion in Existing project, M/s. A. K. FORMALINE (I) PVT. LTD Entrusted Bhagwati Enviro Care Pvt. Ltd, Ahmedabad (NABET Accredited) to undertake Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Study for various components of the Environment viz., Air, Water, Noise, Land and Socio-economics. This Report presents base line data collected for October-November-December 2018 for Air, Water, Noise, Land etc., for identification and assessment of the impacts.

1.2 Identification of project and project proponent

Environment Impact Assessment or EIA is a study to predict the effect of a Expansion in Existing projection or its expansion activity on the environment. It is a management tool to facilitate appropriate decision; an EIA compares various alternatives for a project and seeks to identify the one, which represents the best combination of economic and environmental costs and benefits.

Prepared By M/s. Bhagwati Enviro Care Pvt Ltd.

1



It helps to identify possible environmental effects of the Expansion in Existing project, proposes measures to mitigate adverse effects and predicts whether there will be significant adverse environmental effects, even after the mitigation is implemented. By considering environmental effects and mitigation early in the project planning cycle, environmental assessment has many benefits, such as protection of environment, optimum utilization of resources and saves overall time and cost of the project.

On 27th January 1994, the Union Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF), Government of India, under the Environmental (Protection) Act 1986, promulgated EIA Notification making Environmental Clearance (EC) mandatory for expansion or modernization of any activity or for setting up new projects listed in Schedule of the notification and its subsequent amendments. On 14th September 2006, a new legislation was passed, which has objectives such as “To formulate a transparent, decentralized and efficient regulatory mechanism; to incorporate necessary environmental safeguards at planning stage; to involve stakeholders in the public consultation process and to identify developmental projects based on impact potential instead of the investment criteria”

The developmental activities requiring Environmental Clearance (EC) are: • All new projects/activities listed in Schedule; • Expansion and modernization of existing projects or activities listed in the

Schedule to this Notification with addition of capacity beyond the limits specified for the concerned sector, that is, projects or activities which cross the threshold limits given in the Schedule, after expansion or modernization;

• Any change in product - mix in an existing manufacturing unit included in

Schedule beyond the specified range.

The projects or activities shall require prior environmental clearance from the concerned regulatory authority, as the Central Government in the Ministry of Environment and Forests for matters falling under Category ‘A’ in the schedule and at State level the State Environment Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA) for matters falling under Category ‘B’ in the said Schedule, before any construction work, or preparation of land by the project management except for securing the land, is started on the project or activity. As per the provisions of the new re-engineered EIA Notification of 2006, the company requires to obtain prior Environmental Clearance from the State Level Environmental Appraisal Authority or from the Ministry of Environment & Forests, New Delhi as stated in the said Notification.


2



This Expansion in existing project falls under Synthetic organic Chemical Industry which is listed in Schedule and falls under Clause No. 5 (f) of Category “A” (Located outside notified industrial area / estate) of Schedule as stated in Environmental Impact Assessment Notification published on 14th September 2006 and its vide amendment. As specified in sub paragraph (ii) of paragraph 2, of the stated Notification of the Government of India, Expansion in existing project requires prior environmental clearance from the Ministry of Environment Forest Climate change as, Existing project is located outside the notified industrial area [Clause No. 5 (f)] of Category “A”. For this the industry is required to submit draft Environmental Impact Assessment Study report to State Pollution Control Board, Gujarat for Public hearing and final EIA report to Ministry of Environment Forest & Climate change, New Delhi.

In order to assess the Environmental Impacts arising due to the Expansion in existing project, the company has appointed M/s. Bhagwati Enviro Care Pvt. Ltd., Ahmedabad to undertake the Environmental Impact Assessment for various components of the Environment. The growing demand of the various kinds of formaldehyde and resins in the domestic as well as international markets has provided a strong basis to M/s. A.K. FORMALINE (I) PVT. LTD for their existing unit located at Survey No. 357/2C,Village: Nani Chirai, Taluka - Bhachau, District - Kutch, Gujarat The expansion in existing project will help in the following aspects.

• To earn a substantial amount of foreign exchange through business

development, manufacturer & sales of fine chemical products. • To generate adequate employment for people in neighbouring areas. • To generate indirect employment.

1.3 Purpose of the study

The project activities are listed in serial No. 5 (f) of the schedule of EIA Notification, 2006 (synthetic Organic Chemical industries). Since the Expansion in existing project is coming up outside the notified industrial area, it is categorized as category ‘A’ and needs the Environmental clearance from Ministries of Environment Forest Climate Change. The Environmental study undertaken is aimed at identifying existing Environmental conditions; predicting Environmental impacts associated with the expansion in existing unit and suggesting mitigation measures to mitigate the adverse Environmental impacts. The different activities that are likely to take place have been analyzed and expansion in existing mitigation measures are assessed for their adequacy. Proposed expansion mitigation measures have been considered where necessary. The study also aims at reflecting the acceptability of the project to different stockholders and at incorporating the concerns raised by them into impact assessment and of the subsequent comprehensive Environmental


3



management Plan and suggest the preventive and mitigative measures to minimize the adverse impacts on the environment and to maximize the beneficial impacts.

1.4 Identification of project and project proponent M/s. A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd is located at 357/2C,Village: Nani Chirai, Taluka - Bhachau, District - Kutch, Gujarat. In existing unit, they are manufacturing Formaldehyde (37 % Solution) @ 900 MT /M and Resins (Urea Formaldehyde, Phenol Formaldehyde, melamine Formaldehyde) @1000 MT/Month. For existing products, they have obtained consent order No. AWH -104129, Date of issue 21/09/2019. Now they are going to expand the capacity of existing product i.e. Formaldehyde (37 % Solution) from 900 MT/M to 3000 MT/M and Resins (Urea Formaldehyde, Phenol Formaldehyde, melamine Formaldehyde) from 1000 MT/Month to 3000 MT /M. So, after expansion total product quantity will be 6000 MT /M.

M/s. A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd is promoted by two directors having more than 15-20 Year of experience in chemical industries for manufacturing, marketing, Finance etc.

Sr. No.

Name Designation Address

1 Mr. Anil Agrawal Director Plot No. 70, ward 10 BC, Gandhidham, Dist – Kutch, Gujarat.

2. Mrs. Sweta Agarwal

1.5 Brief description of nature size, location of the project and its

importance to country, region

Nature & Size of the project:- M/s. A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd is a Existing unit located at S. No. 357/2C, Village: Nani Chirai, Taluka - Bhachau, District - Kutch, Gujarat. In existing unit, they are manufacturing Formaldehyde (37 % Solution) @ 900 MT /M and Resins (Urea Formaldehyde, Phenol Formaldehyde, melamine Formaldehyde) @1000 MT/Month. For existing products, they have obtained consent order No. AWH -104129, Date of issue 21/09/2019. Now they are going to expand the capacity of existing product i.e. Formaldehyde (37 % Solution) from 900 MT/M to 3000 MT/M and Resins (Urea Formaldehyde, Phenol Formaldehyde, melamine Formaldehyde) from 1000 MT/Month to 3000 MT /M. So, after expansion total product quantity will be 6000 MT /M.

Existing unit is located outside notified industrial area So, the manufacturing of Formaldehyde & resins (Synthetic organic chemical) falls under Category “A” of EIA Notification issued in September – 2006. For this the unit needs Environmental clearance from Ministry of Environment Forest & Climate Change.


4



Project Location

The Project Site is located at S. No. 357/2C, Village: Nani Chirai, Taluka - Bhachau, District - Kutch, Gujarat.

Latitude : 23o11’1.53” N (23.1837584)

Longitude : 70o13’8.01” E (70.2188939)

Importance to country, Region :-

In our country, they had found the high quality of material with low rate compare to others so due to that respective India is having large Market demand in India as well as abroad. Based on their informal survey of the market with our current customers and various traders, they have found that there is a big potential for the range of the products they are planning. To meet the current market requirement M/s. A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd has intended to do proposed expansion manufacturing activity at Survey No357/2C, Village: Nani Chirai, Taluka - Bhachau, District - Kutch, Gujarat.

The final application of the product is in chemical industries a for Manufacturing of formaldehyde and resins. The supply of formaldehyde and resins is in domestic and industrial market all over India.

1.6 Scope & Methodology of study:

An attempt has been made to carry out a Final Environmental Impact Assessment Study for M/s. A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd.The Scope of EIA adopted for A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd is based on the standard TOR approved by MoEF & CC, New Delhi vide file no. J-11011/312/2010-IA II (I) dated 10th May 2018 and generic structure of environmental impact assessment document as stated in the Appendix III of the EIA Notification 2006 (S.O. 1533), Ministry of Environment and Forests, Government of India. The copy of the same is attached here with.

Under the scope of EIA, it covers:

• A brief description of project site, its surrounding environment and proposed expansion project facilities.

• To endow with detail description of the raw materials and manufacturing process for proposed expansion product.

• Collection and Assessment of existing environmental baseline status based on the project information, field survey relating to air quality, meteorology, water quality, socio-economic aspects, flora & fauna, existing land use pattern etc. within study area.

• Identification of Impacts due to the proposed expansion project. • Prediction and evaluation of the environmental impacts that may result from

project development. • Outline the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) to mitigate the adverse

impacts due to the proposed expansion project. • Preparation of Risk Assessment Report.


5



Methodology for EIA:

The methodology adopted for carrying out the Environmental Impact Assessment for the Expansion in existing project has been based on the Guidelines issued by Ministry of Environment and Forest (MOEF). An effective EIA calls for identification of environmental parameters likely to be impacted, depending on the activities to be carried out during construction and operation phase of the project.

• Generation and collection of baseline data for valued Environmental

components as per approved TOR. • Identification and quantification of significant Environmental impacts due to

the project and associated activities. • Evaluation of impacts due to proposed expansion activities and preparation

of an Environmental impact statement. • Preparation of appropriate Environmental Management Plan (EMP)

surrounding strategies for minimizing identified adverse impacts along with budgetary provisions to be made by the project authorities for implementation of mitigation measures.

• Delineation of post Environmental Quality Monitoring Programme (EQMP) along with organizational setup required for monitoring the effectiveness of mitigation measures.


6



Figure 1.1: Methodology of EIA Study

1.7 Study area

To decide whether proposed expansion action is likely to cause significant adverse environmental effects; the concept of EIA is practiced. Before proceeding the baseline Environmental status, it is important to know the boundary limits and framework where data can be effectively utilized in impact assessment. In keeping with the nature and size of the industry, based on our submitted TOR application and Terms of Reference Issued by MOEF & CC, New Delhi the study area for detailed studies is an area within a radius of 10 Kms with the Project Site at the center. A Map of the Study Area is presented in Figure No. 1.3


7



1.8 Applicable Environment Regulations:

The project will abide and function under the purview of the following Rules, Acts & Regulations which are formulated by the Govt. of India to protect the environment and development in a sustainable way.

• The Water (prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 • The Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Cess, Act, 1977 • The Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 • The Environmental (Protection) Act, 1986 • Environmental Impact Assessment Notification dated 14th September,

2006 and subsequent amendments. • Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary

Movement) Rules, 2016. • Solid Waste Management Rules, 2016 • The MSIHC (Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals)

rules 1989 and amendment in 2000 • Chemical Accident (Emergency Planning, Preparedness and Response)

Rules, 1996 • Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000 and its amendments

1.9 STRUCTURE OF EIA: This EIA report has been prepared on the basis of available on-site primary data (survey/ monitoring) and secondary/literature data. The EIA report contains project features, baseline environmental setup, assessment of environmental impacts, and formulation of mitigation measures, environmental management and monitoring plan with risk & assessment Report. The report includes 12 Chapters. The structure of the EIA Report with necessary tables, drawings and annexure is as follows:

Chapter 1: Introduction This chapter provides background information on need of project, need of EIA study and brief of the project. The scope and EIA methodology adopted in Preparations of EIA report have also been described in this Chapter. It also covers the identification of project & project proponent, brief description of nature, size, location of the project and its importance to the country and the region. Scope of the study details about the regulatory scoping carried out as per the generic structure given in the EIA Notification, 2006.

Chapter 2: Project Description

This chapter deals with the project details of the expansion in existing products, with type of project, need for the project, location, size & magnitude of operation including associated activities required by and for the project,


8



proposed expansion schedule for approval and implementation, including technical details of raw material, quality and quantity etc.

Chapter 3: Description of the Environment

This chapter presents the existing environmental status of the study area around the expansion in existing project including topography, drainage pattern, water environment, geological, climate, transport system, land use, flora & fauna, socio-economic aspects, basic amenities etc. Environmental assessment of the project site in regard to its capability to receive the proposed expansion project is also discussed in this Chapter.

Chapter 4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation

Measures

This chapter describes the overall impacts of the proposed expansion project activities and underscores the areas of concern, which need mitigation measures. It predicts the overall impact of the proposed expansion project on different components of the environment viz. air, water, land, noise, biological, and socio-economic.

Chapter 5:Analysis of Alternatives (Technology & site)

This chapter describes the site selection criteria and analysis of proposed alternative technologies.

Chapter 6: Environmental Monitoring Program

Technical aspects of monitoring the effectiveness of mitigation measures have been given in this Chapter.

Chapter 7: Additional Studies

This chapter deals with the Public consultation & Risk assessment carried out for the expansion in existing manufacturing plant. Unit is not located in notified area so, public consultation is required.

Chapter 8: Project Benefits

This chapter deals with the benefits to the local surrounding people due to proposed expansion project.

Chapter 9: Environment cost benefit Analysis

During the scoping stage; no recommendation of environmental cost benefit analysis is suggested by the appraisal committee.

Chapter 10: Environmental Management Plan

This chapter details the inferences drawn from the environmental impact assessment exercise. It describes the overall impacts of the proposed


9



expansion activities during construction and operation phases and underscores the areas of concern, which need mitigation measures. It also provides mitigation and control measures for environmental management plan (EMP) for minimizing the negative environmental impacts and to strengthen the positive environmental impacts of the proposed expansion project.

Chapter 11: Summary & Conclusion of EIA Report

This chapter provides the summary and conclusions of the EIA study of the Proposed expansion project with overall justification for implementation of the project and also explanation of how, adverse effects will be mitigated.

Chapter 12: Disclosure of Consultants Engaged

This chapter provides the disclosure of consultants engaged to carry out the EIA study along with other additional studies.

1.10 COMPLIANCE OF TOR

As per the requirements of the notification, an application in Form 1 was submitted to Ministry of Environment and Forest Climate Change on 23/03/2018. The ‘TOR’ was issued on 10/05/2018 for preparation of EIA/EMP. A copy of the TOR is included in Annexure -01 of this EIA Report. As per TOR project was considered under “A” category. (Based on the additional information, in view of the MoEF & CC’s OM vide No.IA-J-11011/312/2010-IA-II(I) committee asked to prepare EIA – EMP report as per the EIA notification 2006.)

The EIA study has been conducted in-line with the Standard ToR given by MoEF&CC and taking into consideration the structure of the report given in the EIA Notification 2006. The compliance to the same has been presented in Table 1.1.


10



Table: 1.1: TOR COMPLIANCE GENERIC TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) IN RESPECT OF INDUSTRY SECTOR

1. Executive Summary (Generic Structure as per Appendix III A)

For Executive summary Please Refer Annexure A for English. Please Refer Annexure B for Gujarati.

I – XVI

XVII-XXXVII

2. Introduction i. Details of the EIA Consultant

including NABET accreditation Please Refer Annexure – C XXXVIII

ii. Information about the project proponent

Please Refer Section 1.4 of Chapter 1.

04

iii. Importance and benefits of the project

For Importance & benefits, please refer Section 8.9 of chapter 8.

319

3. Project Description i. Cost of project and time of

completion.

Cost of project, Please Refer Section 2.32 of Chapter 2. Project Implement Schedule, Please refer figure 2.7 of chapter 2. Time of Completion: 06 months after obtaining EC & CTE.

77

53

ii. Products with capacities for the proposed project.


36

iii. If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate land is available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.

This is an expansion in existing Unit. For Product details, Please refer section 2.8 of chapter 2. For Land breakup, please refer Section 2.15 of chapter 2. For EC Compliance report, Please refer Annexure 15.

36

50

493 iv. List of raw materials required and

their source along with mode of transportation.

List of raw materials, Please Refer Section 2.9 of Chapter 2.

37


11



v. Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities.

Details of Raw material, Please Refer Section 2.9,2.10,2.11,2.12 of chapter 2.

37-41

vi. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management.

For Air Emission: Please Refer Section 2.23 – 2.26 of Chapter 2. For Water consumption & Effluent Generation: Please Refer Section 2.20-2.22 of Chapter 2. For Hazardous Waste Generation: Please Refer Section 2.27 of Chapter 2.

61-63

54-59

64

vii. Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram, man-power requirement (regular and contract).

Details of Source, Please Refer Table 2.9 of Chapter 2, For water balance Diagram, Please Refer Fig 2.8 of Chapter 2, For manpower details, Please Refer table 2.12 of Chapter 2.

49

56

52

viii. Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet (quantities) from raw material to products to be provided.

For Process Description & for Process flow diagram, Please Refer section 2.13 of chapter 2.

42-48

ix. Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems.

Hazard identification, Please Refer Section 10.10 of Chapter 10. Identification of Hazard, Please refer section 7.3 of chapter 7.

354

268

x. Expansion/modernization Proposals: This is an expansion in existing Unit.

a. Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendments thereto obtained for the project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A copy of the compliance of conditions stipulated in all the

Copy of EC, Please Refer Annexure no. 14 of EIA report. Compliance of EC, Please Refer Annexure no. 15 of

487

493


12



existing Environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. In addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing /existing operation of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.

EIA report. Copy of CCA, Please Refer Annexure no. 12 of EIA report. Copy of EC, Please Refer Annexure no. 13 of EIA report.

477

484

b. In case the existing project has not obtained Environmental clearance, reasons for not taking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification 2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate and Consent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliance report to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted.

Copy of EC, Please Refer Annexure no. 14 of EIA report. Compliance of EC, Please Refer Annexure no. 15 of EIA report. Copy of CCA, Please Refer Annexure no. 12 of EIA report. Copy of EC, Please Refer Annexure no. 13 of EIA report.

487

493

477

484

4. Site Details i. Location of the project site covering

village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justification for selecting the site, whether other sites were considered.

Please Refer Fig 2.1 to 2.3 of chapter 2. For Justification for selecting the site, Please Refer Section 2.6 of Chapter 2.

26-28

35

ii. A Toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet. (Including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places).

Please Refer Fig 3.2 of chapter 3

93

iii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site.

Not done due to existing unit.

---

iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site.

Please Refer Table No. 2.1 of chapter 2.

25

v. Google map-Earth downloaded of the Please Refer Fig 2.5 of 30 Prepared By M/s. Bhagwati Enviro Care Pvt Ltd.

13



project site. chapter 2. vi. Layout maps indicating existing unit

as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc.

Please Refer Fig 2.4 of chapter 2 &. Layout Plan, Please refer Annexure: 23

29

640

vii. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, show photographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular.


32-33

viii. Land use break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (Not required for industrial area).


50

ix. A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10km radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the study area.

For list of major industries, Please Refer Table 2.3 of Chapter 2. For Land Use Details, Please Refer section 3.15 of Chapter 3.

35

155

x. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included.

For Geological features, Please Refer Section 3.13 of Chapter 3 and For Geo-hydrological status of the study area, Please Refer Section 3.17 of Chapter 3.

146

159

xi. Details of Drainage of the project up to 5km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 km radius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of the project site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (Mega green field projects).

Generated Effluent from the unit will be primary treated followed by RO system. RO permeate will be reused for Gardening & Plantation . RO rejected & Process effluent will be evaporated in In house thermic fluid Evaporator. For Water Consumption & Effluent Generation, please refer Section 2.20 of Chapter 2.

---

54-57

xii. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of

Land Supporting Document is enclosed in Annexure 06.

445


14



the acquisition process and expected time of complete possession of the land.

xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy.

Not Applicable ----

5. Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable):

i. Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, and recommendations of the State Forest Department. (If applicable).

Not Applicable

ii. Land use map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating the forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha).

For land Use details of the study Area, Please Refer Section 3.15 of Chapter 3. For Land use map, Please refer figure No. 3.7 of chapter 3.

155

157 iii. Status of Application submitted for

obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with latest status shall be submitted.

Not Applicable -----

iv. The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves. Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project location and the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon.


v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State Government for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area.


vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to the Standing Committee of the National Board for Wildlife.


6. Environmental Status Prepared By M/s. Bhagwati Enviro Care Pvt Ltd.

15



i. Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific micrometeorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall.

Site-specific micrometeorological data Please refer Section 3.8 & 3.9 of chapter 3. Determination of atmospheric inversion level Please Refer Table No. 4.6 to 4.9 of Chapter 4. Please Refer Fig No. 4.1 to 4.4 of Chapter 4.

120-128

213-220

221-228

ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests.

For AAQ Monitoring Station, Please Refer table No. 3.3 & 3.4 of Chapter 3.

100 & 101

iii. Raw Data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in the NAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA Report.

AAQ data of 8 locations is given in table No. 3.4 (a) & (b) of Chapter 3. Min., Max., Average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations is shown in table No. 3.4 of Chapter 3.

103-118

101

iv. Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point) and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF & CC guidelines.

For Surface water quality, please refer table 3.13 (b) of chapter 3.

145

v. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF & CC, if yes give details.

Not Applicable ---

vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included.

Ground water monitoring, Please Refer Table No. 3.13(a) of Chapter 3.

143

vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area.

Noise levels monitoring, Please Refer Table No. 3.12

132-139


16



of Chapter 3. viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB

guidelines. Soil Characteristic, Please Refer Table No. 3.14 of Chapter 3.

150-151

ix. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.

Traffic study of the area, Please Refer Section 4.14 of Chapter 4.

245-247

x. Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared and furnished.

For Ecology, Please Refer Section 3.18 of Chapter 3. For List of Flora, Please refer Table No.: 3.18 of Chapter 3. For List of Fauna, Please refer Table No.: 3.19 of Chapter 3.

161

164

166

xi. Socio-economic status of the study area.

Socio-economic, Please Refer Section 3.19 of Chapter 3.

172

7. Impact and Environmental Management Plan

i. Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based on site-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modeling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of the model used and the input data used for modeling shall also be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

For Assessment of ground level concentration, Please Refer Table 4.4 of chapter 4. AQIP modelling is not applicable. For Cumulative impact, please refer Table 4.5 of chapter 4. Details of the model: AERMOD. For input data, please refer table No. 4.3 of chapter 4. For air quality contours, Please refer Fig. 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4of Chapter 4.

209

210

205

221-228

ii. Water Quality modeling - in case of Not Done. Prepared By M/s. Bhagwati Enviro Care Pvt Ltd.

17



discharge in water body iii. Impact of the transport of the raw

materials and end products on the surrounding Environmental shall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials and finished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor cum-rail transport shall be examined.

Traffic study of the area, Please Refer Section 4.14 of Chapter 4.

245-247

iv. A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reused for different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristics of untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P) Rules.

For Water Consumption & Waste Water Generation and Characteristics of Effluent, Please Refer Section 2.20 – 2.22 of Chapter 2.

54-59

v. Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards.

Details of stack emission, Please Refer Section 2.23 – 2.26 of Chapter 2.

61-63

vi. Measures for fugitive emission control.

fugitive emission control, Please Refer Section 2.26 of Chapter 2.

63

vii. Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also be included. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recover techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.

For Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management, Please Refer Section 2.27 of Chapter 2. For, concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recover techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation - Please Refer Section 10.12 of Chapter 10.

64

361

viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailed plan of action shall be provided.

There will be no generation of fly ash.

--

ix. Action plan for the green belt Please Refer Section 10.6 344 Prepared By M/s. Bhagwati Enviro Care Pvt Ltd.

18



development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.

of Chapter 10. Please Refer Section 2.33 of chapter 2

78

x. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the water requirement from other sources.


79-85

xi. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for Environmental pollution control measures shall be included.

Please Refer table No.2.27 of Chapter 2.

77

xii. Action plan for post-project Environmental monitoring shall be submitted.

Please Refer table No. 6.1 of Chapter 6.

253

xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency Management Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should be linked with District Disaster Management Plan.

Please Refer Section 7.10 of Chapter 7. Risk Assessment Report is enclosed in Annexure -02.

294

399

8. Occupational health i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the

occupational health & safety of all contract and casual workers.

For Fund Allocation, Please Refer table 10.6 of Chapter 10 For Plan of occupational health & safety, Please refer Section 10.9 of chapter 10.

360

354

ii. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers' health is being evaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays,

For Health Status evaluation of worker, Please refer Table No.: 7.2 of chapter 7.

287


19



Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision, color vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzed data of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise.

iii. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazards and whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workers can be preserved.


348

iv. Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and Safety.

All the data of the medical checkups of workers will be kept as per Form 37 and Maintain it regularly by M/s. A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd.

----

9. Corporate Environmental Policy i. Does the company have a well laid

down Environmental Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.

Environmental Policy, Please Refer Section 6.7of Chapter 6.

259

ii. Does the Environmental Policy prescribe for standard operating process / procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the Environmental or forest norms / conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

Environmental Policy, Please Refer Section 6.7of Chapter 6.

259

iii. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the Environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the Environmental clearance conditions? Details of this system may be given.

Environmental Cell, Please Refer Figure 6.1 of Chapter 6. Please refer Table No. 6.3 of chapter 6.

261

262

iv. Does the company have system of reporting of non compliances /

Environmental Policy, Please Refer Section 6.7of

259


20



violations of Environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report.

Chapter 6 Please refer Table No. 6.3 of chapter 6.

262

10. Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the labour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase.


368

11 Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the

project cost) shall be earmarked towards the Enterprise Social Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time bound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to be elaborated upon.

The industry will provide 1.0 % of the project cost Towards the Enterprise Commitment. Socio Economic development activities. Please section 8.4 of chapter 8.

-----

312

12. Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any notice under the Section 5 of Environmental (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case.

There was no any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the project.

------

13. 'A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TOR.

Given herewith in Section 1.10 of Chapter 1.

11-22

Specific terms of Reference for EIA studies for synthetic organic chemicals Industry 1. Details on solvents to be used, measures

for solvent recovery and for emissions control.

Please refer Section 2.35 of Chapter 2

86

2. Details of process emissions from the proposed unit and its arrangement to control.

There is no process gas emission from the unit.

---

3. Ambient air quality data should include VOC, other process –specific pollutants* like NH3*, chlorine*, HCl*, HBr*, H2S*, HF*,etc.,(*-as applicable)

Please refer Table No. 3.4(a)&(b) of Chapter 3

103-118


21



4. Work zone monitoring arrangements for hazardous chemicals.

Please refer section 6.3 of Chapter 6.

255

5. Detailed effluent treatment scheme including segregation of effluent streams for units adopting 'Zero' liquid discharge.

Please refer section 2.20 & 2.22 of Chapter 2

54-59

6. Action plan for odour control to be submitted.

Please refer Section 10.16 of chapter 10.

369

7. A copy of the Memorandum of Understanding signed with cement manufacturers indicating clearly that they co-process organic solid/hazardous waste generated.

There is no co-process organic solid/hazardous waste generated.

----

8. Authorization/Membership for the disposal of liquid effluent in CETP and solid/hazardous waste in TSDF, if any.

Generated Effluent from the unit will be primary treated followed by RO system. RO permeate will be reused for Gardening & Plantation . RO rejected & Process effluent will be evaporated in In house thermic fluid Evaporator. So, No CETP Membership Certificate required.

9. Action plan for utilization of MEE/dryers salts.

Not Applicable ----

10. Material Safety Data Sheet for all the Chemicals are being used/will be used.

Please refer Annexure: 19 538-594

11. Authorization/Membership for the disposal of solid/hazardous waste in TSDF.

Please refer Annexure: 18 641

12. Details of incinerator if to be installed. Not Applicable. ---- 13. Risk assessment for storage and

handling of hazardous chemicals/solvents. Action plan for handling & safety system to be incorporated.

Please refer Annexure: 2 399-440

14. Arrangements for ensuring health and safety of workers engaged in handling of toxic materials.

Please refer Section 7.4 of chapter 7. Please Refer Section 10.9 of chapter 10.

280

354


22



CHAPTER 2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 2.1 Introduction

M/s. A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd. is an existing manufacturing unit located at Survey No. 357/2C,Village: Nani Chirai, Taluka - Bhachau, District - Kutch, Gujarat. In existing unit, they are manufacturing Formaldehyde (37 % Solution) @ 900 MT /M and Resins (Urea Formaldehyde, Phenol Formaldehyde, melamine Formaldehyde) @1000 MT/Month. For existing products, they have obtained consent order No. AWH -104129, Date of issue 21/09/2019 and Valid Upto 01/06/2024. Now they are going to expand the capacity of existing product i.e. Formaldehyde (37 % Solution) from 900 MT/M to 3000 MT/M and Resins (Urea Formaldehyde, Phenol Formaldehyde, melamine Formaldehyde) from 1000 MT/Month to 3000 MT /M. So, after expansion total product quantity will be 6000 MT /M.

Considering scale of unit and its categorization, according to EIA notification dated 14th September 2006, by Ministry of Environment & Forest (MoEF), Government of India, their proposed expansion manufacturing activity is falls under Synthetic Organic Chemicals – Schedule 5(f) & cat -A. For that unit needs Environmental clearance from Ministry of Environment Forest &Climate Change.

In order to assess the Environment Impacts of the proposed Expansion project, M/s. A. K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd entrusted Bhagwati Enviro Care Pvt. Ltd, Ahmedabad (NABET Accredited) to undertake Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Study for various components of the Environment viz., Air, Water, Noise, Land and Socio-economics. This Report presents base line data collected for October-November-December-2018 for Air, Water, Noise, Land etc., for identification and assessment of the impacts.

2.2 Type of Project

The project is neither an interlinked project nor an interdependent project. As per the EIA Notification, 2006 & subsequent amendments, the Expansion in proposed Expansion project comes under category ‘A’ listed at item 5(f)“Synthetic organic chemicals industry (Formaldehydes & Resins)”.The project is located outside the notified industrial area for manufacturing of Formaldehyde (37 % Solution) @ 900 MT /M and Resins (Urea Formaldehyde, Phenol Formaldehyde, melamine Formaldehyde) @1000 MT/Month. Now they are going to expand the capacity of existing product i.e. Formaldehyde (37 % Solution) from 900 MT/M to 3000 MT/M and Resins (Urea Formaldehyde, Phenol Formaldehyde, melamine Formaldehyde) from 1000 MT/Month to 3000 MT /M. So, after expansion total product quantity will be 6000 MT /M. Unit is not located in notified industrial area Therefore, the category of the proposed expansion project comes under category ‘A’.

23 Prepared By M/s. Bhagwati Enviro Care Pvt. Ltd.



2.3 Need for the Project

These products are widely used in Ply board, decorative & laminate industries. With rapid growth of industrialization, the demand of various pigments has also increased significantly over a period of time. Based on the informal survey of the market with potential customers and various traders, the company has found that there is a big demand in the market for the range of the product being planned. Today, increased focus is being laid on environmental friendliness and at the same time the industry is ensuring greater customer focus through technical services and marketing capabilities, in order to face global competition. To meet the current market requirement M/s. A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd has intended to do Expansion in existing manufacturing activity at Survey No. 357/2C, Vill: Nani Chirai, Tal: Bhachau, Dist: Kutch(Gujarat).

Specific site selection criteria of the unit have been given below.

− Plot size is suitable for proposed expansion in existing project. − Availability of the set up and the utility and support facilities within the

same premises & adjacent of the premises. − The project site is well connected by road to Kandla Port road (NH-41)

0.34 km, WNW away from project site. − Availability of basic facilities like water, fuel, power, man power and raw

materials. − There are no ecological sensitive areas located within 10 km radius of

the project site. − There is wild ass sanctuary located within 5.2 km radius of the project

site. − No any national park located within 10 km radius of the project site. − Availability of good communication and transport facilities.




2.4 Location The location of the project is as shown here in Table 2.1.

Table No.2.1 Location of The Project

Sr. No.

Description Information

1 Latitude 23º11' 1.53"N (23.1837584) North 23º11' 0.93"N East 23º11' 2.4"N South 23º11' 0.96"N West 23º11'59.54"N

2 Longitude 70º 13' 8.01"E (70.2188939) North 70º 13' 6.27"E East 70º 13' 8.62"E South 70º 13' 8.4"E West 70º 13' 6.72"E

3 Plot. No. 357/2C 5 Village Nani Chirai 5 Ta Bhachau 6 Dist Kutch 7 State Gujarat




Figure No. 2.1

Map of Gujarat

KUTCH DISTRICT




Figure No. 2.2

Map of Kutch District




Figure No.2.3

5 KM & 10 KM Radius map of the project site




Figure No. 2.4 Layout Plan

Layout Plan is also enclosed in Annexure No.: 23.




Figure No. 2.5 GOOGLE IMAGE OF M/s. A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd

Latitude: 23º11' 1.53"N (23.1837584), Longitude: 70º 13' 8.01"E (70.2188939)




Figure No. 2.6

Topography Map of M/s. A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd




2.5 Photographs of the existing project site.







Table No.2.2 Salient Features of the Project Site

Sr. No.

Features Description

1 Location S. No. 357/2C, Village: Nani Chirai, Taluka - Bhachau, District - Kutch, Gujarat.

2 Geographical Location Elevation above MSL 49 m

Topo sheet No. F42E3, F42E7, F42E4, F42E8

Latitude Longitude 23º11' 0.93"N 70º 13' 6.27"E 23º11' 2.4"N 70º 13' 8.62"E 23º11' 0.96"N 70º 13' 8.4"E 23º11'59.54"N 70º 13' 6.72"E

3. Infrastructure Setup (Aerial Distance from project Site) Description Distance

(Km) A Nearest village Nani Chirai 2.24 KM

B Nearest town Gandhidham 21.4 KM C Water Body Creek /

Nalah / lake /Pond /reservoir /canal/ Rivers / Stream / Estuary / Sea

Bhimasar Pond Varsana Pond

5.55 KM W 2.31 KM S

D Highway Kandla Port Highway (NH-41) 0.34 WNW

E Railway Station Bhimasar Bhachau

4.52 km W 18.95 NE

F Airport Kandla Air Port 14.23 km WSW

G Heritage Site No heritage site within 10 km radius -- H National park / wild

life sanctuary / Reserve Forest land

No National park / wild life sanctuary / Reserve Forest land within 10 km radius.

--

I Defence Installation None --- J Place of interest /

Tourist Place None ---

K Displacement of Population

None ---

L Seismic Zone As per the earth quack sensitivity index, the unit is situated in Zone V having moderate Damage Risk (MSK -III)

---




Table No.2.3

Nearest Industries from the Project Site

Name of Industry Address Type of Industry Singhal Plywood Industries Pvt Ltd.

Survey no. 357/1 B, 357/1 A & 357/2A Nani Chirai Taluka: Bachau Kutch

Manufacturing of Wood Veneer, Plywood & Decorative Laminates.

Supersoft Products Pvt Ltd

Survey no. 357/2 B Nani Chirai Taluka: Bachau Kutch

Manufacturing of Sanitary Napkins

Paharpur Cooling Towers Ltd.

Survey no. 356, Nanichirai, Taluka Bhachau

Manufacturing of wooden Cooling tower frames.

Vanshika Plywood Pvt Ltd

Survey No. 56, Varsana, Taluka Anjar Kutch

Manufacturing of Veneer & Plywood.

Kutch VennersPvt Ltd Survey No. 312/1, Nani Chirai , Taluka Bhachau,

Manufacturing of Veneer & Plywood.

2.6 Justification of Site Selection

In our country, they had found the high quality of material with low rate compare to others so due to that respective India is having large Market demand in India as well as abroad. Based on their informal survey of the market with our current customers and various traders, they have found that there is a big potential for the range of the products they are planning. To meet the current market requirement A.K. FORMALINE(I) PVT. LTD. Has intended to do expansion activity of Formaldehyde and Resins at S. No. 357/2C, Village: Nani Chirai, Taluka - Bhachau, District - Kutch, Gujarat.

Specific site selection criteria of the unit have been given below.

• Plot size is suitable for proposed expansion activity. • Availability of the set up and the utility and support facilities within the

same premises. • The project site is well connected by road to Kandla Port road (NH-41)

0.34 km, WNW away from project site. • Availability of infrastructure facility like power, water supply, road

drainage, manpower etc. • There are no ecological sensitive areas located within 10 km radius of

the project site.




• No any national park or wild life sanctuary located within 10 km radius of the project site.

• Availability of good communication and transport facilities. 2.7 Size or magnitude of operation:-

The size and magnitude of operation is includes Product profile including chemical name of product, Product CAS No. product Qty and Product Application , Raw material requirement, raw Material Storage Details, Properties of Raw materials etc. All the details are covered in next topics.

2.8 Product Details:-

This unit will engaged in manufacturing of Formaldehyde (37 % Solution) @ 900 MT /M and Resins (Urea Formaldehyde, Phenol Formaldehyde, melamine Formaldehyde) @1000 MT/Month. Now they are going to expand the capacity of existing product i.e. Formaldehyde (37 % Solution) from 900 MT/M to 3000 MT/M and Resins (Urea Formaldehyde, Phenol Formaldehyde, melamine Formaldehyde) from 1000 MT/Month to 3000 MT /M. So, after expansion total product quantity will be 6000 MT /M. Details of product along with Capacities List of products along with capacity and end use are given in below Table No. 2.4& table No. 2.5

Table No. 2.4

List of Product

NAME OF PRODUCT WITH ITS CHEMICAL NAME and QTY

Sr. No.

Product Name Existing Quantity

Proposed Quantity

Total Quantity

1 Formaldehyde (37% solution) 900 MT/Month

2100 MT/Month

3000 MT/Month

2 Resin • Urea formaldehyde • Phenol formaldehyde • Melamine formaldehyde

1000 MT/Month

2000 MT/Month

3000 MT/Month

TOTAL 1900 MT/Month

4100 MT/Month

6000 MT/Month




Table No. 2.5

Packing and Final Application of Products

Name of proposed Product

CAS No. Type of Packing

Final application of product

Formaldehyde (37% solution)

50-00-0

MS Tank 100 KL & 50 KL

It is used for manufacturing of resins bonding. Resins are used in the Ply board, flush door, block board, practical boards and decorative laminate.

Urea formaldehyde 9011-05-6

MS TanK10 KL

Phenol formaldehyde

28064-14-4

MS Tank10 KL

Melamine formaldehyde

9003-08-1

SS Tank 10 KL

. 2.9 Raw material requirement:-

List of Raw Materials, with consumption for manufacturing of proposed expansion Products, is given in Table No. 2.6

Table No. 2.6

Detail of Raw Materials 1. Formaldehyde

Name of Product

Name of Raw

Material CAS No. MT/MT

MT/Month

Existing Proposed Total

Formaldehyde (37 %)

Methanol (Fresh) 67-56-1 0.56 507.60 1184.40 1692

Methanol (Recovered) 67-56-1 0.02 13.50 31.50 45

Air -- 0.81 725.40 1692.60 2418 Water -- 0.63 567.00 1323.00 1890

2. Urea Formaldehyde

Name of Product

Name of Raw Material

CAS No. MT/MT MT/Month


Urea Formaldehyde

Urea 57-13-6 0.34 337.84 675.68 1013.52 Formaldehyde 50-00-0 0.81 810.81 1621.62 2432.43

PVA 9002-89-5 0.04 37.54 75.08 112.62

Caustic Flacks

1310-73-2 0.00 1.50 3.0 4.50




3. Phenol Formaldehyde

Name of Product




Phenol Formaldehyde

Phenol 108-95-2 0.35 350 700.00 1050

Formaldehyde 50-00-0 0.90 900 1800.00 2700 Caustic Flacks

1310-73-2 0.00 2.00 4.0 6.0

4. Melamine Formaldehyde

Name of Product




Melamine Formaldehyde

Melamine 108-78-1 0.34 335.00 670.00 1005 Formaldehyde 50-00-0 0.67 665.00 1330.00 1995

Caustic Flacks

1310-73-2 0.01 10.00 20.00 30

***We will maintain as minimum inventory as possible.

Mode of Transportation: Road Source: Chemical Mfg. Units located in Kutch, Gandhidham, Ahmedabad, Ankleshwar, Vadodara etc.

2.10 Raw material Storage :-

The unit has planned to provide adequate and proper storage facilities for all the raw materials, finished products and fuel. Key raw material Formaldehyde, Phenol, Methanol, Melamine, Urea, ploy Alcohol stored in a dedicated covered godown. All the other raw materials are stored in designated area in either HDPE Bags or MS or HDPE tank depending on their physical characteristic. Details of storage and handling of proposed expansion products and raw materials like physical form, type of storage, size of storage containment, maximum storage capacity are given in Table 2.7and Physical properties of raw materials are given in Table No. 2.8




Table No. 2.7

Chemical Name and Physical form of Raw Material

No. Name of Raw Material

Chemical Name

Physical Form

CAS No. Storage Size of Container/Bags

Maximum Storage MT

1. Formaldehyde Methyl Aldehyde

Liquid 50-00-0 MS Tank

100 KL x 3 &

50 KL x 1

350

2. Phenol Phenyl hydroxide

Liquid 108-95-2

MS storage tank

20 KL x 2 40

3. Methanol Methyl alcohol

Liquid. 67-56-1 MS storage tank

50 KL x 6 300

4. Melamine 2,4,6-Triamino-s-Triazine

Solid 108-78-1

HDPE Bags

25 kg x 1600

40

5. Urea Carbonyl Di amide

Solid 57-13-6

HDPE Bags

50 kg x 600 30

6. Caustic Flakes

Sodium hydroxide

Solid

1310-73-2 HDPE Bags

50 kg x 200 10

7. Polyvinyl alcohol

Ethanol

Solid

9002-89-5 HDPE Bags

20 kg x 600 12




Table No. 2.8

Physical & Chemical properties of Raw Materials

SR. NO

NAME OF RAW MATERIAL

Physical & Chemical Composition

B.P °C

F.P °C

LEL & UEL %

TLV LD50 LC50

Sp. Gravity (Water=1)

Vapor Density (air=1)

Odour Threshold

Chemical Formula

State M.W. gm/mol

1 Phenol C6H5OH Liquid. 94.113 181.9 --- LEL=1.7 UEL=8.6

19 mg/Nm3

NL 1.058 3.24 0.19 mg/Nm3

2 Melamine C3N3(NH2)3 Solid

126.123 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA

3 Urea NH2CONH2 Solid 60.056 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA

4 Formaldehyde (37%)

CH2O

Liquid. 30.026 96 60 LEL=7 UEL=73

1.5 mg/Nm3

800 mg/kg

1.038 at 25 °C

NA 4 mg/Nm3

5 Caustic Flakes

NaOH Solid

39.997 1390 NA NA 2 mg/m3

NA 2.12 at 24 °C

NA Odorless

6 Methanol CH4O Liquid. 32.042 64.6 -97.8

LEL=6 UEL=36.5

260 mg/m3

5628 mg/kg

0.79 at 20°C

1.10 130.87 mg/m3

7 Poly vinyl alcohol

(C2H4O)x Solid

44.053 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA




2.11 Handling of Raw Material & Product

All the raw materials and finished products are handled as per the standard practice in the closed systems. Also, all the pipes and equipment are kept cleaned to avoid any blockage and deposits. Pressure tests (leak tests) are carried out before every startup. There will be no raw material storage in Tank. All the process and storage equipment used for the handling of these chemicals are also maintained properly to avoid any leakage or spillage of the chemical. Also, all transfer lines, valves, fittings and every joint are inspected by third party periodically. Drum trolley are used for safe handling and transfer of hazardous chemicals drums from one place to another place in the plant area. Water sprinkling is ensured to avoid fugitive emission of dust.

2.12 Mode of Transportation for Raw Material:

Key raw material Formaldehyde, Phenol, Methanol, Melamine, Urea, ploy Alcohol required for the proposed expansion plant is sourced from Gujarat, Maharashtra, other states and transported in covered truck by road. Formaldehyde is manufacturing in house for resins & sell to market. Few other raw materials are sourced locally, because of the existence / development of the chemical industries and chemical markets at Gandhidham, Kandla, Kutch. This reduces both the cost of raw material transportation and the associated risk. Finished products are sold to domestic /international market by convenient mode of transportation.

41

Prepared By M/s. Bhagwati Enviro Care Pvt. Ltd.



2.13 MANUFACTURING PROCESS DETAILS, CHEMICAL REACTION

AND MASS BALANCE Formaldehyde: Formaldehyde is the oxidation/dehydrogenation product of methanol with oxygen in the presence of silver catalyst. A fixed quantity of methanol and water is introduced into a mixing vessel from where this mixture is taken into an evaporator. Air and the recycled tail gas is also introduced into the evaporator. A temperature of 70 Deg.cent.is maintained by heating with steam through the steam coil which facilities the evaporation of methanol. The air methanol vapour water molecules and tail gas mixture is then further heated to 20°C in the Super heater and then introduced into the reactor where, in the presence of silver catalyst maintained at a temperature 650°C the oxidation/ dehydrogenation reaction takes place as per the following chemistry. CH3OH =HCHO + H2 Endothermic reaction H2 + ½ O2 =H2O Exothermic reaction CH3OH + ½O2 =HCHO + Net Exothermic reaction Several side reaction also happen to produce formic acid, carbon dioxide and carbon monoxide. The endeavor is to minimize; these side reaction. The catalyst bed temperature is maintained at around 640 to 650°C by controlling the composition of reactor feed gas. ABSORPTION The reaction is net Exothermic in the reactor 3 itself which is also a waste heat boiler the temperature of the product gasses is brought down to 180°C and then further cooled down to about 95°C in the reboiler by circulating the solution in the evaporator in the reboiler and the evaporator solution itself getting heated up to 70°C thus saving on energy with OFF GAS (tail gas). Recycled surplus steam to the extent of 200 – 250 kgs per ton of formaldehyde is available for export which can be used in the resin reactor. The product gasses are further cooled to about 75°C in the condenser by circulation of cooling water from the cooling tower. The reaction gas containing formaldehyde, Unreacted methanol and water vapour is then directed to absorption column 1 and escaping formaldehyde gases are absorbed by circulating and cooling the formaldehyde solution in plate heat exchanger from the absorber sump. The part of circulation is taken out as product. Mostly the absorber is packed with structured packing with proper packing and cooling more than 95%absorption is completed in the absorption column 1. The absorbed gas from the absorption column 1 is absorbed in the absorption column 2 by circulating and cooling absorber sump dilute. Formaldehyde solution in plate heat exchanger. Finally the gas is washed with pure chilled DM water at the upper part of the column2 provided with bubble cap trays, and then exhausted as tail gas to the atmosphere. The Exhaust gasses now contain only nitrogen, hydrogen, carbon dioxide, carbon monoxide and traces of Formaldehyde and Methanol. The Hydrogen can be burnt or incinerated to generate steam for use in the resin reactor. Chemical Reaction:




Mass Balance:

Methanol: (Fresh-564 kg) + (recovered- 15 kg) Air: 806Kg

Silver catalyst Reactor: 1385 Kg

Dilution

Steam: 1000 kg

Absorption

Stripper: 385 Kg

Water: 630 Kg

Recovered Methanol: 15 Kg

37% Formaldehyde: 1000 kg

Reuse in process: 750 Kg

Reuse in process

370 kg

Reuse in Resin reactor: 250 Kg




Melamine Formaldehyde: Melamine, formaldehyde and caustic will be added into reaction vessel. Stirring and heating will be done up to 95° C for 1 hour. Cooling will start up at 40° C. Methanol will be added for dilution purpose. It will not use to manufacture resin. It will help to let down the viscosity of resin so it can float on the lamination sheet while drying Melamine formaldehyde resin ready for use

Chemical Reaction: Mass Balance:

Reaction Vessel

Stirring & Heating Temp: 95°. Time: 1 hr

Cooling at 40° C

Melamine Formaldehyde: 1000Kg

Melamine: 330 Kg Formaldehyde: 650 KG Caustic Flakes: 10 Kg




Urea Formaldehyde First all raw materials like urea, formaldehyde and caustic will be added into reaction vessel. Stirring and heating will up to 95° C for 1 hour. Cooling will start up at 40° C. Poly Vinyl Alcohol will be added for dilution purpose. It will not use to manufacture resin. It will help to let down the viscosity of resin so it can float on the lamination sheet while drying. Then, Urea Formaldehyde ready for use.

From samples drawn from the reactor.

Chemical Reaction:




Mass Balance:

ReRe

Reaction Vessel

Urea: 450 kgs Formaldehyde: 1080 kg Caustic Flakes: 2 kg

Stirring & Heating Tem: 90° C

Reflux Temp: 98° C Time: 30 min

Vacuum and Distillation Distilled Water: 250 Lit (Waste water to ETP)

Cooling

Dilution PVA: 50 Kgs

Urea Formaldehyde Resin 1332 kgs (91% Purity) 1217 kgs real




Phenol Formaldehyde: Chemical Reaction Stage: The production process between phenol and formaldehyde is a condensation type of polymerization.

The selected process is a batch process.

The chemical reaction is carried out in a batch reactor, which is constructed of stainless steel and equipped with an efficient agitator, coil heat exchanger for heating and cooling of the resin batch as well as a reflux condenser.

The heating of the reactor is made by means of low pressure steam and the cooling by means of cooling water from closed circuit cooling tower system or other suitable source.

It is proposed to use one of the four rector s for the manufacturer of PF resin. Care has to be taken to ensure through washing of the reactor to avoid any coloration to the other resins.

Formaline of 37 % strength is charged into a service tank which is graded and then discharge in to the reactor. Phenol is solid at room temperature and has to be heated and maintained at 65 0C for which it is stored in an electrically traced storage tank. Phenol is then pumped to a calibrated service tank in the resin plant and then down loaded by gravity into the reactor. The offer does not include this charging tank. The proposal is essential to manufacture UF / MUF and MF resins.

The chemicals which are used in small amounts for adjustment of acidity / alkalinity of the processed batch are charged into the reactor manually. The reactor has one discharge strainer, one discharge pump and one discharge filter.

The acidity and progress of the reaction are monitored by determining the viscosity of samples drawn from the reactor.

Evaporation Stage:

The solids content of UF /MF /PF resin is increased by removing liquid from resin condensate by evaporation. The evaporation operation is carried out under Vacuum to avoid high processing temperatures of the resin, which would produce undesired types of molecules and reduce the reactivity of the resin.

47

Prepared By M/s. Bhagwati Enviro Care Pvt. Ltd.



Chemical React

Mass Balance:

ReRe

Reaction Vessel Phenol: 398 kgs Formaldehyde: 850 kg Caustic Flakes: 2 kg

Stirring & Heating Tem: 60° C

Reflux Temp: 98° C Time: 30 min

Vacuum and Distillation Distilled Water: 250 Lit (Waste water to ETP)

Cooling

Phenol Formaldehyde Resin t: 1000 kg

Urea M.W: 60

Urea Formaldehyde Resin




2.14 Resource Requirement Because of availability of open area for project in the premises itself it becomes easy for the unit. The other supporting factor for justifying the location is mentioned as under:

• Due to Sufficient land area and residential area is away from the site. • Availability of basic facilities like water, fuel, power, man power and raw

materials. • Nearest village Nani Chirai is 2.24 km away from the location, which is

having connectivity with other parts of the country by road. • Availability of good communication and transportation facilities.

No national park, reserved forest or wild habitats as well as site of archeological significance or ecological importance fall within 10 km radius of the project site.

The details of resources are mentioned in Table No. 2.9:

Table No. 2.9 Detail of Source

Sr. no.

Project Requirements Total Source/Remarks

1. Land 3574 Sq. meter Local Village – Nani Chirai

2. Man Power 35 Local as well as from out side

3.

Total Water Requirement

116 KL/Day (Fresh: 106.5 KL/Day + Recycled: 9.5 KL/Day)

GWIL

4.

Power 150 KW Paschim Gujarat Vij Co. Ltd.

125 KVA DG Set

5. Fuel Requirement A Diesel 60 Lit/D Trader

B Steam & Other utilities Unit has obtained steam from their sister

concern unit M/s. Singhal Plywood Ind. Pvt. Ltd. (ID 18067) so, they have no Boiler or TFH in the unit.




2.15 Land use Break up for Total Plot Area The unit will establish on land admeasuring total area 3574 Sq. meter in S. No. 357/2C. Out of total available land, unit will develop Greenbelt in 1600 Sq. meter, which is 44.76 % of the total plot area. The detail break up for the land is given in below Table No. 2.10 All the details is also shown in layout Plan (Fig No.:- 2.4) and Annexure No.: 23,.

Table No. 2.10

Land use breakup for total plot area

Sr. No. Particulars LAND AREA (Sq. m.)

% of Land Use (at

ultimate)

1 Plant facilities 798 22.34 2 Storage Area (Raw

materials & Finished goods) & Administrative, other buildings

3 Utilities 4 ETP area 5 HW storage area 6 Roads, Parking 1176 32.90 7 Open Area 8 Green Belt / space 1600 44.76

Total 3574 100

2.16 List of Plant machineries for Proposed Production Activity For manufacturing of proposed expansion product, various plant machineries, equipment and utilities will be required. The list of plant machineries are given in table No. 2.11

Table No. 2.11 List of plant machineries for proposed production activity:

Type Equipment Status Quantity (Total nos. to be provide)

Capacity of each

Formaldehyde Resin reactor Existing 04 Nos. 15 Tons-1no. 4 Tons – 2nos 2 Tons - 1no

Formaldehyde Resin reactor Proposed 02 Nos. 10 Tons – 2 nos.




Agitator (Propeller or turbine) -- 06 Nos. Part of above Vapour Column (Vertical Cylinder)

-- 05 Nos. Part of above

Reactor Distillate Receive Tank

Existing 02 Nos. 2 Tons- 2 nos.

Reactor Distillate Receive Tank

Proposed 01 Nos. 2 Tons- 1 nos.

Catch pot Existing 01 Nos. 500 kg- 1 nos. Catch pot Proposed 01 Nos. 500 kg- 1 nos. Formaldehyde Charging Tank with Calibration

Existing 01 Nos. 5 ton- 1 nos.

Formaldehyde Charging Tank with Calibration

Proposed 01 Nos. 5 ton- 1 nos.

Resin Holding Tank(3 MT Cap.)

Existing 04 Nos. 3 tons- 4 nos.

Resin Holding Tank(3 MT Cap.)

Proposed 02 Nos. 5 tons- 2 nos.

Heat Exchanger (Reflux Condensate for reactor)

-- 06 Nos. Part of resin reactor

Gear Type Reactor Discharge Pump

Existing 02 Nos. 10HP-2nos

Gear Type Reactor Discharge Pump

Proposed 02 Nos. 10HP-2nos

Reactor Vacuum Pump Existing 02 Nos. 1 Nos Reactor Vacuum Pump Proposed 1 Nos Distillate Discharge Pump Existing 04 Nos. 1 HP-4 Nos Distillate Discharge Pump Proposed 02 Nos. 1HP-2 Nos Resin Reactor Discharge Strainer

Exi & Pro. 06 Nos. Existing – 4nos Proposed- 2Nos

Central Control Panel Exi & Pro. 04 Nos. Existing – 2nos Proposed - 2Nos

Resin reactor Temp. Control Exi & Pro. 06 Nos. Existing-4nos - (0-200C) Proposed- 2Nos (0-200C)

Local Thermometer Exi & Pro. 08 Nos. Existing – (0-100C) -4nos Proposed- 2Nos(0-200) 2nos (0-100)

Local Presume Gauge Exi & Pro. 08 Nos. Existing– 0-10 kg/cm2 4nos Proposed- 0-10 kg/cm2 4Nos




2.17 Details of Man Power Requirement

The requirement of personnel for the Plant is met with keeping in view the following:

• Technical support of Plant, including Process Control and Instrumentation • Smooth and efficient operation of Plant • Effective co-ordination between the various Departments within the Plant • Optimum organization with well-defined and judicious job distribution • Optimum utilization of different grades of workmen and supervisory staff

and Maximum capacity utilization of facilities.

Total Manpower at A. K. Fomaline (I) Pvt. Ltd will be summarized in Table No. 2.12 Table No. 2.12

Details of Man Power Total Workers in all Shifts

Male Female Total Existing 13 2 15

Proposed 15 5 20 Total 28 7 35

Total 15-20 local people will get employment in M/s. A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd as per their qualification and experience.

2.18 Power requirement The source of power will be Paschim Gujarat Vij Company Ltd. The power demand for the proposed expansion manufacturing activity will be 150 KW. If in future it is required then In alternate unit will install DG set after obtaining required permission.

2.19 Proposed Schedule for approval and Implementation In order to control and regulate the development of chemical project, a legal framework has been developed by Govt. of India. Accordingly, several clearances and approvals shall be required to be obtained from different Government and Statutory Agencies at various stages of development and operation at phase of the project. Indicative list of Approvals /Clearances to be obtained from Govt. Authorities for this project are as below:

i. Clearance for air and water pollution : GPCB

ii. Clearance for storage of Diesel: CCOE

iii. Plant Installation : Factory Inspectorate




iv. Electricity Installation : Electrical Inspectorate

v. Construction Labour : Labour Commissioner

Proposed expansion project will involve major activities like preparation of specifications / drawings, receipt of quotations & its technical scrutiny, finalization of the vendors and placing orders, minor civil and structural construction, delivery and erection of equipment and machineries and its trial runs, plant commissioning and commercial production. The project activities will commence after receipt of Environmental clearance from MOEF &CC and CTE from GPCB. The expected start date of the proposed expansion activity is from May 2021 and the completion of all these activities will take about 4 months, which is expected to be in operative phase in end of October 2021. Tentative project implementation schedule with respect to various activities is given as follows.

Figure 2.7

Project Implementation Schedule

Sr. No.

Work Project implementation Schedule (Year 2021) May June July Aug Sep Oct

1 Site Development 2 Procurement of Resources

& utilities

3 Building Construction 4 Procurement of Plant

Machineries

5 Installation of machineries & Equipment

6 Instrumentation & Control 7 Piping, Mechanical &

Electric work

8 Supporting Infrastructure development

9 Erection of ETP, APCM with stacks

10 Installation of fire safety equipment

11 Commissioning of the project

12 Apply for CTO at GPCB




2.20 Plant water requirement & Effluent Generation:-

M/s. A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd is an Existing unit and the source of water will be GWIL Water Supply. Water Balance Diagram is shown at Figure No. 2.8

Table No. 2.13

DETAILS OF WATER CONSUMPTION & EFFLUENT GENERATION




RO permeate @ 9.5 KLPD will be reused in gardening/ plantation purpose. RO reject @ 3 KLPD will be evaporated in in-house thermic fluid evaporator. Total 26 KLPD effluent will be evaporated in in-house thermic fluid evaporator.

Water Consumption (KL/Day) Waste water generation(KL/Day) Existing Proposed Total After

expansion Existing Proposed Total after

expansion Domestic 2.0 2.0 4.0 Domestic 1.7 2.0 3.7

Gardening 13.3 0.7 14 Gardening 0.0 0.0 0.0

Industrial Industrial

DM water for process

11.0 73.0 84.0 DM water 1.0 7.0 8.0

Process 8.0 15.0 23.0


65.0 -51 14 RO Plant 4.0 0.0 4.0 Cooling blow Down

0.5 0.0 0.5

Boiler blow Down

4.8 -4.8 0

Total Industrial

76 22 98 Total Industrial

21.3 17.2 38.5

Total 91.3 24.7 116 Total 23 19.2 42.2




TABLE NO. 2.14 Product wise Water consumption and Effluent generation details

Sr. No.

Product Batch Size (in Kg)

Production in MT/ Month

No. of Batch/ Month

Water Consumption in KL/Batch

Water Consumption

in KL/Day

Effluent Generation in

KL/Batch

Effluent generation in

KL/Day 1. 37%

Formaldehyde 1000 3000 3000 0.630 75.60 0 0

2. Melamine Formaldehyde 1477 3000 2031 0 0.00 0.00 0.00

3. Urea Formaldehyde 1332 3000 2252 0 0.00 0.25 22.52

4. Phenol Formaldehyde 1000 3000 3000 0 0.00 0.25 21.6

TOTAL 75.60 23




Figure No. 2.8 WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM

Water Balance Diagram for Existing Production:

Fresh Water: 78.0 Reused Water: 13.3 Total Water consumption: 91.3

Domestic Water: 2.0

Industrial: 76.0 Domestic Water to soak pit: 1.7

RO water: 65.0 DM Plant: 11.0

DM water used in Process: 10.0

DM Rejected: 1.0

Cooling Blow Down: 0.5

R O permeate for Cooling: 10.0

W/W from process: 8.0

R O permeate for Boiler: 48.0

Effluent to ETP: 13.3

RO Rejected: 7.0

W/W to Thermic Fluid evaporator: 8.0

Unit: KL/Day

Boiler Blow Down: 4.8

Treated effluent for Gardening and plantation: 13.3

Gardening: 13.3 KL/day




Water Balance Diagram for Proposed Production:

Unit: KL/Day Fresh Water: 106.5 Reused Water: 9.5 Total Water: 116

Domestic Water: 4.0

Industrial: 98

Domestic Wastewater to soak pit: 3.7

RO water: 14.0 DM Plant: 84

DM Water used in Formaldehyde MFG. Process: 76

DM Rejected: = 8.0

Cooling Blow Down: 0.5

R O permeate for Cooling: 10.0

W/W from process: 23

Effluent to ETP: 12.5

RO Rejected: 4.0

W/W to Thermic Fluid evaporator: 26

Treated effluent to RO: 12.5

W/W from process: 0.0

DM Water used in Resin MFG. Process: 0.0

Gardening 14.0

Reuse: 9.5 Fresh: 4.5

RO Permeate (Reused Water)

: 9.5

Primary Treatment: 23 KL

RO Rejected: 3.0




2.21 CHARACTERISTICS OF EFFLUENT:

The characteristics of wastewater & final outlet would be as follows: Table No. 2.15

Characteristics of Process Effluent

Sr.No. Parameters Raw effluent

Primary Treated 1 for I/L of Evaporator

1. pH 4.0-4.5 7.2-7.5

2. Total Suspended Solids 190-200 52-55

3. Total Dissolved Solid 3500-3540 2.4-2.10

4. COD 7406-7410 6694-6700

5. BOD 1500-1520 1100-1110

Characteristic of Low Concentrated effluent

Sr. No.

Parameters Characteristics of Composite effluent

generated from similar unit. ( DM reject, RO Reject,

Cooling B/d)

RO Plant

Primary Treated effluent 2

RO permeate RO Reject * I/L of

Evaporator

1. pH 5.9-6.0 7.0-7.2 6.5-6.6 9.5-9.7

2. Total Suspended Solids < 5 < 5

300 22100

3. Total Dissolved Solid 5112-5115 5520-5530 < 5 < 5

4. COD < 10 < 10 < 2 < 2

5. BOD < 2 < 2 < 0.2 < 0.2

6. Oil & Grease < 0.2 < 0.2 < 10 < 10




2.22 DETAILS OF EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT:

Table No. 2.16 Details of Effluent Treatment Plant Units

Detail of Existing Effluent treatment plant.

Sr. No.

Name of the unit Size in meter Capacity

1. Collection cum Neutralization Tank-For resin plant

2.4 x 2.4 x 1.85 10.65 KL

2. Collection cum Neutralization Tank-For Low Conc. Effl.

3x3x1.85 16.65 KL

3. Primary Settling Tank 2.5x2.5x2 12.5 KL 4. Holding Tank 2.4 x 2.4 x 1.85 10.65 KL 5. Treated effluent collection tank 3x3x1.85 16.65 KL 6. Thermic Fluid Evaporator 1500 L/hr -------- 7. SDB 1.0 x 1.0 x 0.9 --------

Detail of Modify Proposed Effluent treatment plant

Sr. No.



2.4 x 2.4 x 1.85 10.65 KL


3x3x1.85 16.65 KL

3. Primary Settling Tank-1 1.85x1.85x2.0 6.84 KL 4. Primary Settling Tank-2 2.5x2.5x2 12.5 KL 5. RO plant 1500 L/Hr --- 6. RO Permeate Collection Tank 2.4 x 2.4 x 1.85 10.65 KL 7. RO Reject Collection Tank 1.85x1.85x2.35 8.04 KL 8. Holding Tank 2.4 x 2.4 x 1.85 10.65 KL 9. Treated effluent collection tank 3x3x1.85 16.65 KL 10. Thermic Fluid Evaporator 1500 L/hr -------- 11. SDB 1.0 x 1.0 x 0.9 --------




Fig. 2.9: Effluent Treatment Plant Diagram

Existing ETP:

Proposed Modified ETP Diagram:

Collection/ Neutralization

Tank

Primary Settling

Tank

Thermic Fluid

Evaporator

INLET FLOW- from resin plant

SDB

Reuse in gardening


Tank

INLET FLOW- Low con. Effluent

Holding Tank


Tank

Primary Settling

Tank

Thermic Fluid

Evaporator


SDB


Tank

INLET FLOW- Low con. Effluent Holding

Tank

RO plant RO Reject

RO Permeate

Primary Settling

Tank




2.23 FLUE GAS EMISSION : The details regarding flue gas emission are given at Table No. 2.17

Table No. 2.17

FLUE GAS STACKDETAILS

Sr. No. Stack

Attached To

Stack Height

(m)

Type Of Fuel

Quantity of Fuel Type Of emission

i.e Air Pollutant

Air Pollution Control Measure


1. D.G. Set 125 KVA 9 Diesel 30

Lit/Day. 30

Lit/Day 60

Lit/Day SPM ----

Note: As per GPCB Consent Order No.: 104129, Condition No.: 03. Unit is using steam from their sister concern unit M/s. Singhal Plywood Ind. Pvt. Ltd. (ID 18067) so, they have no Boiler or TFH in the unit. The copy of Consent order of M/s. Singhal Plywood Ind. Pvt Ltd & Copy of MOU between M/s. A.K Formalien (I) Pvt. Ltd and M/s. Singhal Plywood Ind. Pvt. Ltd are enclosed in Annexure 16 respectively. The Steam Calculation is enclosed in annexure 17




Table No. 2.18 Emission Rate of the Pollutants

Sr. No.

Stack attache

d to

Type of Fuel

Fuel Consumption

Dia. (m)

Height (m)

Exit Velocity (m/sec)

Exit Temp. (° C)

Emission Rates (gm/s) PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOX

1. D.G. Set

Diesel 60 Lit/Day.

0.3 11 8.0 60 0.000138 0.000055 0.001932 0.000462




2.24 PROCESS GAS EMISSION: There is no process emission from existing as well as proposed manufacturing process. 2.25 FUEL REQUIREMENT

The fuel used for the project is given in Table No. 2.19

Table No. 2.19 Fuel Details

2.26 FUGITIVE EMISSION CONTROL:

Fugitive emission could occur from the storage yard of raw materials and finished products. The storage quantity is low since only 6 days inventory will be maintained at site and proper handling methods will be adopted. Emissions from transport of vehicles would occur to a certain extent. The emissions from traffic movements will be controlled by proper planning of the transport of raw materials and finished products to and fro from the factory premises. All the roads inside the plant will be concreted to reduce any dust emissions.

Proper planning and maintenance will control the extent of fugitive emissions. During the production, the industry will carry out regular monitoring of fugitive emissions as per the factories Act.

Measures taken for fugitive emission control:

− Proper storage of raw materials, products and fuels. − Ensuring closed feeding and sampling. − Establishing SOPs for start-up, shut down and maintenance operational

procedures. − Regular work place monitoring and ambient air quality monitoring as per

post project monitoring plan.

No. Type of Fuel

Fuel Used in

Quantity Total after expansion

Existing Proposed

01 Diesel DG set 30 Lit/Day.

30 Lit/Day

60 Lit/Day.


63



2.27 HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT

The hazardous wastes generated by the industry & Method of Management and Handling is given In Table No. 2.20

Table No. 2.20

Detail of Hazardous Waste Management

The unit has provided designated area having impervious floor, roof cover system and leachate collection system in the existing plant for storage of hazardous waste. Unit will obtained membership from approved TSDF site for disposal of hazardous waste. The unit will adopt appropriate procedure for handling of hazardous waste as described below;

• Provision of hazardous waste storage within premises having impervious flooring, roof cover and leachate collection facility.

• Generated ETP sludge are collected in HDPE bags/drums after complete sun drying and the bags are sealed or tightly closed.

Sr. No






61.50 MT/Year

60.00 MT/Year

121.5 MT/Year



0.02 MT/Year

0.04 MT/Year



34.3 MT/Year

36 MT/Year



64



• Tightly closed HDPE bags/drums are labeled as “ETP Sludge /Hazardous waste and transferred through trolley to the respective storage area.

• Suitable PPE are provided to all the workers handling the hazardous waste.

• Collected different types of hazardous wastes are disposed of at TSDF regularly according to their hazardous characteristics.

Handling and management of hazardous waste will be adopted for proposed expansion manufacturing activity. Discarded containers will be sold to scrap vendors after decontamination. The unit will develop procedure for decontamination of discarded container. Dedicated area will be allocated near ETP for the decontamination having impervious flooring, suitable drainage line and three side covered wall. Adequate facility with pressure pump and treated effluent line will be established for proper washing and decontamination.

2.28 NOISE POLLUTION The various sources of noise in the Industry have been identified as under:

Pumps

The typical Noise levels of equipment. As indicated by the Equipment manufacturers are given in Table No. 2.21

Table No.2.21

TYPICAL NOISE LEVELS OF EQUIPMENT

Sr. No.

Name of Machinery/Unit Noise level in db

1. Pumps 60-65

The following measures have been taken to reduce the noise levels to acceptable limits:

i) Sound producing equipment are enclosed in the sound proofing enclosure to give residual sound pressure level of 85 dB(A) and

ii) Providing suitable ear protecting devices for working personnel.

Details of measures proposed for noise pollution abatement & its monitoring.


65



• Noise levels will be monitored and records of same will be maintained, at day and night at 4-6 locations, fortnightly internally and monthly by third party (GPCB recognized Env. Agency).

• Also periodically workers will be examined for their hearing ability and accordingly corrective actions will also made if required.

• Good working conditions will be developed to avoid chances of Noise Pollution.

• Regular maintenance of machineries, machine guarding and enclosures for the Noisy machines will be done to avoid Noise Pollution.

• Even though Noisy machines will be strictly be operated in day time only. • Effective green belt will be developed to minimize effect of Noise Pollution to

surroundings. • Required PPEs will be given to workers.

2.29 LIST OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS

The Raw Materials, which are termed as Hazardous Chemicals as per the "Manufacturing, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989", are as listed in Table No. 2.22

Table No. 2.22 List of Hazardous Chemical

No. Name of Hazardous Chemicals

Reference The Manufacturer, storage & Import of Hazardous chemical Rules 1989

Maximum quantity that can be stored at a time (MT)

Threshold Quantity

For application of rules 4,5,7 to 9 and 13 to 15

For application of rule 10 to 12

01 Phenol Sr.No. 481 (part II, Sch. 1 of MSIHCR, 1989)

40 No listed No listed

02 Formaldehyde (solution)

Sr.No. 285 (part II, Sch. 1 of MSIHCR, 1989)

350 5 tonne 50 tonne

03 Methyl alcohol



04 Sodium hydroxide/ Caustic Flakes



DETAILS OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS

Name of

Hazardous Chemicals

Toxicity (Oral LD50)

Hazardous Characteristics


66



mg/kg Phenol 317

mg/kg [Rat]

Flammability of the Product: May be combustible at high temperature. Auto-Ignition Temperature: 715°C (1319°F) Flash Points: CLOSED CUP: 79°C (174.2°F). OPEN CUP: 85°C (185°F). Flammable Limits: LOWER: 1.7% UPPER: 8.6% Products of Combustion: These products are carbon oxides (CO, CO2). Fire Hazards in Presence of Various Substances: Flammable in presence of open flames and sparks, of heat. Non-flammable in presence of shocks. Explosion Hazards in Presence of Various Substances: Risks of explosion of the product in presence of mechanical impact: Not available. Risks of explosion of the product in presence of static discharge: Not available. Fire Fighting Media and Instructions: SMALL FIRE: Use DRY chemical powder. LARGE FIRE: Use water spray, fog or foam. Do not use water jet.

Precautions: Keep locked up.. Keep container dry. Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Empty containers pose a fire risk, evaporate the residue under a fume hood. Ground all equipment containing material. Do not ingest. Do not breathe dust. Never add water to this product. In case of insufficient ventilation, wear suitable respiratory equipment. If ingested, seek medical advice immediately and show the container or the label. Avoid contact with skin and eyes. Keep away from incompatibles such as oxidizing agents, acids. Storage: Air Sensitive. Sensitive to light. Store in light-resistant containers. Moisture sensitive. Keep container tightly closed. Keep container in a cool, well-ventilated area.

Formaldehyde

100 mg/kg [Rat].

Flammability of the Product: Flammable. Auto-Ignition Temperature: 430°C (806°F) Flash Points: CLOSED CUP: 50°C (122°F). OPEN CUP: 60°C (140°F). Flammable Limits: The greatest known range is LOWER: 6% UPPER: 36.5% (Methyl alcohol) Products of Combustion:

Precautions: Keep container dry. Do not breathe gas/fumes/ vapour/spray. Never add water to this product In case of insufficient ventilation, wear suitable respiratory equipment If ingested, seek medical advice immediately and show the container or the label. Avoid contact with skin and eyes Keep away from incompatibles such as reducing agents, organic


67



These products are carbon oxides (CO, CO2). Fire Hazards in Presence of Various Substances: Flammable in presence of open flames and sparks, of heat. Non-flammable in presence of shocks, of oxidizing materials, of reducing materials, of combustible materials, of organic materials, of metals, of acids, of alkalis. Explosion Hazards in Presence of Various Substances: Non-explosive in presence of open flames and sparks, of shocks. Fire Fighting Media and Instructions: Flammable liquid, soluble or dispersed in water. SMALL FIRE: Use DRY chemical powder. LARGE FIRE: Use alcohol foam, water spray or fog. Cool containing vessels with water jet in order to prevent pressure build-up, autoignition or explosion.

materials, metals, alkalis, moisture. May corrode metallic surfaces. Store in a metallic or coated fiberboard drum using a strong polyethylene inner package. Storage: May corrode metallic surfaces. Store in a metallic or coated fiberboard drum using a strong polyethylene inner package. Corrosive materials should be stored in a separate safety storage cabinet or room.

Methyl alcohol

5628 mg/kg [Rat].

Flammability of the Product: Flammable. Auto-Ignition Temperature: 464°C (867.2°F) Flash Points: CLOSED CUP: 12°C (53.6°F). OPEN CUP: 16°C (60.8°F). Flammable Limits: LOWER: 6% UPPER: 36.5% Products of Combustion: These products are carbon oxides (CO, CO2). Fire Hazards in Presence of Various Substances: Highly flammable in presence of open flames and sparks, of heat. Non-flammable in presence of shocks.

Precautions: Keep locked up.. Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Ground all equipment containing material. Donot ingest. Do not breathe gas/fumes/ vapor/spray. Wear suitable protective clothing. In case of insufficient ventilation, wearsuitable respiratory equipment. If ingested, seek medical advice immediately and show the container or the label. Avoid contact with skin and eyes. Keep away from incompatibles such as oxidizing agents, metals, acids. Storage:


68



Explosion Hazards in Presence of Various Substances: Risks of explosion of the product in presence of mechanical impact: Not available. Explosive in presence of open flames and sparks, of heat. Fire Fighting Media and Instructions: Flammable liquid, soluble or dispersed in water. SMALL FIRE: Use DRY chemical powder. LARGE FIRE: Use alcohol foam,water spray orfog.

Store in a segregated and approved area. Keep container in a cool, well-ventilated area. Keep container tightly closed and sealed until ready for use. Avoid all possible sources of ignition (spark or flame).

Sodium hydroxide/ Caustic Flakes

Not available

Flammability of the Product: Non-flammable. Auto-Ignition Temperature: Not applicable Flash Points: Not applicable. Flammable Limits: Not applicable. Products of Combustion: Not applicable. Fire Hazards in Presence of Various Substances: Not applicable. Explosion Hazards in Presence of Various Substances: Risks of explosion of the product in presence of mechanical impact: Not available. Risks of explosion of the product in presence of static discharge: Not available. Fire Fighting Media and Instructions: Not applicable.

Precautions: Keep container dry. Do not breathe dust. Never add water to this product. In case of insufficient ventilation, wear suitable respiratory equipment. If you feel unwell, seek medical attention and show the label when possible. Avoid contact with skin and eyes. Keep away from incompatibles such as oxidizing agents, reducing agents, metals, acids, alkalis, moisture. Storage: Keep container tightly closed. Keep container in a cool, well-ventilated area. Hygroscopic. Deliquescent


69



2.30 SAFETY & OCCUPATIONAL MEASURE FOR STORAGE

&HANDLING OF THE RAW MATERIAL & PRODUCT: To prevent any spillage, accident and impacts of human health for safety measure will be taken while handling the raw material and products: Occupational control measures for no health hazard to the worker and to keep the risk of accidents to a minimum from our manufacturing activities.

Mitigatory measures:

For the proposed Expansion project, company will make following arrangement within the factory premises for the different hazards:

Storage & Handling of Hazardous Chemicals:

− Company will do planning to stock all the necessary material as minimum as possible.

− All containers with hazardous chemicals have labels indicating the contents and warning of the hazard.

− Necessary information on safe handling and first aid measures and antidotes of major hazardous material will be available on the label.

− Workers dealing with hazardous chemicals will be trained on health risks and safe handling.

− Exposure to hazardous chemicals will be minimized. − Liquid Hazardous chemicals will be transferred in closed piping system. − Separate storage section will be provided for storage of hazardous and

non-hazardous raw materials. − Drums / Tanks shall be located and marked in designated area of

hazardous chemical storage. − Tanks / Drums of proper MOC will be selected. − All tanks / Drums shall be uniformly tagged. − Level indicator shall be provided in tanks. − Dyke will be provided. − Industrial type electric fittings shall be provided. − Adequate fire fighting equipments will be provided. − Anti corrosive paint shall be done. − Safety instruction board will be displayed. − Proper earthling shall be provided. − Lightning arrestor will be provided.

Vessel and other Equipment related:

− Checking of process vessels and equipment is carried out regularly.


70



− Records related to maintenance and its planning schedule is maintained.

Safety Instructions for Transportation of Hazardous Materials:

− The name of the chemical along with pictorial sign denoting the dangerous Goods are marked on the vehicle and the packing material.

− The name of the transporter, his address and telephone number are clearly written on the road tanker and on the vehicle.

− The important safety precautions are mentioned on the tanker as a Warning label.

− Only trained drivers and cleaners are engaged in transport of hazardous Chemicals.

− The transporter and manufacturer must ensure the safe transportation of the material.

Tankers:

− The tankers are checked for its fitness and safe condition before loading.

− During loading and unloading, the tanker should be braked and isolated against any movement, while loading/unloading, use safety appliances.

− Check for leakages from the line connections before starting and stopping the filling operations.

− Drive the vehicles carefully, especially in crowded localities and on bumpy Roads.

− Do not apply sudden break. − The tanker should not be parked for long time on the way and

especially in Crowded Places. Park the vehicle away from residential areas.

Fire control plan:

− Overhead water storage tank with adequate capacity is provided to ensure 24 hr. supply.

− Fire water tank with sufficient capacity of 100 KL (02 No. X 50 KL) will be provided with fire pump (02 Nos.)

− Fire hydrant system will be provided. − Sprinkler system will be provided at raw material storage area. − Fire extinguisher will be provided at production plant as per the

requirement. Contact numbers of nearest fire agency will be provided. − Nearest fire station is Timber association fire station 6 km,

Gandhidham 15 km and Bhachau 15 km from the project site. − Unit will appoint qualified and trained fire personnel having qualification

like B.Sc. or Diploma in Fire and Safety.


71



− Flame proof equipments and fittings will be provided for handling of hazardous chemicals.

− Tanks and all pump motors shall be earthed. − Road tanker earthing lines shall provide near the unloading pumps. − Independent dykes will provide for hazardous chemicals storage to

contain leakages. Floors of the dyke area shall of impervious finish. − Housekeeping of the plant shall as per prescribed norms. Floors,

platforms, staircases, passages will be kept free of any obstruction. − All hazardous operations shall explain to the workers. They will

periodically trained on the hazardous processes. − Dedicated supply of firewater shall available in the plant. − Only authorized persons shall be allowed inside the plant. − All instrument and safety devices will be checked and calibrated during

installation. They will also be calibrated, checked at a frequent interval. Calibration records shall maintain.

− All electrical equipments will be installed as per prescribed standards. − All the equipments of the plant shall periodically tested as per standard

and results shall documented. All equipments undergo preventive maintenance schedule.

− The area will fence to isolate the same from all other departments. − Proper Earthing will be provided to each tank. − Flame arrestors shall provide on each tank. − Flameproof pumps & motors shall provide for solvent transfer. − In addition to fire hydrant system, fire extinguishers will be installed at

different locations within premises. − Adequate ventilation arrangement shall provide for safe and better

working in the plant as per the standard. − Process, equipments, plant involving serious fire hazards are designed

as per prescribed guideline. − Sufficient access for fire fighting shall provide in the plant. − Protection against lightning will be taken care in the plant. − Precautions against ignition will be taken.

Electrical related:

− All electrical fitting and motors in the storage areas will be flameproof. − Checking of all earthings, wiring & connection will be carried out

regularly. − Proper earthing will be provided at all equipments and will be provided

for additional equipment. Adequate Nos. of earth pits will be provided.

Safety related: − Adequate types of personal protective equipment will be provided and

also safety training will be provided to workers. − Emergency showers and eye wash stations will be available at the

worksite.


72



− Arrangement for 24 hr. medical facilities by contact with nearest health care centre/ hospital.

− Pre-employment medical check-up and annual medical check-up will be carried out and its records will be maintained properly.

Fire fighting System:-

− Adequate fire fighting system will be provided in the plant. Sufficient

numbers of Fire extinguishers will be installed in all plants and storage area and details of existing fire control equipments are given in Table 2.23

Table No.2.23

Details of fire extinguishers

Sr. No.

Type Capacity Quantity

1 CO2 4.5 kg 15

2 DryChemical Powder 6 kg 10

3

Mechanical Foam

50 Lit. 05

9 Lit. 20

4 Fire stand storage bucket 5 Lit 20

01 nos. of fire hydrants will be installed in various sections of the plant.

Fire Hydrant diagram is shown in Figure2.10

Separate underground fire water tank of 100 KL is provided with main

pump and Jockey Pump. Details of Fire water pump is given inTable2.24

Table No. 2.24

Details of fire-water pump

Sr. No.

Location

Types

Capacity

Quantity

1

Fire Pumping area

Jockey Pump 10 HP (15m3/hr) 1

2 Main Pump 15 HP (40m3/hr) 1 Adequate numbers of smoke detector, flame detector, explosive gas detector,

heat detector and VOC detector with alarm. Automatic sprinkling system will


73



be installed at various suitable locations. Details for the same is given in following Table 2.25.

Table No. 2.25

Details of provision for fire-fighting system.

Sr. No.

Particular

Location

1.

VOC Detector Process Plant

Hazardous chemical storage area

Hazardous waste storage area

2.

Automatic Sprinkling Admin building, hazardous chemical

storagearea, Utility

Proposed DG Sets of 01 Nos. x 125 KVA will be installed for emergency

power supply. Mock drill and training will be scheduled and conducted once in six months. Respiratory PPEs like self contained breathing apparatus, bubble hood point

with air compressor, online respirator and non-respiratory PPEs like PVC apron, gum boot, goggles, rubber hand gloves are provided in case of fire.

Nearest fire station is Timber association fire station 6 km, Gandhidham 15 km and Bhachau 15 km from the project site.

Figure No. 2.10

Fire Hydrant Diagram


74



Table No. 2.26

Antidotes of Chemicals

Sr. No.

Name of Hazardous Chemical

Name of Antidote

1. Phenol • Polyethylene glycol 400

2. Formaldehyde (solution)

• Fresh Air/ Milk / Water • Milk, Activated Charcoal or water.

3. Methyl alcohol

• Ethanol (30% solution through oral, 5% solution through injection), epicake syrup, if Acidosis than Sodium bicarbonate, if effect of delirium than give10mg diazepam through injection

4. Sodium hydroxide/ Caustic Flakes

• Wash with plenty of water if eyes or skin is affected.

• Do not give chemical antidotes because it increases heat and injury with reaction. Do not induce vomiting.

Fire Water

Raw Material Storage

area Process

area

Utility area

Finished goods

storage area

Office Building

Fuel storage

area

Hydrant Pipeline


75



2.31 ACTION PLAN FOR TRANSPORTATION OF RAW MATERIALS AND

PRODUCTS INCLUDING HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS:

Following safety precautions are suggested during transportation of hazardous chemicals in tankers / or other vehicles, while unloading, transportation and meeting the emergencies arising out of leakages and spillages of hazardous materials:







Tankers:

− The tankers are checked for its fitness and safe condition before loading.

− During loading and unloading, the tanker should be braked and isolated against any movement, while loading/unloading, use safety appliances.

− Check for leakages from the line connections before starting and stopping the filling operations.

− Drive the vehicles carefully, especially in crowded localities and on bumpy Roads.

− Do not apply sudden break. − The tanker should not be parked for long time on the way and

especially in Crowded Places. Park the vehicle away from residential areas.


76



2.32 COST OF THE PROJECT

The total project cost will be 487.71 lac including Building, machinery & others. Total capital and recurring cost towards Environmental protection Measures per annum will be 58.75 lac & 259.39 lac respectively.

Table No. 2.27 Capital Cost & Recurring Cost of the Project for EMP

Sr. No

System Approximate Capital cost per annum

(in Lac)

Approximate Recurring

cost (Rs. In Lac)












6 Green belt

1.5 2.0 Development of Greenbelt including Gardening and Plantation.



9 Fire & Safety

20 1 Provision of safety equipment & fire hydrant system and fire


77



fighting extinguisher. 10 CER 0.0 4.89 1% of the proposed project

cost. Green belt development, Drinking water facility, solar Lighting etc.

Total 58.75 259.39 2.33 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT

The development of Green Belt is an important aspect for any plant because:

− It acts as a 'Heat Sink' − It improves the Ambient Air Quality by controlling SPM in air − It helps in noise abatement for the surrounding area − It helps in settlement of new birds and insects within itself and − It increases the aesthetic value of Site.

Total plot area is 3574 sq. m. from that they had done gardening & plantation for 1500 sq. m (41.97 % of total Plot area) and additionally they will do plantation fro 100 sq. m. (2.79 % of total plot area) So, total gardening & plantation area will be 1600 sq. m which is 44.76 % of total plot area.

- Unit had develop 35-40 trees in their premises & additionally they will plant 5-10 trees in their premises.

- The tree species selected for the plantation will be pollutant tolerant ,fast growing, wing firm, deep rooted and ever green.

- The company will select pollutant tolerant plant species. For example, Asopalav, Neem Tree, Gulmahor, Julie, etc.

- We will also develop plantation as per the MoEF guidelines all along the periphery of plant so that these trees perform as natural barrier and bring down the fugitive emission and stop carryover of dust along with wind current.

- The tree species selected for the plantation will be pollutant tolerant, fast growing, wing firm, deep rooted, and ever green. The company will select pollutant tolerant plant species.

They will also develop plantation as per the MoEF guidelines all along the periphery of plant so that these trees perform as natural barrier and bring down the fugitive emission and stop carryover of dust along with wind current.


78



2.34 SCHEME FOR RAIN WATER HARVESTING

The source of water for the project will be GWIL. Unit has already provided rain water harvesting scheme within premises. The parameter considered for designing the Rain water harvesting is as follows:

− The average rainfall of the area considered for the design is 800 mm/year. − The paved area available in front. − The amount of water collected from the run off. − The roof top area available. − The amount of water collected from the roof top. − Considering one hour of peak rainfall. − Total rain water to be collected.

Hence rain water harvesting pit is made to collect the rain water from roof top and paved area based on the above data consideration.

M/s A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd (Expansion in Existing Unit) has assigned M/s Bhagawati Enviro Care Pvt. Ltd. to conduct EIA/EMP study & Comprehensive hydro-geological & rainwater harvesting studies in Survey No. 357/2C, Vill: Nani Chirai, Tal: Bhachau, Dist: Kutch (Gujarat).

The project area details are as under:

S. No. Particulars Area (sq. m )

1 Total Plot Area 3574

2 Roof top area 798

3 Paved /road area 1276

4 Green belt area /Open area 1600

The water supply by GWIL of the project is 116 m3/day, which falls under “Over-Exploited” category according to CGWB Publication “Dynamic Ground Water Resources of India – 2011”. The assignment was given to work out the scope of geology, Hydro-geological & artificial recharge through detailed survey.

DESIGN OF RAINWATER HARVESTING: For good design of rainwater harvesting, following points are to be kept under consideration:

(a) Ideal location with good ground slope.


79



(b) The location has adequate subsurface permeability of the aquifer to

accommodate maximum recharge of rainwater through injection well.

(c) Rate of filtration should exceed average rainfall intensity.

(d) Clogging of filtration media should be cleaned periodically.

(e) Ground water pollution does not take place.

ROOFTOP RAIN WATER HARVESTING:

Total rooftop area of project is 798 m2 that may be connected through pipes and drains to Rainwater harvesting structures which has storage chamber and the percolation pits as per sites having rooms for recharge in resonance with average rainfall, catchment area and peak rainfall intensity.

Looking in to the average rainfall in this region, roof top area of the building, rain water harvesting structures are designed in such a way that even at peak rainfall intensity of 40 mm/day, water does not spill over & the entire rainwater falling over the total area goes in to the ground water body. Following dimensional parameters are considered for design of Rainwater harvesting system in the project premises.

Total Rooftop area = 798 m2

Average rainfall =857 mm = 0.86 m

Catchment factor for Roof top = 0.85 (as per C.G.W.A)

Total volume of water to be captured = 798 x 0.86 x 0.85 = 1117.33 m3

The dimension of the structures to be designed for 40 mm/hour peak rainfall intensity. Considering 15 minutes of peak rainfall, runoff volume in a single storm should be:

(1528.5m2 x 0.85 x 0.04 m)/4 = 12.99 m3

ROAD/PAVED AREA STORM WATER RUNOFF HARVESTING:

In road storm water harvesting system, drains may be made along the roads with iron net filter of 2 mm opening at every 20 m. Rainwater falling on the road/paved area is carried through these drains to rainwater harvesting structure and allow to in filtered in groundwater regime. This will improve groundwater quality as well as quantity in and around the project premises.


80



Following dimensional parameters are considered for design of road storm water harvesting system in the project premises.

Total Road/paved area = 566.5m2

Average rainfall = 857 mm = 0.86 m

Catchment factor for Road/paved area = 0.75 (as per C.G.W.B.)

Total volume of water to be captured = 566.5 x 0.86 x 0.75 =

365.39m3/annum


566.5 m2 x 0.75 x 0.04 m/4 = 4.25 m3

OPEN AREA RAINWATER HARVESTING:

The total open area of project is 1271 m2 which may be connected through drains to rainwater harvesting structures which has storage chamber and the percolation pits as per sites having rooms for recharge in resonance with average rainfall, catchment area and peak rainfall intensity.

Following dimensional parameters are considered for design of open area rainwater harvesting system in the project premises.

Total open area = 1271 m2

Average rainfall = 857 mm = 0.86 m Catchment factor for open area = 0.15 (as per C.G.W.A) Total volume of water to be captured = 1271 x 0.86 x 0.15 = 163.96 m3


12715 m2 x 0.15 x 0.04 m/4 = 1.91 m3


81



DESIGN OF RAINWATER HARVESTING STRUCTURE:

The total volume of water generated in project premises from rooftop, road/paved & open area in a single storm on 40 mm peak rainfall intensity would be

= 12.99 m3 + 4.25m3 + 1.91 m3 = 19.15 m3

The individual design is made for accumulation of 27 m3 of water i.e. 18 m3 of water in collection tank (3 m height x 3 m length x 2 m width and about 9 m3 in the process of infiltration through filtration media of recharge well. Hence, the dimensional parameters of collection chamber would be 3 m (length) x 3 m (width) x 2 (depth). The filtration tank dimension would be 3 m (length) x 3 m (width) x 1 m (depth) with 0.15 m dia recharge well (1 nos.) of 8 m depth depending upon the formation for recharge in aquifer through vadose zone. The systematic design of the structures will be given in fig. – 2.11.


82



Figure No. 2.11

Systematic design of the RW harvesting structures


83



TOTAL RECHARGE POTENTIAL

On completion of Rainwater Harvesting & other recharge factors, additional recharge potential in the premises would be as under:

1. Rooftop Rainwater harvesting in the premises

1528.5*0.85*0.86 = 1117.33

2. Road storm water harvesting in the premises

566.5*0.86*0.75 = 365.40

3. Recharge due to open area in the premises

1271*0.86*0.15 = 163.96

4. Recharge due to return flow of water used in plantation

2*305*.05 = 30.5

Total 1677.19 (Note - formula =area * run-off coefficients* rain fall {mm/1000})

The recharge potential to be created by artificial measures will be 1677.19 m3/annum which would help in maintaining groundwater regime in terms of quantity & quality.

RECOMMENDATIONS:

The total volume of water generated in project premises from rooftop, road/paved & open area in a single storm on 40 mm peak rainfall intensity would be 19.15 m3. It is revealed from recharge test that the aquifer would good accept water to the order of 84.6 m3/day @3.54 m3/hour continuously in long term through vadose zone. Considering the space availability, Now, we will proposed percolation tank with 27 KLD capacity and such 1 structures will accommodate up to total rainfall volume of 24.83 m3 in any rainfall event at peak rainfall occurrence.The individual design is made for accumulation of 27 m3 of water i.e. 18 m3 of water in collection tank (3 m height x 3 m length x 2 m width and about 9 m3 in the process of infiltration through filtration media of recharge well. Hence, the dimensional parameters of collection chamber would be 3 m (length) x 3 m (width) x 2 (depth). The filtration tank dimension would be 3 m (length) x 3 m (width) x 1 m (depth) with 0.15 m dia recharge well (1 nos.) of 8 m depth depending upon the formation for recharge in aquifer through vadose zone.

One piezometers to be installed in the plant premises as per CGWB norms for monitoring of season-wise water levels & water quality for ascertaining the impact of ground water extraction & artificial recharge measures on ground water regime. As per design, a borehole of 6” diameter should be drilled up to 20 m depth by powerful DTH machine having air compressor of at least 300


84



psi and 1100 cfm. Thereafter, development of tube-well should be carried out by at least 300 psi & 1100 cfm air compressor for minimum of 4 hrs or till nearly sand free water is obtained. The pipe of the bore well should be left 0.5 m above the ground level & concrete structure may be made around this pipe in 14 inch thickness to prevent the bore well from surface pollutants. Around the bore well, 14” dia chamber may be made with well cap having lock & key arrangement . There should be provision of 2’ dia PVC air line in the bore well for inserting probe of automatic water level recorder for complete precision in measurement of the water level data.

PRECAUTIONS

− While carrying out roof top rain water harvesting & surface runoff utilization works following precautions must be taken so that maximum benefits are derived.

− The roof tops of the buildings to be used for collection rainwater must be cleaned before the onset of first rainfall so that any dust, leaves, pollutants do not enter the filtration tank. Grating must be used to trap debris or tree leaves before rain water enters the drainpipes.

− A steel wire mesh may be enveloped around the slotted pipe of injection well to minimize the clogging of slots.

− The filter material must be washed with water before putting in the filtration tanks as these may be covered with silt or clay. Every year, before the onset of first monsoon, the filter material must be taken out and washed and then put back in the filtration tank & others recharge structures sot that silt/ clay deposited during the filtration process of preceding year is removed and original filtration rate is achieved.


85



2.35 Solvent Recovery System There is no solvent recovery system but during manufacturing of formaldehyde Methanol is recovered from stripping process.

Mass Balance:

Methanol: (Fresh-564 kg) + (recovered- 15 kg) Air: 806Kg

Silver catalyst Reactor: 1385 Kg

Dilution

Steam: 1000 kg

Absorption

Stripper: 385 Kg

Water: 630 Kg

Recovered Methanol: 15 Kg

37% Formaldehyde: 1000 kg

Reuse in process: 750 Kg

Reuse in process

370 kg

Reuse in Resin reactor: 250 Kg


86



2.36 Regulatory Frame work

The proposed expansion project is yet at its technical investigation stage.

Prior to its implementation, it will be necessary to acquire all the necessary

clearance from the Government of India, as per the applicable national

regulations. Key clearances include obtaining the No Objection Certificate from the Gujarat Pollution Control Board (GPCB) under The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 and Rules, 1975; The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and Rules, 1982. In addition to that Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals (MSIHC) Rules, 1989 and amendments

thereafter, Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2008 will also be applicable to the

industry. The purpose of the study is to comply with legal requirements as per

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification, 14th September

2006 (and subsequent amendments) of Ministry of Environment and

Forests (MoEF) Since the proposed Expansion project involves

manufacture of (Formaldehyde & Resin) located at Survey No. 357/2C, Vill:

Nani Chirai, Tal: Bhachau, Dist: Kutch(Gujarat). The proposed Expansion

project falls under Schedule 5 (f) and A. As per the Environmental Impact

Assessment notification, dated September 14, 2006 the project requires

prior environmental clearance from The Ministry of Environment, Forest &

Climate change, new Delhi

As per the requirements of the notification, an application in Form 1 was

submitted to Ministry of Environment and Forest Climate Change on

23/03/2018. The ‘TOR’ was issued on 10/05/2018 for preparation of

EIA/EMP. A copy of the TOR is included in Annexure -01 of this EIA

Report. As per TOR project was considered under “A” category. (Based on

the additional information, in view of the MoEF & CC’s OM vide No.IA-J-

11011/312/2010-IA-II(I) committee asked to prepare EIA – EMP report as

per the EIA notification 2006.)


87



As per the requirements of the TOR Dated 10/05/2018 and to estimate the

environmental impacts arising due to its proposed expansion project, M/s.

A..K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd retain M/s. Bhagwati Enviro Care Pvt. Ltd.,

Ahmedabad, to carry out Environmental Impact Assessment study for

various environmental components including air, noise, water, land and

biological components along with parameters of human interest which may

be affected and to prepare Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for

mitigating adverse impacts.

The environmental impact assessment report has been prepared for

obtaining environmental clearance for the proposed expansion activity for

M/s. A. K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd for period of October-November-December

2018.

Permissions under Environmental Statues

For proposed expansion manufacturing activity, unit has applied to MOEF & CC for obtaining Environmental Clearance. Unit has to obtained CTE and CTO from Gujarat Pollution Control Board, Gandhinagar before commencement of production activity.

Industry Specific Standards for discharge of liquid effluent

• Industrial waste water generation: 38.5 KLPD • 23 KLPD generated effluent from the process will be treated in ETP &

evaporate n in-house Thermic Fluid evaporator. • 12.5 KLPD generated from DM rejected (8.0 KLPD), RO Rejected (4.0

KLPD), Cooling (0.5 KLPD) will be treated in ETP then goes to in-house RO. From that, 9.5 KLPD RO permeate will be reused in Gardening& Plantation with in premises & 3.0 KLPD RO rejected water evaporate in In-house thermic fluid evaporator.

• Total 26 KLPD wastewater will be evaporated in in-house Thermic Fluid Evaporator.


88



License from PESO for storage of hazardous chemicals

Unit has obtained permission of storage for Methanol & Formaldehyde from PESO under the Petroleum Act, 1934 and Static & Mobile Pressure Vessel (U) Rules, 1981.

Applicability of MAH Unit under MSIHC Rules, 1989

Various raw materials having hazardous characteristics will be required for manufacturing of expansion in existing products. Storage of any hazardous chemicals will exceed the threshold quantity specified in Schdeul-3 of Manufacture, Storage & Import of Hazardous Chemicals (MSIHC) Rules, 1989 and hence the unit will is covered in the category of Major Accident Hazard (MAH) unit as per MSIHC Rules.

2.37 Summary

The proposed expansion project is being carried out within the existing premises not located in notified area where all basic infrastructural facilities are available including water supply and power supply. Unit proposes to do expansion in existing manufacturing of Formaldehyde & Resin. Total production capacity will be 6000 TPM. Raw materials will be available from the nearby developed industrial area / estates of Gandhidham, Kutch, Kandla. Total water consumption will be 116 KLPD. From which 4 KLPD will used for Domestic purpose & 14 KLPD will be used for gardening purpose. Domestic wastewater generation @ 3.7 will discharged to soak pit via septic tank. Industrial water consumption will be 98 KLPD. Industrial waste water generation: 38.5 KLPD. 23 KLPD generated effluent from the process will be treated in ETP & evaporate in in-house Thermic Fluid evaporator. 12.5 KLPD generated from DM rejected (8.0 KLPD), RO

Rejected (4.0 KLPD), Cooling (0.5 KLPD) will be treated in ETP then goes to in-house RO. From that, 9.5 KLPD RO permeate will be reused in Gardening& Plantation with in premises & 3.0 KLPD RO rejected water evaporate in In-house thermic fluid evaporator. Total 26 KLPD wastewater will be evaporated in in-house Thermic Fluid Evaporator. There will be only one DG Set and No process gas emission stack. There will be 3 types of hazardous waste generated from the unit. The management of hazardous waste with its quantity is shown in hazardous waste section in chapter 2.


89



CHAPTER: 3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.1 INTRODUCTION Preparation of this study needs a datum on which the evaluation can be done. It is necessary to collect data about different environmental attributes that are being affected by the development of the region which, in turn, defines an existing environmental quality of the region to serve as the datum.

Base line data requirement is also necessary to identify environmentally significant issues as well as to enumerate the critical environmental changes that are occurred due to the industrial development of the region.

Here an attempt has been made to collect the information about an existing environment on the below mentioned eight major environmental attributes:

I - Air Environment

II - Meteorology

III - Water Environment

IV - Hydro-geomorphology

V - Noise

VI - Land Environment

VII - Ecology

VIII - Socio-economic

3.2 Study Area & study period

The study area for Baseline Environmental Quality is the area with a radius of 10 Kms keeping project site as a centre. The same is shown in Figure No. 3.1 and the villages falls under the same is listed in Table No. 3.1. the Existing project is located at S. No. 357/2C, Nani Chirai, Ta – Bhachau, Dist - Kutch. The present report presents the data collected during the sampling / Monitoring period of three months during post monsoon season from October 2018 to December 2018. Various Environmental Components were monitored and sample were analyzed.


90



Table No. 3.1

Name of Villages in Study Area.

Sr. No. Name of village KM Direction

1. Nani Chirai 1.71 N 2. Bhimasar 5.62 WNW 3. Varsana 1.39 SW 4. Modvadar 8.09 SW 5. Padana 5.90 SW 6. Chudva 6.91 SSW 7. Pashuda 6.06 NW 8. Moti Chirai 7.79 NE 9. Lunva 9.64 NE 10. Tapar 10.0 NW 11. Lakhapar 10.0 WSW 12. Ajapar 10.0 W 13. Mithi Rohar 10.0 SW


91



Figure No. 3.1

Study Area Map of Base line Study for 5 KM Radius and 10 KM Radius


92



Figure No. 3.2

Toposheet map


93




94



Figure No. 3.3

Sampling Location map


95



3.3 Methodology of baseline Study

The baseline environmental study for the EIA of proposed project of M/s. A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt Ltd. has been conducted as per the guidelines of MoEF&CC. To accomplish the purpose of the environmental assessment, preferred study area of the project site has been examined for generation and collection of baseline data for valued environmental components as per the Standard ToR by the MOEF & CC Hence, a general methodology described in below flowchart, was adopted to obtain baseline data of representative of existing environment.


96



3.4 Frquency and Methodology for monitoring

The frequency of environmental monitoring considered for EIA study was in line with the ToR approved by MOEF & CC. Technical EIA guidance manual published by MoEF&CC and other guidelines provided by CPCB from time to time were also taken into consideration while deciding the same. Frequency & Methodology of environmental monitoring for various attributes considered for the study are illustrated in Table 3.2.

Table No. 3.2

Environment Attributes & Frequency of Monitoring

Sr. No.

Attribute Parameters No. of Sampling Location

Frequency Monitoring /

Data Collection

1 Meteorology Wind speed & direction,temperature, relative humidity,rainfall

Project Site or near by proroject site

Data collected from IMD / own met station

2 Ambient Air Quality

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, Benzene, Toluene, Xylene, CO, HC, Methnaol and Forlmaldehyde.

8 24 hourly samples twice a week. CO 8 hourlysamples twice a week.

3 Noise Level Noise levels in dB(A) Leq 8 At least one day in a season for day time andnight time on a working &nonworking day.

4 Surface water Quality

Physical, chemical and bacteriological parameters including pH, temperature, turbidity, magnesium hardness, total alkalinity, chloride, sulphate, fluoride, salinity, DO, BOD, COD, Heavy metals, Total coliforms, fecal coliforms,

8 Once in a season

5 Ground water quality

Physical, chemical and bacteriological parameters including pH,

8 Once in a season


97



temperature, turbidity, magnesium hardness, total alkalinity, chloride, sulphate, fluoride, salinity, DO, BOD, COD, Heavy metals, Total coliforms, fecal coliforms,

6 Biological Environment

Existing flora and fauna. Study Area

Through field visits and substantiated through secondary datasources.

7 Soil Characteristics

Physical, chemical and biological parameters to assess agricultural and afforestation potential including pH, Permeability, Electrical conductivity, Nitrites, Phosphates, TPH, Fluorides, Heavy metals, SAR, Total hydrocarbons and cation exchange capacity.

8 Once in a season

8 Land Use / land Cover

Land use for different land use Classifications.

Study Area

Land use / Land CoverAnalysis using satellite imaging and GIS Technique

9 Socio Economic Environment

Socio-economic haracteristics, labour force characteristics,population statistics existingamenities in the study area andquality of life.

Study Area

Based on field survey and data collected from Census of India

3.5 ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS OF THE REGION


98



AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS

National Ambient Air Quality Standards are reproduced in Annexure 3. The State has not promulgated separate Ambient Air Quality Standards.

WATER QUALITY STANDARDS

Standards prescribed by BIS (IS 10500-91) and Indian Council of Medical Research (ICMR) for drinking water are given in Annexure 4.

AMBIENT NOISE QUALITY STANDARDS

National Ambient Noise Quality Standards are presented in Annexure5. The State has not promulgated separate Ambient Noise Quality Standards.

3.6 Baseline Environment The baseline study was conducted during study period of October 2018 to December 2018 as mentioned above. Detailed scope given in the approved TORs were referred and baseline study was conducted to comply with all the requirements of approved TORs. The study was carried out to determine the prevailing status of topography, land use, meteorology, ambient air, water quality, soil quality, noise level, ecology and socioeconomic environment. The sampling, monitoring and analysis related to ambient air, water, soil and noise during the baseline study were carried out by in-house NABL and MOEF accredited laboratory of Bhagwati Enviro care Pvt Ltd., Ahmedabad. The details regarding the outcomes of the baseline study are described in subsequent sections under respective heading.

3.7 AIR ENVIRONMENT

3.7.1 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY (AAQ) IN THE STUDY AREA

The collection of base line information for Air Environment includes identification of specific air pollutants being released into the atmosphere having significant impact on neighborhood. The Ambient Air Quality status, with respect to the identified air pollutants, has been studied at eight major locations. This has been done through Air Quality surveillance program and based on TOR. The back-ground air quality for PM10, PM2.5, Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx), CO, HC, Formaldehyde including VOCs was monitored. The monitoring for these parameters has been done at sites located in different directions and situated within the suspected impact zone, in and around the existing project site. We had considered minimum one monitoring station in the upwind direction and minimum one monitoring station in the pre dominant


99



downwind direction ata location where maximum ground level concentration is likely to occur.

3.7.2 THE LOCATION OF AAQ STATIONS

The locations of the AAQ stations are based on prevailing meteorology, pollution source and available infrastructure facilities. One station has been particulary set-up in down wind direction.

Thus, monitoring has been done at eight sampling stations located in different directions and situated within the suspected impact zone in and around the existing project site.

The locations map of the AAQ monitoring station is shown in Figure No. 3.3and tabulated in Table No. 3.3.

Table No.3.3

Locations of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations

Sr. No. Locations Distance in

KM Direction

1 Project Site -- -- 2 Nand gam (Nani Chirai) 1.71 N 3 Moti Chirai 7.79 NE 4 Padana 5.90 SW 5 Varsana 1.39 SW 6 Bhimasar 5.62 WNW 7 Modvadar 8.09 SW 8 Pasuda 6.06 NW


100



3.7.3 BASE LINE DATA

At every sampling station, important parameters namely PM10, PM2.5, Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) including HC,CO and VOCs were monitored. The results are given in Table No.3.4.a to 3.4.c.

The minimum, maximum, Average and 98 % of PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx are as shown in Table No 3.4

Table No.3.4

Ambient Air Quality Analysis Results (minimum, mximum, Average and 98 %) For Indivisual Location

Sr. no. Sampling Location

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOX

01 Project Site

Min 72.58 31.75 6.96 10.55 Max. 84.71 41.42 18.69 25.16 Avg. 79.04 37.92 9.20 16.34 98 % 84.40 41.34 15.26 24.59

02 Nandgam Min 67.32 30.28 6.96 10.15 Max. 86.24 42.98 12.32 21.92 Avg. 79.98 36.13 8.99 14.41 98 % 85.97 42.43 12.03 20.93

03 Moti chirai Min 71.80 32.87 7.39 10.55 Max. 88.48 44.77 19.13 22.73 Avg. 80.41 40.30 9.95 15.26 98 % 88.23 44.76 15.70 22.56

04 Padana Min 75.71 35.10 4.78 10.55 Max. 88.66 44.33 14.49 21.92 Avg. 82.77 40.45 9.81 15.40 98 % 88.24 44.12 14.25 21.57

05 Varsana Min 73.78 34.12 7.68 6.49 Max. 85.24 44.73 13.48 23.54 Avg. 79.47 40.07 9.59 15.91 98 % 85.07 44.33 13.33 23.13

06 Bhimasar

Min 74.55 33.34 8.69 10.55 Max. 87.67 45.27 16.81 24.35 Avg. 80.45 40.45 10.47 15.14 98 % 86.80 44.84 15.77 22.05

07 Modvadar Min 66.77 35.10 7.83 10.15 Max. 88.66 44.33 21.01 25.16 Avg. 80.59 40.64 9.92 16.00 98 % 88.24 44.12 17.23 24.59

08 Pasuda Min 73.78 34.12 4.78 10.55 Max. 87.38 44.73 19.13 22.73 Avg. 80.20 39.50 9.71 15.09 98 % 86.40 44.14 15.70 22.22


101



Photograph of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

Modvadar village

Moti Rohar Village


102



Table No.3.4(a)

Ambient Air Quality Analysis Report for the Month of October to December 2018

Table No.3.4.1(a) Location: Project Site

No Location Date PM10 PM2.5 SOx SOx SOx NOx NOx NOx 1 Project site 06-10-2018 73.20 35.84 7.97 12.75 11.79 13.80 12.58 18.67 2 Project site 07-10-2018 72.58 38.16 8.55 9.13 8.55 10.55 12.18 15.83 3 Project site 13-10-2018 81.96 39.05 8.98 9.56 8.84 19.48 17.86 13.39 4 Project site 14-10-2018 83.85 33.49 7.97 8.84 7.97 18.26 10.96 14.61 5 Project site 20-10-2018 81.61 39.27 8.26 8.98 8.55 13.39 13.39 11.77 6 Project site 21-10-2018 78.82 38.93 8.26 8.98 8.55 12.58 11.36 15.83 7 Project site 27-10-2018 82.37 37.95 8.55 7.97 8.84 22.73 16.64 15.02 8 Project site 28-10-2018 78.30 37.63 7.97 8.84 7.97 24.35 17.86 16.23 9 Project site 03-11-2018 84.71 40.15 8.98 9.56 8.84 20.29 15.42 11.77

10 Project site 04-11-2018 82.48 41.25 9.13 9.85 8.98 24.35 18.26 16.23 11 Project site 10-11-2018 84.03 35.55 7.97 9.13 8.40 21.92 15.42 13.80 12 Project site 11-11-2018 76.04 41.24 8.55 9.27 8.84 16.64 12.99 11.77 13 Project site 17-11-2018 74.51 41.25 8.55 9.27 8.84 21.10 15.02 13.39 14 Project site 18-11-2018 77.41 41.06 8.84 7.97 8.98 23.13 17.05 15.83 15 Project site 24-11-2018 79.98 38.68 8.98 15.51 8.55 24.76 18.26 16.64 16 Project site 25-11-2018 74.67 39.50 13.19 18.69 14.06 21.10 16.23 12.18 17 Project site 01-12-2018 73.20 38.57 12.61 13.77 7.10 25.16 18.67 16.64 18 Project site 02-12-2018 78.24 41.42 9.56 14.93 8.55 22.73 15.83 14.20 19 Project site 08-12-2018 78.88 35.42 8.55 7.97 8.84 17.45 13.39 12.18 20 Project site 09-12-2018 79.03 33.09 7.39 7.83 7.25 17.45 11.36 14.61 21 Project site 15-12-2018 81.34 32.23 6.96 7.54 7.10 17.86 10.55 14.20 22 Project site 16-12-2018 82.76 31.75 7.83 8.40 7.97 21.51 16.64 14.61 23 Project site 22-12-2018 79.28 38.83 8.55 8.98 8.26 21.10 15.42 14.20 24 Project site 23-12-2018 77.65 39.81 7.97 8.84 8.26 19.48 14.61 13.39


103



Table No.3.4.2(a) Location: Nandgam No Location Date PM10 PM2.5 SOx SOx SOx NOx NOx NOx 1 Nandgam 06-10-2018 86.24 30.62 9.71 12.03 9.93 15.83 11.36 10.96 2 Nandgam 07-10-2018 85.65 37.35 9.27 10.00 9.13 21.10 16.23 14.61 3 Nandgam 13-10-2018 82.13 35.06 7.83 8.26 6.96 19.07 16.64 14.61 4 Nandgam 14-10-2018 78.10 34.13 7.83 8.84 8.26 18.67 15.42 14.20 5 Nandgam 20-10-2018 84.14 34.37 8.55 10.87 9.42 16.23 11.36 11.77 6 Nandgam 21-10-2018 78.28 41.27 8.55 12.03 9.71 16.64 10.55 13.39 7 Nandgam 27-10-2018 84.36 42.98 7.83 8.55 8.12 19.07 11.77 17.86 8 Nandgam 28-10-2018 84.26 33.42 8.26 9.13 8.69 17.86 12.58 15.02 9 Nandgam 03-11-2018 83.74 40.58 7.68 8.40 7.83 15.83 17.45 13.39

10 Nandgam 04-11-2018 76.10 39.84 8.26 8.55 8.12 14.20 13.80 14.20 11 Nandgam 10-11-2018 76.39 32.21 9.42 12.03 11.01 19.07 14.61 10.55 12 Nandgam 11-11-2018 78.57 39.49 9.13 10.00 8.84 14.20 13.39 16.23 13 Nandgam 17-11-2018 79.18 30.28 9.42 8.26 9.42 17.05 17.45 12.99 14 Nandgam 18-11-2018 75.93 37.20 7.97 8.69 8.26 16.64 11.77 13.80 15 Nandgam 24-11-2018 74.55 30.41 8.55 9.42 8.98 10.96 13.80 10.15 16 Nandgam 25-11-2018 77.58 31.72 7.83 8.55 7.97 13.39 10.15 15.42 17 Nandgam 01-12-2018 79.46 39.06 8.55 8.69 8.26 11.36 11.77 13.80 18 Nandgam 02-12-2018 80.21 39.92 9.85 12.32 11.30 12.18 11.36 16.64 19 Nandgam 08-12-2018 82.47 38.93 8.12 9.13 8.26 16.64 10.15 13.39 20 Nandgam 09-12-2018 84.61 32.36 8.55 9.27 8.69 12.18 12.18 10.55 21 Nandgam 15-12-2018 79.86 38.93 8.55 9.27 8.69 11.36 10.15 14.20 22 Nandgam 16-12-2018 77.64 31.93 8.84 8.12 8.98 20.70 15.02 13.80 23 Nandgam 22-12-2018 82.87 33.21 8.26 8.98 8.26 21.92 16.23 14.61 24 Nandgam 23-12-2018 67.32 41.79 9.13 9.85 8.98 18.67 14.20 10.96


104



Table No.3.4.3(a) Location: Moti Chirai No Location Date PM10 PM2.5 SOx SOx SOx NOx NOx NOx 1 Moti chirai 06-10-2018 74.68 42.61 9.42 10.14 9.27 22.32 16.64 15.02 2 Moti chirai 07-10-2018 77.77 41.87 8.26 9.42 8.55 19.89 13.80 12.58 3 Moti chirai 13-10-2018 74.45 38.33 8.84 9.56 8.98 15.02 11.77 10.96 4 Moti chirai 14-10-2018 72.40 39.06 8.84 9.56 8.98 19.07 13.80 12.18 5 Moti chirai 20-10-2018 76.97 44.75 9.13 8.26 9.27 21.10 15.42 14.20 6 Moti chirai 21-10-2018 85.11 40.66 9.27 15.94 8.84 22.73 16.64 15.02 7 Moti chirai 27-10-2018 88.48 34.58 13.62 19.13 14.35 19.07 14.61 10.96 8 Moti chirai 28-10-2018 84.19 38.16 12.90 14.06 7.39 22.73 17.05 15.02 9 Moti chirai 03-11-2018 82.00 38.34 9.85 15.36 8.69 20.70 14.61 12.99 10 Moti chirai 04-11-2018 85.55 32.87 9.13 10.00 9.42 15.83 12.18 10.96 11 Moti chirai 10-11-2018 81.54 35.26 9.42 11.59 9.42 19.48 14.20 12.58 12 Moti chirai 11-11-2018 87.92 38.77 8.26 9.13 8.69 19.07 14.61 12.18 13 Moti chirai 17-11-2018 85.67 43.01 9.13 9.42 8.84 17.05 12.58 13.80 14 Moti chirai 18-11-2018 86.55 42.78 8.12 8.69 8.12 15.83 14.61 13.39 15 Moti chirai 24-11-2018 79.98 36.61 9.13 9.85 8.84 18.67 14.61 12.58 16 Moti chirai 25-11-2018 77.64 39.88 8.12 12.32 11.59 21.10 14.61 13.39 17 Moti chirai 01-12-2018 81.89 43.87 9.42 10.14 9.85 16.64 12.18 12.18 18 Moti chirai 02-12-2018 82.53 44.77 9.85 11.88 9.85 19.07 14.20 12.58 19 Moti chirai 08-12-2018 78.47 43.85 8.55 9.42 8.98 18.26 14.61 12.18 20 Moti chirai 09-12-2018 76.39 43.87 9.42 9.71 9.13 16.64 12.18 12.18 21 Moti chirai 15-12-2018 81.48 43.42 8.26 8.98 8.26 15.42 11.36 10.55 22 Moti chirai 16-12-2018 80.77 40.66 9.42 10.14 9.13 19.48 14.61 12.99 23 Moti chirai 22-12-2018 75.69 38.57 8.26 12.75 12.03 21.51 15.02 13.80 24 Moti chirai 23-12-2018 71.80 40.66 10.14 11.01 8.55 17.05 12.58 12.58


105



Table No.3.4.4(a) Location: Padana No Location Date PM10 PM2.5 SOx SOx SOx NOx NOx NOx 1 Padana 08-10-2018 75.71 42.00 8.26 6.38 6.81 19.48 14.61 12.99 2 Padana 09-10-2018 85.82 35.90 8.98 7.68 5.94 18.67 14.61 12.58 3 Padana 15-10-2018 87.75 42.31 8.84 8.26 4.78 17.05 12.58 12.58 4 Padana 16-10-2018 84.19 42.29 9.13 10.00 9.27 15.83 11.36 10.96 5 Padana 22-10-2018 82.00 41.69 8.26 8.69 8.26 19.89 14.61 13.39 6 Padana 23-10-2018 86.98 39.92 10.87 11.45 9.71 21.92 13.80 10.96 7 Padana 29-10-2018 80.87 42.39 11.88 13.91 14.49 15.42 15.02 14.20 8 Padana 30-10-2018 88.66 44.33 11.30 12.03 10.43 20.70 13.80 13.39 9 Padana 05-11-2018 87.09 37.63 13.19 11.59 14.49 19.48 11.36 12.99 10 Padana 06-11-2018 85.84 43.87 8.26 9.13 8.69 19.48 14.61 12.99 11 Padana 12-11-2018 79.98 43.25 11.30 12.17 11.59 21.10 16.64 14.61 12 Padana 13-11-2018 78.28 43.88 9.13 9.56 8.84 21.10 16.23 14.20 13 Padana 19-11-2018 80.54 39.92 8.55 9.13 8.84 20.70 15.02 13.80 14 Padana 20-11-2018 82.53 36.14 9.13 10.00 9.42 19.07 13.80 12.99 15 Padana 26-11-2018 77.19 40.09 8.26 9.27 8.69 15.42 11.36 10.55 16 Padana 27-11-2018 77.66 39.94 9.42 11.59 9.42 20.70 15.83 14.20 17 Padana 03-12-2018 81.48 35.10 8.55 9.42 8.98 19.89 14.61 13.39 18 Padana 04-12-2018 81.44 36.33 11.59 12.61 11.88 21.92 17.05 15.02 19 Padana 10-12-2018 82.87 41.23 9.42 10.00 9.13 15.83 12.18 11.77 20 Padana 11-12-2018 84.53 41.75 8.84 9.42 9.13 15.02 11.36 12.18 21 Padana 17-12-2018 87.38 41.92 9.42 10.29 9.71 18.67 12.18 16.23 22 Padana 18-12-2018 81.17 41.26 8.55 9.56 8.98 17.05 10.96 18.26 23 Padana 24-12-2018 81.54 40.60 9.85 11.88 9.85 15.02 17.45 14.61 24 Padana 25-12-2018 84.94 37.04 11.30 12.03 10.43 17.86 13.80 17.86


106



Table No.3.4.5(a) Location: Varsana No Location Date PM10 PM2.5 SOx SOx SOx NOx NOx NOx 1 Varsana 08-10-2018 84.87 35.89 10.14 9.42 11.59 18.67 11.36 15.83 2 Varsana 09-10-2018 73.81 38.84 10.14 9.13 13.48 19.89 11.36 17.86 3 Varsana 15-10-2018 73.78 39.26 9.42 8.55 8.12 14.61 6.49 13.80 4 Varsana 16-10-2018 81.28 34.12 8.26 8.84 8.12 17.45 11.36 14.61 5 Varsana 22-10-2018 85.24 39.44 7.83 8.55 8.12 17.86 10.55 14.20 6 Varsana 23-10-2018 81.61 39.06 8.55 9.27 8.69 18.67 11.36 17.05 7 Varsana 29-10-2018 78.82 38.59 9.42 10.00 9.13 17.05 12.18 14.61 8 Varsana 30-10-2018 82.37 37.29 8.84 9.56 8.98 19.07 11.77 16.23 9 Varsana 05-11-2018 78.30 39.92 9.42 11.74 9.71 20.70 11.36 18.26 10 Varsana 06-11-2018 84.02 41.67 8.98 9.56 8.84 15.02 6.49 13.80 11 Varsana 12-11-2018 83.85 35.03 8.55 9.13 8.26 17.86 12.18 15.02 12 Varsana 13-11-2018 83.33 41.12 8.12 8.69 8.26 18.26 10.96 14.61 13 Varsana 19-11-2018 75.42 42.39 9.71 10.43 9.85 23.54 18.26 16.23 14 Varsana 20-11-2018 75.13 42.38 10.72 11.16 10.29 23.13 17.05 15.83 15 Varsana 26-11-2018 77.41 38.11 10.00 11.01 10.14 21.51 15.83 14.61 16 Varsana 27-11-2018 79.98 39.88 10.72 13.33 11.01 17.45 12.58 11.77 17 Varsana 03-12-2018 74.67 43.45 10.14 11.01 10.00 23.13 18.26 16.23 18 Varsana 04-12-2018 74.42 44.73 8.55 8.98 7.68 21.10 18.26 16.23 19 Varsana 10-12-2018 76.96 43.87 8.55 9.71 8.98 20.70 17.05 15.83 20 Varsana 11-12-2018 78.88 43.86 9.42 12.03 10.43 17.86 12.58 12.99 21 Varsana 17-12-2018 79.03 42.82 9.42 13.33 10.72 18.26 11.36 14.61 22 Varsana 18-12-2018 81.34 41.26 8.55 9.42 8.84 21.10 12.99 19.48 23 Varsana 24-12-2018 84.14 38.17 9.13 10.14 9.56 19.48 13.80 16.64 24 Varsana 25-12-2018 78.63 40.66 8.40 9.27 8.55 17.45 19.07 14.61


107



Table No.3.4.6(a) Location: Bhimasar No Location Date PM10 PM2.5 SOx SOx SOx NOx NOx NOx 1 Bhimasar 08-10-2018 77.02 42.56 9.13 9.42 8.84 15.83 15.02 15.83 2 Bhimasar 09-10-2018 87.67 35.90 10.43 13.33 12.17 21.10 16.23 11.77 3 Bhimasar 15-10-2018 84.94 41.55 10.00 11.01 9.71 15.83 14.61 17.45 4 Bhimasar 16-10-2018 81.45 42.31 10.29 8.98 10.43 18.67 19.07 14.20 5 Bhimasar 22-10-2018 79.40 42.16 8.69 9.56 8.98 18.26 12.99 15.42 6 Bhimasar 23-10-2018 84.14 40.34 9.42 10.43 9.85 11.77 15.42 11.36 7 Bhimasar 29-10-2018 77.64 43.36 8.69 9.42 8.69 15.02 10.96 17.05 8 Bhimasar 30-10-2018 85.76 43.50 9.42 9.56 8.98 12.58 12.99 15.02 9 Bhimasar 05-11-2018 83.56 37.69 10.87 13.62 12.46 13.39 12.18 17.86 10 Bhimasar 06-11-2018 83.05 44.25 10.29 11.16 10.14 10.55 11.36 15.42 11 Bhimasar 12-11-2018 77.37 43.50 10.72 9.27 10.87 19.48 19.89 14.61 12 Bhimasar 13-11-2018 75.76 33.79 10.43 14.93 14.20 18.67 13.39 15.83 13 Bhimasar 19-11-2018 79.22 38.18 9.85 13.48 14.35 12.58 15.83 11.77 14 Bhimasar 20-11-2018 80.50 38.18 10.00 12.61 13.04 15.42 11.36 17.45 15 Bhimasar 26-11-2018 74.68 33.34 11.45 16.38 16.81 12.99 13.39 15.42 16 Bhimasar 27-11-2018 74.55 35.10 8.98 9.56 8.84 13.80 12.58 18.67 17 Bhimasar 03-12-2018 78.88 39.01 9.71 10.43 9.56 10.55 12.18 15.83 18 Bhimasar 04-12-2018 78.15 43.36 10.14 10.87 9.85 19.48 17.86 13.39 19 Bhimasar 10-12-2018 80.21 42.63 8.98 10.00 9.13 18.26 10.96 14.61 20 Bhimasar 11-12-2018 82.47 37.26 9.42 10.14 9.56 13.39 13.39 11.77 21 Bhimasar 17-12-2018 84.61 39.49 9.42 10.14 9.56 12.58 11.36 15.83 22 Bhimasar 18-12-2018 78.55 43.64 9.71 8.98 9.85 22.73 16.64 15.02 23 Bhimasar 24-12-2018 78.94 45.27 9.13 9.85 8.98 24.35 17.86 16.23 24 Bhimasar 25-12-2018 82.19 44.33 10.14 10.87 9.85 20.29 15.42 11.77


108



Table No.3.4.7(a) Location: Modvadar No Location Date PM10 PM2.5 SOx SOx SOx NOx NOx NOx 1 Modvadar 10-10-2018 66.77 43.87 10.43 11.16 10.14 24.35 18.26 16.23 2 Modvadar 11-10-2018 75.93 43.42 9.13 10.29 9.42 21.92 15.42 13.80 3 Modvadar 17-10-2018 77.13 40.66 9.71 10.43 9.85 16.64 12.99 11.77 4 Modvadar 18-10-2018 75.69 38.57 9.71 10.43 9.85 21.10 15.02 13.39 5 Modvadar 24-10-2018 71.80 40.66 10.00 9.13 10.14 23.13 17.05 15.83 6 Modvadar 25-10-2018 75.71 42.00 10.14 17.53 9.71 24.76 18.26 16.64 7 Modvadar 31-10-2018 85.82 35.90 14.93 21.01 15.80 21.10 16.23 12.18 8 Modvadar 01-11-2018 87.75 42.31 14.20 15.51 8.12 25.16 18.67 16.64 9 Modvadar 07-11-2018 84.19 42.29 10.87 16.81 9.56 22.73 15.83 14.20 10 Modvadar 08-11-2018 82.00 41.69 9.71 8.98 9.85 17.45 13.39 12.18 11 Modvadar 14-11-2018 86.98 39.92 8.26 8.84 8.12 17.45 11.36 14.61 12 Modvadar 15-11-2018 80.87 42.39 7.83 8.55 8.12 17.86 10.55 14.20 13 Modvadar 21-11-2018 88.66 44.33 8.84 9.56 8.98 21.51 16.64 14.61 14 Modvadar 22-11-2018 87.09 37.63 8.12 9.13 8.26 16.64 10.15 13.39 15 Modvadar 28-11-2018 85.84 43.87 8.55 9.27 8.69 12.18 12.18 10.55 16 Modvadar 29-11-2018 79.98 43.25 8.55 9.27 8.69 11.36 10.15 14.20 17 Modvadar 05-12-2018 78.28 43.88 8.84 8.12 8.98 20.70 15.02 13.80 18 Modvadar 06-12-2018 80.54 39.92 8.26 8.98 8.26 21.92 16.23 14.61 19 Modvadar 12-12-2018 82.53 36.14 9.13 9.85 8.98 18.67 14.20 10.96 20 Modvadar 13-12-2018 77.19 40.09 9.42 10.14 9.27 22.32 16.64 15.02 21 Modvadar 19-12-2018 77.66 39.94 8.26 9.42 8.55 19.89 13.80 12.58 22 Modvadar 20-12-2018 81.48 35.10 8.84 9.56 8.98 15.02 11.77 10.96 23 Modvadar 26-12-2018 81.44 36.33 8.84 9.56 8.98 19.07 13.80 12.18 24 Modvadar 27-12-2018 82.87 41.23 9.13 8.26 9.27 21.10 15.42 14.20


109



Table No.3.4.8(a) Location: Pasuda No Location Date PM10 PM2.5 SOx SOx SOx NOx NOx NOx 1 Pasuda 10-10-2018 84.53 41.75 9.27 15.94 8.84 22.73 16.64 15.02 2 Pasuda 11-10-2018 87.38 41.92 13.62 19.13 14.35 19.07 14.61 10.96 3 Pasuda 17-10-2018 81.17 41.26 12.90 14.06 7.39 22.73 17.05 15.02 4 Pasuda 18-10-2018 81.54 40.60 9.85 15.36 8.69 20.70 14.61 12.99 5 Pasuda 24-10-2018 84.94 37.04 9.13 10.00 9.42 15.83 12.18 10.96 6 Pasuda 25-10-2018 84.87 35.89 9.42 11.59 9.42 19.48 14.20 12.58 7 Pasuda 31-10-2018 73.81 38.84 8.26 9.13 8.69 19.07 14.61 12.18 8 Pasuda 01-11-2018 73.78 39.26 9.13 9.42 8.84 17.05 12.58 13.80 9 Pasuda 07-11-2018 81.28 34.12 8.12 8.69 8.12 15.83 14.61 13.39 10 Pasuda 08-11-2018 85.24 39.44 9.13 9.85 8.84 18.67 14.61 12.58 11 Pasuda 14-11-2018 81.61 39.06 8.12 12.32 11.59 21.10 14.61 13.39 12 Pasuda 15-11-2018 78.82 38.59 9.42 10.14 9.85 16.64 12.18 12.18 13 Pasuda 21-11-2018 82.37 37.29 9.85 11.88 9.85 19.07 14.20 12.58 14 Pasuda 22-11-2018 78.30 39.92 8.55 9.42 8.98 18.26 14.61 12.18 15 Pasuda 28-11-2018 84.02 41.67 9.42 9.71 9.13 16.64 12.18 12.18 16 Pasuda 29-11-2018 83.85 35.03 8.26 8.98 8.26 15.42 11.36 10.55 17 Pasuda 05-12-2018 83.33 41.12 9.42 10.14 9.13 19.48 14.61 12.99 18 Pasuda 06-12-2018 75.42 42.39 8.26 12.75 12.03 21.51 15.02 13.80 19 Pasuda 12-12-2018 75.13 42.38 10.14 11.01 8.55 17.05 12.58 12.58 20 Pasuda 13-12-2018 77.41 38.11 8.26 6.38 6.81 19.48 14.61 12.99 21 Pasuda 19-12-2018 79.98 39.88 8.98 7.68 5.94 18.67 14.61 12.58 22 Pasuda 20-12-2018 74.67 43.45 8.84 8.26 4.78 17.05 12.58 12.58 23 Pasuda 26-12-2018 74.42 44.73 9.13 10.00 9.27 15.83 11.36 10.96 24 Pasuda 27-12-2018 76.96 34.22 8.26 8.69 8.26 19.89 14.61 13.39


110



Table No.3.4(b) VOC & Other Gases Analysis Report for the Month of October to December 2018

Table No.3.4.1(b) Location: Project Site

No Location Date Benzene Toluene Xylene CO HC Methanol Formaldehyde

OSHA TWA Limit 1 ppm 200 ppm 100 ppm 50 ppm -- 200 ppm 0.75 ppm 1 Project site 06-10-2018 0.67 1.84 0.8 0.587 2.49 1.88 < 0.01 2 Project site 07-10-2018 0.67 1.91 0.76 0.533 2.48 1.95 0.04 3 Project site 13-10-2018 0.68 1.89 0.86 0.399 2.26 1.93 0.07 4 Project site 14-10-2018 0.78 2.23 1.03 0.454 2.74 2.27 < 0.01 5 Project site 20-10-2018 0.68 1.92 0.85 0.527 1.66 1.82 < 0.01 6 Project site 21-10-2018 0.7 1.86 0.8 0.478 2.15 1.76 0.08 7 Project site 27-10-2018 0.66 1.83 0.79 0.587 2.48 1.85 < 0.01 8 Project site 28-10-2018 0.66 1.9 0.75 0.533 2.47 1.72 0.07 9 Project site 03-11-2018 0.67 1.88 0.85 0.399 2.25 1.74 < 0.01 10 Project site 04-11-2018 0.77 2.22 1.02 0.454 2.73 2.08 0.08 11 Project site 10-11-2018 0.66 1.85 0.71 0.525 2.75 1.91 < 0.01 12 Project site 11-11-2018 0.56 1.79 0.75 0.510 2.88 1.85 < 0.01 13 Project site 17-11-2018 0.59 1.88 0.73 0.617 1.97 1.82 0.09 14 Project site 18-11-2018 0.56 1.75 0.69 0.505 2.68 1.89 < 0.01 15 Project site 24-11-2018 0.53 1.77 0.67 0.486 1.78 1.87 < 0.01 16 Project site 25-11-2018 0.7 2.11 1 0.395 1.98 2.21 0.08 17 Project site 01-12-2018 0.7 1.94 0.87 0.527 1.68 1.92 < 0.01 18 Project site 02-12-2018 0.72 1.88 0.82 0.478 2.17 1.79 0.06 19 Project site 08-12-2018 0.68 1.85 0.81 0.587 2.5 1.81 < 0.01 20 Project site 09-12-2018 0.68 1.92 0.77 0.534 2.49 2.15 0.05 21 Project site 15-12-2018 0.69 1.9 0.87 0.399 2.27 1.94 < 0.01 22 Project site 16-12-2018 0.79 2.24 1.04 0.454 2.75 2.28 0.07 23 Project site 22-12-2018 0.69 1.93 0.86 0.527 1.67 1.83 < 0.01 24 Project site 23-12-2018 0.71 1.87 0.81 0.478 2.16 1.77 < 0.01


111



Table No.3.4.2(b) Location: Nandgam


OSHA TWA Limit 1 ppm 200 ppm 100 ppm 50 ppm -- 200 ppm 0.75 ppm 1 Nandgam 06-10-2018 0.67 1.84 0.8 0.587 2.49 0.07 < 0.01 2 Nandgam 07-10-2018 0.67 1.91 0.76 0.533 2.48 1.8 < 0.01 3 Nandgam 13-10-2018 0.68 1.89 0.86 0.399 2.26 1.89 < 0.01 4 Nandgam 14-10-2018 0.78 2.23 1.03 0.454 2.74 1.76 < 0.01 5 Nandgam 20-10-2018 0.67 1.86 0.72 0.525 2.76 1.78 < 0.01 6 Nandgam 21-10-2018 0.57 1.8 0.76 0.510 2.89 2.12 < 0.01 7 Nandgam 27-10-2018 0.6 1.89 0.74 0.617 1.98 1.95 < 0.01 8 Nandgam 28-10-2018 0.57 1.76 0.7 0.505 2.69 1.89 < 0.01 9 Nandgam 03-11-2018 0.54 1.78 0.68 0.486 1.79 1.77 < 0.01

10 Nandgam 04-11-2018 0.71 2.12 1.01 0.395 1.99 1.89 < 0.01 11 Nandgam 10-11-2018 0.71 1.95 0.88 0.527 1.69 1.76 < 0.01 12 Nandgam 11-11-2018 0.73 1.89 0.83 0.478 2.18 1.78 < 0.01 13 Nandgam 17-11-2018 0.69 1.86 0.82 0.587 2.51 0.01 < 0.01 14 Nandgam 18-11-2018 0.69 1.93 0.78 0.534 2.5 1.93 < 0.01 15 Nandgam 24-11-2018 0.7 1.91 0.88 0.399 2.28 1.91 < 0.01 16 Nandgam 25-11-2018 0.8 2.25 1.05 0.454 2.76 2.25 < 0.01 17 Nandgam 01-12-2018 0.7 1.94 0.87 0.527 1.68 1.94 < 0.01 18 Nandgam 02-12-2018 0.72 1.88 0.82 0.478 2.17 1.88 < 0.01 19 Nandgam 08-12-2018 0.68 1.85 0.81 0.587 2.5 1.85 < 0.01 20 Nandgam 09-12-2018 0.68 1.92 0.77 0.534 2.49 1.92 < 0.01 21 Nandgam 15-12-2018 0.69 1.9 0.87 0.399 2.27 1.77 < 0.01 22 Nandgam 16-12-2018 0.79 2.24 1.04 0.454 2.75 1.91 < 0.01 23 Nandgam 22-12-2018 0.68 1.87 0.73 0.525 2.77 2.25 < 0.01 24 Nandgam 23-12-2018 0.58 1.81 0.77 0.510 2.9 1.94 < 0.01


112



Table No.3.4.3(b) Location: Moti Chirai


OSHA TWA Limit 1 ppm 200 ppm 100 ppm 50 ppm -- 200 ppm 0.75 ppm 1 Moti chirai 06-10-2018 0.61 1.9 0.75 0.617 1.99 1.78 < 0.01 2 Moti chirai 07-10-2018 0.58 1.77 0.71 0.505 2.7 2.12 < 0.01 3 Moti chirai 13-10-2018 0.55 1.79 0.69 0.486 1.8 1.95 < 0.01 4 Moti chirai 14-10-2018 0.72 2.13 1.02 0.395 2 1.89 < 0.01 5 Moti chirai 20-10-2018 0.72 1.96 0.89 0.527 1.7 1.77 < 0.01 6 Moti chirai 21-10-2018 0.74 1.9 0.84 0.478 2.19 1.89 < 0.01 7 Moti chirai 27-10-2018 0.7 1.87 0.83 0.587 2.52 1.76 < 0.01 8 Moti chirai 28-10-2018 0.7 1.94 0.79 0.534 2.51 1.78 < 0.01 9 Moti chirai 03-11-2018 0.71 1.92 0.89 0.399 2.29 0.01 < 0.01 10 Moti chirai 04-11-2018 0.81 2.26 1.06 0.454 2.77 1.93 < 0.01 11 Moti chirai 10-11-2018 0.71 1.95 0.88 0.527 1.69 1.91 < 0.01 12 Moti chirai 11-11-2018 0.73 1.89 0.83 0.478 2.18 2.25 < 0.01 13 Moti chirai 17-11-2018 0.69 1.86 0.82 0.587 2.51 1.94 < 0.01 14 Moti chirai 18-11-2018 0.69 1.93 0.78 0.534 2.5 1.88 < 0.01 15 Moti chirai 24-11-2018 0.7 1.91 0.88 0.399 2.28 1.85 < 0.01 16 Moti chirai 25-11-2018 0.8 2.25 1.05 0.454 2.76 1.92 < 0.01 17 Moti chirai 01-12-2018 0.69 1.88 0.74 0.525 2.78 1.77 < 0.01 18 Moti chirai 02-12-2018 0.59 1.82 0.78 0.510 2.91 1.91 < 0.01 19 Moti chirai 08-12-2018 0.62 1.91 0.76 0.618 2 2.25 < 0.01 20 Moti chirai 09-12-2018 0.59 1.78 0.72 0.505 2.71 1.94 < 0.01 21 Moti chirai 15-12-2018 0.56 1.8 0.7 0.486 1.81 1.96 < 0.01 22 Moti chirai 16-12-2018 0.73 2.14 1.03 0.395 2.01 2.24 < 0.01 23 Moti chirai 22-12-2018 0.73 1.97 0.9 0.527 1.71 1.87 < 0.01 24 Moti chirai 23-12-2018 0.75 1.91 0.85 0.478 2.2 1.81 < 0.01


113



Table No.3.4.4(b) Location: Varsana

o Location Date Benzene Toluene Xylene CO HC Methanol Formaldehyde

OSHA TWA Limit 1 ppm 200 ppm 100 ppm 50 ppm -- 200 ppm 0.75 ppm 1 Varsana 08-10-2018 0.57 1.86 0.71 0.617 1.95 1.84 < 0.01 2 Varsana 09-10-2018 0.54 1.73 0.67 0.505 2.66 1.91 < 0.01 3 Varsana 15-10-2018 0.51 1.75 0.65 0.486 1.76 1.89 < 0.01 4 Varsana 16-10-2018 0.68 2.09 0.98 0.395 1.96 2.23 < 0.01 5 Varsana 22-10-2018 0.68 1.92 0.85 0.527 1.66 1.67 < 0.01 6 Varsana 23-10-2018 0.7 1.86 0.8 0.478 2.15 1.93 < 0.01 7 Varsana 29-10-2018 0.66 1.83 0.79 0.587 2.48 1.87 < 0.01 8 Varsana 30-10-2018 0.66 1.9 0.75 0.533 2.47 1.84 < 0.01 9 Varsana 05-11-2018 0.67 1.88 0.85 0.399 2.25 1.88 < 0.01

10 Varsana 06-11-2018 0.77 2.22 1.02 0.454 2.73 1.86 < 0.01 11 Varsana 12-11-2018 0.7 1.94 0.87 0.527 1.68 1.83 < 0.01 12 Varsana 13-11-2018 0.72 1.88 0.82 0.478 2.17 1.9 < 0.01 13 Varsana 19-11-2018 0.58 1.82 0.72 0.486 1.83 1.88 < 0.01 14 Varsana 20-11-2018 0.75 2.16 1.05 0.395 2.03 2.22 < 0.01 15 Varsana 26-11-2018 0.74 1.95 0.92 0.399 2.32 1.85 < 0.01 16 Varsana 27-11-2018 0.84 2.29 1.09 0.455 2.8 1.79 < 0.01 17 Varsana 03-12-2018 0.65 1.84 0.7 0.525 2.74 1.82 < 0.01 18 Varsana 04-12-2018 0.55 1.78 0.74 0.510 2.87 1.83 < 0.01 19 Varsana 10-12-2018 0.58 1.87 0.72 0.617 1.96 1.9 < 0.01 20 Varsana 11-12-2018 0.55 1.74 0.68 0.505 2.67 1.88 < 0.01 21 Varsana 17-12-2018 0.52 1.76 0.66 0.486 1.77 1.90 < 0.01 22 Varsana 18-12-2018 0.69 2.1 0.99 0.395 1.97 1.75 < 0.01 23 Varsana 24-12-2018 0.69 1.93 0.86 0.527 1.67 1.77 < 0.01 24 Varsana 25-12-2018 0.71 1.87 0.81 0.478 2.16 2.11 < 0.01


114



Table No.3.4.5(b) Location: Bhimasar


OSHA TWA Limit 1 ppm 200 ppm 100 ppm 50 ppm -- 200 ppm 0.75 ppm 1 Bhimasar 08-10-2018 0.63 1.82 0.68 0.525 2.72 1.72 < 0.01 2 Bhimasar 09-10-2018 0.53 1.76 0.72 0.510 2.85 1.74 < 0.01 3 Bhimasar 15-10-2018 0.56 1.85 0.7 0.617 1.94 2.08 < 0.01 4 Bhimasar 16-10-2018 0.53 1.72 0.66 0.505 2.65 1.91 < 0.01 5 Bhimasar 22-10-2018 0.5 1.74 0.64 0.486 1.75 1.85 < 0.01 6 Bhimasar 23-10-2018 0.67 2.08 0.97 0.395 1.95 1.73 < 0.01 7 Bhimasar 29-10-2018 0.67 1.91 0.84 0.527 1.65 1.64 < 0.01 8 Bhimasar 30-10-2018 0.69 1.85 0.79 0.478 2.14 1.76 < 0.01 9 Bhimasar 05-11-2018 0.69 1.73 0.71 0.499 2.86 1.85 < 0.01 10 Bhimasar 06-11-2018 0.76 1.64 0.75 0.474 3 1.82 < 0.01 11 Bhimasar 12-11-2018 0.53 1.76 0.72 0.510 2.85 1.89 < 0.01 12 Bhimasar 13-11-2018 0.56 1.85 0.7 0.617 1.94 1.87 < 0.01 13 Bhimasar 19-11-2018 0.65 1.82 0.78 0.587 2.47 2.21 < 0.01 14 Bhimasar 20-11-2018 0.65 1.89 0.74 0.533 2.46 1.84 < 0.01 15 Bhimasar 26-11-2018 0.66 1.87 0.84 0.399 2.24 1.78 < 0.01 16 Bhimasar 27-11-2018 0.76 2.21 1.01 0.454 2.72 1.87 < 0.01 17 Bhimasar 03-12-2018 0.65 1.84 0.7 0.525 2.74 1.74 < 0.01 18 Bhimasar 04-12-2018 0.55 1.78 0.74 0.510 2.87 1.73 < 0.01 19 Bhimasar 10-12-2018 0.58 1.87 0.72 0.617 1.96 1.87 < 0.01 20 Bhimasar 11-12-2018 0.55 1.74 0.68 0.505 2.67 2.21 < 0.01 21 Bhimasar 17-12-2018 0.72 1.73 0.82 0.558 2.59 1.84 < 0.01 22 Bhimasar 18-12-2018 0.66 1.87 0.84 0.399 2.24 1.84 < 0.01 23 Bhimasar 24-12-2018 0.76 2.21 1.01 0.454 2.72 2.1 < 0.01 24 Bhimasar 25-12-2018 0.65 1.84 0.7 0.525 2.74 1.93 < 0.01


115




OSHA TWA Limit 1 ppm 200 ppm 100 ppm 50 ppm -- 200 ppm 0.75 ppm 1 Padana 08-10-2018 0.71 1.88 0.84 0.588 2.53 1.94 < 0.01 2 Padana 09-10-2018 0.71 1.95 0.8 0.534 2.52 1.88 < 0.01 3 Padana 15-10-2018 0.72 1.93 0.9 0.399 2.3 1.85 < 0.01 4 Padana 16-10-2018 0.82 2.27 1.07 0.454 2.78 1.92 < 0.01 5 Padana 22-10-2018 0.63 1.82 0.68 0.525 2.72 1.79 < 0.01 6 Padana 23-10-2018 0.53 1.76 0.72 0.510 2.85 1.77 < 0.01 7 Padana 29-10-2018 0.56 1.85 0.7 0.617 1.94 2.11 < 0.01 8 Padana 30-10-2018 0.53 1.72 0.66 0.505 2.65 1.94 < 0.01 9 Padana 05-11-2018 0.5 1.74 0.64 0.486 1.75 1.86 < 0.01 10 Padana 06-11-2018 0.67 2.08 0.97 0.395 1.95 2.24 < 0.01 11 Padana 12-11-2018 0.67 1.91 0.84 0.527 1.65 1.93 < 0.01 12 Padana 13-11-2018 0.69 1.85 0.79 0.478 2.14 1.87 < 0.01 13 Padana 19-11-2018 0.65 1.82 0.78 0.587 2.47 1.84 < 0.01 14 Padana 20-11-2018 0.65 1.89 0.74 0.533 2.46 1.91 < 0.01 15 Padana 26-11-2018 0.66 1.87 0.84 0.399 2.24 1.89 < 0.01 16 Padana 27-11-2018 0.76 2.21 1.01 0.454 2.72 2.23 < 0.01 17 Padana 03-12-2018 0.63 1.92 0.77 0.618 2.01 1.81 < 0.01 18 Padana 04-12-2018 0.6 1.79 0.73 0.506 2.72 1.93 < 0.01 19 Padana 10-12-2018 0.57 1.81 0.71 0.486 1.82 1.87 < 0.01 20 Padana 11-12-2018 0.74 2.15 1.04 0.395 2.02 1.84 < 0.01 21 Padana 17-12-2018 0.73 1.94 0.91 0.399 2.31 1.86 < 0.01 22 Padana 18-12-2018 0.83 2.28 1.08 0.454 2.79 1.8 < 0.01 23 Padana 24-12-2018 0.64 1.83 0.69 0.525 2.73 1.89 < 0.01 24 Padana 25-12-2018 0.54 1.77 0.73 0.510 2.86 1.76 < 0.01


116



Table No.3.4.7(b) Location: Modvadar


OSHA TWA Limit 1 ppm 200 ppm 100 ppm 50 ppm -- 200 ppm 0.75 ppm 1 Modvadar 10-10-2018 0.14 0.14 0.02 0.145 0.02 1.92 < 0.01 2 Modvadar 11-10-2018 0.69 2.1 0.99 0.395 1.97 1.80 < 0.01 3 Modvadar 17-10-2018 0.69 1.93 0.86 0.527 1.67 1.93 < 0.01 4 Modvadar 18-10-2018 0.71 1.87 0.81 0.478 2.16 1.91 < 0.01 5 Modvadar 24-10-2018 0.67 1.84 0.8 0.587 2.49 2.25 < 0.01 6 Modvadar 25-10-2018 0.67 1.91 0.76 0.533 2.48 1.88 < 0.01 7 Modvadar 31-10-2018 0.68 1.89 0.86 0.399 2.26 1.82 < 0.01 8 Modvadar 01-11-2018 0.78 2.23 1.03 0.454 2.74 1.91 < 0.01 9 Modvadar 07-11-2018 0.57 1.67 0.69 0.461 1.86 1.78 < 0.01 10 Modvadar 08-11-2018 0.69 1.93 0.86 0.527 1.67 1.77 < 0.01 11 Modvadar 14-11-2018 0.71 1.87 0.81 0.478 2.16 1.91 < 0.01 12 Modvadar 15-11-2018 0.67 1.84 0.8 0.587 2.49 2.25 < 0.01 13 Modvadar 21-11-2018 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.000 0.01 1.88 < 0.01 14 Modvadar 22-11-2018 0.7 1.86 0.8 0.478 2.15 1.96 < 0.01 15 Modvadar 28-11-2018 0.66 1.83 0.79 0.587 2.48 2.14 < 0.01 16 Modvadar 29-11-2018 0.66 1.9 0.75 0.533 2.47 1.97 < 0.01 17 Modvadar 05-12-2018 0.67 1.88 0.85 0.399 2.25 1.91 < 0.01 18 Modvadar 06-12-2018 0.77 2.22 1.02 0.454 2.73 1.88 < 0.01 19 Modvadar 12-12-2018 0.66 1.85 0.71 0.525 2.75 1.95 < 0.01 20 Modvadar 13-12-2018 0.56 1.79 0.75 0.510 2.88 1.93 < 0.01 21 Modvadar 19-12-2018 0.75 1.82 0.89 0.501 1.74 1.97 < 0.01 22 Modvadar 20-12-2018 0.66 1.83 0.79 0.587 2.48 1.71 < 0.01 23 Modvadar 26-12-2018 0.66 1.9 0.75 0.533 2.47 1.97 < 0.01 24 Modvadar 27-12-2018 0.67 1.88 0.85 0.399 2.25 1.85 < 0.01


117



Table No.3.4.8(b) Location: Pasuda


OSHA TWA Limit 1 ppm 200 ppm 100 ppm 50 ppm -- 200 ppm 0.75 ppm 1 Pasuda 10-10-2018 0.13 0.13 0.01 0.165 0.01 1.96 < 0.01 2 Pasuda 11-10-2018 0.56 1.75 0.69 0.505 2.68 2.24 < 0.01 3 Pasuda 17-10-2018 0.53 1.77 0.67 0.486 1.78 1.87 < 0.01 4 Pasuda 18-10-2018 0.7 2.11 1 0.395 1.98 1.81 < 0.01 5 Pasuda 24-10-2018 0.7 1.94 0.87 0.527 1.68 1.9 < 0.01 6 Pasuda 25-10-2018 0.72 1.88 0.82 0.478 2.17 1.77 < 0.01 7 Pasuda 31-10-2018 0.68 1.85 0.81 0.587 2.5 1.79 < 0.01 8 Pasuda 01-11-2018 0.68 1.92 0.77 0.534 2.49 2.13 < 0.01 9 Pasuda 07-11-2018 0.65 1.79 0.77 0.587 2.07 1.81 < 0.01 10 Pasuda 08-11-2018 0.53 1.77 0.67 0.486 1.78 1.87 < 0.01 11 Pasuda 14-11-2018 0.7 2.11 1 0.395 1.98 1.81 < 0.01 12 Pasuda 15-11-2018 0.7 1.94 0.87 0.527 1.68 1.9 < 0.01 13 Pasuda 21-11-2018 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.000 0.01 1.86 < 0.01 14 Pasuda 22-11-2018 0.79 2.24 1.04 0.454 2.75 1.9 < 0.01 15 Pasuda 28-11-2018 0.69 1.93 0.86 0.527 1.67 1.87 < 0.01 16 Pasuda 29-11-2018 0.71 1.87 0.81 0.478 2.16 1.94 < 0.01 17 Pasuda 05-12-2018 0.67 1.84 0.8 0.587 2.49 1.92 < 0.01 18 Pasuda 06-12-2018 0.67 1.91 0.76 0.533 2.48 2.26 < 0.01 19 Pasuda 12-12-2018 0.68 1.89 0.86 0.399 2.26 1.95 < 0.01 20 Pasuda 13-12-2018 0.78 2.23 1.03 0.454 2.74 1.89 < 0.01 21 Pasuda 19-12-2018 0.76 1.81 0.91 0.379 2.38 1.86 < 0.01 22 Pasuda 20-12-2018 0.69 1.93 0.86 0.527 1.67 1.87 < 0.01 23 Pasuda 26-12-2018 0.71 1.87 0.81 0.478 2.16 1.94 < 0.01 24 Pasuda 27-12-2018 0.67 1.84 0.8 0.587 2.49 0.9 < 0.01


118



3.7.4 SAMPLE ANALYSIS

Monitoring and testing of ambient air quality were carried out for various parameters namely PM10,PM2.5, SO2, NOx, by using Respirable Dust Sampler (RDS). Twenty four -hourly samples were collected for PM10 , PM2.5 and for SO2 & NOx 8 hourly samples were collected for the month of October – November – December -2018. The sampling and testing of Ambient Air Quality Parameters were carried out as per relevant parts of IS: 5182. The brief details of testing procedures adopted are given in Table No.3.5.

Table No. 3.5

Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring & Analysis Procedures

Parameter Ambient Air Quality Monitoring & Analysis Procedure PM10 Gravimatric Method, IS:5182, 11255 & Operational Manual of

Instrument PM2.5 Gravimatric Method & Operational Manual of Instrument NOx Jacob & Hochheiser Method.

Absorption in dilute NaOH and then estimating colorimetric with Sulphanilamide N(1-Nepthyl) Ethylene Diamine Dihydrochloride and Hydrogen Peroxide (IS : 5182 Part II : 1975)

SO2 Improved West & Gaeke Method. Absorption in Mercury Sodium Tetra Chloride followed by colorimetric estimation using P-Rosaniline Hydrochloride and Formaldehyde (IS : 5182 Part II : 1969)

VOC (Benzene, Toluene, Xylene, Methanol, Formaldehyde)

Instrumental manual method

CO and HC Instrumental manual method


119



3.8 METEOROLOGY

Meteorological conditions, of the site, regulates the transport and diffusion of air-pollutants released into the atmosphere. Ambient temperature, wind speed, wind direction and atmospheric stability are called primary or basic Meteorological Parameters because the dispersion and diffusion of pollutants depend mainly on these Parameters. Humidity, precipitation, pressure and visibility are secondary Meteorological Parameters as this control the dispersion of the pollutants indirectly by affecting primary Parameters.

3.9 Baseline Data Meteorological data were obtained from Envitrans for project site specific. for the parameters namely ambient temperature, wind speed, wind direction, relative humidity for the period October, November & December 2018.The Wind Rose diagram for the month of October, November & December 2018.is shown in Figure No. 3.4.

3.9.1 Ambient Temperature

The monthly variations of monthly highest and monthly lowest temperature recorded is as follows:

Location –Project site Temperature, oC October 2018 November2018 December2018

Minimum 40..5 37.5 35.3 Maximum 20.0 15.6 14.6

3.9.2 Wind Speed

Wind speed determines the rate of diffusion and travel time of air pollutants. The results of monitoring are as follows:

Location – Project Site Wind Velocity, Km/hr

October 2018 November 2018

December 2018

Maximum 44.5 20.4 22.2 Minimum 1.9 1.9 1.9


120



3.9.3 Wind Direction

This is important in air pollution since it determines the direction of transport of air pollutants. The mean wind direction will be indicative of the direction of travel of the pollutants.

The meteorological parameters namely: ambient temperature, wind speed, wind direction and stability class were obtained from Envitrans specific to the project site. for the Period of October, November & December 2018. As specific mixing heights were not available, mixing height based on CPCB publication “Spatial Distribution of Hourly Mixing Depth over Indian Region”, PROBES/88/2002-03 has been used. The windrose diagram is shown in Figure No. 3.4

Figure No. 3.4

Windrose Diagram FOR THE MONTH OF

October, November & December 2018 (See on Page No.: 122)


121




122



Table No.3.6 WIND ROSE (Frequency Distribution data)

Directions / Wind Classes (m/s)

Wind Speed (m/s) 0.50 - 2.10

2.10 - 3.60 3.60 - 5.70 5.70 - 8.80 8.80 - 11.10 >= 11.1 Total

348.75 - 11.25 0.01268 0.02627 0.01993 0.00226 0 0 0.06114 11.25 - 33.75 0.01676 0.02582 0.01766 0.00408 0 0 0.06431 33.75 - 56.25 0.02219 0.02536 0.02174 0.0154 0 0 0.08469 56.25 - 78.75 0.03125 0.04303 0.02853 0.02129 0 0 0.12409 78.75 - 101.25 0.01812 0.02717 0.01676 0.00362 0 0 0.06567 101.25 - 123.75 0.01721 0.01132 0.01268 0.00453 0 0 0.04574 123.75 - 146.25 0.01947 0.00498 0.00634 0.00498 0 0 0.03578 146.25 - 168.75 0.00906 0.00453 0.00453 0.01087 0 0 0.02899 168.75 - 191.25 0.01449 0.01313 0.01087 0.01042 0 0 0.04891 191.25 - 213.75 0.01947 0.02717 0.01902 0.01087 0 0 0.07654 213.75 - 236.25 0.02899 0.024 0.01087 0.0163 0 0 0.08016 236.25 - 258.75 0.02717 0.01676 0.01495 0.0154 0 0 0.07428 258.75 - 281.25 0.01313 0.01087 0.01313 0.00996 0 0 0.0471 281.25 - 303.75 0.01495 0.01132 0.01268 0.00543 0 0 0.04438 303.75 - 326.25 0.00906 0.00815 0.00861 0.00498 0 0 0.0308 326.25 - 348.75 0.00589 0.00589 0.0077 0.00634 0 0 0.02582

Sub-Total 0.27989 0.28578 0.226 0.14674 0 0 0.93841 Calms 0.06159

Missing/Incomplete 0 Total 1


123



Table No.3.7

Windrose Frequency Count

Directions / Wind Classes

(m/s) 0.5 - 2.1

2.1 - 3.6

3.6 - 5.7

5.7 - 8.8

8.8 - 11.1 >= 11.1 Total

1 348.75 - 11.25 28 58 44 5 0 0 135 2 11.25 - 33.75 37 57 39 9 0 0 142 3 33.75 - 56.25 49 56 48 34 0 0 187 4 56.25 - 78.75 69 95 63 47 0 0 274 5 78.75 - 101.25 40 60 37 8 0 0 145 6 101.25 - 123.75 38 25 28 10 0 0 101 7 123.75 - 146.25 43 11 14 11 0 0 79 8 146.25 - 168.75 20 10 10 24 0 0 64 9 168.75 - 191.25 32 29 24 23 0 0 108

10 191.25 - 213.75 43 60 42 24 0 0 169 11 213.75 - 236.25 64 53 24 36 0 0 177 12 236.25 - 258.75 60 37 33 34 0 0 164 13 258.75 - 281.25 29 24 29 22 0 0 104 14 281.25 - 303.75 33 25 28 12 0 0 98 15 303.75 - 326.25 20 18 19 11 0 0 68 16 326.25 - 348.75 13 13 17 14 0 0 57

Sub-Total 618 631 499 324 0 0 2072

Calms

136

Missing/Incomplete

0

Total

2208


124



Figure No. 3.5 Wind Class Frequancy Distribution


125



3.9.4 Relative Humidity(RH)

Mean Monthly Relative Humidity is given in Table No.3.8

Table No.3.8 Relative Humidity

Month Relative Humidity ( % )

Minimum Maximum October 2018 20.2 84.8 Npvember 2018 20.4 78.0 December 2018 20.3 74.3

3.9.5 Climate &Rain Fall

Temperatures vary considerably from season to season. The summers are

generally hot and winters are cool. Mean maximum temperature ranges between

26.7°C during January to about 39.5°C during May and the mean minimum

temperatures vary between 9°C during January and 27°C during June. The

relative humidity in Kachchh as per IMD varies between 43.5% during March and

77% during August. The wind velocity in the district varies from about 124 km/d

during November and 375 km/d during June. The potential Evapo-transpiration,

calculated using Penman‟s Method varies between 3.4 mm/d during December

and 9.2 mm/d during May.

The mean annual rainfall of last 5 years (2010 to 2014) for the nearest rain gauge

station –kachchh is about 545.2 mm, based on IMD data (Table -3.9).

Table No.3.9 Rainfall pattern at Kutch Rain gauge Station

Years Rainfall (mm) 2010 887.8 2011 642 2012 253.3 2013 652.1 2014 290.8

Average 545.2 ≈ 545


126



3.9.6 Topography

Buffer Zone:- The study area is a part of nani Chirai, kutch district and having average elevation

of 3 m to 61m above mean sea level .

Buffer Zone:- Most part of the area is covered by east-west and north-south trending high ridges

of basalt and Mesozoic rocks with gentle southerly and southeasterly slopes in the

southern and western part of the area except a concave depression on the

northeastern side of the area. Average elevation of the area is around 120 m with

a gradual decrease in height from north to south. Kathrod Hill (.349 m) forms he

highest point in the area. The physiography of the area is controlled by litho logy

and structure. The northern part of the area forms a relatively flat ground with

average elevation of 120 m, above sea level. Khatrod range forms the major

water divide.. Major part of the drainage in the initial stages is controlled by

structure and litho-logical variation of the area.

Drainage: The drainage of Kachchh provides an interesting example of a combination of lithologic and tectonic controls alongwith the influence of sea level fluctuations during Quaternary period. The Central highland forms the main watershed with numerous consequent streams draining the slopes with a radial pattern and pouring their water and sediment load into the Arabian sea, the Gulf of Kachchh and the plains of Banni and the Rann in west, south and north respectively. The southward flowing streams include Naira, Kankawati, Chok, Sai, Vengdi, Kharod, Rukmawati, Khari, Nagavanti, Phot, Bhuki, Mitti, Sakra and Larekh streams which empty their water into the Gulf of Kachchh and the Arabian sea. The streams originating from the northern slopes of the Central highland, join the streams originated from the Northern hill rang e and pour their water into the Chhari, Bhukhi, Trambo, Kaila, Pur and Kaswali streams which, in turn, debouch into the Rann. In general, the streams are ephemeral (seasonal) and carry water only during good monsoon. Many streams like Kankawati, Kaswali, Kharod, Rukmawati and Bhukhi etc. show very broad channels and vertical cliffy banks in their lower reaches. The drainage characteristics of the Kachchh Mainland and the relatively well carved valleys which now have only very little flowing water clearly point to the fact that the area had experienced a more wet climatic phase in the past during which the streams carried more water and sediment load and the stream dissection was more effective.


127



Core Zone:- The project area has built up and opens part, comprises of soil and has flat terrain.

The open area is covered by alluvium, which is used for grassing. The project site

lies latitude 23° 11 01. 53” N and 70° 13’ 8.02” E. In the core zone, the altitudes

varies from 12 m msl to 14 m msl. the slope of the area is SE .There are no major

nalah and river. The area is flat slop. Vegetation growth is spars in general &

basically represent by bushes & grass.

3.9.7 Mixing Height

Data of atmospheric inversion level for project site is not available. However the mixing height data available has been taken form IMD publication is tabulated in Table No.3.10

Table No.3.10

Hourly Mixing Depth over Indian Region

Hours Mixing height (m)




1 0 7 10 13 1125 19 600 2 0 8 30 14 1325 20 0 3 0 9 125 15 1440 21 0 4 0 10 310 16 1460 22 0 5 0 11 540 17 1360 23 0 6 0 12 825 18 1020 24 0

3.10 ATMOSPHERIC STABILITY The hourly occurrence of various stability classes at project site is determined by wind direction fluctuation method by employing on-line instrument.

The stability classification system based on wind direction fluctuation method is as follows.

Relationship between σθ and stability class as suggested by Slade (1965) is given in Table:- Stability Class σθ (degrees)

A > 22.5 B 22.4 - 17.5 C 17.4 - 12.5 D 12.4 - 7.5 E 7.4 - 3.5 F < 3.5


128



3.11 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Noise, often defined as unwanted sound, interferes with speech communication, causes annoyance, distracts from work and disturbs sleep thus deteriorating quality of human environment.

The noise is generated from multiple sources such as medium and heavy industries, urban activities in the commercial and human settlements, and vehicular traffic in the region.

The noise level in the study area has been measured through Leutron sound level meter, for a period of one day for 30 minutesinterwalat each monitoring station.

In the study area noise levels were monitored in eight locations at different locations for day and night time and are given Table No.3.11

Table No.3.11

Ambient Noise Levelswithin StudyArea

S. No

Name of the Location

Category of

Area/zone

Day Time in Leq dB

(A)

CPCB Standard Day Time

Night Time in Leq dB

(A)

CPCB Standard

Night time

1. Project Site Industrial 75 57 70 47 2. Nandgam Residential 55 53 45 47

3. Moti Chirai Residential 55 54 45 44

4. Padana Residential 55 52 45 42

5. Varsana Residential 55 54 45 44

6. Bhimsar Residential 55 52 45 42

7. Modvadar Residential 55 52 45 44

8. Pasuda Residential 55 64 45 48


129



In order to assess the noise levels in the study area, monitoring was carried out at eight different locations within 10 km radius of the study area. The noise monitoring locations are shown in figure 3.3 and monitoring location mentioned in Table 3.10. Noise levels were recorded and computed for equivalent noise levels for day-equivalent, night-equivalent & day-night equivalent. Sound Pressure Levels (SPL) measurements were recorded at eight locations. The readings were taken for every hour for 24-hrs. The day noise levels have been monitored during 6 am to 10 pm and night noise levels during 10 pm to 6 am at all the locations covered in the study area.

Daytime Noise Levels(Lday)

− Industrial Zone:The day time noise level at the Project site was 39-64 dB(A),

which is well below the permissible limits of 75 dB(A).

− Commercial Zone:The day time noise levels in all the commercial locations

were observed to be in the range of 39 dB(A)–58 dB(A).The noise levels at all

the locations were belowthe permissible limits of 65dB(A).

− Residential Zone: The day time noise levels in all the residential locations

were observed to be in the range of 38dB(A)–55 dB(A).The noise levels at all

the locations were belowthe permissible limits of 55dB(A).


130



Night time Noise Levels (Lnight)

− Industrial Zone:The night time noise level in the Project site was observed be 39-50dB(A), which is well below the permissible limits of 70 dB (A).

− Commercial Zone: The night time noise levels in all the commercial locations were observed to be in the range of 40dB(A)–51dB(A). The noise level satall the locations were belowthe permissible limits of 55dB(A).

− Residential Zone:The night time noise levels in all the residential locations were observed to be in the range of 38dB(A) to 44dB(A). The noise levels were below the permissible limits of 45dB(A) in night time at all the locations.


131



Table No.3.12

Noise Levels in the Study Areas in the Month of October 2018

Noise Levels

Sampling Date 13/10/2018 Location Project Site

Monitoring Time Result in dB (A)


Day Time Night Time 6.00 am 41 10.00 pm 43 6.30 am 40 10.30 pm 47 7.00 am 41 11.00 pm 43 7.30 am 42 11.30 pm 41 8.00 am 43 12.00 pm 41 8.30 am 44 12.30 am 41 9.00 am 45 1.00 am 42 9.30 am 47 1.30 am 41

10.00 am 53 2.00 am 39 10.30 am 53 2.30 am 40 11.00 am 51 3.00 am 39 11.30 am 54 3.30 am 39 12.00 pm 49 4.00 am 40 12.30 pm 51 4.30 am 42 1.00 pm 57 5.00 am 42 1.30 pm 54 5.30 am 40 2.00 pm 53 2.30 pm 51 3.00 pm 57 3.30 pm 49 4.00 pm 55 4.30 pm 43 5.00 pm 41 5.30 pm 57 6.00 pm 54 6.30 pm 51 7.00 pm 57 7.30 pm 51 8.00 pm 53 8.30 pm 49 9.00 pm 44 9.30 pm 41


132



Sampling Date 13/10/2018

Location Nandgam



Day Time Night Time 6.00 am 41 10.00 pm 42 6.30 am 40 10.30 pm 41 7.00 am 41 11.00 pm 41 7.30 am 42 11.30 pm 40 8.00 am 43 12.00 pm 40 8.30 am 44 12.30 am 39 9.00 am 45 1.00 am 38 9.00 am 44 1.30 am 39 9.30 am 43 2.00 am 38

10.00 am 45 2.30 am 47 10.30 am 41 3.00 am 36 11.00 am 47 3.30 am 37 11.30 am 48 4.00 am 37 12.00 pm 49 4.30 am 39 12.30 pm 50 5.00 am 38 1.00 pm 41 5.30 am 39 1.30 pm 45 2.00 pm 39 2.30 pm 41 3.00 pm 39 3.30 pm 43 4.00 pm 41 4.30 pm 40 5.00 pm 39 5.30 pm 47 6.00 pm 48 6.30 pm 53 7.00 pm 49 7.30 pm 48 8.00 pm 49 8.30 pm 47 9.00 pm 45 9.30 pm 41


133



Sampling Date 14/10/2018 Location Moti Chirai






134



Sampling Date 14/10/2018 Location Padana






135



Sampling Date 15/10/2018 Location Varsana






136



Sampling Date 15/10/2018 Location Bhimasar






137



Sampling Date 16/10/2018 Location Modvadar






138



Sampling Date 16/10/2018 Location Pasuda






139



3.12 WATER ENVIRONMENT

Water is the most vital resource for all kinds of life. It should not only be available in sufficient quantity but should be of good quality as well. Defilement of water, as a result of human activities, industrial activities and consequent pollution of water, cause deterioration of the water environment.

Baseline Data Collection GW & SW

Physico-chemical Parameters have been used for assessing the base line quality of ground water environment and identification of impacts due to the proposed project.

Methodologyfor WaterQualityMonitoring

The Samples, under all categories, were analysed for various Parameters specified by the Department of Environment. For the collection, preservation and analysis, APHA/IS methods were followed. The requisite Procedures, laid down in APHA/IS methods, were adopted for preserving the Samples with suitable preservative chemicals. The Samples were analysed within the time limits prescribed for each Parameter.

Ground water sources and surface water sources covering 10-km radial distance were examined for physico-chemical, heavy metals and bacteriological parameters in order to assess the effect of industrial and other activities on ground water and surface water. The samples were analyzed as per the procedures specified in 'Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater' published by American Public Health Association (APHA).

Samples for chemical analysis were collected in polyethylene carboys. Samples for bacteriological analysis were collected in sterilized glass bottles. Selected physicochemical and bacteriological parameters have been analyzed for projecting the existing water quality status in the study area. Parameters like pH and temperature were analyzed at the time of sample collection.

The details of surface and ground water sampling locations are given in Table No. 3.13 and sampling locations of ground water quality and surface quality monitoring are shown in Figure No. 3.3. The physico - chemical characteristics of the ground water samples and surface water samples are presented in the Tables 3.13(a) & 3.13(b).

The monitoring has been done at eight sampling stations located in different directions and situated within the suspected impact zone in and around the project site.


140



Table No. 3.13 Locations of Water Quality Monitoring Stations

Sr. No.

Type of sample Water sample location

1 Project Site Tap water 2 Nandgam Tap water 3 Moti Chirai Tap water 4 Padana Tap water 5 Varsana Tap water 6 Bhimasar Tap water 7 Modvadar Tap water 8 Pasuda Tap water 9 Moti Chirai Lake water

10 Pasuda Lake water 11 Varsana Lake water 12 Bhimasar Lake water


141



Photographs of water sampling

Bhimasar Lake Water sampling

Nandgam Village


142



Table No.3.13(a) Water Quality Analysis for the month of October 2018.

RESULTS OF WATER QUALITY IN THE STUDY AREA

Ground Water

No Parameter Project Site Nandgam Moti chirai Padana Unit Permissible

Limit Sampling Date 01-11-2018 01-11-2018 01-11-2018 01-11-2018 1 pH 7.8 7.2 7.4 7.4 -- 6.5-8.5 2 Colour Colourless Colourless Colourless Colourless -- -- 3 Odour Odourless Odourless Odourless Odourless -- -- 4 Turbidity < 1 < 1 < 1 < 1 NTU 10

5 Total Dissolved Solids 388 400 375 405 mg/lit 2000

6 Total Hardness 105 105 100 110 mg/lit 600 7 Calcium 24.8 24.8 24 26.1 mg/lit -- 8 Magnesium 10.5 10.5 9.7 11 mg/lit -- 9 Sodium 80 85 79 86 mg/lit --

10 Potassium 8 10 9 10 mg/lit -- 11 Chloride 120.7 125 113.6 125 mg/lit 1000 12 Sulphate 20 20.7 19.3 20.99 mg/lit 400

13 Phenolic Compound < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 mg/lit 0.002

14 Fluoride 0.28 0.31 0.38 0.41 mg/lit 1.5 15 Mineral Oil < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 mg/lit 0.03

16 Suspended Solids < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 mg/lit --

17 Chemical Oxygen Demand < 4 < 4 < 4 < 4 mg/lit --

18 Biological Oxygen demand < 2 < 2 < 2 < 2 mg/lit --

19 Dissolved Oxygen 4.2 4.8 4.5 4.3 mg/lit --

20 Ammonical Nitrogen < 1 < 1 < 1 < 1 mg/lit --

21 Alkalinity 130 140 130 150 mg/lit 600 22 Copper < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 mg/lit 1.5 23 Nitrate 1.4 1.44 1.36 1.48 mg/lit 45 24 Phosphate < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 mg/lit -- 25 Iron 0.08 0.08 0.07 0.09 mg/lit 1.0 26 Mercury < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 mg/lit 0.001 27 Cadmium < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 mg/lit 0.01 28 Arsenic < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 mg/lit 0.01 29 Lead < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 mg/lit 0.05 30 Chromium < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 mg/lit 0.05 31 Total Coliform < 2 < 2 < 2 < 2 Nos 10/100ml


143



No Parameter Varsana Bhimasar Modvadar Pasuda Unit Permissible Limit

Sampling Date 01-11-2018 01-11-2018 01-11-2018 01-11-2018

1 pH 7.7 7.6 7.9 7.3 -- 6.5-8.5 2 Colour Colourless Colourless Colourless Colourless -- -- 3 Odour Odourless Odourless Odourless Odourless -- -- 4 Turbidity < 1 < 1 < 1 < 1 NTU 10

5 Total Dissolved Solids

830 395 1025 425 mg/lit 2000

6 Total Hardness 224 105 275 115 mg/lit 600

7 Calcium 53.7 26.1 66.1 28.1 mg/lit -- 8 Magnesium 21.9 9.7 26.8 11 mg/lit -- 9 Sodium 210 85 250 95 mg/lit -- 10 Potassium 16 9 20 8 mg/lit -- 11 Chloride 282.6 125 352.2 130.6 mg/lit 1000 12 Sulphate 42.82 20.56 52.96 21.97 mg/lit 400

13 Phenolic Compound < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 mg/lit 0.002

14 Fluoride 0.56 0.37 0.31 0.25 mg/lit 1.5 15 Mineral Oil < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 mg/lit 0.03

16 Suspended Solids < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 mg/lit --

17 Chemical Oxygen Demand

< 4 < 4 < 4 < 4 mg/lit --

18 Biological Oxygen demand

< 2 < 2 < 2 < 2 mg/lit --

19 Dissolved Oxygen 3.8 4.5 4.6 4.3 mg/lit --

20 Ammonical Nitrogen < 1 < 1 < 1 < 1 mg/lit --

21 Alkalinity 260 150 330 140 mg/lit 600 22 Copper < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 mg/lit 1.5 23 Nitrate 3 1.44 3.72 2 mg/lit 45 24 Phosphate < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 mg/lit -- 25 Iron 0.16 0.08 0.2 0.08 mg/lit 1.0 26 Mercury < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 mg/lit 0.001 27 Cadmium < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 mg/lit 0.01 28 Arsenic < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 mg/lit 0.01 29 Lead < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 mg/lit 0.05 30 Chromium < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 mg/lit 0.05 31 Total Coliform < 2 < 2 < 2 < 2 Nos 10/100ml


144



Table No.3.13(b) Water Quality Analysis for the month of October 2018.

RESULTS OF WATER QUALITY IN THE STUDY AREA

Surface water

No Parameter Moti chirai Lake Pasuda lake Varsana Lake Bhimasar

lake Unit

Sampling Date 01-11-2018 01-11-2018 01-11-2018 01-11-2018 1 pH 8.3 8.0 8.1 7.9 -- 2 Colour Colourless Colourless Colourless Colourless -- 3 Odour Odourless Odourless Odourless Odourless -- 4 Turbidity 1.2 2 1.4 2.4 NTU

5 Total Dissolved Solids 700 680 850 1250 mg/lit

6 Total Hardness 190 185 230 340 mg/lit 7 Calcium 46.1 44.1 54.1 80.2 mg/lit 8 Magnesium 18.3 18.3 23.1 34.1 mg/lit 9 Sodium 150 150 180 250 mg/lit 10 Potassium 14 13 17 24 mg/lit 11 Chloride 215.8 215.8 262.7 387.7 mg/lit 12 Sulphate 36.2 35.07 43.8 64.51 mg/lit

13 Phenolic Compound < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 mg/lit

14 Fluoride 0.38 0.41 0.62 0.48 mg/lit 15 Mineral Oil < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 mg/lit

16 Suspended Solids < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 mg/lit

17 Chemical Oxygen Demand 52 48 52 76 mg/lit

18 Biological Oxygen demand 12 9 18 21 mg/lit

19 Dissolved Oxygen 2.4 3 2.9 2.6 mg/lit

20 Ammonical Nitrogen < 1 < 1 < 1 < 1 mg/lit

21 Alkalinity 230 230 280 380 mg/lit 22 Copper < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 mg/lit 23 Nitrate 2.52 2.44 3.08 4.52 mg/lit 24 Phosphate < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 mg/lit 25 Iron 0.13 0.13 0.18 0.24 mg/lit 26 Mercury < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 mg/lit 27 Cadmium < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 mg/lit 28 Arsenic < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 mg/lit 29 Lead < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 mg/lit 30 Chromium < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 mg/lit 31 Total Coliform 50 60 50 70 Nos/100 ml Class of Water E E E E -


145



3.13 LAND ENVIRONMENT

GEOLOGY:- The Area covered, exposes Deccan Traps as the oldest units which are over lain by deeply pedogenised Tertiary sandstones. The upper surface is covered by fluvio-aolian deposits. Further east of the area the Soil and subsoil crades into intertidal deposits consisting of clay, silt and sand laminae.

The main land of Kachchh is an undulating country with rugged broken ground and broad plains and is marked by hill ranges and isolated peaks. Sedimentary rocks of marine and non marine origin formed under different environmental conditions during middle Jurassic to Recent period occur in the district besides volcanic and intrusive rocks (Deccan Trap) of middle Cretaceous to lower Eocene. The ground water conditions, its occurrence and movement, hydraulic characteristics and chemical quality aspects vary considered in each hydrogeologic group. The pre-cambrian granite and Aravalli rocks are reported be exposed in a tiny hillock i.e. Meruda Takkar‟ in the northern part of great Rann. In Kachchh, the quality of ground water below depth of 150m shows significant of deterioration. As the brackish water in deeper zones is under confined condition, there is a possibility of up coning of salinity if lowering of piezometric levels (as taking place at present) continues or accelerates due to over exploitation.

On the basis of the study of hand auger holes, deep bore well successions given belong to however:

2. Latest Coastal

Beach / Bar Sands –Fine to vfine grey sands with shells.

Marine coastal Plain

1.0Accretions.

Younger – Brown & Steel Tidal f1- grey claye, silt & sand layers.

Earlier Coastal

Raised she – Mainly shalls. 11 Riddes.

Accretions (?)

Salt oner- Clay, its fine – Sand & Salt sand flats.

Alluvial Plain 3 Greyish to reddish medium to very coarse, poorly sorted, unconsolidated.

2 Reddish Brown, Suk rounded to Reddish Brown suk round to Sub angular very line to coarse ii poorly Sorted consolidated;.

1 Sand- medium to fine to delopment of calcareous Concretions.

Pedeplain.

Ere iced plain on bard rocks as sandstone and besalts.


146



Geomorphology Physiographically, the district can be divided into

• Central High land and the Upland in the Rann Area, • Central Plain in the southern part • Little and Great Rann areas, • Banni plains.

The mainland of Kutch is an undulating country with rugged broken ground and broad plains and is marked by hill ranges and isolated peaks. The main hill ranges rise to 387m and 274m amsl, which are mainly three; Dhinodhar, Jura and Vavar. The Pachham, Khadir and Bela islands in the Great Rann in the north also form highlands with maximum elevation of 458 m amsl. The coast is generally flat and broken by small and big creeks, viz., Kori, Boacha and Godia. The Great Rann mainly comprises marshy land, salt/mud flats and is devoid of vegetation and habitation and has a very hostile environment.

LOCAL GEOLOGY:-

In the project side, no out crops are seen. The area belongs to deccan trap age. The litho logically, the area covered with soils which have 3-5 m thickness. Below the soil the hard rock’s present. There is no major river crossing the study area. Only some seasonal drains and small dams are present. Drains are flowing in south-east direction to merge in Gulf of Kutch.Geological Structure of Gujarat state and Figure no. 3.6 of Geology plan of Study Area. No other rock formations are exposed in the area.

TERTIARY Sandstones, Marls, etc.

UP. MESOZOIC to LR. TERT.

Deccan Trap Basalts.


147



Figure No. 3.6 Geological Structure of Gujarat State

Source: Water Resources Dept from http://guj-nwrws.gujarat.gov.in/

3.14 TYPE OF SOILS

Soil may be defined as a thin layer of earth’s crust that serves as a natural medium for the growth of vegetations. It is the unconsolidated mineral matter that has been subjected to and influenced by genetic and environmental factors. Soil serves as a reservoir of nutrients for plants and crops and also provides mechanical anchorage and favourable tilth.

The sub soil condition below the existing ground level is almost uniform in nature. Sub soil is composed of Clay mixed with little fine grained silty sand, moram and Kankar with low resistivity due to clay and soil moisture. The area is covered with recent to sub recent alluvial deposits comprising of brownish clay mixed with little fine grained sand, silty sand. The Soil below ground level consist of top silty low plastic soil layer having no swelling nature. Blockish brown to yellowish brown clayey silt or sand silt layer extends to the depth of 2 to 3 mts.


148



BASE LINE DATA

The soil samples were collected from different places in the study area. The soil samples are taken from eight villages.

The present study on soil quality establishes the baseline characteristics in the study area surrounding the project site. The study has been addressed with the following objectives.

− Todetermine thebaseline characteristics

− To determine the soil characteristics of plant site and surrounding areas with in 10 km radius.

− To determine the impact of industrialization/Urbanization on soil characteristics.

− To determine the impacts on soils from agricultural productivity point of view.

At each sampling site, the samples were collected at random at a depth of 15 cms and mixed together to form a composite sample. Large stones, gravels and plant roots were removed from soil. The homogenized soil samples collected at different locations were packed in a polyethylene plastic bag and sealed. The sealed samples were sent to laboratory for analysis. The important physical, chemical parameter concentrations were determined from all samples. The soil was then crushed and water suspension was prepared. The supernatant liquid was then subjected to Physico-Chemical analysis.

Standard Procedures were followed for analysis. The results of soil analysis are tabulated in Table No. 3. 14


149



Table No.3.14 Analysis Results of Soil Samples

Sr. No. Parameter Unit 1 2 3 4

Location Project site Nand Gam Moti Chirai Padana

Sampling Date 1/11/18 1/11/18 1/11/18 1/11/18 1 pH 7.8 7.7 7.2 7.4 2 Total Hardness mg/kg 1480 1320 1390 1320 3 Calcium mg/kg 461 404.8 404.8 392.8 4 Magnesium mg/kg 80.4 75.2 92.6 82.8 5 Sodium mg/kg 330 310 330 310 6 Potassium mg/kg 50 42 49 39 7 Total Alkalinity mg/kg 1260 1230 1300 1200 8 Chloride mg/kg 631.9 539.6 610.6 518.3 9 Organic Carbon % 0.55 0.48 0.41 0.50 10 Organic Matter % 0.95 0.83 0.70 0.86 11 Available Nitrogen mg/kg 469 420 462 395 12 Available Phosphorus mg/kg 4.55 5.45 4.64 4.27 13 Boron mg/kg < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 14 Cadmium mg/kg < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 15 Chromium mg/kg < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 16 Cobalt mg/kg < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 17 Copper mg/kg < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 18 Nickel mg/kg < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 19 Zinc mg/kg < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 20 Lead mg/kg < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 21 Bulk Density Gm/cm3 1.27 1.23 1.23 1.23 22 Texture -- 23 Slit (%) % 18 20 25 21 24 Clay (%) % 12 15 4 15 25 Sand (%) % 70 65 71 64 26 Electrical

Conductivity µmho/cm 758 700 769 845

27 Cation Exchange Capacity

mg/ 100 gm 77.8 49.4 81.8 50.2


150



Sr. No. Parameter Unit 5 6 7 8

Location Varsana Bhimasar Modvadar Pasuda

Sampling Date 1/11/18 1/11/18 1/11/18 1/11/18 1 pH 7.6 7.4 7.9 7.4 2 Total Hardness mg/kg 1290 1350 1320 1460 3 Calcium mg/kg 381 416.8 392.8 456.9 4 Magnesium mg/kg 82.8 75.5 82.8 78 5 Sodium mg/kg 320 330 340 330 6 Potassium mg/kg 42 45 38 45 7 Total Alkalinity mg/kg 1200 1230 1260 1270 8 Chloride mg/kg 504.1 553.8 489.9 525.4 9 Organic Carbon % 0.47 0.42 0.55 0.50 10 Organic Matter % 0.80 0.73 0.95 0.87 11 Available Nitrogen mg/kg 378 414 389.2 403 12 Available Phosphorus mg/kg 3.91 4.0 4.91 4.64 13 Boron mg/kg < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 14 Cadmium mg/kg < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 15 Chromium mg/kg < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 16 Cobalt mg/kg < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 17 Copper mg/kg < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 18 Nickel mg/kg < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 19 Zinc mg/kg < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 20 Lead mg/kg < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 21 Bulk Density Gm/cm3 1.27 1.28 1.27 1.23 22 Texture -- 23 Slit (%) % 21 20 19 26 24 Clay (%) % 12 10 11 9 25 Sand (%) % 67 70 70 65 26 Electrical

Conductivity µmho/cm 854 841 761 757

27 Cation Exchange Capacity

mg/ 100 gm 71.3 63.2 82.6 76.1


151



Photograph of soil sampling

Nandgam Village

Bhimasar Village


152



Interpretation: The analysis results show that soil is basic in nature as pH value ranges from 7.2 – 7.9 with organic matter 0.70%-0.95%. The concentration of Available Nitrogen (378.00 mg/Kg. to 469 mg/Kg.), Phosphorus (3.91mg/Kg. to 5.45 Mg/Kg) and Potassium (38.00 mg/Kg. to 50.00 mg/Kg.) has been found to be in good amount in the soil samples. There should be appropriate balance in the consumption of different fertilizer nutrients. The appropriate NPK ratio under Indian soil conditions is stated to be 4:2:1 (National Academy of Agricultural Sciences, 2009).


153



Table No.3.15 StandardSoil Classification

S.No Soil

Classifi

1

pH

<4.5Extremelyacidic 4.51-5.50 Verystronglyacidic 5.51-6.00 Moderatelyacidic 6.01-6.50Slightlyacidic 6.51-7.30Neutral 7.31-7.80Slightlyalkaline 7.81-8.50Moderatelyalkaline 8.51-9.00Stronglyalkaline >9.00 Verystronglyalkaline

2 SalinityElectrical Conductivity

(μS/cm) (1ppm= 640μS/cm)

Upto 1.00Average 1.01- 2.00harmfulto germination 2.01-3.00 Harmfultocrops (sensitive to salts)

3

Organic Carbon(%)

Upto 0.20: Veryless 0.21-0.40: Less 0.41-0.50: Medium, 0.51-0.80: On an avg. sufficient 0.81-1.00:Sufficient >1.00 :More thansufficient

4

Nitrogen (kg/ha)

Upto 50 Veryless 51-100 Less 101-150 Good 151-300 Better >300 Sufficient

5

Phosphorus (kg/ha)

Upto 15 Veryless 16-30Less 31-50 Medium, 51-65Onanavg. sufficient 66-80Sufficient >80 More thansufficient

6 Potash (kg/ha)

0-120Veryless 120-180Less 181-240 Medium 241-300 Average 301-360 Better >360 Morethan sufficient

Source:Hand bookofAgriculture,ICAR,NewDelhi


154



3.15 LAND USE PATTERN

Remote Sensing is a process of identification and demarcation of various earths’ objects from a distance without directly coming into contact with them. Remote sensing is largely concerned with the measurement of electromagnetic radiation from the sun, which is reflected, scattered, and emitted by the objects on the surface of the earth. Different objects on the surface of the earth reflect different amounts of the electromagnetic spectrum. The potential of remote sensing in natural resources mapping basically depends on spatial, radiometric and temporal resolution of the sensor. Thus the satellite remote sensing with its capability of repetitive coverage, multi-spectral imaging, synoptic view and low cost can play an important role in the delineation of various landuse landcover classes.

Land cover is a fundamental parameter describing the Earth’s surface. This parameter is a considerable variable that impacts on and links many parts of the human and physical environments. Remote sensing technique has ability to represent of land cover categories by means of classification process. With the availability of multispectral remotely sensed data in digital form and the developments in digital processing, remote sensing supplies a new prospective for landuse/landcover analysis. Geographical Information Systems have already been used for assessing environmental problems, since they provides a flexible environment and a powerful tool for the manipulation and analysis of spatial information for land cover feature identification and the maps of all variables were combined to extract information to better understand analyzing. Satellite remote sensing, in conjunction with geographic information systems, has been widely applied and been recognized as a powerful and effective tool in analyzing land cover/use categories This study made use of remotely sensed data and GIS technologies; to evaluate qualitatively and quantitatively outcome of part of land cover/use distribution. Obtained results were compared, visualized and analyzed, in Geographic Information System.

The Study Area up to 10 kms radius from the proposed project Site comprises of 13 villages of Kutch District.The locations of these villages are shown in Figure No. 3.1.

The important land uses, as classified by the Census Records, are the Forest, Land irrigated by different water sources, un-irrigaed areas, Cultivable waste land and areas not available for cultivation.

Landuse and landcover distribution in the study area has been estimated using the satellite imagery of generated from Landsat ETM+ scene of October 2006 (Refer: Figure 3.7). The landuse and landcover pattern of the study area (10 km radial zone) has been studied by the same. The land use distribution in the study area (10 km radial zone) is presented in Table No. 3.16


155



Table No.3.16

Land Use Distribution in Study Area (10 km Radial Zone)

Area Calculation

Sr no Discription AREA IN SQ.KM area in Ha persentage

1 HABITATION 2.98 298.30 0.95

2 INDUSTRIAL 17.14 1713.73 5.46

3 WATER BODY 1.72 171.52 0.55

4 LAND WITH OUT 12.89 1289.36 4.10

5 Scrub 33.52 3352.43 10.67

6 OPEN VEGETATION 25.86 2585.80 8.23

7 Mangroves 1.29 128.65 0.41

8 Salt Pan 52.22 5222.08 16.62

9 RIVER AREA 10.03 1003.31 3.19

10 Mud Flat 37.13 3713.05 11.82

11 AGRICULTURE LAND 119.36 11936.00 38.00

314.14 31414.22 100.00


156



Figure No. 3.7

Land Use / land cover map of 5 km &10 km radius area around Project Site


157



3.16 Seismicity of the study Area:-

Study area falls in Zone V in seismic zoning map of india, which is classified as moderate damage risk zone (Institute of Seismological Research (ISR), govt of Gujarat. The seismic study shown in below Figure No. 3.8

Figure No. 3.8 Seismic Zones of Gujarat


158



3.17 HYDROGEOLOGY

Hydrology is the science that deals with the depletion and replenishment of water resources. It deals with surface as well as ground water. The water below the water table is known as ground water and water above the water table is known as soil moisture. The water table map and water quality map of study area is attached as a Figure No. 3.8 & 3.9 Hydrogeological scenario and generalized ground water conditions are discussed here under. Sedimentary rocks of marine and non marine origin formed under different environmental conditions during middle Jurassic to Recent period occur in the district besides volcanic and intrusive rocks (Deccan Trap) of middle Cretaceous to lower Eocene., the formations forming aquifer or hydrogeological units can be grouped as: a) Mesozoic formations b) Deccan trap (Hard rock) as aquifer c) Tertiary formations d) Quaternary sediments The ground water conditions, its occurrence and movement, hydraulic characteristics and chemical quality aspects vary considered in each hydrogeologic group. The pre-cambriangranite and Aravalli rocks are reported be exposed in a tiny hillock i.e. „MerudaTakkar‟ in the northern part of great Rann. Deccan Trap Deccan trap occurs as almost one continuous belt from Anjar to Lakhpat Taluka with a lateral dislocation near the injunctions of Nakhatrana, Abdasa&MandviTalukas. It mainly comprises of Light to dark grey basalt & dolerite as moderately extensive flows. In the areas underlain by Deccan trap, ground water occurs in the weathered mantle and along the interflow zones, joints and fissures. In this formation, very limited groundwater development is observed due to poor water bearing characteristics and highly saline ground water particularly in the central and western part. At places this formation has limited thickness and acts only as a capping to underlying formations. Ground water development is meagre in Deccan traps. It occurs in the weathered portions & joints. Dug wells are 11 to 15m deep with depth to water 5 to 9 m BGL.


159



Table No. 3.17 Hydrogeological Characteristics of the Aquifers


160



3.18 ECOLOGY

Collection of comprehensive baseline information on flora and fauna is a prerequisite for assessment of impacts of any developmental activities The biological environment is an important component of the environment of any area. It covers flora & fauna in the region, details of forests and wildlife sanctuaries in the region, with list of endangered species. These components are addressed in details in the following sections:

Flora and fauna are important components of the environment. They are organized into natural communities with natural dependencies among their members and show various responses and sensitivities to anthropogenic activities. Flora and fauna describes information on various species of trees, plants, shrubs, crops and natural vegetation, animal, birds etc. and endangered species.

Though, the need of collecting ecological data is many fold more. In the context of present study, where the time was a serious constraint for seasonal data collection on different ecological parameters, the focus was, therefore, on to collect data on current status of plants and animals as baseline information for future comparisons. Following methodology was adopted in order to collect scientific data.

We attempted to create baseline information through 1) review of literature, 2) consultation and 2) first hand data collection through field surveys. Field Surveys

In order to get the first hand information on the project and surrounding ecological status, field surveys were conducted. The field surveys were conducted to assess baseline status of flora and fauna between October – November – December 2018.


161



No national paik / Wildlife Sanctuary / Reserve Forest cover was found in 10

Km radius of the project area. A detailed survey report with the methodology

and study is as given in the following section.

The surrounding area particularly in the 10.0 Km periphery of the project unit

area is dominated with irrigated agriculture farms, roads, canal, and villages

etc. The details of some major landuses are described below.

Sampling Strategy

For assessment of flora and fauna, study team randomly sampled in 10.0 km radius of the project site. We collected the data on flora and fauna in each sample plot of 10X10 mtr quadrate. Total 25 quadrates were laid in the study area in order to rapidly study the fauna and flora of the region.

Flora: Information on geographic coordinate, occurrence of plants, their species names, numbers and floral phenotypes, life forms etc. were collected from each quadrate we laid. Direct visual enumeration of plant species was carried out to generate data on flora. The collected data was then systematically and scientifically analyzed to produce information on following parameters of flora. Species enumeration (inventory), total abundance, density and frequency of occurrences.

• Species inventory in 10.0 km radius • Species present in different life forms (i.e. grass, herb, shrub, tree,) • Density of flora per ha. • Frequency of occurrence of floral species in 10.0 km.

Fauna: Birds: Birds, occupying higher trophic levels in the ecosystems, respond quickly to the changes in the habitats and therefore serve as one of the best indicators for evaluating the negative impacts of developments. Therefore, we gathered data on birds by systematically and scientifically collected data on frequency of occurrence in the impact area. We used quadrate location as a spot for sampling and all birds spotted in the 200 mtr visible range outside quadrate were also recorded as their presence. This data was then used to prepare comprehensive checklist of the bird species.


162



Mammals: Like birds, mammals are also occupying higher trophic levels in many ecosystems and respond quickly to the changes in their habitats therefore, serves as best indicators of the ecosystem health. We therefore, chose to collect baseline information on distribution and abundance of mammals in the impact area. Since the presence of mammalian species is low affecting probability of their sightings, in the study area, it was difficult to estimate their population using line transect method. More importantly, it was difficult to accommodate the sightings of nocturnal and diurnal animals in the study. Therefore, we considered indices of presences and absence using indirect evidences and signs such as footprints, dens, droppings, diggings, scrap marks, etc. in the quadrates that we laid for vegetation sampling. We then prepared a comprehensive list of mammal species in the study area. Apart from these, additional search efforts were also made for various signs of important wildlife species along the alignments and surrounding areas which includes looking for wildlife signs such as dens, diggings, scrap marks, droppings etc. The sites where likelihood of animals is higher such as shady trees, waterholes, dense and undisturbed bushes etc. were surveyed intensively during the survey along the alignments. This survey has helped us in identifying various species, their behaviour and characteristics. For faunal inventory, both direct sightings and indirect evidences (like dung, scats, pellets, foot prints, nests, dens etc.) were accounted. Results: Habitat Types: The region falls in “Semi Arid Bio-geographic region -4” as per recent classification by Rogers et al. 2002. The landscape is mostly dominated with open scrub land, industrial areas, saltpans, agriculture fields, and habitation. The area is relatively developed in terms of infra structure and amenities. The dominant habitat type is agriculture land in the study area. Flora: Total 41 plant species were recorded during the study. The presences of fellow agriculture fields and open scrubland in the study area have shown monotonous habitat types and are also reflected in the species present in the study area. Majority of the species found are common in the state and have wider distribution throughout the country. The natural forests in this area are absent as such. Majority of the vegetation types is Dry Deciduous and thorny Scrubs types which is dominated by Prosopis juliflora, Prosopis cineraria, Acacia nilotica etc. Where as in agriculture fields the Neem trees were dominating the tree species.


163



TABLE NO. 3.18

List of Flora recorded in the Study Area

No Species Name Species

Form 1 Apluda aristada /Bhantia grass Grass 2 Aeluropus lagopoides Grass 3 Aristida histricula Grass 4 Cenchrus setigerus Dhaman grass/ Grass 5 Chloris barbata Grass 6 Cynodons dactylon Grass 7 Urochondra setulaos Grass 8 Achyranthus aspera Herb 9 Abutilon indicum Herb 10 Andrographis echiodes Herb 11 Boerhavia elegans /Vasedo Herb 12 Borreria stricta Herb 13 Cassia tora Herb 14 Solanum xanthocarpum Herb 15 Suaeda fruticosa Herb 16 Suaeda nudiflora Herb 17 Tephrosia purpularia Herb 18 Tribulus terristris Herb 19 Tridax procumbens Herb 20 Triumfetta rhomboides Herb 21 Xanthium strumarium Herb 22 Calotropis procera Shrub 23 Avicinnea marina Shrub 24 Calotropis procera Shrub 25 Capparis decidua Shrub 26 Cassia auriculata Shrub 27 Ceriops tagal Shrub 28 Euphorbia nerifolia Shrub 29 Rhizophora sp. Shrub 30 Zizyphus nummularia Shrub 31 Acacia nilotica Tree 32 Acacia catechu Tree


164



33 Azadirechta indica Tree 34 Butea monosperma Tree 35 Cassia fistula Tree 36 Casuarina equisetifolia Tree 37 Peltophorum terocarpum Tree 38 Prosopis cineraria Tree 39 Prosopis juliflora Tree 40 Salvadora oleoides Tree 41 Salvadora persica Tree

Fauna: During the study, we recorded total 6 species of reptiles, 41 species of birds and 6 species of mammals in the 10.0 km radius of the project site (Table-3.15). The fauna of the study area represents that of Kutch peninsula and are common throughout the state. Majority of the large mammals in the 10.0 Km study area is represented by very common species such as Nilgai, Wild Pigs etc. which are found in the grasslands, open scrublands, wastelands etc. The Wild Ass Sanctuary is located at around 2.5 km in south direction from the project site. However, this part of the Sanctuary is dominated with saltpans, open saline lands and open mudflats. Though, the Sanctuary is primarily declared for Indian Wild Ass, the species is not occurring in this part of the protected area. No endangered, threatened or Schedule-I species was recorded in the study area.


165



TABLE NO. 3.19

List of Fauna recorded within the Study Area.

No Name of Species Recorded Abundance Status

(Common, Uncommon, Abundant,

Rare)

Conservation Status

as per IWPA-1972 (Schedule I

to VI)

Conservation Status as per

IUCN

Scientific Name Common name

Mammals 1 Boselaphus tragocamelus Nilgai Common Schedule-III Least Concern 2 Canis aureus Indian Jackal Common Schedule-II Least Concern 3 Felis chaus Jungle cat Common Schedule-II Least Concern 4 Funambulus pennanti Palm squirrel Common Schedule-IV Least Concern 5 Lepus nigricollis Indian Hare Common Schedule-IV Least Concern 6 Sus scrofa Wild Pig Common Schedule-III Least Concern

Reptiles 1 Calotes versicolor Garden Lizard Common Schedule-IV Least Concern 2 Mubuya carinata Common Skink Common Schedule-IV Least Concern 3 Geochelone elegans Star Tortoise Common Schedule-IV Least Concern 4 Naja naja Indian Cobra Common Schedule-IV Least Concern 5 Sitana ponticeriana Fan-throated lizard Common Schedule-IV Least Concern 6 Uromastyx hardwickii spiny-tailed lizard Common Schedule-IV Least Concern

Birds 1 Accipiter badius Shikra Common Schedule-IV Least Concern 2 Acridotheres tristis Common myna Common Schedule-IV Least Concern 3 Aegithina tiphia Common Iora Common Schedule-IV Least Concern 4 Cecropis daurica Red rumped swallow Common Schedule-IV Least Concern 5 Centropus sinensis Greater couckal Common Schedule-IV Least Concern 6 Columba livia Blue rock pigeon Common Schedule-IV Least Concern 7 Copsychus saularis Oriental magpie robin Common Schedule-IV Least Concern 8 Coracias benghalensis Indian Roller Common Schedule-IV Least Concern 9 Corvus macrorhynchos Jungle crow Common Schedule-IV Least Concern

10 Corvus splendens House crow Common Schedule-V Least Concern 11 Dendrocitta vagabunda Rufous treepie Common Schedule-IV Least Concern

12 Dicaeum agile Thick-billed Flowerpecker Common Schedule-IV Least Concern

13 Dicrurus macrocercus Black drongo Common Schedule-IV Least Concern

14 Dinopium benghalense Black-rumped Flameback Common Schedule-IV Least Concern


166



15 Eudynamys scolopaceus Asian Koel Common Schedule-IV Least Concern

16 Francolinus pondicerianus Grey francolin Common Schedule-IV Least Concern

17 Halcyon smyrnensis White throated kingfisher Common Schedule-IV Least Concern

18 Hierococcyx varius Common hwak cuckoo Common Schedule-IV Least Concern 19 Hirundo smithii Wire tailed swallow Common Schedule-IV Least Concern 20 Lonchura malabarica Indian silverbill Common Schedule-IV Least Concern

21 Megalaima haemacephala Coppersmith Barbet Common Schedule-IV Least Concern

22 Merops orientalis Green bee eater Common Schedule-IV Least Concern 23 Nectarinia asiatica Purple sunbird Common Schedule-IV Least Concern 24 Orthotomus sutorius Common tailor bird Common Schedule-IV Least Concern 25 Pavo cristatus Indian Peafowl Common Schedule-IV Least Concern

26 Pericrocotus cinnamomeus Small Minivet Common Schedule-IV Least Concern

27 Phylloscopus collybita Common Chifchaff Common Schedule-IV Least Concern 28 Pied Crested Cuckoo Pied Crested Cuckoo Common Schedule-IV Least Concern 29 Prinia inornata Plain Prinia Common Schedule-IV Least Concern 30 Psittacula krameri Rose ringed parakeet Common Schedule-IV Least Concern 31 Pycnonotus cafer Red vented bulbul Common Schedule-IV Least Concern 32 Saxicoloides fulicata Indian robin Common Schedule-IV Least Concern 33 Streptopelia decaocto Eurasian collared dove Common Schedule-IV Least Concern 34 Streptopelia senegalensis Laughing dove Common Schedule-IV Least Concern 35 Sturnia pagodarum Brahminy Myna Common Schedule-IV Least Concern 36 Sturnus roseus Rosy Starling Common Schedule-IV Least Concern 37 Sylvia curruca Lesser whitethroat Common Schedule-IV Least Concern

38 Tephrodornis pondicerianus Common Woodshrike Common Schedule-IV Least Concern

39 Turdoides caudata Common babler Common Schedule-IV Least Concern 40 Turdoides malcolmi Large Grey Babbler Common Schedule-IV Least Concern 41 Vanellus indicus Red wattled lapwing Common Schedule-IV Least Concern

Conclusions: The flora of the study area was found to be common and is found throughout the state. No threatened or endangered species of flora was reported near the project site which could be affected by the project activities. Similarly, fauna of the study area was also found to be common. No threatened, endangered or Schedule-I species were recorded during the study in the 10.0 Km radius of the project site.


167

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Brahminy_Myna%23cite_note-zuc2008-1



The project area does not fall in close proximity of any wildlife Sanctuary or National Park or any other kind of protected areas. The Wild Ass Sanctuary is located in south direction at 5.2 km distance from the project site. The project site does not fall in and around the critical wildlife habitat, declared eco-sensitive zone of any protected areas. Moreover, the project site does not fall near any protected wetlands, migratory routes or corridors of any important wildlife species. Hence, in absence of any significant ecologically important areas and species, it is safely stated that the project activities may not cause any significant changes in to the surrounding ecological environment.


168



Forests & Wildlife

There are 4 National Parks and 21 Wildlife Sanctuaries in Gujarat; however, none of them are falling in the study area. The Forest Vegetation Map of Gujarat is shown in Figure No. 3.11, and National Parks with Wildlife Sanctuaries Map of Gujarat is shown in Figure No. 3.12:

Figure No. 3.9 Forest Vegetation Map of Gujarat


169



Figure No. 3.10 National Park and Sancturies of Gujarat

National Parks- 1-Gir National Park, 2-Blackbuck National Park, 3-Vansda National

Park, 4-Marine National Park. Wildlife Sanctuaries: 1-Gir Wildlife Sanctuary, 2-Wild Ass Wildlife Sanctuary, 3-

Nalsarovar Bird Sanctuary, 4-Balaram-Ambaji Wildlife Sanctuary, 5-Barda Wildlife Sanctuary,6-Hingolgadh Nature Education Sanctuary, 7-Marine Wildlife Sanctuary, 8-Narayan Sarovar Wildlife Sanctuary, 9-Khijadiya Wildlife Sanctuary, 10-Ratanmahal Wildlife Sanctuary, 11-Kutch Desert Wildlife Sanctuary, 12-Gaga Wildlife Sanctuary, 13- Rampara Wildlife Sanctuary, 14-Thol Rampara Wildlife Sanctuary, 15- Shoolpaneshwar Wildlife Sanctuary, 16-Porbandar Bird Sanctuary, 17-Mitiyala Wildlife Sanctuary, 18-Jessore Wildlife Sanctuary, 19-


170



Jambughoda Wildlife Sanctuary, 20-Purna Wildlife Sanctuary, 21-Kutch Bustard Sanctuary, 22-Girnar Wildlife Sanctuary, 23-Pania Wildlife Sanctuary.

Protected Areas:

There are no protected areas in the vicinity of the project area. There are also no monuments of historical and archaeological importance within the study area.


171



3.19 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

M/s. A.K. Formaline(I) Pvt. Ltd.is an existing manufacturing unit located atSurvey No. 357/2C,Village: Nani Chirai, Taluka - Bhachau, District - Kutch, Gujarat. In existing unit, they are manufacturing Formaldehyde(37 % Solution) @ 900 MT /M and Resins (Urea Formaldehyde, Phenol Formaldehyde, melamine Formaldehyde) @1000 MT/Month. For existing products, they have obtained consent order No. AWH -104129, Date of issue 21/09/2019. Now they are going to expand the capacity of existing product i.e.Formaldehyde (37 % Solution) from 900 MT/M to 3000 MT /M and Resins (Urea Formaldehyde, Phenol Formaldehyde, melamine Formaldehyde) from 1000 MT/Month to 3000 MT /M. So, after expansion total product quantity will be 6000 MT /M.

Baseline Status: The study of socio-economic component incorporates various facets related to prevailing social and cultural conditions, and economic status of the study region. The socio-economic study includes analysis of demographic structure, population dynamics, infrastructure resources, status of human health and economic attributes like employment, per-capita income, agriculture, trade, industrial development etc. in the study region.

The aesthetic component of environmental study refers to the scenic value if any in the study area, tourist attraction and wildlife, historic and cultural monuments. The study of these parameters helps in identification, prediction and evaluation of likely impacts on socio-economic and parameters of human interest due to proposed project.

To assess impact on socio-economic environment latest available data has been compiled to delineate the baseline socio- economic profile in study area. The database thus generated in this study includes:

• Administrative setup

• Demographic structure

• Infrastructure base in project area

• Economic attributes

• Cultural attributes

Awareness and opinion of people about the proposed project


172



Details regarding the existing scenario have been analysed with relevant socio-economic data from secondary sources such as latest Census record (2011), District Census Handbook 2011 and Town Directory 2011.

There are total 13 villages are falling in in the study area

METHODOLOGY ADOPTED FOR THE STUDY For the study of socio-economic status in the study area, 10 km radial map prepared and studied. For the census study and existing study mainly 2 types of data were used for the preparation of socio-economic report. Primary data collection (FGD, HH survey, Meetings with Sarpanch, Gram Sevak

etc.)

secondary data collection(Census study)

Administrative Setup The 10 km radius study area constitutes Kutch district. 5 villages from Anjar taluka and 3 villages from Gandhidham taluka and 1 village is from Bhachau taluka Fig.3.6.1 is showing study area map.

Demographic Structure

o Details regarding the demographic structure of the region were collected from

Primary Census Abstract of Kutch District for the year 2011. o Demographic details such as number of persons per household, total area,

population density, sex ratio, SC and ST population, and literacy rate and employment pattern are summarized are following:


173



Table No. 3.20

Population Details

Sr. No Taluka Village code Name Type No_HH TOT_P TOT_M TOT_F P_06 P_SC P_ST 1 Anjar 506724 Ajapar Rural 216 1040 505 535 175 105 5

2 Anjar 506727 Modvadar Rural 379 1552 776 776 212 109 9

3 Anjar 506725 Bhimasar Rural 1731 7074 4513 2561 972 977 398 4 Anjar 506726 Varsana Rural 257 1176 618 558 279 38 0 5 Anjar 506706 Pashuda Rural 171 717 360 357 113 71 93

6 Gandhidham 507352 Mithi Rohar Rural 2757 13712 7154 6558 2687 1333 121

7 Gandhidham 507351 Chudva Rural 422 1734 1017 717 314 428 70

8 Bhachau 506672 Chirai Nani Rural 2054 7711 4314 3397 1288 410 52

9 Gandhidham 507350 Padana Rural 432 2059 1046 1013 404 164 130 Total 8419 36775 20303 16472 6444 3635 878

Source: Primary Census Abstract 2011, District Kutch, Gujarat

Note

No_HH: Number of household

TOT_P: Total Population

TOT_M:Total Male

TOT_F: Total Female

P_06: Population 0-6

M_06: Male 0-6 child

F_06: Female 0-6 child

P_SC: Population SC

P_ST: Population ST


174



The salient features are as follows:

Table 3.20 explains population details in the study area. Population Structure

As per 2011 Census, total population of the study area was 36775 out of which male population was 20303(55%) and female population was 16472(45%).

Total number of households were 8419 with average occupancy of 4.36 persons per household.

Total child (below 6 years of age) population was 6444 (17.52%)

Total SC population was 3635(10%) and ST population was 878(2%)

Sex ratio (number of females per 1000 males) of total population was 811.

Tehsil and village wise demographic details are given in Table 3.23.


175



Figure 3.11 Population Details


176



Table 3.21 Literacy details

Source: Primary Census Abstract 2011, District Kutch, Gujarat..

Taluka Village code Name Type P_LIT M_LIT F_LIT P_ILL M_ILL F_ILL

Anjar 506724 Ajapar Rural 480 291 189 560 214 346 Anjar 506727 Modvadar Rural 872 487 385 680 289 391 Anjar 506725 Bhimasar Rural 4533 3343 1190 2541 1170 1371 Anjar 506726 Varsana Rural 586 360 226 590 258 332 Anjar 506706 Pashuda Rural 409 235 174 308 125 183

Gandhidham 507352 Mithi Rohar Rural 5226 3410 1816 8486 3744 4742 Gandhidham 507351 Chudva Rural 696 539 157 1038 478 560

Bhachau 506672 Chirai Nani Rural 4157 2778 1379 3554 1536 2018 Gandhidham 507350 Padana Rural 974 576 398 1085 470 615

Total 17933 12019 5914 18842 8284 10558


177



Figure 3.12 Literacy details

According to census 2011, in the study area, overall literate population was

17933(49%) and illiterate population was 18842(51%)

Out of total literates, male literates were 12019(67%) and female literates were 5914(33%)

Tehsil and village wise literacy details are given in Table 3.6.2. & Fig. 3.6.3


178



3.20 Economic Attributes

Economic resource base of any region mainly depends upon its economically active

group i.e. the working population involved in productive work. Work- Work may be

defined as participation in any economically productive activity. Such participation may

be physical or mental in nature. Work involves not actual work but also effective

supervision and direction of work. It also includes unpaid work on farm or in family

enterprise.

Employment Pattern

Economic resource base of any region mainly depends upon its economically active

group i.e. the working population involved in productive work. Work may be defined as

participation in any economically productive activity. Such participation may be physical

or mental in nature. Work not only involves actual work but also effective supervision

and direction of work. It also includes unpaid work on farm or in family enterprise.

There are different types of workers that may be classified as - those persons who had

worked for at least six months or 183 days are treated to be Main Workers, on the other

hand if person categorized as worker has participated in any economic or productive

activity for less than six months or 183 days during the last one year is treated as

Marginal Worker. Non–workers are those who have not worked any time at all in the

year preceding the enumeration.

The workers coming under the main and marginal workers category are those involved

in activities such as cultivation, agriculture, livestock, forestry, fishing, hunting,

plantations, orchards and allied activities, mining and quarrying, manufacturing,

processing, servicing and repairs in household industry, construction, trade and

commerce, transport, storage and communication and other services.


179



o According to 2011 Census, total worker population in the study area was 13395

(37%).

o Main workers were 12768 (35%) and marginal workers were 627(2%).Total non working population was 23380(63%)

o Tehsil and village wise details of employment pattern are given in Table 3.23.

Main Workers Employment Pattern Main workers are classified in four categories as cultivators, agricultural

workers, household industry workers and other workers. As per 2011 Census, Out of

total 12768 main workers in the study area, there were total 934 cultivators (7%), 700

agricultural workers (6%), 191 household industry workers (1%) and other workers

10943(86%). Tehsil and village wise details of main workers employment pattern, is

given in Table 3.23.

Cultural and Aesthetic Environment

There are historical, culturally and aesthetically important or tourist places

nearby study area. The nearest places are at Kutch is near from the proposed site.

However, there are few temples and Run of Kutch are main attraction in the study area.

Infrastructure Resource Base

Village-wise status of infrastructural facilities available in the study area with respect to education, medical facility, water supply, communication and transportation facility and power supply, banking facilities etc. are presented in Table 3.24(3.24.1 to 3.24.8). Analysis of data of 9 villages indicates that infrastructural facilities/basis amenities are available in most of the villages, as summarized below:


180

Draft Environment Impact Assessment Report of

Expansion in Existing Manufacturing unit by M/s. Laxmi Agro Industrial Consultant & Exporters Ltd. at S.No.153/3, Village: Padana, Ta - Gandhidham, & Dist.: Kutch, Gujarat.

Table 3.22

Employment pattern and main worker employment pattern

Taluka Village code Name Type TOT_WORK_P MAINWORK_P MARGWORK_P NON_WORK_P

Anjar 506724 Ajapar Rural 303 299 4 737 Anjar 506727 Modvadar Rural 533 486 47 1019 Anjar 506725 Bhimasar Rural 3641 3414 227 3433 Anjar 506726 Varsana Rural 280 270 10 896 Anjar 506706 Pashuda Rural 255 252 3 462 Gandhidham 507352 Mithi Rohar Rural 4093 3900 193 9619 Gandhidham 507351 Chudva Rural 766 689 77 968 Bhachau 506672 Chirai Nani Rural 2938 2885 53 4773 Gandhidham 507350 Padana Rural 586 573 13 1473 Total 13395 12768 627 23380

Source: Primary Census Abstract 2011, District Kutch, Gujarat


181



Table 3.23 :Tehsil / Village wise Details of Main Workers Employment Pattern

Taluka Village code Name Type MAIN_CL_P MAIN_AL_P MAIN_HH_P MAIN_OT_P

Anjar 506724 Ajapar Rural 115 85 0 99 Anjar 506727 Modvadar Rural 42 63 0 381 Anjar 506725 Bhimasar Rural 212 156 31 3015 Anjar 506726 Varsana Rural 32 4 1 233 Anjar 506706 Pashuda Rural 87 78 0 87

Gandhidham 507352 Mithi Rohar Rural 127 151 112 3510 Gandhidham 507351 Chudva Rural 6 1 37 645

Bhachau 506672 Chirai Nani Rural 208 157 3 2517 Gandhidham 507350 Padana Rural 105 5 7 456

Total 934 700 191 10943 Source: Primary Census Abstract 2011, District Kutch, Gujarat.


182



Figure 3.13 Employment pattern

Fig. 3.14: Main Worker Employment Pattern


183



3.21 AVAILABILITY OF BASIC AMENITIES ACTIVITIES

Infrastructure facilities Details of infrastructure facilities are taken from DCHB 2011.

Table 3.24: Infrastructures Resource base

Table 3.24.1 Education facilities Govt Primary School Private Primary School Govt Secondary School

9 1 1

Table 3.24.2: Health Care Facilities Primary Health Centre Primary Health Sub

Center Maternity And Child

Welfare Centre Mobile Health Clinic

1 3 1 1

Table 3.24.3: Drinking Water facilities Tap Water-Treated Tap Water Untreated Uncovered Well Tube Wells/Borehole

1 8 1 8

Table 3.24.4: Communication Facilities Sub Post Office Telephone Public Call Office /Mobile (PCO)

2 9 4

Table 3.24.5: Transportation Facilities Public Bus Service

Private Bus Service

Railway Station Auto/Modified Autos Taxi

9 2 3 8 2

Table 3.24.6: Road Facilities

Black Topped (pucca) Road

Gravel (kuchha) Roads Navigable Waterways Foot path

8 6 1 8

Table 3.24.7: Power Supply Facilities


184



Power

Supply For Domestic

Use

Power Supply For Agriculture Use

Power Supply For Commercial Use

Power Supply For All Users

8 8 8 8

Table 3.24.8 Agricultural Commodities

Village Name Agricultural

Commodities First Agricultural Commodities second

Agricultural Commodities Third

Ajapar Pearlmillet/Bajra Sorghum Mung Bean Modvadar Pearlmillet/Bajra Mung Bean Sorghum Bhimasar Mung bean Castor Pearlmillet/Bajra Varsana Mung bean Castor Sesame Pashuda Mung bean Castor Sorghum Mithi Rohar Pearlmillet/Bajra Sorghum Mung Bean Chudva Pearlmillet/Bajra Sorghum Mung Bean Padana Pearlmillet/Bajra Sorghum Mung Bean Chirai Nani Pearlmillet/Bajra Sorghum Mung Bean Source: District Census Handbook 2011, District Kutch, Gujarat


185



Table 3.25

Availability of Basic Amenities Activities

Sr. No.

Name of Villages

Educational Medical Drinking Water

(Potable)

Post And

Telegraph

Communication

Approach to

Village

Power Supply

1 Padana PC(10+) CHW,H(10+) MCW(10+),PHC(<5)

T,W,TK PO PH(45)

BS RS(10+)

PR EA

2 Chudva PC(5-10) CHW,H(5-10) MCW(<5),PHC(10+)

T,W,TK PO(<5) PH(<5)

BS(<5) RS(5-10)

PR EA

3 Bhimasar

PSC(10+) MCW,PHC,CHW H(10+)

T PO PH(65)

BS RS

PR EA

4 Varsana

PC(5-10) CHW,H(10+) MCW(<5),PHC(<5)

T PO PH(<5)

BS RS(5-10)

PR EA

5

Modvadar

PC(10+) CHW,H(10+) MCW(5-10),PHC(5-10)

T PO PH(25)

BS RS(5-10)

PR EA

7

Pashuda

PC(10+) CHW,H(10+),MCW(<5) PHC(5-10)

T PH(2) PO(5-10)

BS RS(10+)

PR EA

8 Chirai Moti P C(10+)

MCW,PHS,CHW,H(10+) PHC(10+)

T,TK PO PH(71)

BS RS

PR EA

9

Tapar

PC(10+) MCW,PHS,FWC,RMP,CHW,H(10+),PHC(<5)

TW TK

PO PH(10)

BS RS(10+)

PR EA

10 Mithi Rohar PC(<5) PHS,CHW,H(<5),MCW(<5),PHC(10+)

T PO,PH(235)

BS RS(10+)

PR EA

Source: District census hand book 2011, district Kutch, state Gujarat


186



Note:

PPPS:Private Pre - Primary School (Nursery/LKG/UKG) (Numbers)

GPS:Govt Primary School

PPS: Private Primary School

GSS: Govt Secondary School

PSS:Private Secondary School

GSSS: Govt Senior Secondary School

PSSS: Private Senior Secondary School

CHC: Community Health Centre

PHC:Primary Health Centre

PHS:Primary Health Sub Centre

HA: Hospital Allopathic

NGMF: Non Government Medical facilities Traditional Practitioner and Faith Healer

NGMFMS: Non Government Medical facilities Medicine Shop

TW: Tap Water Untreated

Uncovered Well Hand Pump TW:Tube Wells/Borehole

R/C: River/Canal T/P/L: Tank/Pond/Lake

PO: Post Office SPO: Sub Post Office

TP: Telephone PCO: Public Call Office /Mobile

PBS: Public Bus Service

A/MA: Auto/Modified Autos

Taxi T: Tractors BTPR: Black Topped (pucca)

GKR: Gravel (kuchha) Roads

WBMR: Water Bounded Macadam

FP: Foot path ED: Power Supply For Domestic Use

EAG: Power Supply For Agriculture Use

EC: Power Supply For Commercial Use

Details of main commodities in the villages is given in Table 3.23


187



Table 3.26 Main commodities in the study area

Source: Village directory 2001, district Bharuch, state Gujarat

Village Name Agricultural Commodities First

Agricultural Commodities second

Agricultural Commodities Third

Ajapar Pearlmillet/Bajra Sorghum Mung Bean Modvadar Pearlmillet/Bajra Mung Bean Sorghum Bhimasar Mung bean Castor Pearlmillet/Bajra Varsana Mung bean Castor Sesame Pashuda Mung bean Castor Sorghum Mithi Rohar Pearlmillet/Bajra Sorghum Mung Bean Chudva Pearlmillet/Bajra Sorghum Mung Bean Padana Pearlmillet/Bajra Sorghum Mung Bean Chirai Nani Pearlmillet/Bajra Sorghum Mung Bean


188



3.22 SOCIO - ECONOMIC SURVEY The study was carried out with a participatory approach by involving

the stakeholders, particularly the project beneficiaries and probable affected

persons through a series of consultative process. The population groups that

were consulted include beneficiary group of people in the project influence

area, particularly the Shopkeepers, Farmers, School Teachers, Gram

Panchayat Sarpanch/Members and Village Leaders etc. This has helped to

know the exact situation and views of the people about the project.

Proportionate and purposive sampling methods were used for

selecting respondents (male and female) for household survey. For official

information of village, Sarpanch/Gram Panchayat member/Govt. school

teachers were chosen. Structured questionnaire was used for survey. For

group discussion, Panchayat Bhavan, AanganwadiBhavan, Community Halls

were used by the survey team.Photographs showing interaction/discussion

with the various groups.

Sampling Method

A judgmental and purposive sampling method was used for

choosing respondents of various sections of the society i.e. Sarpanch, adult

males and females, teachers, medical practitioners, businesspersons,

agriculture laborers, fishermen, unemployed group etc. Judgmental and

purposive sampling method includes the right cases from the total population

that helps to fulfill the purpose of research needs.

Data Collection Method

Data collection is a term used to describe a process of preparing

and collecting data, for example, as part of a process improvement or similar

project. The purpose of data collection is to obtain information to keep on

record, to make decisions about important issues, to pass information on to

others. Primarily, data are collected to provide information regarding a specific

topic. Data collection usually takes place early on in an improvement project,


189

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Data

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Process_improvement



and is often formalized through a data collection plan which often contains

the following activity.

• Pre collection activity — agree on goals, target data, definitions,

methods

• Collection — data collection

• Present Findings — usually involves some form of sorting analysis

and/or presentation

Main types of data collection include census, sample survey, and

administrative by-product and each with their respective advantages and

disadvantage.

Field Survey and Observations Field research involves the collection of primary data or information

that is new. This is collected through surveys and questionnaires that are

made out specifically for a purpose Observations can be conducted on nearly

any subject matter and the kinds of observations will do depend on survey

question. Field Survey and Observations were made at each sampling village

and the quality of life of that region is studied.

Visits were made at hospitals, primary health centers and sub-centers to know

the health status of the region. Various governmental organizations such as

statistical department, department of census operations are visited to collect

the population details of that region.

Interview Method Interview is verbal questioning. Surveys are also conducted through

interviews. Interviews consist of asking questions, listening to individuals and

recording their responses. At times, you may find it more profitable to ask

questions to a few individuals instead of carrying out a large-scale

questionnaire based survey. The interview can be done very informally, e.g.

as conversations with people met in the fields, co-operative stores or block

offices. In these settings, one question leads to the next based on. The


190

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Data_collection_plan



responses given to the previous one. At the other end of the scale, highly

structured interviews often rely on questionnaires or interview schedules with

mostly closed-ended questions that allow the respondents only a limited

range of possible answers. Structured interview method is used to collect

data regarding the awareness and opinion from the sample selected of the

various socio- economic sections of the community. The questionnaire mainly

highlights the parameters of primary needs.

The interview method has the advantage that almost all perfect

sample of the general population can be reached and respond to the

approach. Interview method helps to collect more correct and accurate

information as the interviewer is present during the field survey.

Socio-economic survey was conducted in 8 villages within the study

area located in all directions with reference to the project site.

The respondents were asked for their awareness/opinion about the

project and their opinion about the impacts of the project, which is an

important aspect of socio-economic environment, viz. job opportunities,

education, health care, transportation facility and economic status.Villages

surveyed are given in Table 3.27


191



Table 3.27

Name of Villages for survey in the Study Area

Sr. No. Locations Distance in KM

Direction

1 Project Site -- -- 2 Nand gam (Nani Chirai) 1.71 N 3 Moti Chirai 7.79 NE 4 Padana 5.90 SW 5 Varsana 1.39 SW 6 Bhimasar 5.62 WNW 7 Modvadar 8.09 SW 8 Pasuda 6.06 NW

The salient observations recorded during survey in the study area According to survey done in the study area, survey observation as per below Salient Observation of the Survey/ Study Area

House pattern: It is notable that nearly 90% of the houses were pakka with good construction

Employment: Main occupation of the people in the study area was agriculture and labour work. The labours were getting daily wage in the range of Rs. 150-250, depending on type of work involved

Fuel: The primary source of cooking fuel is LPG. Most of the villagers use coal powder and fire wood for cooking purpose

Language: Official language and mother tongue of the people is Gujarati. Most of the people understand Hindi and English also.

Migration: During survey it was found that local population were migrating for employment purpose in state.

Sanitation: Toilet facility is one of the most basic facilities required in a house. The findings of the survey show that more than 90% of the households were having toilet facilities in their houses. There was no proper drainage line in the villages, but soak-pit facilities were observed in most of the villages surveyed. The overall condition of cleanliness was satisfactory.

Drinking Water Facilities: Ground water is the major source of drinking water in the villages wherein tap water and dug wells are installed.


192



Education Facilities: Most of the villages had education facilities in the form of Anganwadi and Primary Schools. Higher education facilities were available in the range of 5-10 km. Colleges and other diploma courses were available at Kutch district

Transportation Facility: For transportation purpose Auto, Private Bus services were available. Transportation facilities were frequently available in the study area and connecting Kutch. Private vehicles like Bicycles & Motor Cycles were mostly used by villagers for transportation purpose

Road Connectivity: Most of the roads were pucca and connecting to villages. Dambar roads were commonly seen inside the villages

Communication Facilities: For communication purpose mainly mobile phones, newspaper & post offices were seen in the villages.

Medical Facilities: There were few health care facilities available in the study area. In some of the villages, primary health sub centers were available. Hospitals and other better medical facilities were available in the range of 10-20 km at town/city place

Electricity: All villages were availing electricity facility for all uses

Market Facility: Study area was predominantly semi urban type. In villages, small shops were available for daily needs. Weekly market facility was available in some villages. Wholesale markets were available at town place.

Recreation Facilities: Temples, Samaj Bhawan, Television and Radio were the main recreation facilities in the study area. Newspaper/Magazine facilities were also used by villagers

Awareness and Opinion of People about the Project

An attempt was made to know the awareness and opinion of the

people about the proposed project.

Most of the respondents were aware about the project activities

The respondents were happy to know about the expansion plan and they opined positively because any industrial development activity would definitely contribute to development towards improvement in the local as well as regional economy

Respondents also wanted better health services and better transportation facilities


193



Respondents added that due to non-availability of technical education most of the local educated youth are not offered jobs in company. Hence, some people expressed opinion about setting up of professional educational and training facilities in the region.

Interaction with different village Sarpanch/Society Heads/ villagers

was done to understand the socio-economic issues of the region and

their needs.


194



CHAPTER 4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 Introduction

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is an activity or an attempt to identify, predict, evaluate and communicate the likely environmental impacts of the existing project as well as proposed expansion in project on the surrounding environment.

The major element involved in the process of Environmental Impact Assessment is the Identification of impacts as it forms the basis for quantification and evaluation of impacts. In this section, the impacts on the environment, either beneficial or deleterious due to the expansion in existing project have been identified. The aspects of the environment, which are likely to be disturbed or damaged due to the proposed expansion project, are represented as parameters.

Prediction of impacts is the most important component in the Environmental Impact Assessment studies for quantification and evaluation of impacts. Several scientific techniques and methodologies are available to predict impacts of developmental activities on physical, ecological and socio-economic environments. Such predictions are superimposed over the baseline (pre-project) status of environmental quality to derive the ultimate (post-project) scenario of environmental conditions. The prediction of impacts helps in minimizing the impacts on environmental quality during the post project execution.

The identified impacts for various components of environment viz., air, noise, water, land, socio-economy, etc. are presented herewith. EIA is an activity or an attempt to identify, predict, evaluate and communicate the likely environmental impacts of the activity/project on the environment.

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY INCLUDES:

• Identification of all the probable impacts (be it positive or negative) of the various activities involved in the completion of the project.

• Classification of the probable impacts i.e. positive or negative, reversible or irreversible, short term or long term.

• Evaluation of the probable impacts i.e. qualitative and quantitative assessment of the likely impacts.


195



• Communication to the general public, interested parties, controlling authorities (Government or Municipality) through a Public Hearing process, revealing all the probable impacts, which are likely to occur due to the expansion in Proposed project, on the environment. It also includes the mitigation measures of those impacts, which are inevitable.

This chapter presents the identification, prediction and evaluation of impacts with mitigation measures of the proposed expansion in project of M/s. A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd effected in the baseline environmental status.

4.2 Identification of Environmental Impact

4.2.1 Environmental parameters :-

For the purpose of the assessment of anticipated environmental impacts, some of the environmental regimes are selected considering the probable impacts. The environmental regimes along with the parameters predicted for the study area are given below;

Air Environment

− Ambient air quality

− Sources of emission and its quantity

− Emission control measures / technology

− Environment, health and safety management strategies

Water Environment

− Water consumption and waste water generation

− Water and wastewater quality

− Water and wastewater management system / technology


Land Environment

− Potential of land use and land cover change

− Potential of land contamination sources and control measures

− Potential change in soil quality


196



Noise Environment

− Major sources of noise from project activities

− Control measures for noise


Occupational Health & Safety

− Nature and type of operation works

− Rawmaterial and its management (handling, storage and transportation)

− Operation hazard and control measures (precaution and prevention)

− Management for safety of employees, welfare and health

− Occupational health and safety plan

− Emergency measures and action plan

− Disaster management plan

Ecology

− Flora and fauna of study area

− Change in habitat and vegetation

− Control measures for ecology and environment management strategies

Socio Economic Environment

− Demographic characteristics

− Employment potential and allied issues

− Basic amenities and infrastructure

− Management strategies and social / community welfare plan

− Occupational health and safety management plan

Considering that identification of significant environmental impact is essential in the preparation of EIA report, an attempt has been made here through the use of “Activity Effect” Matrix.


197



4.2.2 IDENTIFICATION MATRIX

The impact identification matrix is shown in the Table No. 4.1. For simplicity the entire project has been divided into two phases: 1. Construction Phase

2. Operation Phase

Various activities belonging to each phase have been grouped separately and arranged in Columns. The environmental Factor or Parameter, which are anticipated to be impacted, has been arranged in Rows. A preliminary scrutiny has been done and the cells, which fall at the junction of the ‘Activity’ and ‘Factor’, that have possible interaction with each other, have been ‘marked’.

The matrix thus establishes the possible ‘cause-effect’ relationship and identifies the environmental factors likely to be impacted and activities responsible for the same. The impact identified may be positive and negative, short term and long term, reversible and irreversible, minor and major. This determination will be done at prediction stage.

A. Construction Phase

Unit needs to do construction activity for installation of plant machineries. The various activities involved in construction phase of a expansion in existing project are listed below:

− Construction / foundation. − Erection/Installations of equipment and machinery − Transportation − Material handling − Employment of labour − Green belt development

B. Operational Phase

The activities involved in the operation phase of the expansion in existing project are listed below: − Raw material handling and Storage − Product Manufacturing − Utility Consumption − Product Handling & Storage − Effluent Generation − Gaseous Emissions − Hazardous Waste Generation − Employment − Green belt development


198



Table No. 4.1: Impact Identification Matrix

Activity

Env. Resource

Air Env. Water Env. Noise Env.

Land Env. Biological Env. Socio Economics Fuel & Energy

Air Quality

Water Availability

Water Quality

Land Use Pattern

Soil Forest Eco- Logy

Demo-graphic

Eco. Structure

Basic Amenities

Health

PLANT CONSTRUCTION PHASE Construction / Foundation √ √ √ Erection of equipment and machinery √ √ √ Transportation Material handling √ √ √ √ Employment of labour √ GBD √ √ √ √ √ √

PLANT OPERATIONAL PHASE Raw Mat. /Product Handling & Storage √

Manufacturing of Industrial Products √ √ √ √ √ √ √

√ √

Industrial Power Requirement √ √

Industrial Water Req. √ √ Industrial Air Emission √ √ √ √ √ √ √ Industrial Waste Water Generation √ √ √

√

Hazardous waste Generation √ √

√

Employment √ √ √ √ Green Belt Development √ √ √ √

Vehicular movement √ √ √ √ √ √


199



Table No. 4.2. : Impact Prediction Matrix

Activity

Env. Resource

Air Env. Water Env. Noise Env.

Land Env. Biological Env. Socio Economics Fuel & Energy

Air Quality

Water Availability

Water Quality

Land Use Pattern

Soil Forest Eco- logy

Demo-graphic

Eco. Structure

Basic Amenities

Health

PLANT CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Construction / Foundation (-Ve), S.T. (-Ve), S.T.

Erection of equipment and machinery

(-Ve), S.T.

(-Ve), S.T.

(-Ve), S.T.

Transportation Material handling

(-Ve), S.T.

(-Ve), S.T.

(-Ve), S.T.

(-Ve), S.T.

Employment of labour (+Ve), S.T

GBD (+Ve), L.T.

(-Ve), S.T.

(-Ve), S.T.

(-Ve), S.T.

(-Ve), S.T.

(-Ve), S.T.

PLANT OPERATIONAL PHASE Raw Mat. /Product Handling & Storage

(-Ve), L.T.

Manufacturing of Industrial Products

(-Ve), L.T.

(-Ve), L.T. (-Ve), L.T.

(-Ve), L.T.

(-Ve), L.T.

(-Ve), L.T.

(-Ve), L.T.

(-Ve), L.T.

Industrial Power Requirement (-Ve), L.T.

(-Ve), L.T.

Industrial Water Req. (-Ve), L.T. (-Ve), L.T.

Industrial Air Emission (-Ve), L.T.

(-Ve), L.T.

(-Ve), L.T.

(-Ve), L.T.

(-Ve), L.T.

(-Ve), L.T.

Industrial Waste Water Generation

(-Ve), L.T.

(-Ve), L.T.

(-Ve), L.T.

(-Ve), L.T.

(-Ve), L.T.

Hazardous waste Generation (-Ve), L.T.

(-Ve), L.T.

(-Ve), L.T.

Employment (+Ve), L.T.

(+Ve), L.T.

(+Ve), L.T.

(-Ve), L.T.

Green Belt Development (+Ve), L.T.

(+Ve), L.T.

(+Ve), L.T.

(+Ve), L.T.

Vehicular movement (-Ve), L.T.

(-Ve), L.T.

(-Ve), L.T.

(-Ve), L.T.

(-Ve), L.T.

(-Ve), L.T.


200



This section is devoted to the prediction and assessment of impacts, which are the most important components of EIA. Such predictions are superimposed over the base-line status of the environmental quality to derive the ultimate environmental scenario.

4.3 IMPACT PREDICTION AND ASSESSMENT WITH MITIGATIVE MEASURES:

This section is devoted to the prediction and assessment of impacts, which are the most important components of EIA. Such predictions are superimposed over the base-line status of the environmental quality to derive the ultimate environmental scenario.

Prediction involves determination of the nature and extent of the probable impacts due to the expansion in existing Project. Here it is determined, whether the likely environmental impacts are:

1. Positive or Negative 2. Long term or Short term

Prediction of impacts during the construction and operational phase is as Shown in Table No 4.2. Based on Environmental Impact Analysis, the Environmental Impacts under this step are quantitatively and qualitatively assessed. Quantitative assessment with the help of a mathematical model has been done wherever possible. In other cases, the impact assessment has been qualitative which is based on available scientific knowledge and judgment. The mathematical model used for prediction in the present study includes “AERMOD view” model for ambient air quality. For other cases i.e. Water, Noise, Land/Soil, Ecology, Socioeconomic etc., the available scientific knowledge and judgments have been used.


201



4.4 AIR ENVIRONMENT

A. Impact during Construction Phase:-

The impacts during construction phase will be short-term impacts as they will be limited to the period of construction.

These activities may result in temporary increase in SPM levels, primarily, in the working environment.

Following mitigative measures during construction phase have been planned

Main Impacts during construction period is dusting and Air Pollution from vehicles.

There will be impact on Air Environment during construction phase and also during operation phase. The impact during construction phase will be short term and reversible. However impacts during operation phase will have long term impacts due to flue gas emission as well as process gas emission. But suitable air pollution control measures will be adopted to keep the quality of air emission below the prescribed norms so as to have minimal impact on air quality.

The main sources of emission during the construction period are the movement of equipment at site and dust emitted during the leveling, grading, earthwork, foundation works and exhaust emissions from vehicles and equipment deployed during the construction phase is also likely to result in marginal increase in the levels of SO2, NOx, PM10 and PM2.5 and CO.

B. Mitigation measures during Construction Phase :-

The activities like site development, construction and vehicular traffic contribute to increase in SPM and NOx concentrations. The mitigation measures recommended to minimize the impacts are:

− Water sprinkling in construction area.

− Proper maintenance of vehicles and construction equipment.

− Tree plantation in the area earmarked for greenbelt development.

Hence, the impacts on ambient air quality during construction phase will be marginal temporarily and reversible in nature (for short duration) and restricted to small plant area only.


202



C. Impact during Operational Phase:-

The impacts on air quality from project depend on various factors like design capacity, configuration, process technology, raw material, fuel to be used, air pollution control measures, operation and maintenance. Apart from the above, other activities associated with transportation of fuel, raw materials and finished products, storage facilities and material handling within the plant premises may also contribute to air pollution.

Source of Air Pollution

The operational phase activities are expected to have long - term impacts on the air quality. The main sources from project are Flue gas emission and Fugitive emission etc.

Flue gas Emissions

DG set will be the main sources of emissions from the plant. 125 KVA DG Set will be kept as standby power during power failures. M/s. A.K Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd takes steam from neighbourhood Industry M/s. Singhal & for that they had done MOU. Copy of MOU is enclosed here with in Annexure 16 So, unit has only 01 flue gas stack i.e. DG set.

PM, SO2 and NOx are the main air pollutants generated from the DG set. The emission from the DG Set Stack is given in Table 4.6, 4.7& 4.8.

Generally, the operational activities are expected to have long-term negligible impacts on the air quality. The operational activity from proposed project is expected to have long term impact on the air quality. Generally, the operational activities are expected to have long-term impacts on the air quality.

Based on the above stated facts, predictions related to the Ground Level Concentrations (GLCs) have taken into account the flue gas emissions from the stack attached to DG set.

Process Gas Emissions

There is no process emission generate from manufacturing process.


203



Fugitive emission:

The main sources of fugitive emissions from project are handling of raw materials. The liquid raw material will be stored in tanks in elevated flat from under the roof. Bulk quantities will be stored in tank to avoid the fugitive emissions. Liquid raw material are handled in closed conditions thereby reducing the losses in the form of evaporation.

Data used for the evaluation of the Ground Level Concentration for the expansion in proposed project is given in the Table No. 4.4.

All the suitable precautionary measures will be taken for the control of fugitive emissions.


204



Table No. 4.3 Emission Rate of the Pollutants

Sr. No.

Stack attache

d to

Type of Fuel

Fuel Consumption

Dia. (m)

Height (m)

Exit Velocity (m/sec)

Exit Temp. (° C)

Emission Rates (gm/s) PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOX

1. D.G. Set

Diesel 60 Lit/Day.

0.3 11 8.0 60 0.000138 0.000055 0.001932 0.000462


205



1. Prediction of Impacts on Air Environment

The concentration of pollutants at the ground level has been computed using computer model to assess the impact of source emissions from the proposed stacks which will be installed. Air quality impact assessment is an important study; Mathematical modelling is an established and accepted technique to predict the air quality.

In this study, impact on environment due to the proposed plant has been assessed with the help of Mathematical modelling following the Central Pollution Control Boards Guidelines. The mathematical model used for conducting the study is the latest version of AERMOD developed by the Lakes Environmental Software, which is entirely in line with the requirements of Central Pollution Control Board, New Delhi.

A mathematical model developed by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is used for calculating GLCs. This is based, on the original Gaussian Plume Model equation but is defined in terms related to atmospheric phenomenon.. The average and maximum Ground Level Concentrations (GLCs) have been determined for PM10,PM2.5 and SO2 , NOx. The average 24hrs. concentrations have been determined in polar grid of 100 up to 3600 for a distance of 100 m, 200m, 300m, 400m, 500m, 1000m, 2000 m, 3000 m, 5000m, 7000m, 8000 m, 9000 m and 10000 m. has been calculated based on the micro-meteorological data collected from Envitrans specific to the project site.

The objective of dispersion modelling is to predict the ground level concentration during the operation of plant and its impact on ambient air quality of the area. Air quality assessment is done by integrating the measurement techniques and modelling tools. The air modelling tools are routinely used in the environmental impact assessments, risk analysis, emergency planning, and source apportionment studies. Recent strategies for air pollution control in industries have largely neglected the emission reduction measures which are the prime polluting sources. To accomplish this, various air dispersion models have been developed and used worldwide so far for different applications under different scenarios. The Gaussian plume model is a standard approach for studying the transport of pollutants due to turbulent diffusion and advection by the wind. Applications of such models have been made mandatory. In this study, the AERMOD (the American Meteorological Society/Environmental Protection Agency Regulatory Model Improvement Committee’s Dispersion Model, Gaussian dispersion model is selected to predict the ground level concentrations(GLC’s) of PM10 & PM 2.5 µg/m3,


206



sulphur dioxide (SO2) µg/m3 , oxides of nitrogen (NOx)- µg/m3 from point source emissions will be investigated in the study area.

Methodology :

Prediction of GLC values are made by using AERMOD software approved by U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) and has adopted it as its regulatory model since 2005. In point source emissions, the stacks are subjected to plume rise which again is dependent on force of buoyancy and momentum. The higher is the plume rise or stack, the lesser will be ground level concentrations (GLC’s).The emissions when released into the atmosphere are subjected to transportation, dispersion, transformation, and fall out and wash out and finally reach the ground level at a particular distance and concentrations. The relationship between the source of emissions and its magnitude with the ground level concentrations (GLC’s) at receptor points is governed by air dispersion models which take into the account by the source strength, plume rise, atmospheric stability, mixing height, wind velocity, terrain and other meteorological conditions. The comparison between the predicted and field sampled downwind concentrations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx (µg/m3) will be carried out in this study to predict the average downwind ground level concentrations (GLC’s)

Data Used for Computation

Stack emissions data have been used for prediction of short-term incremental GLC values of PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx using the meteorological data collected during the October – November – December 2018. Details of the data used for computations are given below.

Meteorological Data

The meteorological data recorded continuously during the month of October 2018 to December 2018, on hourly basis. AERMOD model requires hourly surface data values for wind speed, wind direction, temperature, relative humidity and cloud cover. Both data files for the surface and profile files were then used to generate the meteorological file required by the AERMOD dispersion model using the AERMET meteorological pre-processor. This AERMET has three stages to process the data. The first stage extracts meteorological data and assesses data quality through a series of quality assessment checks. The second stage merges all data available for 24-hour periods and writes these data together in a single intermediate file. The third and final stage reads the merged meteorological data and estimates the necessary boundary layer parameters for dispersion calculations by AERMOD.


207



Dispersion Modelling Results

The 24 hourly average ground level concentration (GLC) values from plant have been computed for PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx considering topographical features around the plant and applicable stability classes. The maximum 24 hourly average GLC values for PM10, PM2.5, SO2 , NOx from plant are given in Table 4.6 to 4.10. Corresponding isopleths plotted are shown in Figure 4.1 to Figure 4.5 for PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx.

2. Predicted 24-hourly short term incremental ground

level concentration

The results of the GLCs are given in the Table No. 4.4

When the above stated GLCs results are added in to the average ambient air parameters it gives overall AAQ of the surrounding study area.

Air quality contours are shown in the Figure No. 4.1 to 4.5


208



Table No. 4.4 Maximum Computed Ground Level Concentration at Project Site

Sr. No

Description Value Concn * ( µg/m3)

Co-ordinates X (m) Y (m)

A PM10 1 1st Highest 24 hr. Result 0.03288 850223.50 2581426.07 B PM2.5 1 1st Highest 24 hr. Result 0.0131 624845.01 2564476.54 C SO2 1 1st Highest 24 hr. Result 0.04603 850455.19 2581588.30 D NOx 1 1st Highest 24 hr. Result 0.01101 850326.49 2581357.14

Note :-(*)This predicted maximum Ground Level Concentration (GLC) is based on worst case scenario, considering maximum stack emission limit of PM10-100 mg/Nm3, PM2.5-60 mg/Nm3,SO2 80 mg/Nm3 and NOx-80 mg/Nm3. As the actual emissions will be well below this predicted GLCs.


209



Table No.4.5 CUMULATIVECONCENTRATIONS DUE TO INCREMENTAL GLC's at 08 sampling location

Station

Directi

on

Distan

ce(km)

Maximum Baseline Concentration (μg/m3)

Predicted GLC (μg/m3) Cumulative Concentration (μg/m3)

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx PM10 PM 2.5 SO2 NOx

Project Site --- ---- 84.71 41.42 18.69 25.16 0.03288 0.0131 0.04603 0.01101 84.74 41.43 18.74 25.17

Nand gam (Nani Chirai) 1.71 N 86.24 42.98 12.32 21.92 0.01 0.0 0.01 0.0 86.25 42.98 12.33 21.92

Moti Chirai 7.79 NE 88.48 44.77 19.13 22.73 0 0 0 0 88.48 44.77 19.13 22.73

Padana 5.90 SW 88.66 44.33 14.49 21.92 0 0 0 0 88.66 44.33 14.49 21.92

Varsana 1.39 SW 85.24 44.73 13.48 23.54 0.01 0.0 0.01 0.0 85.25 44.73 13.49 23.54

Bhimasar 5.62 WNW 87.67 45.27 16.81 24.35 0 0 0 0 87.67 45.27 16.81 24.35

Modvadar 8.09 SW 88.66 44.33 21.01 25.16 0 0 0 0 88.66 44.33 21.01 25.16

Pasuda 6.06 NW 87.38 44.73 19.13 22.73 0 0 0 0 87.38 44.73 19.13 22.73


210



Incremental & resultant concentration at project site:

Pollutant

Maximum Baseline

Concentration (μg/m3)

Incremental Concentrations due to Proposed Project

(μg/m3)

Resultant

Concentration (μg/m3)

NAAQ Standards (μg/m3)

PM 10 84.74 0.03 84.77 100 PM2.5 41.42 0.01 41.433 60 SO2 18.69 0.04 18.736 80 NOx 25.16 0.01 25.171 80

With this marginal contribution due to the proposal of the project, the levels of PM10, PM2.5, SO2 ,NOx will remain below the 24 –hourly ambient air quality standards for SO2 & NOx (80 μg/m3) and PM10 & PM 2.5 (100 & 60μg/m3) prescribed by CPCB. The operation of plant is not likely to cause any significant impact on the ambient air quality of the study area.

The Dispersion modeling assumptions are considered as follows:

− The receptor locations for 36 wind directions starting with 10 degrees and incrementing with 10 degrees for radial distances viz. 100m, 200m, 300m, 400m, 500m, 1000m, 2000m, 3000m, 5000m, 7000m, 8000m, 9000m and 10000m has been taken for the Air Quality Modeling.

− The impacts of the pollutants were identified up to 10000 meters. − The terrain of the study area was considered as FLAT. − Stability Class was evaluated based on Temperature Profile and Cloud

Cover. − The mathematical equations used for the dispersion modeling

assumes that the earth surface acts as a perfect reflector of plume and physic-chemical process, such as dry and wet deposition, and chemical transformation of pollutants are negligible.

− The micro-meteorological data viz. Temperature, Wind Speed, Wind Direction and Cloud Cover has been collected from Envitrans for project specific met station.


211



3. RESULTS OF THE AERMOD MODEL

The overlapped Isopleths plathes on Google Image of the same is shown as at Figure No. 4.1 to 4.4. & concentration values are shown in Table No. 4.6 to 4.9.

Isopleths plathes

Figure No. Description Page No. 4.1 PM10 221 4.2 PM2.5 223 4.3 SO2 225 4.4 NOx 227

Concentration values

Table No. Description Page No. 4.6 PM10 213 4.7 PM2.5 215 4.8 SO2 217 4.9 NOx 219


212



TABLE NO. 4.6 THE 1ST HIGHEST 24-HR AVERAGE

CONCENTRATION VALUES OF PM10 IN MICROGRAMS/M3

DIRECTION DISTANCE (M) (DEGREES) 100 200 300 400 500 1000 2000 3000 5000 7000 8000 9000 10000

10 0.01781 0.0113 0.00649 0.00405 0.00415 0.00609 0.00505 0.00443 0.00295 0.0021 0.00193 0.00177 0.00162 20 0.01764 0.01084 0.00604 0.00374 0.00446 0.00718 0.00593 0.00458 0.00325 0.00237 0.00205 0.00188 0.00181 30 0.01955 0.01223 0.02035 0.01949 0.017 0.01147 0.0067 0.00446 0.00309 0.00258 0.00234 0.00212 0.00196 40 0.02017 0.02712 0.01856 0.01283 0.00934 0.00886 0.00686 0.00499 0.00316 0.00259 0.00232 0.00214 0.00198 50 0.02374 0.03288 0.02289 0.0161 0.01192 0.00581 0.00677 0.0051 0.00327 0.00245 0.00215 0.00191 0.00173 60 0.02175 0.015 0.01034 0.01128 0.01048 0.00701 0.00614 0.00502 0.00318 0.00218 0.00186 0.00172 0.00158 70 0.02308 0.01057 0.00592 0.00639 0.00781 0.00917 0.00648 0.00476 0.00297 0.00254 0.00232 0.00211 0.00192 80 0.01999 0.00782 0.00385 0.00312 0.00578 0.00881 0.0067 0.00498 0.00303 0.00212 0.00185 0.00175 0.00174 90 0.02297 0.01259 0.00674 0.00417 0.0039 0.00905 0.00678 0.00497 0.0029 0.00193 0.00163 0.0014 0.00131

100 0.02484 0.01145 0.00828 0.00566 0.00457 0.00847 0.00664 0.00497 0.00305 0.00207 0.00182 0.00169 0.00156 110 0.02701 0.02894 0.02686 0.0208 0.01604 0.00918 0.00675 0.00483 0.00285 0.00192 0.00162 0.00138 0.0012 120 0.02295 0.01055 0.00881 0.00633 0.00453 0.00877 0.00632 0.00478 0.00308 0.00214 0.00183 0.00158 0.00138 130 0.02447 0.01147 0.00609 0.00377 0.00464 0.0087 0.00624 0.00434 0.00239 0.00241 0.00231 0.00218 0.00205 140 0.02521 0.01454 0.00831 0.00533 0.00396 0.00867 0.00548 0.00371 0.00216 0.00138 0.00114 0.00095 0.00081 150 0.02752 0.01294 0.00765 0.00505 0.00367 0.0081 0.00626 0.00462 0.00268 0.00243 0.00225 0.00206 0.00189 160 0.02503 0.01022 0.01735 0.01838 0.0169 0.0088 0.00571 0.00405 0.0026 0.00194 0.00169 0.00148 0.0013 170 0.02529 0.02015 0.01669 0.01453 0.01485 0.00926 0.00612 0.00453 0.00266 0.00209 0.00208 0.00202 0.00194 180 0.02244 0.02562 0.02421 0.01929 0.01512 0.01117 0.00628 0.00498 0.00309 0.0021 0.00179 0.00154 0.00134 190 0.0233 0.02725 0.02708 0.0223 0.01791 0.0093 0.00715 0.00494 0.00284 0.00188 0.00159 0.00136 0.00118


213



200 0.0263 0.01871 0.01803 0.01433 0.01124 0.00771 0.0069 0.00509 0.003 0.00201 0.0017 0.00146 0.00127 210 0.01914 0.02303 0.01607 0.01253 0.01143 0.00826 0.00666 0.00492 0.00289 0.00209 0.0019 0.00172 0.00155 220 0.02018 0.01793 0.0166 0.0154 0.01348 0.00972 0.00686 0.00496 0.00302 0.00251 0.00235 0.00217 0.00201 230 0.02235 0.01445 0.01179 0.00929 0.0119 0.00953 0.00642 0.00478 0.0029 0.00194 0.00164 0.0014 0.00122 240 0.0207 0.01661 0.01741 0.01446 0.01167 0.00842 0.00672 0.00498 0.00294 0.00223 0.00195 0.00172 0.00153 250 0.02202 0.01856 0.01346 0.01378 0.01411 0.00976 0.00677 0.00511 0.00318 0.00239 0.00209 0.00185 0.00164 260 0.02216 0.01396 0.01256 0.0097 0.00748 0.00897 0.00663 0.00505 0.00304 0.00205 0.00174 0.0015 0.00131 270 0.02406 0.01484 0.0088 0.01252 0.01339 0.00891 0.00665 0.00508 0.00312 0.00255 0.0023 0.00207 0.00188 280 0.02656 0.01701 0.01399 0.01027 0.00766 0.00542 0.0048 0.00344 0.0029 0.00252 0.0023 0.0021 0.00191 290 0.02172 0.01662 0.01365 0.01 0.00745 0.00789 0.00625 0.0048 0.00294 0.00242 0.0022 0.00204 0.00191 300 0.02468 0.01126 0.0059 0.00363 0.00247 0.00563 0.0055 0.00413 0.00248 0.00186 0.00161 0.0014 0.00127 310 0.02469 0.01173 0.00627 0.0039 0.00268 0.00774 0.00571 0.00406 0.00329 0.00247 0.00222 0.00201 0.00183 320 0.02153 0.01111 0.00709 0.00448 0.003 0.0041 0.00458 0.00343 0.00243 0.00183 0.00186 0.00185 0.0018 330 0.02276 0.03034 0.01981 0.01294 0.00896 0.00695 0.0067 0.00485 0.0028 0.00184 0.00155 0.00132 0.00114 340 0.02549 0.0222 0.02659 0.02248 0.01807 0.00728 0.00589 0.00438 0.00258 0.00171 0.00144 0.00123 0.00107 350 0.02193 0.01009 0.01229 0.01018 0.008 0.00735 0.00503 0.00377 0.00238 0.00178 0.00154 0.00134 0.00118 360 0.023 0.01444 0.00948 0.00633 0.00447 0.00909 0.00694 0.00504 0.00302 0.00214 0.00184 0.00159 0.0014

MAX 0.02752 0.03288 0.02708 0.02248 0.01807 0.01147 0.00715 0.00511 0.00329 0.00259 0.00235 0.00218 0.00205 MIN 0.01764 0.00782 0.00385 0.00312 0.00247 0.0041 0.00458 0.00343 0.00216 0.00138 0.00114 0.00095 0.00081


214




CONCENTRATION VALUES OF PM 2.5 IN MICROGRAMS/M3


10 0.0071 0.0045 0.00259 0.00161 0.00165 0.00243 0.00201 0.00177 0.00118 0.00084 0.00077 0.00071 0.00064 20 0.00703 0.00432 0.00241 0.00149 0.00178 0.00286 0.00236 0.00183 0.0013 0.00094 0.00082 0.00075 0.00072 30 0.00779 0.00487 0.00811 0.00777 0.00678 0.00457 0.00267 0.00178 0.00123 0.00103 0.00093 0.00085 0.00078 40 0.00804 0.01081 0.0074 0.00511 0.00372 0.00353 0.00274 0.00199 0.00126 0.00103 0.00093 0.00085 0.00079 50 0.00946 0.0131 0.00912 0.00642 0.00475 0.00231 0.0027 0.00203 0.0013 0.00098 0.00086 0.00076 0.00069 60 0.00867 0.00598 0.00412 0.0045 0.00417 0.00279 0.00245 0.002 0.00127 0.00087 0.00074 0.00068 0.00063 70 0.0092 0.00421 0.00236 0.00255 0.00311 0.00365 0.00258 0.0019 0.00118 0.00101 0.00092 0.00084 0.00077 80 0.00797 0.00312 0.00153 0.00124 0.0023 0.00351 0.00267 0.00198 0.00121 0.00084 0.00074 0.0007 0.00069 90 0.00916 0.00502 0.00269 0.00166 0.00156 0.00361 0.0027 0.00198 0.00116 0.00077 0.00065 0.00056 0.00052

100 0.0099 0.00456 0.0033 0.00225 0.00182 0.00338 0.00265 0.00198 0.00122 0.00082 0.00072 0.00067 0.00062 110 0.01076 0.01153 0.01071 0.00829 0.00639 0.00366 0.00269 0.00193 0.00114 0.00076 0.00064 0.00055 0.00048 120 0.00914 0.0042 0.00351 0.00252 0.00181 0.0035 0.00252 0.0019 0.00123 0.00085 0.00073 0.00063 0.00055 130 0.00975 0.00457 0.00243 0.0015 0.00185 0.00347 0.00249 0.00173 0.00095 0.00096 0.00092 0.00087 0.00082 140 0.01005 0.0058 0.00331 0.00212 0.00158 0.00346 0.00218 0.00148 0.00086 0.00055 0.00045 0.00038 0.00032 150 0.01097 0.00516 0.00305 0.00201 0.00146 0.00323 0.00249 0.00184 0.00107 0.00097 0.0009 0.00082 0.00075 160 0.00997 0.00407 0.00692 0.00733 0.00673 0.00351 0.00228 0.00162 0.00104 0.00077 0.00067 0.00059 0.00052 170 0.01008 0.00803 0.00665 0.00579 0.00592 0.00369 0.00244 0.00181 0.00106 0.00083 0.00083 0.00081 0.00077 180 0.00894 0.01021 0.00965 0.00769 0.00603 0.00445 0.0025 0.00199 0.00123 0.00084 0.00071 0.00061 0.00054 190 0.00929 0.01086 0.01079 0.00889 0.00714 0.00371 0.00285 0.00197 0.00113 0.00075 0.00063 0.00054 0.00047


215



200 0.01048 0.00746 0.00719 0.00571 0.00448 0.00307 0.00275 0.00203 0.0012 0.0008 0.00068 0.00058 0.00051 210 0.00763 0.00918 0.0064 0.00499 0.00456 0.00329 0.00265 0.00196 0.00115 0.00083 0.00076 0.00068 0.00062 220 0.00804 0.00714 0.00662 0.00614 0.00537 0.00387 0.00273 0.00198 0.0012 0.001 0.00093 0.00087 0.0008 230 0.00891 0.00576 0.0047 0.0037 0.00474 0.0038 0.00256 0.0019 0.00116 0.00077 0.00065 0.00056 0.00049 240 0.00825 0.00662 0.00694 0.00576 0.00465 0.00335 0.00268 0.00198 0.00117 0.00089 0.00078 0.00069 0.00061 250 0.00878 0.0074 0.00537 0.00549 0.00562 0.00389 0.0027 0.00204 0.00127 0.00095 0.00083 0.00074 0.00065 260 0.00883 0.00557 0.00501 0.00387 0.00298 0.00358 0.00264 0.00201 0.00121 0.00082 0.00069 0.0006 0.00052 270 0.00959 0.00591 0.00351 0.00499 0.00534 0.00355 0.00265 0.00202 0.00125 0.00102 0.00092 0.00083 0.00075 280 0.01058 0.00678 0.00558 0.00409 0.00305 0.00216 0.00191 0.00137 0.00116 0.00101 0.00092 0.00084 0.00076 290 0.00866 0.00662 0.00544 0.00399 0.00297 0.00315 0.00249 0.00191 0.00117 0.00096 0.00088 0.00081 0.00076 300 0.00984 0.00449 0.00235 0.00145 0.00099 0.00224 0.00219 0.00165 0.00099 0.00074 0.00064 0.00056 0.00051 310 0.00984 0.00468 0.0025 0.00156 0.00107 0.00309 0.00228 0.00162 0.00131 0.00099 0.00088 0.0008 0.00073 320 0.00858 0.00443 0.00282 0.00179 0.00119 0.00163 0.00183 0.00137 0.00097 0.00073 0.00074 0.00074 0.00072 330 0.00907 0.01209 0.0079 0.00516 0.00357 0.00277 0.00267 0.00193 0.00111 0.00073 0.00062 0.00053 0.00046 340 0.01016 0.00885 0.0106 0.00896 0.0072 0.0029 0.00235 0.00175 0.00103 0.00068 0.00057 0.00049 0.00043 350 0.00874 0.00402 0.0049 0.00406 0.00319 0.00293 0.00201 0.0015 0.00095 0.00071 0.00062 0.00054 0.00047 360 0.00916 0.00575 0.00378 0.00252 0.00178 0.00362 0.00277 0.00201 0.0012 0.00085 0.00073 0.00064 0.00056

MIN 0.00703 0.00312 0.00153 0.00124 0.00099 0.00163 0.00183 0.00137 0.00086 0.00055 0.00045 0.00038 0.00032 MAX 0.01097 0.0131 0.01079 0.00896 0.0072 0.00457 0.00285 0.00204 0.00131 0.00103 0.00093 0.00087 0.00082


216




CONCENTRATION VALUES OF SO2 IN MICROGRAMS/M3


10 0.02493 0.01582 0.00909 0.00566 0.0058 0.00852 0.00706 0.00621 0.00413 0.00294 0.00271 0.00248 0.00226 20 0.02469 0.01518 0.00846 0.00523 0.00624 0.01005 0.00831 0.00642 0.00456 0.00332 0.00287 0.00264 0.00254 30 0.02737 0.01712 0.02849 0.02729 0.02381 0.01606 0.00938 0.00624 0.00432 0.00361 0.00327 0.00297 0.00275 40 0.02824 0.03797 0.02599 0.01797 0.01307 0.01241 0.00961 0.00699 0.00442 0.00363 0.00325 0.00299 0.00278 50 0.03324 0.04603 0.03204 0.02255 0.01669 0.00813 0.00947 0.00715 0.00457 0.00344 0.00301 0.00267 0.00242 60 0.03045 0.02099 0.01447 0.0158 0.01467 0.00981 0.0086 0.00703 0.00445 0.00305 0.0026 0.0024 0.00221 70 0.03231 0.0148 0.00828 0.00895 0.01094 0.01283 0.00907 0.00666 0.00416 0.00355 0.00324 0.00296 0.00269 80 0.02799 0.01094 0.00538 0.00437 0.00809 0.01233 0.00938 0.00697 0.00424 0.00296 0.00259 0.00244 0.00244 90 0.03216 0.01762 0.00943 0.00583 0.00547 0.01267 0.00949 0.00695 0.00406 0.0027 0.00228 0.00196 0.00184

100 0.03477 0.01603 0.01159 0.00792 0.0064 0.01186 0.0093 0.00696 0.00427 0.0029 0.00255 0.00237 0.00219 110 0.03781 0.04052 0.03761 0.02913 0.02246 0.01285 0.00945 0.00677 0.00399 0.00268 0.00226 0.00193 0.00168 120 0.03212 0.01477 0.01233 0.00886 0.00635 0.01228 0.00885 0.00669 0.00432 0.003 0.00256 0.00221 0.00193 130 0.03426 0.01606 0.00853 0.00528 0.0065 0.01218 0.00873 0.00608 0.00335 0.00338 0.00324 0.00306 0.00287 140 0.03529 0.02036 0.01164 0.00746 0.00554 0.01214 0.00767 0.00519 0.00303 0.00193 0.00159 0.00133 0.00113 150 0.03852 0.01811 0.0107 0.00707 0.00514 0.01134 0.00876 0.00647 0.00376 0.00341 0.00315 0.00289 0.00265 160 0.03504 0.01431 0.02429 0.02574 0.02365 0.01232 0.008 0.00567 0.00364 0.00271 0.00236 0.00207 0.00182 170 0.0354 0.02821 0.02336 0.02034 0.0208 0.01296 0.00857 0.00634 0.00373 0.00293 0.00291 0.00283 0.00272 180 0.03141 0.03587 0.03389 0.027 0.02117 0.01564 0.00879 0.00697 0.00432 0.00294 0.0025 0.00216 0.00188 190 0.03262 0.03814 0.03791 0.03122 0.02507 0.01302 0.01001 0.00691 0.00397 0.00264 0.00222 0.0019 0.00165


217



200 0.03683 0.02619 0.02525 0.02007 0.01573 0.01079 0.00966 0.00713 0.0042 0.00281 0.00238 0.00204 0.00178 210 0.0268 0.03224 0.02249 0.01754 0.01601 0.01157 0.00932 0.00689 0.00405 0.00293 0.00266 0.00241 0.00217 220 0.02826 0.0251 0.02324 0.02156 0.01887 0.0136 0.0096 0.00694 0.00422 0.00351 0.00328 0.00304 0.00281 230 0.03129 0.02023 0.0165 0.013 0.01666 0.01335 0.00899 0.00669 0.00406 0.00272 0.00229 0.00196 0.0017 240 0.02898 0.02325 0.02437 0.02024 0.01633 0.01178 0.00941 0.00697 0.00411 0.00312 0.00273 0.00241 0.00214 250 0.03083 0.02598 0.01885 0.01929 0.01975 0.01367 0.00947 0.00716 0.00445 0.00335 0.00293 0.00259 0.0023 260 0.03103 0.01955 0.01759 0.01358 0.01047 0.01256 0.00928 0.00707 0.00426 0.00287 0.00243 0.00209 0.00183 270 0.03369 0.02077 0.01232 0.01753 0.01875 0.01247 0.00931 0.00711 0.00437 0.00357 0.00322 0.0029 0.00263 280 0.03718 0.02381 0.01959 0.01438 0.01073 0.00759 0.00672 0.00481 0.00406 0.00353 0.00322 0.00293 0.00268 290 0.03041 0.02326 0.01911 0.014 0.01043 0.01105 0.00875 0.00673 0.00412 0.00339 0.00307 0.00286 0.00267 300 0.03455 0.01576 0.00826 0.00508 0.00346 0.00788 0.0077 0.00579 0.00347 0.0026 0.00225 0.00196 0.00178 310 0.03456 0.01642 0.00878 0.00546 0.00375 0.01084 0.008 0.00569 0.0046 0.00346 0.00311 0.00282 0.00256 320 0.03014 0.01556 0.00992 0.00627 0.0042 0.00574 0.00641 0.00481 0.0034 0.00256 0.00261 0.00259 0.00252 330 0.03187 0.04248 0.02774 0.01811 0.01254 0.00973 0.00938 0.00679 0.00392 0.00258 0.00217 0.00185 0.0016 340 0.03569 0.03108 0.03722 0.03147 0.02529 0.01019 0.00825 0.00613 0.00361 0.0024 0.00202 0.00172 0.00149 350 0.0307 0.01412 0.01721 0.01426 0.01121 0.01029 0.00705 0.00528 0.00333 0.0025 0.00216 0.00188 0.00165 360 0.03219 0.02021 0.01327 0.00887 0.00626 0.01272 0.00971 0.00706 0.00422 0.003 0.00257 0.00223 0.00196

MIN 0.02469 0.01094 0.00538 0.00437 0.00346 0.00574 0.00641 0.00481 0.00303 0.00193 0.00159 0.00133 0.00113 MAX 0.03852 0.04603 0.03791 0.03147 0.02529 0.01606 0.01001 0.00716 0.0046 0.00363 0.00328 0.00306 0.00287


218




CONCENTRATION VALUES OF NOX IN MICROGRAMS/M3


10 0.00596 0.00378 0.00217 0.00135 0.00139 0.00204 0.00169 0.00148 0.00099 0.0007 0.00065 0.00059 0.00054 20 0.0059 0.00363 0.00202 0.00125 0.00149 0.0024 0.00199 0.00153 0.00109 0.00079 0.00069 0.00063 0.00061 30 0.00654 0.00409 0.00681 0.00653 0.00569 0.00384 0.00224 0.00149 0.00103 0.00086 0.00078 0.00071 0.00066 40 0.00675 0.00908 0.00621 0.0043 0.00313 0.00297 0.0023 0.00167 0.00106 0.00087 0.00078 0.00072 0.00066 50 0.00795 0.01101 0.00766 0.00539 0.00399 0.00194 0.00227 0.00171 0.00109 0.00082 0.00072 0.00064 0.00058 60 0.00728 0.00502 0.00346 0.00378 0.00351 0.00235 0.00206 0.00168 0.00106 0.00073 0.00062 0.00057 0.00053 70 0.00773 0.00354 0.00198 0.00214 0.00262 0.00307 0.00217 0.00159 0.00099 0.00085 0.00078 0.00071 0.00064 80 0.00669 0.00262 0.00129 0.00105 0.00194 0.00295 0.00224 0.00167 0.00101 0.00071 0.00062 0.00058 0.00058 90 0.00769 0.00421 0.00226 0.00139 0.00131 0.00303 0.00227 0.00166 0.00097 0.00065 0.00055 0.00047 0.00044

100 0.00831 0.00383 0.00277 0.00189 0.00153 0.00284 0.00222 0.00166 0.00102 0.00069 0.00061 0.00057 0.00052 110 0.00904 0.00969 0.00899 0.00696 0.00537 0.00307 0.00226 0.00162 0.00095 0.00064 0.00054 0.00046 0.0004 120 0.00768 0.00353 0.00295 0.00212 0.00152 0.00294 0.00212 0.0016 0.00103 0.00072 0.00061 0.00053 0.00046 130 0.00819 0.00384 0.00204 0.00126 0.00155 0.00291 0.00209 0.00145 0.0008 0.00081 0.00077 0.00073 0.00069 140 0.00844 0.00487 0.00278 0.00178 0.00132 0.0029 0.00183 0.00124 0.00072 0.00046 0.00038 0.00032 0.00027 150 0.00921 0.00433 0.00256 0.00169 0.00123 0.00271 0.0021 0.00155 0.0009 0.00081 0.00075 0.00069 0.00063 160 0.00838 0.00342 0.00581 0.00615 0.00566 0.00295 0.00191 0.00136 0.00087 0.00065 0.00056 0.00049 0.00044 170 0.00847 0.00675 0.00559 0.00486 0.00497 0.0031 0.00205 0.00152 0.00089 0.0007 0.0007 0.00068 0.00065 180 0.00751 0.00858 0.0081 0.00646 0.00506 0.00374 0.0021 0.00167 0.00103 0.0007 0.0006 0.00052 0.00045 190 0.0078 0.00912 0.00907 0.00747 0.006 0.00311 0.00239 0.00165 0.00095 0.00063 0.00053 0.00046 0.00039


219



200 0.00881 0.00626 0.00604 0.0048 0.00376 0.00258 0.00231 0.00171 0.001 0.00067 0.00057 0.00049 0.00043 210 0.00641 0.00771 0.00538 0.00419 0.00383 0.00277 0.00223 0.00165 0.00097 0.0007 0.00064 0.00058 0.00052 220 0.00676 0.006 0.00556 0.00516 0.00451 0.00325 0.0023 0.00166 0.00101 0.00084 0.00079 0.00073 0.00067 230 0.00748 0.00484 0.00395 0.00311 0.00398 0.00319 0.00215 0.0016 0.00097 0.00065 0.00055 0.00047 0.00041 240 0.00693 0.00556 0.00583 0.00484 0.00391 0.00282 0.00225 0.00167 0.00098 0.00075 0.00065 0.00058 0.00051 250 0.00737 0.00621 0.00451 0.00461 0.00472 0.00327 0.00227 0.00171 0.00106 0.0008 0.0007 0.00062 0.00055 260 0.00742 0.00467 0.00421 0.00325 0.0025 0.003 0.00222 0.00169 0.00102 0.00069 0.00058 0.0005 0.00044 270 0.00806 0.00497 0.00295 0.00419 0.00448 0.00298 0.00223 0.0017 0.00105 0.00085 0.00077 0.00069 0.00063 280 0.00889 0.00569 0.00468 0.00344 0.00257 0.00182 0.00161 0.00115 0.00097 0.00084 0.00077 0.0007 0.00064 290 0.00727 0.00556 0.00457 0.00335 0.00249 0.00264 0.00209 0.00161 0.00098 0.00081 0.00074 0.00068 0.00064 300 0.00826 0.00377 0.00198 0.00121 0.00083 0.00188 0.00184 0.00138 0.00083 0.00062 0.00054 0.00047 0.00043 310 0.00826 0.00393 0.0021 0.00131 0.0009 0.00259 0.00191 0.00136 0.0011 0.00083 0.00074 0.00067 0.00061 320 0.00721 0.00372 0.00237 0.0015 0.001 0.00137 0.00153 0.00115 0.00081 0.00061 0.00062 0.00062 0.0006 330 0.00762 0.01016 0.00663 0.00433 0.003 0.00233 0.00224 0.00162 0.00094 0.00062 0.00052 0.00044 0.00038 340 0.00854 0.00743 0.0089 0.00752 0.00605 0.00244 0.00197 0.00147 0.00086 0.00057 0.00048 0.00041 0.00036 350 0.00734 0.00338 0.00412 0.00341 0.00268 0.00246 0.00168 0.00126 0.0008 0.0006 0.00052 0.00045 0.00039 360 0.0077 0.00483 0.00317 0.00212 0.0015 0.00304 0.00232 0.00169 0.00101 0.00072 0.00062 0.00053 0.00047

MIN 0.0059 0.00262 0.00129 0.00105 0.00083 0.00137 0.00153 0.00115 0.00072 0.00046 0.00038 0.00032 0.00027 MAX 0.00921 0.01101 0.00907 0.00752 0.00605 0.00384 0.00239 0.00171 0.0011 0.00087 0.00079 0.00073 0.00069


220



Figure No. 4.1 Isopleths of PM10


221




222



Figure No. 4.2 Isopleths of PM2.5


223




224



Figure No.4.3 Isopleths of SO2


225




226



Figure No. 4.4 Isopleths of NOX


227




228



1. Assessment of Impact on Air Quality Base line study reveals that the levels of various pollutants like PM10, PM2.5, SO2 , NOx etc., in the ambient air of surrounding study area are well within the limits stipulated by National Ambient Air Quality (NAAQ) Standard for Residential, Rural and other areas.

It can be seen from Table No. 4.4 that the maximum predicted 24 hours GLC(s) of all the pollutants i.e., PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx, its incremental concentrations on baseline value is below the NAAQS.

Thus, it can be concluded that, with proposed emissions from the Plant, the Ambient Air Quality within the industrial premises as well as in the surrounding study area will not exceed the NAAQ standards and hence there is no significant adverse impact on Ambient Air Quality.

A. Mitigation Measures for Air Environment during Operational Phase

• The industry will take measures for reduction of fugitive emissions emanating out of process reactions by providing vent condensers.

• Good ventilation will be provided to reduce the work room concentrations. • Fugitive emissions will be reduced by providing vent condensers to the

all the reactors. • In order to minimize the air pollution, unit will develop green belt in and

around its premises.


229



4.5 WATER ENVIRONMENT 1. Impact During Construction Phase

Impact on water quality during construction phase / foundation work will be marginal and confined to use of water by workers only.

The sewage generated will be disposed to Soak Pit and septic tank system& they will take all reasonable precautions for wastewater seepage. This will prevent soil contamination. The water required for construction will be met by Gujarat Water Infrastructure Ltd. sources. The quality of both surface and groundwater may also deteriorate in regard to the labour camps likely to be developed during the construction phase if proper solid waste management practices are adopted. Improper treatment of sewage from labour camps leads to infiltration into soil and finally affects groundwater regime. This will create accumulation dirty water over which mosquitoes and other flies to flourish thereby affecting the health of workers.

During the operation phase, irrational disposal of liquid wastes will be avoided. The formation of roads will affect the drainage system as such road laying is to be properly planned protecting the natural drainages by leaving sufficient buffer zone of 7.5m on either side of natural stream courses.

The baseline status of water quality in the core and buffer zone area has been established through sampling and analysis of various water quality parameters as part of the baseline environmental monitoring. Water samples collected from 12 locations in the core and the buffer zone of 10 km radius of the expansion in proposed project area during the study period. The prime objective of the baseline water quality study was to establish the existing water quality in the study area and to evaluate the anticipated impact of the expansion in proposed project on water quality and to suggest appropriate mitigation measures for implementation. This will also be useful for assessing the conformity to the standards of water quality during the construction and implementation/ operational phase of the project. The contamination of groundwater might occur due to the irrational disposal of liquid wastes.


230



2. Mitigation measures :

The domestic sewage generated during the construction activity will be routed to septic tanks followed by soak pit.

Impact During Operation Phase






231



Table No. 4.10 Total Water Requirement for the Project

Water Consumption (KL/Day)

Existing Proposed Total After expansion

Domestic 2.0 2.0 4.0 Gardening 13.3 0.7 14 Industrial DM water for process

11.0 73.0 84.0


65.0 -51 14

Total Industrial 76 22 98

Total 91.3 24.7 116


232



Table No. 4.11 Total Wastewater Generation

Thus, it can be concluded that negligible impact on surrounding water environment is caused. Further, it is emphasized that all precautionary measures have to be strictly adhered as mentioned in the Environmental Management Plan given in Chapter 10, to maintain ground water quality within norms in the future.

1. Mitigation Measures for Water Environment during Operational Phase

• Effluent generated in the plant will be treated in primary Effluent Treatment followed by RO plant, then after evaporated in in-house thermic fluid evaporator. So, unit will achieve be zero Liquid discharge.

• Domestic wastewater will be disposed to soak pit system via septic tank. • Unit has proposed to recharge ground water through roof water

harvesting pits in the project area and rain water harvesting pits outside plant area wherever possible to balance the water table.

• Minimization of water use providing drip system for gardening. • Use of high-pressure hoses for cleaning the floor and process

equipment to reduce the amount of wastewater generated during washings.

Waste water generation(KL/Day)

Existing Proposed Total after expansion

Domestic 1.7 2.0 3.7 Gardening 0.0 0.0 0.0 Industrial DM water 1.0 7.0 8.0 Process 8.0 15.0 23.0 RO Plant 4.0 0.00 4.0

Cooling blow Down

0.5 0.00 0.5

Boiler blow Down

4.8 -4.8 0

Total Industrial 21.3 17.2 38.5

Total 23 19.2 42.2


233



4.6 Solid/ Hazardous Waste:

A. Impact of Solid / hazardous waste during Construction Phase:- Improper disposal of debris, used oil, and diesel for DG sets will result in surface and groundwater contamination and in turn affects the drainage of the area. As such proper housekeeping programme needs to be formulated for proper disposal of solid and liquid wastes.

B. Impact of Solid / hazardous waste during Operation Phase:- The details of hazardous waste to be generated from the expansion in proposed project, is mentioned at Chapter -2. The proposed practice of storage of generated hazardous waste, in a closed room having an impervious bottom, and disposed of as per the prescribed guidelines will be continued for the generation of hazardous waste. Hence, the impact due to the same will be negligible as the handling of hazardous waste to be generated will be disposed as per guidelines. The details of solid/Hazardous waste details are shown in below Table No. 4.12.

Table No. 4.12 Solid/Hazardous Waste Generation and Disposal Mode

Sr. No






61.50 MT/Year

60.00 MT/Year

121.5 MT/Year



0.02 MT/Year

0.04 MT/Year



234



B. Measures for hazardous/solid waste during Operational phase :-

To reduce the quantity of solid / hazardous waste generation as well as possible contamination of land (soil) due to spillages / leaks from the plant operations, following Mitigation measures can be implemented:

• There will not be any leakages / spillage from the raw-materials storage and

from the storage of generated effluent from the project. • The generated Hazardous waste will be stored on floor with suitable

packing and this dedicated area will be covered with the roof. • The records on quantity of hazardous waste generation and disposal will be

maintained for each category and possibilities will be explored for minimization and reuse.

• Classification of waste • Collection, Storage, Transportation, & disposed/sale to authorized recycler

or re-user. • Data Management and Reporting • Personnel Training to the workers and employees. • The leakages of oil spills from machinery shall be collected in leak proof

barrels and then disposed off to SPCB authorized dealers.

4.7 Noise Environment:-

A. Impact during Construction Phase

There will be slightly increase in noise level during construction phase due to erection and installation of machinery. But it is restricted to construction phase only and it will occur during daytime, when construction activities will be in progress.

Construction equipment and vehicular traffic contribute to the increased noise level.

B. Mitigation measures during Construction Phase :-


34.3 MT/Year

36 MT/Year



235



Recommended mitigation measures are: • Good maintenance of vehicles and construction equipment. • Restriction of construction activities to day time only. • Plantation of trees around the plant boundary to attenuate the noise.

C. Impact during Operational Phase :- As per observations, the Ambient Noise Level is within norms of Industrial Area. With the implementation of the mitigation measures proposed, the noise levels at plant boundaries will be well below the limits specified for industrial areas.

The major sources contributing to Noise pollution during the plant operation will be plant machinery etc. The operation of the equipment will generate noise ranging between 70-80 dB (A). The occasional noise will be attenuated by the development of green belt in and around the industry, which will be taken up right from the construction phase. Also ear protecting devices will be provided for personnel working in high noise generating zone.

The main sources of noise pollution in the plant are Reactors and DG Set. Vehicular movements during operation phase for loading / unloading of raw materials and finished products and transporting activity may also increase noise level. Noise levels in the ambient air are well within the permissible limits given by the National Ambient Noise level standards as confirmed during baseline study. Leq values of the noise levels within the plant premises will be kept less than 75db [A] [during day time] and 70 db[B] [ during night time] which will be within the permissible limit.

Thus, there is practically no impact on surrounding environment.

D. Mitigation Measures forNoise level during Operational Phase :

To minimize the noise pollution the unit proposes the following noise control measures, • Noise suppression measures such as enclosures, buffers and / or

protective measures will be provided, if required (wherever noise level is more than 90 dB (A)).

• Employees will be provided with earplugs or earmuffs where exposure is 85 dB (A) or more.

• Extensive oiling, lubrication and preventive maintenance will be carried out for the machineries and equipments to reduce noise generation.

• Green Belt Development. Prepared By M/s. Bhagwati Enviro Care Pvt Ltd.

236



4.8 Land /Soil Environment A. Impact during Construction Phase In proposed expansion unit needs to do Excavation for plant activity. Unit will do construction activity for proposed foundation work. Hence there will be minor impact on the surrounding soil environment and there will be change in Land Use Pattern only for foundation area.

Present Land use of the site is open & Constructed land. Proposed production activity will be done in premises of the unit.. Hence, there will be change of existing land use pattern only for the project site.

The activities of proposed products will be confined within the plant site premises. During construction works, top soil generated from various activities like excavation etc. will be stored and preserved to use it during restoration period as far as possible. There will be no disposal of wastewater on land. Hazardous wastes will be stored at earmarked area with impervious flooring, shed and spillage/ leakage collection system to eliminate rainwater contamination, chances of overflow / spillages going on to the land and thus land/ soil contamination.

B. Mitigation measures during Construction Phase The earthen material generated during excavations and site grading periods, will be properly dumped and slope stabilization shall be taken. The topsoil generated during construction shall be preserved and reused for plantations.

Hence, no significant negative impact is envisaged on the surrounding soil quality due to presence of solid / hazardous waste within the plant premises.

C. Impact during Operation Phase Source emission, wastewater and hazardous waste generation from any project activity affects the soil environment.

The impact due to air causes direct/indirect effect on soil. The emissions of SPM during operation will be effectively controlled. There will be practically no effect on the soil quality due to air emissions.


237



Domestic effluent will be discharged to soak pit and septic tank system. Wastewater generated from the Industrial activity will be treated in Effluent Treatment followed by RO plant and then after evaporated in in-house thermic fluid evaporator and ETP waste will be disposed to TSDF site.

As per the Hazardous Waste (Management & Handling) Amendment Rules, 2003, all necessary control steps for each type of Hazardous Wastes generated will be taken for the proposed expansion project.

Hence, due to the proposed expansion project the, land use pattern; land cover and topography of the area will be changed only for the project premises.

IMPACT ON SOIL

One of the adverse impacts of a project may be enhanced soil erosion, mainly on account of rain and flood. Soil erosion is due to heavy rains and floods coupled with improper and unplanned land use. Physico-chemical changes in soil quality may occur due to spillage of various chemicals on land around storage area. The impact will remain confined within the factory premises it will change the quality of soil and impact will be of irreversible in nature.

D. Mitigation Measures during Operational Phase

• Adequate stack height will be provided to DG set. NO any other flue gas

emission from the proposed expansion project.

• Effluent water generated from all streams of the proposed project will be treated in Primary Treatment followed by RO plant and then after evaporated in in-house thermic fluid evaporator.

• Solid / hazardous waste generated will be stored separately in Hazardous Waste storage area within the factory premises and disposed as per guidelines.

• The hazardous waste storage area has non-percolating RCC floor and covered roof.

E. Mitigation Measures for Soil Conservation During operational phase, the chances of any enhanced soil erosion are not anticipated. But improper disposal of toxic wastes and accidental spillages


238



of toxic chemicals can pose a serious threat to the soil, ground and surface waters. But the chances of such events cannot be quantified and predicted. Since the industry is expected all rules and regulations relating to the use, handling and disposal of all toxic and hazardous chemicals, no additional safety methods are required especially to prevent contamination of soil. Liberal use of locally available farmyard manure will be used for the plants in the greenbelt and block plantations for improving the productivity, fertility and health of soils. The project does not have any impact on the soils beyond the boundaries of the project site since it is a zero liquid discharge unit by evaporated in in-house thermic fluid evaporator. Physicochemical characteristics of the soil samples obtained from 7 areas in the buffer zone and one from the project site reveals that all basically sandy loams.


239



4.9 Topography

It is a expansion in proposed project, does involve changes in topography and project activities include excavation of soil in the plant area and construction of buildings and facilities limited to the project site area. During construction, excavated soil will be restored to its original shape. Thus the impact during the construction is reversible, for short term and insignificant. During the operation phase of the project, no impact is envisaged on the topography.

There will be a change in topography of the land in the project site, but there will be no change in drainage pattern.

4.10 Hydrology & Geology

FAE Aspects Impacts Mitigation measures

GEO i. Topography ii. Geomorphol

ogy iii. Soil cover

Sliding , Seepage , Siltation , Slope failure

Change

Soil conservation plan given Minor change –no natural problem Concrete floor in project premise

HG i. Aquifer ii. Ground

water used iii. Stage Of

Water Development

iv. Chemical Hazard

v. STP Discharge

vi. GW Problem

vii. Storm Water

viii. Chemicals ix. OE area

Daccan trap – poor aquifer

GW Table Fluctuation increase

May be change Seepage occurred Drainage changed

• Rain water harvesting given

• Stage of water development not change, no abstraction

• Piezometer well proposed

• Proper channelized drainage system suggest to collect the rain/storm water collection

• Proper ETP system advised

• CGWA clearance required ,if they will used the GW in future.


240



4.11 Ecology

A. Impact during Construction Phase Any construction activity brings changes in some components of the local Terrestrial ecosystem. These adverse impacts are restricted to the project Construction site and to some extent it's immediate surroundings.

The expansion in proposed project will not involve removal of any vegetation from the soil and loosening of the topsoil generally causes soil erosion as it is. However, such impacts will be confined to the plant site and will be minimized through paving and water sprinkling. However, 1180 Sq.M area is developed for greenbelt and 320 sq.m of greenbelt will be developed in the plant site. The existing trees will be preserved to the extent possible. Thus, there will no major adverse impacts are envisaged on ecological environment due to project activities.

. B. Mitigation measures during construction phase : During construction, small shrubs in the plant premises are required to be cleared. The measures required to be undertaken to minimize the impact on the ecology are:

• The felling of trees will be kept at minimum. • Adequate Greenbelt will be developed.

C. Impact during Operation Phase Impacts on terrestrial ecosystem can occur due to operation of the any industrial project mainly from air emissions, liquid effluents as well as hazardous wastes generation, which can interfere with the biotic and a biotic components of the ecosystem and may induce injurious effects when concentrations exceed permissible standards.

The proposed expansion project will be carried out on land within M/s. A. K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd without cutting of any trees. The proposed project does not alter the crop pattern and natural vegetation of the surrounding area.

Due to the safe control technology of air pollutants, liquid effluents and hazardous wastes disposal, no impact on the surrounding ecology is anticipated.

Development of additional greenbelt/green area will improve the ecological Environment of the surrounding areas.


241



Prediction of impacts is based both on the direct and indirect; short-term as well as long-term; irreversible and irreversible impacts that are most likely to occur owing to the industrial activity during establishment and operation. The ecological factors that are considered most significant as far as the impact on flora and fauna are concerned:

• Whether there shall be any reduction in species diversity. • Whether there shall be any habitat loss or fragmentation. • Whether there shall be any risk or threat to the rare or endangered or

endemic or threatened (REET) species. • Whether there shall be any impairment of ecological functions such as(i)

disruption of food chains,(ii) decline in species population and or(iii) alterations in predator-prey relationships.

Negative Impacts:

As there is change in the land use and land cover on account of the proposed project, the proposed action is not going to have any direct and significant negative impacts of flora and fauna or biodiversity. Most probable Scenario:

As stated earlier, it is a new project there will be change in the land use and land cover within the project site. No damage is going to be done to the existing green cover within the project site. Except for a few weeds, there are only cultivated plants and no RET species in the core area. No species is going to be lost on account of the proposed project. No direct or indirect damage is expected to the flora and fauna of the buffer zone. Further, as there are no rare or endangered or endemic or threatened (REET) species, the project does not pose any threat to the flora and fauna of the study area. As the industry is required to operate and maintain the emissions and effluents within the limits specified by the CPCB / SPCB, the effects of the industry on the flora and fauna of the buffer zone may be negligible. Neither the storm water nor the effluent water nor any other kind of rain or waste water from the industry shall get in to the drinking water resources.

D. Mitigation Measures during Operational Phase :- The measures required to be undertaken to minimize the impact on the ecology are:

• The felling of trees will be kept at minimum. • Adequate Greenbelt will be developed.


242



4.12 Socio Economic Environment

Like any other project, the proposed project is also expected to have certain positive and negative impacts on socio-economic environment.

A. Impact during Construction Phase Local people involved as contract labours will have benefits of getting employment. Proposed expansion project will generate temporary employment for personnel during operational phase.

Impact on Socio-Economic Environment

Due to proposed project there is no major negative impact on socio economic environment.

The Proposed Expansion Project will require workforce of 35 persons during plant operations. Thus industrial activity will boost up the commercial and economical status of the locality to some extent. And, the overall impacts on socio- economic environment due to the proposed expansion project are positive in nature and accrue to the community on the long-terms basis.

B. Impact during Operational Phase :- The Proposed expansion project will generate direct employment. The indirect employment will be generated by way of transportation, shopkeepers and other casual employment. Implementation of this plant will also reduce production loss due to shortage of power.

Thus, the Proposed expansion project will have significant positive impacts on the employment pattern of the study area.

During the erection phase short term direct or indirect employment will be generated. Project Proponent shall give first preference to the Local people wherever found suitable for all the jobs in the plant operations. Economic status of the local people will improve due to the increased employment & business opportunities, thereby, making a positive impact to the Local Economy. Educational, medical and housing facilities in the study area will considerably improve. Thus, the proposed expansion project will have significant positive impact on the socio-economic environment.


243



C. Mitigation Measures for Socio-Economy :-

• Due to proposed project the employment generation will be around 35 persons including, skilled, semi-skilled & unskilled labour and office staff. Local qualified personnel can be employed.

• Under CER Budget, the proponent has allotted 4.89 lacs to take up welfare activities.

4.13 Health & Safety A. Impact during Construction Phase Health problems are also likely to be experienced in the area as a result of Immigrant labour being careless about personal hygiene and also mosquito and fly-borne infections usually prevalent in the rural areas. Such Problems will be minimized by provision of adequate sanitary and health services.

B. Impact during Operational Phase The impact on health and safety hazard is due to Fire, handling of raw material and products, . The company will provide sufficient fire fighting system. Therefore, no adverse impact is anticipated.

C. Mitigation measures for Health & Safety

1. Provision of periodic medical checkup for all the employees is necessary

first aid facilities. 2. Protective equipments will be regularly checked and will be kept easily

accessible and easily workable during emergency. 3. Various types of fire extinguishers such as (Foam type, DCP, water, CO2

type) will be providing inside the factory premises. 4. Provide sufficient fire fighting system 5. Health Problems will be minimized by provision of adequate sanitary and

health services


244



4.14 Traffic Study & Its Impact Traffic study is important to calculate the existing and proposed load on the existing Road due to Proposed Project. The traffic density study was conducted at junction of Nandgam NH-8A & SH-6 which is about 1.71 Kms away from the project site. The present level of traffic has been converted to Passenger Car Units (PCU) at this location as per the conversion factors stipulated by Indian Road Congress (IRC). The Passenger Car Unit (PCU) recorded at the selected traffic location, which is towards Nandgam NH-8A & SH-6 is about 10037 PCU. The vehicles moving in both the directions were counted continuously for 24 hours at one location. The vehicles were counted every hour and recorded under respective category. The maximum traffic count in an hour is termed as peak hour traffic. The vehicles were categorized under various heads like heavy motor vehicles such as buses, trucks and tankers (10 wheelers), light motor vehicles (cars, jeeps), three wheelers (auto rickshaws, 3-wheel tempo etc.) two wheelers (scooters, motor cycles etc.). The present level of traffic has been converted to Passenger Car Units (PCU) at this location as per the conversion factors stipulated by Indian Road Congress (IRC). The Passenger Car Unit (PCU) recorded at the selected traffic location, which is towards Nandgam NH-8A & SH-6 is about 10037 PCU. Traffic counts were collected at three concerned transport route (on 22/12/2018 and 23/12/2018. Details regarding the traffic survey are: • Traffic counts were collected and recorded in 4 hours intervals. • Morning period (pick hours) survey was carried out from 8:00 to 12:00

hrs. • Evening period (pick hours) survey was carried out from 16:00 to 20:00

hrs. Traffic counts observed during the above survey are tabulated in Table 4.13


245



Table No.: 4.13

Traffic Study

Based on the above mentioned traffic study given in above Table, hourly vehicular traffic has been calculated. Considering worst case scenario, average number of vehicles observed during 4 hours has been taken as hourly counts. Passenger Car Unit (PCU) has been calculated by applying PCU factor. Proposed load of trucks due to the movement of raw materials, fuel and products has been calculated. Design capacities of both the routes have been taken from the Indian Road Code. Assessment of proposed traffic load is described in Table 4.14

Table No.: 4.14 Assessment of Proposed Traffic Load

Type of Vehicles

Route-1 (SH-06 / NH -08A: Chirai - Gandhidham )

Route-2 ( SH-06 / NH -08A: Gandhidham - Chirai.)

PCU factor as per Indian Road Code

Avg. vehicle per 08Hr. (Worst case)

Equivalent PCU (Passenger Car Unit per 08Hr.)

Avg. vehicle per 08Hr. (Worst case)

Equivalent PCU (Passenger Car Unit per 08Hr.)

Heavy (Bus, Truck, etc)

402 1210 290 315 3

Type of Vehicles Route-1 (SH-06 / NH -08A: Chirai - Gandhidham )

Route-2 ( SH-06 / NH -08A: Gandhidham - Chirai.)

Timings of Survey(8

hrs) Timings of Survey(8

hrs) 22-12-2018 23-12-2018

Heavy (Bus, Truck, etc)

402 290

Medium (Tractors, light commercial vehicles etc)

155 211

Light (Car, Jeep, Pickup Van etc.)

610 405

3 Wheeler (Rickshaw)

101 135

2 Wheeler (Scooter, motorcycle, cycle etc)

215 185


246



Medium (Tractors, light commercial vehicles etc)

155 220 211 256 1.5

Light (Car, Jeep, Pickup Van etc.)

610 610 405 405 1

3 Wheeler (Rickshaw)

101 101 135 135 1

2 Wheeler (Scooter, motorcycle, cycle etc)

215 215 185 185 0.5

Total PCU /Hr 2356 1296 Capacity : C, Design PCU per Hr

1000 1000

Existing PCU per Hr.

305 251

Proposed Load Trucks Car Two wheelers

12 6

12

12 6

12

Proposed PCU per day

32 6 4

32 6 4

Total PCU per Hr for proposed unit

42 42

Total PCU per Hr after the proposed Expansion

347 293

From the above table no. 4.9, it can be concluded that even for considering the worst case; there will be minor increase in vehicular load due to the proposed expansion project. However, the total traffic load even after the proposed expansion project will be very low compare to the design capacity of roads.


247



CHAPTER 5

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)

5.1 SITE ALTERNATIVES

The existing technology has been perform best key role for evaluation of the process technology and M/s. A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd is going to do expansion in existing unit. They are manufacturing Formaldehyde (37 % Solution) @ 900 MT /M and Resins (Urea Formaldehyde, Phenol Formaldehyde, melamine Formaldehyde) @1000 MT/Month). Now they are going to expand the capacity of existing product i.e. Formaldehyde (37 % Solution) from 900 MT/M to 3000 MT/M and Resins (Urea Formaldehyde, Phenol Formaldehyde, melamine Formaldehyde) from 1000 MT/Month to 3000 MT /M. So, after expansion total product quantity will be 6000 MT /M.

A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd. Proposed expansion to manufacture synthetic organic chemicals (Formaldehyde & resins) manufacturing unit at Survey No. 357/2C,Village: Nani Chirai, Taluka - Bhachau, District - Kutch, Gujarat.

The Existing unit is in an area of 3574 SQM., will have the infrastructure facilities very near to the plant area. Land, water sources, material transportation, and power etc are available without any difficulty. Since land for existing unit is adequate so, there is no need to analyze any alternate site for expansion.

The supporting factors for site selection:

• There is no protected area notified under the Wild Life (Protection) Act (1972) & Eco-sensitive area notified under Section 3 of the Environment (Protection) Act- 1986 exists within 10 Km radius areas from the Plant Site.

• The raw materials required for the production of all the products is easily available in the vicinity of the project site, because of the proximity to the industrial chemical markets at Kandla, Gandhidham, Kutch. This will reduce both the cost of raw material transportation and the associated risk.

• Plant is only 0.34 km, in East direction away from Kandla Port Highway, which is having good transportation facility

• Availability of trained and skilled manpower nearby because of the proximity to various industrial areas and city/town.

• No R & D will be required.

• Availability of adequate plot area along with Basic facilities like water, electricity, man power etc.


248



5.2 ALTERNATIVES FOR TECHNOLOGIES

The technology proposed by A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd for manufacturing of Synthetic Organic (Formaldehyde & Resin) is one of the best and proven technologies; hence no alternative technology has been analyzed. Thus, no new or untested technology will be used.

Particulars Proposed Technology Alternatives

Manufacturing Process

The unit will adopt latest and best technology available so far in the market for the manufacturing of expansion in proposed products to achieve maximum yield with minimum pollution generation and fugitive emission.

The unit is very concerned and conscious about the product quality and equally about the environmental protection & resource conservation. Hence, unit will put continuous efforts for replacing/upgrading plant and machineries from time to time with the best available technology with continuous research through its state of the art R&D facility.


249



Wastewater Industrial Effluent generation: 38.5 KLPD Generated Process

effluent @ 23 KLPD will be evaporated in in-house thermic fluid evaporator. Generated DM reject

@ 8 KLPD, RO reject @ 4 KLPD, Cooling @ 0.5 KLPD will be treated in primary treatment then after @ 12.5 KLPD goes to RO treatment. RO permeate @ 9.5

KLPD will be reused in gardening/ plantation purpose. RO reject @ 3 KLPD

will be evaporated in in-house thermic fluid evaporator. Total 26 KLPD

effluent will be evaporated in in-house thermic fluid evaporator.

No alternatives are required Since, proposed technology is adequate for the industrial wastewater treatment by evaporated in In-house Thermic Fluid Evaporator. RO Treated Effluent will be used in gardening and Plantation activity in their premises.

Air There is no flue gas emission except DG set because unit will takes steam from neighborhood industries M/s. Singhal Plywood Ind. Pvt. Ltd.

Only DG set will be there in the unit.

There is no process emission generate from manufacturing process.


250



Hazardous waste

On-site temporary storage of different type of hazardous waste separated with proper labeling and demarcation will be provided.

Unit will obtain necessary permission for disposal of additional hazardous waste by SPCB approved TSDF.

Certain wastes will be managed by reuse within premises / Sell to authorized end users/ Recycler.

As all existing technology/ methods are safe disposal facilities and also guided by authority, no alternative is required.


251



CHAPTER 6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

6.1 PREAMBLE

Based on the findings of the Environmental Impact Assessment study, various mitigation measures have been proposed, which have been detailed out in Environmental Management Plan (EMP). In order to monitor the impacts and efficacy of these plans monitoring of various environmental attributes have been proposed during and after the completion of the management plans. A well defined environmental monitoring program would be employed with trained and qualified staff of Environmental Management Cell of the proposed expansion project to monitor the environmental attributes of the area with respect to EMP as well as the guidelines of the GPCB/CPCB. Environmental monitoring schedule proposed expansion to be adopted by the project.

The post project environmental monitoring program serves as the key tool to keep track on performance of mitigation measures implemented & pollution control technologies installed to prevent impacts associated with various operations of the project.

Environmental monitoring is the repetitive and systematic measurement of the characteristics of environmental components to test specific hypotheses of the effects of human activity on the environment. Environmental monitoring will be undertaken primarily to determine the environmental effects of human activities, and secondarily to increase understanding of cause-effect relationships between human activity and environmental change.

Thus, environmental monitoring is the effective observation of site conditions and work activities; and identification of potential non-compliance situations and initiation of corrective or remedial actions. Monitoring is as important as that of control of pollution, since the efficiency of control measures can only be determined by monitoring.

6.2 MONITORING OF ENVIRONMENT From the monitoring point of view, the important components are air, water, soil and noise. Unit will carry out regular monitoring by NABL/MOEF approved laboratory.


252



Regular monitoring of all significant environmental parameters is essential to check the compliance status vis-à-vis the environmental laws and regulation. The objective of the monitoring will be as follows.

• To verify the results of the impact assessment study with respect to the proposed expansion project.

• To study the trend of concentration values of the parameters, which have been, identified as critical and planning the mitigate measures.

• To check and assess the efficacy of pollution control equipment. • To implement the EMP, a structured Environment Management Cell (EMC)

interwoven with the management system will be created. • EMC will undertake regular monitoring of the proposed pollution control

system and conduct yearly audit of the environmental performance of the system. It will also check that the stipulated measures are being satisfactory implemented and operated.

A comprehensive environmental monitoring program that will be prepared for the purpose of implementation in the proposed expansion manufacturing unit by the EMC is described below Table No. 6.1.

Table No. 6.1 Environmental Monitoring Plan

S. No. Aspect Source of

Impact

Monitoring Method and it’s Parameters

Frequency Executing Agency

Monitoring Agency

1.0 Construction Phase (As the construction area is small so, steel structure will be used in the existing unit, hence the impact will be very less)

1.1 Local Manpower Absorption

Construction Work

Contractor’s report No. of people working in the project

Daily Contractor A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd

1.2 Air Quality transportation of construction materials

Survey & observations; Levels of SPM, RSPM, SO2 and NOx

Weekly A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd


1.3 Public Health Dust, Noise, Movement of labours

Regular medical checkup

Monthly Contractors A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd

2.0 Operation Phase


253



2.1 Water Quality

& Quantity Surface & Ground water quality within the Project Area

Surveys, sample collection & field measurement;



2.2 Effluent Quality

Quality of Treated effluent will be evaporated in In-house thermic fluid evaporator and remaining treated effluent will be reused in gardening and plantation activity in their premises.

ETP sample collection & quality analysis

Daily (Internal); Monthly (Third Party)



2.3 Air Quality Emissions from DG Set

Air quality monitoring at 2-3 location within (SO2, NOx, SPM, RSPM, CO, HC, VOC) as well as stack monitoring.

Ambient -Monthly (24 hourly); Stack – Monthly (third party)



2.4 Noise Level Noise level compliance with respect to industrial standards

Ambient Equivalent Sound Pressure Levels (Leq) in day and Night time at 4 to 6 location.

Monthly (Third Party) and fortnightly (internal)



2.5 Biological Environment

Horticulture/ Greenbelt Development

Survival rate of plants and shrubs



2.6 Solid Waste Management

Disposal of waste

Monitoring of waste collection, segregation and disposal



2.7 Hazardous Waste Management

Hazardous waste as required by hazardous waste authorization

Monitoring of hazardous waste collection, segregation, storage and disposal




254



Generation of used drums, bags and records of their dispatch to approved vendors.

Maintain Records



Generation of waste oil and their treatment

Maintain Records



All the above observations will be complied and documented by the EMC to serve the following purposes.

• Identification of any environmental problems that are occurring in the area. • Initiating or providing solution to those problems through designed channels

and verification of the implementation status • Controlling activities inside the plant, until the environmental problem has

been corrected. • Suitably responds to emergency situations

The industry will engage recognized laboratories to carry out all necessary monitoring parameters. Qualified staff has been appointed for the purpose of Operation and maintenance of the pollution control facilities. Stand-by facilities are provided to all the facilities so as to ensure fail proof treatment.

6.3 Work zone Monitoring arrangement for Hazardous chemicals.

Arrangement for monitoring in the work zone.

• Sources: Operators may be exposed due to mechanical failure of hoses or seals and failure to ensure all hatches and chutes are closed. Exposure could also occur during the following activities or events: sample collection and testing, truck loading and unloading, filling of drums, equipment cleaning and maintenance, opening of tanks and equipment, and spills. All activities from glue spreading, pre-lay and hot press operating.

• Method of Testing: NIOSH, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health Method 2541

• Duration of sampling: 6-10 hours

Benefit of monitoring:

1. To control potential risk to health. 2. To provide controls measures by using following.


255



− Elimination − Substitution − Engineering controls − Safe work practices (Administrative practices) − Personal protective equipment

The following emergency equipment shall be present on site:

− Fire Extinguishers. − Industrial First Aid Kit. − Portable Eye wash station, Capable of Supplying 15 minutes of water. − Emergency Shower. − Vehicle Suitable for emergency Transport. − Emergency Communication like Land Line Phones, Mobile Phones. Etc.

Requirements Plan for Compliance

Gujarat factories rules want the occupier of the premises to carry out the required monitoring under Section 7 A (2) e and Rule -12 B in Form 37 prescribed therein.

As seen from the foregone discussions it is clear that the airborne contaminants and their concentrat ions including the composition are l ikely to vary a lot. Hence, portable sampling equipment capable to sample dif ferent contaminants shall have to be procured.

Records for location of operation, contaminant, sampling instrument, concentrat ion of air borne contamination, method of analysis followed and the number of workers exposed to the process are supposed to be maintained by the occupier

The dragger make or similar equipment is best f itted for the purpose and wil l be arranged for with necessary absorbing media tubes for expected contaminants.


256



6.4 CHEMICALS WHICH ARE EXPOSED TO WORKERS DIRECTLY OR

INDIRECTLY

No. Name of Hazardous Chemicals

Reference The Manufacturer, storage &Import of Hazardous chemical Rules 1989

Maximum quantity that can be stored at a time (MT)

Threshold Quantity

For application of rules 4,5,7 to 9 d 13 t

For application of rule 10 to 12

01 Phenol Sr. No. 481 (part II, Sch. 1 of MSIHCR, 1989)


02 Formaldehyde (solution)

Sr. No. 285 (part II, Sch. 1 of MSIHCR, 1989)

350 5 tonne 50 tonne

03 Methyl alcohol



04 Sodium hydroxide/ Caustic Flakes



Pre-employment medical checkup and periodically medical examination will be done. Liver function test will be done during pre-placement and periodical examination. Raw Materials, by-products and finished products involved in the process.

Hazardous chemicals are within the TLV/PEL as per ACGIH recommendation by using gas monitor & work place ambient air monitoring. FORM NO.37 should be prepared & submitted.

6.5 INFRASTRUCTURAL REQUIREMENT & PROCUREMENT SCHEDULES Looking to the generated Industrial effluent treated in ETP followed by RO plant and then evaporation neutralized effluent in In-house thermic fluid evaporator., there is no need to establish full fledge laboratory for ETP. However, unit will regularly check pH of the raw effluent. Flow meter will be provided at the ETP inlet and outlet for regular monitoring of wastewater quantity. In addition to this, regular monitoring will be carried out for wastewater, gaseous emission, fugitive emission and noise by NABL / MOEF approved laboratory as proposed in monitoring program.

6.6 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSIBILITY

Management of A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd not only carries out business but also understands the obligations towards the Environment. The company believes in sustainable development and equally concern about environment preservation and pollution control. The expansion in existing Unit will have a well organized


257



Environmental Management Cell (EMC) which performs all the environmental management activities. The will have Environment, Health & Safety Policy.

The EHS Policy prescribes to comply with statutory norm with regards to the Environment, Health & Safety, to prevent pollution by adopting cleaner production techniques, identification and management of operational hazards and risks and to ensure the safety of people. All employees at each cadre of the expansion in existing unit will be educated about the EHS Policy of the company and policy pasted at various prominent places in the unit. The company will have EHS policy for standard operating procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms/conditions with regards to the Environment, Health & Safety and to take further corrective actions. Hierarchical system and administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring total environmental compliance are described in the subsequent topics with relevant headings.

Table No. 6.2 Corporate Environmental Responsibility

S. No CONDITIONS COMPLIANCES

A

Does the company have a well laid down Environmental policy approved by its board of directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report

Company will adopt Environmental policy.

B

Does the Environmental policy prescribes for standard operating process / procedures to bring into focus any in fragment/deviation/violation of the Environmental or forest norms/conditions If so, it may be

Environmental policy and standard operating procedures will be implemented and displayed.

C

What is the hierarchical system or administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliances with the EC conditions. Details of this system may be given

Detail of this system is given in Figure No. 6.1


258



D

Does the company have a system of reporting of non compliance / violations of environmental norms to the board of directors of the company and / or shareholders or stake holders at large? This reporting mechanism should be detailed in the EIA report.

Non compliance reports will communicated to all directors in a systematic manner

6.7 Environmental Policy: 1. We strive to completely understand the environmental impact of business

activities at our factory, set forth goals and objectives regarding elements of activities that negatively impact the environment, and regularly revise our outlook in order to continually improve the environment. Areas in which we are directing particularly focused efforts are as follows.

− Seeking a reduction in environmental burden, we continually work towards improvements in output levels, minimize waste material production, and implement a natural resource and energy conserving philosophy.

− As a chemical factory, we handle a variety of chemical substances. However, we work towards prevention of environmental pollution by implementing appropriate management procedures with respect to environmental pollutants.

− As a factory that handles hazardous materials, we work to actualize safe operations by reducing accidents and trouble through absolute and constant awareness towards preventing explosions and fires.

2. While adhering to environmental laws, regulations, and agreements, we will work towards preventing environmental pollution.

3. We educate all our employees about environmental conservation and are working to heighten awareness and understanding of our environmental policy. At the same time, we perform environmental conservation activities from a wide range of viewpoints with a focus on the local community and global environment.

4. In case of Non Compliance/violation of Environment Norms, Meeting of directors to be arranged with the Manager & Environment Engineer/chemist. After details discussion, immediate action to be taken

The industry's management will actively initiate, develop and support the environmental policy, which is relevant to its activities, products and services and their environmental effects.


259



Broadly this covers the following:

− Be consistent with the occupational health and safety policy and other industrial policies (such as quality policy);

− Indicate which of the industrial activities are covered by the environmental management system;

The corporate policy for Environmental Management is to create sound and eco-friendly environment for sustainable development at all production projects, plan new projects with environment -friendly considerations, plan regulative, ameliorative and mitigative measures to protect environment and fully merge into the overall corporate policy for achieving the targeted business goals of the Corporation.

Objectives: The environmental policy is framed specifically to fulfill the following objectives:

− Create a work environment which enhances/motivates production and productivity.

− Create a residing environment for the enjoyment and peace of employee. − Encourage safe and scientific operations and other well-established

engineering practices.

Promoting awareness amongst the employees and the neighborhood population for adopting environmentally friendly acceptable procedures and restricting environmental degradation and pollution to the barest minimum

6.8 Environmental Management Cell

All the project activities are monitored to ensure the appropriate implementation of all environmental mitigation activities and to identify areas where environmental management plan compliance is not satisfied. For effective implementation of the monitoring program, it is also necessary to have a permanent organizational set-up. Unit will set-up permanent environmental management cell (EMC) for the effective implementation and monitoring of environmental management system. The unit will assign responsibility to officer from various disciplines and cadres to perform and coordinate the activities concerned with management and implementation of environmental control measures. The environmental management cell (EMC) propose to set-up by unit is given here below in Figure No. 6.1


260



Figure No. 6.1 Environmental Management Cell

EHS Manager of the unit will be responsible for total environmental management. Overall activities performed by EMC are presented below and details of responsibilities to be given to each officer of the EMC are given in Table No. 6.3. − Collect information from regular monitoring and create database. − Analyze the data and decide thrust area. − Carry out “project” in each thrust area to arrive at practical solutions to

environmental problems. − Discuss the reports of study on environment and disseminate the information.

Work out action plan for implementation of the recommendations made in the report.

− Prepare Management Information System (MIS) reports and budget for environment management program.

− To deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the conditions prescribed by SPCB.

− Non compliance / violation of environmental norms, if any are reported to Managing Partner and immediate required action is taken.

− Efficient operation and regular monitoring of environmental management systems

− Prepare budget for Environmental Monitoring Program

Director

EHS Manager

Executive EHS

Supervisor & Operators


261



Table No. 6.3 Responsibilities of EMC

S. No Name & Designation Responsibilities

1

Director Approve environment policy and give

succeeding component of the cell

2

EHS Manager

Responsible for overall environmental management. Regularly coordinate with Officer-EHS and take feedback regarding all the activities performed under EMC, keep aware the Director of the unit about all the activities performed under EMC, any major issue/accidents / incident take place, any noncompliance / violation of environmental norms

3

Executive - EHS

Establish EHS Policy, Development of EHS SOP, EHS Plan, Manual, Evolutes EHS program & training, Legal complacencies of SPCB & other Authorities. Execute and follow-up for routine monitoring, cleaning and maintenance work of environmental Management systems. Observe regularity, discipline and working strength of ETP operator. Property Loss Prevention activities, Work permit, Plant equipment changes, Mock drill activity, Safety Inspection & audit work, EHS Incidents/Accident investigation, Employee observations/near misses along with corrective action, Develop safety Committee & take quarterly its meeting Review & compliance report. Reporting the general manager about all the activities


262



4

Supervisors & Operator

To coordinate with production department, Utility, Engineering department to run ETP smoothly, carry out daily effluent analysis & take necessary actions if required & maintain & update all documents & records on daily basis, Routine cleaning & maintenance of ETP, Maintain minimum stock of required chemicals / materials, Give indent for spare components and follow up for it, maintain hazardous waste storage area in good condition & Record of it, Observe regularity, discipline, working strength of helpers.

6.9 ADMINISTRATIVE ACTIONS & DOCUMENTATION

6.9.1 Analysis

All environmental monitoring data will be stored as computer database by the Environmental Management Cell (EMC) for proper storage, retrieval and interpretation of the same. A regular database format will be maintained to keep a track of monitored parameters and causes are identified in case of non-conformity with the permissible limits.

6.9.2 Reporting Schedules

Voluntary reporting of environmental performance with reference to EMP is undertaken. EHS Manager and Officer-EHS co-ordinate all monitoring programs at site and data generated will be submitted regularly to the statutory agencies. Frequency of reporting is as per the requirement of SPCB and MoEF&CC.

6.9.3 Environmental Monitoring Expenditure

The monitoring and evaluation process requires extensive surveys and primary data collection, either to establish the baseline or to measure changes. In order to respond management needs for carrying out environmental monitoring, a contingency budget is required. Cost towards environmental monitoring of the proposed expansion project will be about Rs. 2,00,000 per annum. The recurring cost and Capital cost for Environment management plan is as follows.


263



Table No.6.4 Capital Cost & Recurring Cost of the Project for EMP

Sr. No


(in Lac)


cost (Rs. In Lac)












6 Green belt 1.5 2.0 Development of Greenbelt including Gardening and Plantation.

7 Occupational health)


9 Fire & Safety 20 1 Provision of safety equipment & fire hydrant system and fire fighting extinguisher.


Total 58.75 259.39 Prepared By M/s. Bhagwati Enviro Care Pvt Ltd.

264



CHAPTER-7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION

As per the EIA notification 2006 and its subsequent amendments,

“Public Consultation” refers to the process by which the concerns of local affected persons and others who have plausible stake in the environmental impacts of the project or activity are ascertained with a view to taking into account all the material concerns in the project or activity design as appropriate. All Category ‘A’ and Category B1 projects or activities shall undertake Public Consultation, except the following:-

− Modernization of irrigation projects (item 1(c) (ii) of the Schedule).

− All projects or activities located within industrial estates or parks (item 7(c) of the Schedule) approved by the concerned authorities, and which are not disallowed in such approvals.

− Expansion of Roads and Highways (item 7 (f) of the Schedule), which do not involve any further acquisition of land.

− All Building /Construction projects/Area Development projects and Townships (item 8).

− All Category ‘B2’ projects and activities.

− All projects or activities concerning national defense and security or involving other strategic considerations as determined by the Central Government.

M/s. A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd is an Existing unit located at Survey No. 357/2C,Village: Nani Chirai, Taluka - Bhachau, District - Kutch, Gujarat. In their Expansion in existing unit, they will manufacture Formaldehyde (37 % Solution) @ 900 MT /M and Resins (Urea Formaldehyde, Phenol Formaldehyde, melamine Formaldehyde) @1000 MT/Month. Now they are going to expand the capacity of existing product i.e. Formaldehyde (37 % Solution) from 900 MT/M to 3000 MT/M and Resins (Urea Formaldehyde, Phenol Formaldehyde, melamine Formaldehyde) from 1000 MT/Month to 3000 MT /M. So, after expansion total product quantity will be 6000 MT /M.


265



Considering scale of unit and its categorization, according to EIA notification dated 14th September 2006, by Ministry of Environment & Forest (MoEF), Government of India, unit is located outside notified industrial area & their proposed manufacturing activity is falls under Synthetic Organic Chemicals – Schedule 5(f) & cat -A. For that unit needs Environmental clearance from Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change. So, as per notification, Public Consultation is required for proposed expansion project.

7.2 Risk Assessment

Risk assessment may be broadly categorized as under: Design and Pre-modification review:

− Improper layout like location of plant in downwind side of tank farm, fire station near process area, process area very close to public road and wrong material of selection can cause severe damages to the work and outside environment.

Chemical Risk Assessment:

− It is being assessed for chemicals from the point of view of compatibility, storage, fire protection, toxicity, hazard index rating, fire and explosion hazards.

Process Safety Management:

− Before effecting major process changes, lack of Management of Change procedure (MOC) like reliability assessment of process equipment, incorporating safety tips and interlocks, scrubbing system, etc.

Electrical Safety:

− Ignorance of hazardous area classification, protection against static electricity, improper maintenance of specialized equipment like flameproof etc.

Safety Audits:

− Lack of Periodical assessment of safety procedures and practices, performance of safety systems and implementation of the same along with follow up measures.

Emergency Planning:

− Lack of comprehensive risk analysis indicating the impact of consequences

and specific written down and practiced emergency procedures along with suitable facilities had increased the severity of the emergency situations.


266



Training:

− Lack of safety induction and periodical refresher training for the regular employees and contract workmen.

Risk Management & Insurance Planning:

− Lack of identification and analysis of all risks and insurance planning so that interruption risks and public liability risks could also be managed effectively.

− To assess fire risk assessment in the industrial unit following steps shall be considered and measures shall be taken.

Fire Risk Assessment

• Identification & assessment of fire risks during operations in receipt, storage, transfer and handling of chemicals (raw materials and finished products).

• Identification & control of ignition sources in areas where flammable chemicals will be stored/handled/transferred.

• Review of chemical compatibility in storage areas and to suggest appropriate fire loss control measures.

• Review of fire detection measures adopted in the plant & to suggest suitable improvement measures.

• Review of the various active (fire hydrant, sprinkler, portable fire extinguishers) and passive fire protection requirements for chemical storage and handling areas and to suggest improvements as necessary.

• Review of contractor safety awareness (chemical spill, fire fighting, emergency communication, knowledge of plant hazards & safety regulations) and to recommend suitable improvement measures to enhance contractor safety.

• Review of safety awareness and safety training requirements (training identification and efficacy) of plant employees with respect to hazards present in the plant.

Risk Analysis &Emergency Plan

• Identification of scenarios of potential disasters/emergencies leading to loss of life, property damage etc. and qualitative assessment of their likelihood.

• Recommendations for risk control measures wherever applicable. • Preparation of onsite emergency preparedness plan.

Risk Management &Insurance Planning


267



• Identification of all major internal and external pure risks including the natural risks and analysis of the impact of above risks.

• Scrutiny of all existing major insurance policies in respect of: 1. Rationalization of basic rate of premium and widening of covers. 2. Applicability/eligibility of discounts in premium. 3. Application of suitable clauses, warranties and conditions.

• Identification of possible areas for refund of premium and suggestions regarding procedure for the same.

• Selection of insurance coverage on the basis of risk analysis. • Evaluation of business interruption exposure due to identified risks. • Providing guidelines on documentation requirements, procedures for claims

under various policies, evaluation of insurers. • Risk Assessment including prediction of the worst case scenario and

maximum credible accident scenario should be carried out. The worst case scenario has been taken into account the maximum inventory of storage at site at any point in time. The risk contours should be plotted on the map clearly showing which of the facilities and surrounding units would be affected in case of an accident taking place.

• The Risk Assessment report is enclosed herewith. Please Refer Enclosure :02

Methodology

− The following parameters are considered to prepare Risk

Assessment.

1. Design data, built in safety systems were studied. Discussions were held with officials on individual safety systems.

2. Hazard Identification exercise was conducted taking into consideration the materials, operating parameters and proposed safety measures.

3. Containment failure scenarios related to flammable chemicals and Corrosive Chemicals/Toxic chemicals Storage /handling and reactions involved in proposed products manufacturing have been considered for Risk Assessment and consequences in detail. Thus, this study is mainly oriented towards acute risks rather than chronic risks.

4. Discussed on proposed Raw materials Hazards and their Risks in handling.

7.3 Identification of Hazards

• Hazard identification is carried out to ascertain the controls required and available in order to mitigate the risk of exposure to the hazards. This would


268



substantially help in overcoming costly errors and prolonged delays that may be caused due to the design changes that may be required on a later date.

• Hazard assessment is carried out at the equipment design stage and the control / mitigation measures will be put in place to overcome them to avoid costly errors at a later stage.

• Hazard assessment in the plant is carried out examining the, Liquid and solid chemicals storage in the ware house, production operations, Storage of Flammable liquid chemicals in Phenol, Formaldehyde, Methanol and Sodium Hydroxide, locations to find out the adequate facilities in place to overcome the Risks of exposure to the Hazards.

• After a critical analysis of the chemicals used, stored, defined safe operating procedures and the different manufacturing processes, the following table lists the safety measures / installations in place and mitigation measures to overcome the hazards.

Following are the Hazards identified in proposed plant activities:

Solvents Hazards:

• Fire & Explosion: Heat produces vapors and can cause violent rupture of containers. Vapors may travel long distances and can flash back.

− Inhalation can cause dizziness, headache and nausea, depresses central nervous system and has anesthetic effects. Breathing of liquid droplets may

− let to chemical pneumonia. In case of excessive inhalation of vapors move the victim to fresh air, obtain medical assistance

− Fire Hazards due to Flammable chemicals leakage from drums, pipe line ruptures during transfer of material which may get ignited due to any spark.

− Fire Hazard due to improper earthing of storage tanks and material transfer lines, Spillage of Hazardous chemicals - Phenol, Formaldehyde Solution, Methyl Alcohol, Sodium Hydroxide which leads to Water pollution, soil pollution and Air pollution due to increase in respective chemical TLV Limits.

Storage and Handling of Formaldehyde:- Precaution for safe Handling:

Comply with the legal requirements. Use only in well-ventilated areas. Remove contaminated clothing immediately. Clean contaminated clothing. Keep the substance free from contamination. Thoroughly clean/dry the installation before use. Do not discharge the waste into the drain. Use earthed equipment. Keep away from naked flames/heat. At temperature > flashpoint: use spark-/explosion proof appliances. Finely divided: spark- and explosion proof appliances. Finely divided: keep away from ignition sources/sparks. Observe very strict hygiene - avoid contact. Keep container tightly closed. Measure the concentration in the air regularly. Exhaust gas must be neutralized.


269



Hygiene Measures:

Do not eat, drink or smoke when using this product. Wash hands and other exposed areas with mild soap and water before eating, drinking or smoking and when leaving work. Wash contaminated clothing before reuse. Contaminated work clothing should not be allowed out of the workplace.

Exposure Control/Personal Protection: Engineering Controls:

Provide exhaust ventilation or other engineering control to keep the airborne concentration of vapors below their respective threshold limit value. Ensure that eyewash stations and safety showers are proximal to the work station location.

Personal Protection: Splash goggles, Lab Coat, Vapor respirator. Be sure to use an approved/certified respirator or equivalent. Gloves.

Disposal Consideration: Waste disposal recommendation:

Remove waste in accordance with local and/or national regulations. Hazardous waste shall not be mixed together with other waste. Different types of hazardous waste shall not be mixed together if this may entail a risk of pollution or create problems for the further management of the waste. Hazardous waste shall be managed responsibly. All entities that store, transport or handle hazardous waste shall take the necessary measures to prevent risks of pollution or damage to people or animals. Dehydrate. Remove to an authorized incinerator equipped with an afterburner and a flue gas scrubber with energy recovery. May be discharged to wastewater treatment installation.

Hazards Identification of Phenol: Potential Acute Health Effects:

Very hazardous in case of skin contact (corrosive, irritant), of eye contact (irritant), of ingestion, of inhalation. Hazardous incase of skin contact (sensitizer, permeator). The amount of tissue damage depends on length of contact. Eye contact can result in corneal damage or blindness. Skin contact can produce inflammation and blistering. Inhalation of dust will produce irritation to gastro-intestinal or respiratory tract, characterized by burning, sneezing and coughing. Severe over-exposure can produce lung damage, choking, unconsciousness or death. Inflammation of the eye is characterized by redness, watering, and itching. Skin inflammation is characterized by itching, scaling, reddening, or, occasionally, blistering.

Potential Chronic Health Effects: CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: A4 (Not classifiable for human or animal.) by ACGIH, 3 (Not classifiable for human.) by IARC.MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Mutagenic for mammalian somatic cells. Mutagenic for bacteria and/or yeast. TERATOGENICEFFECTS: Not available. DEVELOPMENTAL TOXICITY: Not available. The substance may be toxic to kidneys, liver, central nervous system (CNS). Repeated or prolonged exposure to the substance can produce target


270



organs damage. Repeated p. 2 exposure of the eyes to a low level of dust can produce eye irritation. Repeated skin exposure can produce local skin destruction, or dermatitis. Repeated inhalation of dust can produce varying degree of respiratory irritation or lung damage. Repeated exposure to a highly toxic material may produce general deterioration of health by an accumulation in one or many human organs.

Storage and Handling of Phenol: Precaution:

Keep locked up.. Keep container dry. Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Empty containers pose afire risk, evaporate the residue under a fume hood. Ground all equipment containing material. Do not ingest. Do not breathe dust. Never add water to this product. In case of insufficient ventilation, wear suitable respiratory equipment. If ingested, seek medical advice immediately and show the container or the label. Avoid contact with skin and eyes. Keep away from incompatibles such as oxidizing agents, acids.

Storage: Air Sensitive. Sensitive to light. Store in light-resistant containers. Moisture sensitive. Keep container tightly closed. Keepcontainer in a cool, well-ventilated area.

Exposure controls/Personal protection: Engineering Controls:

Use process enclosures, local exhaust ventilation, or other engineering controls to keep airborne levels below recommended exposure limits. If user operations generate dust, fume or mist, use ventilation to keep exposure to airborne contaminants below the exposure limit.

Personal Protection: Splash goggles. Synthetic apron. Vapor and dust respirator. Be sure to use an approved/certified respirator or equivalent. Gloves.

Personal Protection in Case of a Large Spill Splash goggles. Full suit. Vapor and dust respirator. Boots. Gloves. A self contained breathing apparatus should be used to avoid inhalation of the product. Suggested protective clothing might not be sufficient; consult a specialist BEFORE handling this product.

Storage and handling of Liq. Raw Material and other Organic Hazardous Chemicals

− Storage for sealed drums out of direct sunlight and remote from sources of

heat to avoid generation of pressure. − Paint outside of solvent storage Area with heat reflecting paint to reduces

vapor losses from drums. − Storage of drums at ground level and take measures to prevent corrosion of

the drum base.


271



− Availability of adequate ventilation to ensure that in case of incidental release of solvent (vapour) the vapour concentration is as low as possible, and in any event within the regulatory requirements

− Transfer of solvent by mechanical seal pump through fixed pipeline as far as possible.

− Pump unloading using secured dry connections and vapour return lines preferred for larger containers.

− Fitting of atmospheric vent of the tank with air dryer in order to prevent moisture from entering the storage tank and equip it with flame arrestor.

− Fitting of a pressure-vacuum relief valve of stainless steel, cast iron or brass to avoid oxidation. It prevents damage to the tank if the vent becomes blocked.

− Construction of dyke walls around storage tanks to keep liquid from flowing out in case of damage to tank.

− Provision of emergency showers and eyewash fountains in the unloading area in case of accidental skin or eye contact.

− Availability of safe handling procedure for storage of solvents.


272



Table No.: 7.1 Area wise Identified Hazards, precautions taken with mitigation measures :-

S. No

Area

Identified

Hazard

Precautions taken

Mitigation Measures

1]

RM Storage area

Spillage chemicals

of

Approved layout as per legal requirements. Flame proof electrical fittings will be installed Chemicals will be stored in safe Containers

with secondary containment to prevent spillages.

Storage quantity is limited Storage area will be well ventilated by a forced

air ventilation system. Material will be accessed only by

authorized personnel using mechanized systems

Double door entry to ensure a clean

atmosphere.

Area will be cordoned off. Information will be passed to Emergency

control Centre is informed. Information will be given to the declarer of

emergency on the scale of Leakage. Emergency Response teams will be kept on

alert for swift response. All hot works being carried out in the

surrounding areas will be stopped

Personnel working in the area will be

evacuated.


273



S.No

Area

Identified

Hazard

Precautions taken

Mitigation Measures

2]

Solvents Storage area

Fire, Flammable area & Explosion

Storage facility will be provided in isolated area to have natural ventilation

Flame proof electrical fittings to be allowed in storage area to prevent any fire hazard.

No electrical gadgets or items capable of

generating static electric charges will be permitted in the area.

Personnel will be trained about Do‟s &

Don‟ts during emergency. No heat sources will be permitted near

the Facility. Hot work will be controlled through a work

permit system For all storage tanks double earthing will

be arranged

Area will be cordoned off. No Hot work will be carried out in the

vicinity to prevent accidental spread of fire.

Personnel working in the area will be

evacuated Emergency control Centre will be

informed Information will be given to the declarer

of emergency on the scale of Fire, Leakage & Explosion.

Emergency Response teams will be kept

on alert for swift response. The spillage will be cleared and the area

is made fit work


274



S.No

Area

Identified

Hazard

Precautions taken

Mitigation Measures

Adequate size Dyke wall will be provided to for containment in case of leakage of liquid raw material and products

Storage quantity and material will be

handled by trained and authorized personnel.

Mechanical foam type fire & DCP fire

extinguishers will be provided at liquid Raw material storage tanks

Fire hydrant system with hose reels will be

Provided in the solvents storage area. Hydrocarbon detectors will be provided in

the storage tanks area. Flame arrestor will be provided for each

storage tank.

In case leakage is found, the contents will be transferred to a spare tank or in to HDPE drums.


275



S.No

Area

Identified

Hazard

Precautions Taken

Mitigation Measures

3]

Diesel Generator

Noise & Fire

1.Noise abatement thru‟ modular acoustic Paneling of D.G set 2. Secondary containment is done to prevent Diesel leakage from day tanks. 3. Two nos. of Co2 fire extinguishers will be kept to handle emergency 4. Entry access to the area will be only for Authorized personnel.

1. Information will be given to Emergency control Centre.

2. Power supply will be cut off to the storage area to prevent accidental fire.

3. All hot work around the area will be stopped and the area will be cordoned off

4. The concerned maintenance personnel will be carried repairs to mitigate the leakages.

5. Emergency Response Team will be kept on alert for swift response.

6. Periodical occupational health checks will be done to personnel

ki i th t


276



S.No

Area

Identified

Hazard

Precautions Taken

Mitigation Measures

4]

Electrical sub

stations

Electric shock /fire

1. Layout confirm to legal requirements Will be specified under Indian Electrical Rules.

2. Entry will be restricted to licensed and

authorized personnel only.

3. Earthing will be provided for leakage of stray Currents.

4. Electronic mimic panels will be installed for fault indication at the entry of the sub- station.

5. Insulating rubber mats confirming to IS 15652:2006 will be provided in front of all electrical switchgear.

6. Periodical inspection and maintenance

Will be carried out to ensure good health of the equipment.

7. CO2 / DCP fire extinguishers will be deployed

to handle emergency fires


2. Power supply will be cut off from incoming source.

3. Electricity supply company will be alerted for cut off power supply in case of major risks

4. All hot work around the area

will be Stopped and the area is cordoned

off.

5. The concerned maintenance personnel will be carried repairs to restore normalcy.

6. Emergency Response Team will be kept on alert for swift response


277



S.No

Area

Identified

Hazard

Precautions Taken

Mitigation Measures

5]

Hazardous waste storage room

Fire/ Leakage

1. Storage shed will be at an isolated location. 2. Conditions specified in hazardous waste Authorization issued by SPCB will be implemented. 3. Compatible wastes will be stored in separate enclosures 4. Layout provides adequate ventilation and illumination 5. Secondary containment provided to prevent leakages / spillages 6. Storage quantity will be limited. 7. Periodical disposal of accumulated waste will be sent to authorize landfills. 8. Flame proof electrical fittings will be installed to prevent fire / explosion hazards.


2. Power supply will be cut off from incoming source.

3. All hot work around the area will be stopped and the area is cordoned off.

4. The concerned maintenance personnel will be carried repairs to restore normalcy

5. Fire hydrant system will be put in use


278



S.No

Area

Identified

Hazard

Precautions Taken

Mitigation Measures

9. Eye wash / body shower will be provided for decontamination in case of spillage on body parts.

10. PPE box will be equipped with gum boots, splash proof safety goggles, aprons for use during handling of chemicals.

11. Access to the area will be restricted to authorize personnel only.

12. Fire hydrant point with hose reels will be provided for fire mitigation

6. Emergency Response Team will be kept on alert for swift response.

7. Support of external agencies will be sought in case situation poses major risks and is not controllable by in-house infrastructure


279



7.4 Safe Practices [Handling, Storage, Transportation and Unloading of Chemicals]

7.4.1 Drums

Liquid Raw materials will be transferred from the drums to the day tank situated at the production block with the help of leak proof drum pumps / pumps /Vacuum through pipe lines from day tank to reaction vessel unloading by gravity.

7.4.2 Measures to Avoid Evaporation

All liquid chemicals/solvents stored in containers will be tightly closed. Will Keep away from heat, sparks, and flame Will Keep away from sources of ignition

7.4.3 SAFETY SYSTEMS

− Designated areas with proper indication & safety signs − Double earthling systems for all solvent storage area& process reactors − Flame proof transferring pumps for all flammable chemicals − Handling precautions/sop protocol − Pressure Gauges and temperature gauges on each reactor − Level indicators on storage tanks of Methanol (Formaldehyde) − Flame proof lighting to solvent storage yard − Well ventilated warehouse with suitable fire extinguishers will be used for

storage of liquid flammable chemicals/Solid Chemicals

7.4.4 Storage & Handling of Hazardous Chemicals:





− Exposure to hazardous chemicals will be minimized. − Liquid Hazardous chemicals will be transferred in closed piping system. − Separate storage section will be provided for storage of hazardous and non-

hazardous raw materials. − Drums shall be located and marked in designated area of hazardous chemical

storage. − Reactors / Drums of proper MOC will be selected. − All Reactors / Drums shall be uniformly tagged.


280



− Dyke will be provided. − Industrial type electric fittings shall be provided. − Adequate fire fighting equipments will be provided. − Anti corrosive paint shall be done. − Safety instruction board will be displayed. − Proper earthling shall be provided. − Lightning arrestor will be provided.

7.4.5 Transportation / Unloading

Highly inflammable chemicals will be transported by road. Therefore, adequate safety precautions for transportation will be followed. During transportation of hazardous chemicals, MSDS & TREM card will be provided to driver. As per Motor Vehicle Rules, PESO rules and Factory Rules all safety precautions will be followed during transportation of hazardous chemicals. The following safety precautions are suggested during transportation of toxic, inflammable and corrosive chemicals in tankers, while loading and unloading, transportation and meeting the emergencies arising out of leakages and spillages of hazardous materials:

− Park the vehicle at designated place. − Stop the engine. − Check-up spark arrester. − Provide earthing to tanker securely. − Ensure that fireman is available near the place with proper equipments. − Connect the piping properly − Before start unloading, check that, there should not be any leakage. − In case of leakage, immediately attend the leakages & rectify it. − After unloading is over, close the lid properly. − Vehicle to be started only after removal of all pipelines connected with tanker.

7.4.6 Safety Instructions for Transportation of Hazardous Materials

− The name of the chemical along with pictorial sign denoting the dangerous

goods should be marked on the vehicle and the packing material. − The name of the transporter, his address and telephone number should be

clearly written on the road tanker and on the vehicle. − The tanker or vehicle should not be used to transport any material other than

what is written on it. − Only trained drivers and cleaners should transport hazardous chemicals. − The transporter and the manufacturer must ensure the safe transportation of

the material.


281



− The Tanker / Vehicle should be checked for its fitness and safe condition before loading.

− During loading and unloading, the tanker/vehicle should be braked and isolated against any movement, while loading/unloading, use safety appliances.

− The tanker / vehicle should not be overloaded beyond the weight permitted by Transport authorities.

− Check for leakages from the line connections / containers before starting and Stopping the filling operations.

− Drive the vehicles carefully, especially in crowded localities and on Bumpy roads.

− Do not apply sudden break. − The tanker / vehicle should not be parked for long time on the way and

especially in crowded places. Park the vehicle away from residential areas

7.5 Spill Control

− For all chemicals spill control procedures will be displayed. Spillage shall be controlled as per concerned spill control procedure.

− Like any spilled materials to contain, absorb spilled liquid by dry absorbent clay or vermiculite.

− Collect most of the contaminated absorbent with shovel for further disposal/incineration.

− If material spills directly on the ground, dig up and remove saturated soil for disposal/incineration.

− In case liquid chemicals spills on to the ground use dry absorbent clay/vermiculate and neutralize with sodium carbonate

7.6 Effect and Consequence Analysis In a plant handling hazardous chemicals, the main hard due to storage, handling of liquid Raw Material & flammable chemicals. If these chemicals are released into the atmosphere, they may cause damage due to resulting fires or vapor clouds,

7.6.1 Operating Parameters

Potential vapor release for the material depends significantly on the operating conditions especially for any liquefied gas, operating conditions are very critical to assess the damage potential.

7.6.2 Inventory


282



− Inventory analysis is commonly used in understanding the relative hazards and short listing of release scenarios.

− Inventory plays an important role in regard to the potential hazard. − Larger the inventory of a vessel or a system, larger the quantity of potential

release. − The potential vapor release [source strength] depends upon the quantity of

liquid release, the properties of the materials and the operating conditions [pressure, temperature].

− If all these influencing parameters are combined into a matrix and vapor source strength estimated for each release case, a ranking should become a credible exercise.

7.6.3 LOSS OF CONTAINMENT

− Plant inventory can get discharged to environment due to Loss of Containment.

− Certain features of materials to be handled at the plant need to the clearly understood to firstly list out all significant release cases and then to short list release scenarios for a detailed examination.

− Liquid release can be either instantaneous or continuous. − Failure of a vessel leading to an instantaneous outflow assumes the sudden

appearance of such a major crack that practically all of the contents above the crack shall be released in a very short time.

− The more likely event is the case of liquid release from a hole in a pipe connected the vessel. The flow rate will depend on the size of the hole as well as on the pressure, which was present, in front of the hole, prior to the accident. Such pressure is basically dependent on the pressure in the vessel.

− The vaporization of released liquid depends on the vapor pressure and weather conditions.

In the study the largest potential hazard inventories have been considered for its consequence Risk estimation how vulnerable the organization is to a specific incident consequence.


283



7.7 General safety measures and specific safety measures adopted for transportation, storage & handling (spillage and leakage) of hazardous chemicals are listed as follows.

A. Generalsafetymeasuresfortransportation,storage&handling(spillage&

leakage)

− Layout and location of hazardous chemical storage tank as per natural and

− Mechanical ventilation. − Storage of hazardous chemicals based on their compatibility characteristics. − Provision of display boards on all storage tanks showing name of chemicals,

material of construction, calibration of tanks and date of painting. − Installation of level indicators on all storage tanks to know the exact liquid level

inside the tank and to avoid the accidental spillage or overflow. − Provision of dyke walls and transferring pumps on all the storage area for the

hazardous chemicals which helps to reduce the risk of tank leakages. − Provision of spare barrels/tanks of sufficient quantity for any emergency

spillage or leakage. − Regular inspection of all the drums/tanks of hazardous chemicals and

damaged − Drums for separation and disposal to avoid the possibility of catastrophic

rupture. − Provision of double earthing to all storage tanks to prevent the firing due to

static charges. Regular inspection of earthing pit. − Installation of on-site detectors for fire, based on heat &/or smoke detection,

with alarm system are provided as required. − Installation of breather valves and flame arrestors on flammable liquid storage

tanks to prevent firing. Regular inspection / testing of the same. − Periodic calibration and maintenance of all equipments related to hazardous

chemical storage. − Installation of NRV on all pump discharge lines. − Insertion of heavy duty gaskets to all pipe joints to prevent any leakage. − Thorough examination of piping for transfer of hazardous chemicals on yearly

basis for finding out any defects and rectify the same in due time. Maintain record of such examination.

− Use of drum trolley for the movement of drums of hazardous chemicals to avoid accident due to manual error.

− Display SOP for handling of hazardous chemicals in local language for safe operating procedure.


284



− Maintain proper inventory of hazardous chemical and keep buffer stock as minimums possible.

− Implement standard procedure for safe unloading of road tanker. − Provision of static earthing for tanker unloading. − Mount muffler on silencer of tanker during entering in factory premises. − Provision of water showering system (Automated sprinkling system) to the

flammable liquid storage tanks, wherever required to avoid vaporization due to increase in ambient temperature.

− Provision of adequate fire fighting system. − Provision of first aid boxes at prominent places in the plant. − Declare entire plant area as “NO SMOKE ZONE.”

In addition to the above listed safety measures, following measures are recommended and to be implemented for the proposed project.

− Installation of VOC detectors and implementation of LDAR programme. − On-site detectors for fire based on heat &/or smoke detection with alarm

system as required.

Specific safety measures for storage and handling of hazardous chemicals to be followed and implemented are as follows.

7.8 Occupational Health &Safety Program

The main ill-effects anticipated to the health of workers are due to the exposure of toxic chemicals. No other source of adverse effects on occupation health & safety is likely to occur. However, MSDS of hazardous chemicals will be prepared and made available with the management as well as concerned personnel working with materials or area likely to be affected by materials.

Following are the key safety measure to be followed and implemented.

− Provision of all necessary equipment like portable detector, online detectors and other laboratory equipments as proposed for regular monitoring of workplace air and other conditions.

− Implementation of safety policy. − Provision of proximity suits and self- breathing apparatus. − Provision and compulsory use of necessary PPEs like helmet, safety goggles,

face mask, hand gloves and safety shoes etc. for all workers. − Provision of ear muffs/ ear plugs to the workers exposed to higher noise level. − Provision of first-aid boxes (Containing Tincture iodine, Eye Drops, Burnol,

Soframycin (ointment), Sterilized cotton wool, Band-aid, Antiseptic Solution (Sevlon), Bandage, Rose Water, etc) at various places in the premises.


285



− Organize training program for information on accident prevention, proper control and maintenance of equipment, first aid training and safe material handling practices.

Following are the measures followed and implemented for Occupational Health of the workers.

− Pre medical check-up at the time of employment and regular medical check-up of employees.

− Maintain all the records in Form 33 certifying fitness for employment in hazardous process and operation as per Factories Act guidelines.

− Maintain health register of all the employees in Form 32. − Monitoring of occupational hazards like noise, ventilation, chemical exposure

at frequent intervals and maintain all records as per Factories Act guidelines. − Provision of occupational health centre (OHC) and part time qualified medical

officer as per factories act guidelines − Provision of drinking water supply for the employees as per standard of the

drinking water as per WHO guidelines. − Availability of proper sanitary facilities for the employees so that they do not

suffer from any health ailments.

7.9 Monitoring Program

Based on analysis of the proposed plant, the important components for the monitoring of occupational health and safety performance are identified as follows. The same will be augmented and implemented for the proposed project. Details of monitoring program for occupational health & safety are given in following Table No. 7.2.


286



Table No. 7.2 Monitoring Program for occupational health and safety

Sr.

No. Components Locations Parameters Frequency

1. Work Place Air Quality

3-5 within plant area VOC as specified under Gujarat Factory Rules

Monthly

Gas detector for VOC

Continuous

2.

Noise All prominent locations within the process plant area

Noise levels Quarterly

3.

Ventilation &Illumination

Process plant& Chemical storage area

Volumetric Air change, Room Temperature, Light Intensity

Six Monthly

4.

Occupational Health

Pre-employment check-up

Vision, Audiometry, Spirometry, Chest Ski gram, Urine, Completeblood count, etc.

Once at the time of appointment

Post- employment check-up

Vision, Audiometry, Spirometry, Chest Ski gram, Urine, Complete blood count, etc.

Once at the time of relieving

Whole unit Safety Audit Once in two years

5. Risk Assessmentand Hazard Management

• Utilities • Manufacturing

plant • Storage tank

Farm Area

HAZOP Study Operation parameters will be evaluated for deviation from standard operating condition

• At design stage i.e. while designing proposed plant& processes

• At pre-

startup stage i.e. when construction is completed


287



and operation is to be started

• At every 5

years of plant operation

• At the

time of plant&/or process modification and up gradation

• Storage tank

Farm Area • Reaction

vessels

Event Tree Analysis and Fault Tree Analysis Sequence of all unit- process/operation will be evaluated to identify all fault and abnormal condition leading to abnormal event

• After completion/ finalization of plant design.

• At the

time of plant &/or process modification and up gradation

Following precautionary mitigation measures associated with probable risk are to be followed and implemented.

A. Mitigation measures for leakage of solvents and hazardous

organic chemicals

− Allow only trained personnel to handle leakage and spillage. − Prohibit entry of any personnel to the prone area, If flammable vapor level of

solvent is above 10% of the LFL in a confined area. − Provision of Leak detection system to control leakage from source only. − Respirators is not as effective as ventilation in protecting workers in most

situations. − However, allow use of respirators in case of insufficient ventilation.


288



− Use of DCP, CO2 and/ or water type fire extinguisher in case of fire. B. Mitigation measures for leakage of concentrated acids

− Neutralize acid leakage by using lime, sodium bicarbonate and soda ash etc. − Absorb leakage by using dry earth, sand or other non-combustible materials. − Allow only trained personnel to handle leakage and spillage. − Use of water spray to divert vapor drift and to reduce vapors.

C. General Mitigation Measures

− Installation of all the equipment as per guidelines of provision of The Gujarat Factories Rules, 1963.

− Storage of hazardous chemicals in small sized multiple containers so as to avoid major hazard associated with large sized containers.

− Proper Control of the operating parameters, mainly temperature, vacuum, cooling media circulation, during plant operation and solvent recovery.

− Availability of common antidotes like milk of magnesia, banana, jiggery, glucose and milk etc. in case of exposure to toxic chemicals. Details of antidotes for other hazardous chemicals are given in MSDS.

− For any case of fire emergency, availability of standard type of fire fighting equipments and fire extinguishers in the storage area as well as required places in the plant.

− Strictly prohibit smoking inside the factory. − Provision of adequate and suitable personnel protective equipments to

operators and workers. − Availability of First-Aid facility and First-aid trained person at the time of

handling operation.


289



Table No.7.3 Possible Emergency- Spillage in chemical storage area (Spill Control Plan)

Location

Scenario considered Action by

Hazard Consequence

Possible Causes

Action to be taken

Remedial measures to prevent recurrence of such incident

Chemical Storage area

Small spillage Large Spillage

Toxic vapour Exposure to drum handling operators. Fire in case of ignition source available within LEL-UEL % concentration

Drum puncher or damage, Wrong Storage method.

• Find out drum leakage • Raise alarm immediately for

warning if large spillage observed.

• Do not enter in confined room if spillage is inside a confined room.

• Do not touch any electrical switches in spillage area.

• Stop all hot work in this area. • Call fire and Safety department. • Cordon the area. • Evacuate non-essential

persons from the affected area immediately.

• Inform the area in-charge. • Try to control situation at

department level with available resources with full PPEs.

• Identify the spillage material and refer MSDS for control plan.

• Segregate leakage drum from the area.

• Inform the Site Main Controller (SMC) in detail.

• SOP for handling will be displayed in local language for safe operating procedure.

• FLP type light fittings shall be provided.

• Proper ventilation shall be made available in Drum storage area.

• Proper label and identification board stickers shall be provided in the storage area.

• Proper inventory of hazardous chemicals should be maintained and buffer stock should be kept as minimum as possible.

• Conductive drum pallets shall be


290



• Open all doors and windows in this area.

• Take decision to declare onsite emergency.

• Spill control and neutralization team member try to control spread material in more area by absorbing material and dry sand.

• If material is toxic or any other flammable and toxic chemical, special precautions needs to be taken as per chemical expert Key person guide line.

• Do not spray water or Foam on spilled material.

• Do not drain spilled material in any trench.

• Collect the spilled material in close container and send to ETP for further neutralization of the residual contents.

• Administer first aid to the victim. • Make arrangement to send

injured person/s to Hospital. • If off site emergency situation

occurs, inform to following agencies Request for Mutual aiders, local authorities like DISH office, Collectorate office, Disaster management cell, Police, fire brigade, nearby hospital, local GPCB office

provided. • Drum handling

trolley / stackers/fork lift shall be used for drum handling.

• Materials shall be stored as per its Compatibility study and separate area shall be made available for flammable, corrosive and toxic chemical drums storage.

• Dyke wall will be provided to area where hazardous chemicals will be stored.

• Smoking and other spark, flame generating items shall be banned from the entry Gate.

• NFPA & GHS labels shall be provided on drums for hazard Identification of the chemicals.

• Exhaust shall be


291



provided at ground level in drum storage area.

• Drum loading unloading procedures are prepared and implemented. Liquid chemicals will be transferred by mechanical seal pump through closed pipeline.


292



Table No. 7.4 Possible Emergency –Toxic Gas Release

Location

Hazard

Consequenc

Possible Causes

Action to be taken

Remedial measures to prevent

recurrence of such incident Chemical Storage Area Process Plant area

Potential injury / fatality from large release

Toxic Gas Release Reactor / Heater Failure, Leakage in Process Line, Plugging of reactor outlet, leakage in pipeline

• Activate audio visual alarm • Evacuate the area immediately. • Inform the area incharge. • Inform Incident Controller in detail. • Call fire department immediately and help them in

fire fighting. • Try to control situation at department level with

available resources with full PPEs. • If it is found uncontrollable condition by department

level inform Site Main Controller for onsite emergency situation.

• Declare on site emergency if required. • All hazardous activates stop at site. • Inform nearby company to remove

hazardous material or inventory from the compound wall.

• Ensure search and rescue and causalities receive attention.

• Administer first aid to the victim. • Make arrangement to send injured person/sto

Hospital and inform victim’s family. • If off site emergency situation occur –Inform to

following agencies. Request for Mutual aiders, local authorities like – DISH office, Collectorate office, Disaster management cell, Police, fire brigade, nearby hospital, local GPCB office.

• Provide accurate gas monitoring system on site.

• Minimize on-site storage • Develop procedure for tank

inspection and maintenance • Develop purge system to remove

gas to another tank. • Provide temperature control inside

reactor with automatic shut-down of gas flow to the reactor.

• Design collection system to remove and purify/recycle or discard unreacted gas.

• Design control system to detect excess gases in exhaust and shut down gas flow.

• Provide control system to detect extreme temperature variations and activate backup cooling system.

• Diver flow to temporary storage tank • Provide relief valve on reactor with

outlet to a temporary storage tank • SOP for handling will be displayed in

local language for safe operating procedure. Provide training to employees in the area.


293



7.10 Onsite &Offsite Disaster Preparedness &Emergency Management Plan of the Industry

Risk leads to disasters & disasters have great impact on the profitability, stability & reputation of an industry. Disaster occurs when a hazard or a threat rises in vulnerable condition and the trend reflects an increase in both. To uphold righteous image of an organization, Disaster Management is of prime importance. For tackling the major consequences inside the port and in the vicinity of port DMP has to be formulated and this planned emergency document is called ‘DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN’.

Indian industry of late has begun to be aware of the necessity to apply more systematic approaches to safety particularly in plant design. Primarily, safety in the design of plant extends to the application of various codes of practice or design codes, which are based on the wide experience and knowledge of professional experts and specialists in the industry.

Such application is backed by the experience of local plant managers and engineers who have been involved in similar plants and who have direct experience in their operation over a number of years.

The main objective of evolving this emergency and disaster control plan is to create a procedure and infrastructure based on combined resources of the factory and the outside services with a view to minimize emergencies and disaster.

This may arise as a result of usage, handling and storage of certain toxic, corrosive, inflammable and explosive materials used in the manufacturing process and any other emergencies which may directly or indirectly affect the employees, property and local community.

Objectives are further classified as under: − Rescue operation and treatment of persons affected by the

emergency. − Safeguard of other persons not affected by the emergency. − Keep the damage to property and environment at a minimum level. − Initially contain the impact of incident and ultimately bring the incident under

control. − Provide authentic information to outsiders and media. − Rehabilitation of affected person. − Preservation of relevant records. − Inquiry into the cause of emergency situations and then analysis to prevent

recurrence.


294



Purpose of Plan:

− To save lives and injuries, − To prevent or reduce property losses, − For protection of environment, − For protection of installation & restoration of production, − To provide help for quick continuation of normal situation or operation.

More specifically the elements that will form the backbone of the emergency preparedness organization are:

− Availability organization and utilization of resources for facility emergencies. − Accident evaluation procedures. − The command, coordination and responsible organization structure. − Notification and communication mechanism. − Training exercises and plans maintenance.

Emergencies and disasters can happen at any moment - and, they usually occur without warning. When an emergency strikes, immediate safety and prompt recovery are depends on the existing levels of preparedness among workers and management.

Emergency incidents that may occur, including

− Earthquakes − Fires or Explosions − Hazardous Materials Releases − Extended Power or Utility Outages − Floods − Mass Casualty Events

As discussed in earlier chapters, emergencies are classified as minor or major, according to their severity and potential impact. The Disaster management of any firm mainly covers steps like PREPAREDNESS, RESPONSE and RECOVERY PREPAREDNESS is a first step to assemble appropriate human and physical resources before any emergency occurs, So the industry shall have a designated an “Emergency Coordinator” with the management experience and financial authority to deal with the Disaster plan. The person shall arrange related staff safety education and training; Purchase department emergency supplies and equipment and give quick response on occurrence of any emergency- disaster.


295



The company will have the following essentials in an accessible location:

− First aid supplies, with instructions − Flashlights/batteries, approved power strips and extension cords, emergency

power supply − Portable AM/FM radios/batteries − Laboratory spill kits − Portable emergency water supply − Eyeglasses, medications and personnel protective measures − Personal’s emergency contact numbers.

The company will be in direct contact with the offsite Disaster plan of District Disaster Management authority. The important telephone numbers including Protective Services i.e Fire station, Hospital, Police department, factory inspector etc. shall be made readily available and in updated forms. A brief onsite emergency plan shall be readily available to all.


296



Figure No. 7.1 Emergency Management Chart for On Site Emergency


297



Fire Prevention

The fire accident may take place because of the electrical spark or static electricity. All the precautionary measures will be taken by the industry to prevent fire in any part of the plant as per the followings:

− The company will identify the sources of accidents. − Adequate fire extinguishers is provided and additional will be provided as per

requirement. − Mechanical rooms or utility rooms will not be used for storage. − All the chemicals will be stored with recommendation storage and handling

practice. − Storage and process area will be posted with “No Smoking” signs. − All the Personnel Protective equipment will be easily available to all the

workers. − The company will provide firewater reservoir, fixed water monitors/foam

monitor, foam trolley, sand bucket, eye wash shower, flame arrester and fire extinguisher to prevent from any causalities.

Laboratory Safety &Preparedness

The company will maintain clean work environment; post laboratory safety work rules, train all personnel; carry out inventory and label chemicals; not purchasing excess quantities of chemicals; segregates incompatible chemicals; keeps flammables in flammable storage cabinets with copies of Material Safety Data Sheets; installs seismic restraints on chemical storage tanks and reactors and disposed off chemical waste properly.

In case of occurrence of disaster, the company gives training to all workers and personnel to react as under:

MINOR release in the laboratory.

− Follow laboratory eyewash, rinse or shower procedures − Flush affected area continuously for 15 minutes − Vacate persons in immediate area if necessary − Clean spill − Wear protective equipment − Use appropriate kit to contain, neutralize and absorb − Collect, containerize, and label waste


298



MAJOR release in the industry and vicinity area

− Report factory name, location, phone number, the material spilled, possible injuries to concerned department for emergency help and measures.

− Assist injured persons. − Isolate contaminated persons and area. − Avoid contamination or chemical exposure further. − Close doors or control access to spill site

Material Safety Data Sheets

As part of quality for Hazard Communication Standard, all company is required to have Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) available to all employees working with hazardous chemicals. The concept is “that employees have both a need and a right to know the hazards and identities of the chemicals they are exposed to when working. They also need to know what protective measures are available to prevent adverse effects from occurring.”

Information that can be found in a MSDS includes:

− The identity of the chemical substance − Physical and chemical characteristics − Physical and health hazards − Primary routes of entry − Permissible Exposure Limits (PELs) − Carcinogenic status − Precautions for safe handling and use (including personal protective

equipment) − Spill response − Emergency and first aid procedures − Date of the MSDS − Although not required, it is highly recommended for the company to maintain a

file of MSDS sheets for all of the chemicals used in lab/work area. A central file is maintained at the office.


299



ON SITE EMERGENCY PLAN

Emergency Response Room (Safety officer room)

The place identified as Emergency Response Centre will be considered as the Security Gate Office. The location of the Emergency Response Centre may change in future as per convenience. The facilities available at the Emergency Response Centre shall include:

1. Internal Telephone 2. External Telephone 3. Manual Fire/Emergency Siren 4. Siren Actuation Switch 5. Important Address and Telephone Numbers 6. Emergency Vehicles 7. Confined Space Entry Procedure 8. List of Antidote/actions to be taken in case of hazardous chemical/materials. 9. Material Safety Data Sheets of chemicals 10. A copy of On-Site Disaster Management Plan

All communications after General Shift working hours and on Sundays/ Holidays are to be routed through the Security Gate Office.

General Rules:

1. Follow sense of discipline and do not pain. 2. Do not rush and endanger your personnel safety 3. Use personnel protective equipment according to the situation 4. Do not block any passages, which may hinder the movement of emergency

vehicles. 5. In case you have to shut down your plant operation, do it in an orderly manner

as per standard operating procedures. 6. In situation when you have to leave your work and evacuate to identify places

out of operating areas, do it in an orderly manner. 7. Follow instructions of the Safety officer. 8. Understand the Disaster Management Plan well and take interest in practice

mock drill.

An emergency in the premises has the potential to cause serious injury or loss of lives or extensive damage to the property and/or environment and serious disruption both inside and outside the plant. In such cases sometimes outside agencies are required to call for help in handling the situation. The causative factors like plant/equipment failure, human error, earth quake, sabotage etc. will


300



normally manifest in various forms viz. Fire, Explosion, Toxic release, structure collapse etc.

This OEP lays down the code of conduct of all personnel in the Plants and the procedures to be adopted by them in the event of an "Emergency". These procedures have been prepared taking into account the minimum strength of manpower available at all times in the premises. The individuals under the direction of the respective Team Leaders shall carry out the responsibilities assigned.

The emergency procedures outlined are suitable for round the clock coverage including holidays. These emergency procedures shall be followed as outlined in the OEP during general shifts as well.

Objectives:

The overall objectives of OEP are:

− To control the situation and if possible eliminate as quickly as possible. − To avoid confusion/panic and to attend the emergency with clear-cut line of

action. − To minimize the loss of property to the plant as well as to our neighbourhood. − To safe guard the non-affected areas. − To alert the neighbourhood. − To arrange head-count and rescue operations. − Treatment of the injured. − To safeguard others by timely evacuation. − To prevent any cascade of emergencies.

Emergency:

An emergency is the situation, which has potential to cause a large-scale damage or destruction to life or property or Environment or combination of these within or outside the factory. Therefore it is essential to have a laid down procedure to meet emergency systematically.

In any industry, emergency can arise at any moment and this depends on the type of:

− Structure − Raw materials − Machines − Nearby Industries − Location of the Industry etc.


301



Nature of Emergency

The "Emergency" specified in this plan will refer to occurrence of one or more of the following natural/manmade events.

− Earthquakes − Fires or Explosions − Hazardous Materials Releases − Extended Power or Utility Outages − Floods − Mass Casualty Events

Medical Help:

First Aid Boxes have been provided at various strategic locations. Requisite number employees are trained about First Aid, Liaison with nearest hospitals.

Communication System:

− Alarm Rising for Emergency by blowing the sirens installed − The siren will be used for raising the emergency alarm and also for all clear signals. − Emergency Siren: The wailing alarm will be sounded intermittently at fixed interval of 30

seconds for a period of two minutes in case of emergency, such alarm will signify the employees that an emergency has occurred and that the emergency services should be put into operation.

− Incident Controller after assessing the situation will declare that emergency is over. Till the Incident Controller issues the declaration, all the leaders will adhere to the task and be present at the prescribed location.

− All clear signal will be sounded through continuous siren for 1 minute. Even after the emergency is over a skeleton staff of the Rescue/Evacuation Team will be available at the site of emergency for at least 30 minutes to ensure that the situation is absolutely free from danger.

− After the emergency is over, all the team leaders should meet at the Emergency Control Centre and each team leader should submit a report to the Incident Controller about team performance and other details observed.

− In addition to the above systems, Internal telephones, P.A. System, Mobile telephones, Computer System etc. will be used for communication.

− If situation is beyond the control, the external agencies will be informed accordingly and asked for the help. Direct telephone, cell phone or messengers / runners may achieve this.


302



Assembly Point:

In case of emergency some locations are considered as Assembly Points. Depending on the wind direction and location of emergency, Assembly Point will be declared. The employees should run across the wind direction and not against the wind direction.

Depending upon the location of the emergency the Incident Controller will fix the Assembly Point and Officer will announce the location of the Assembly Point. Employee’s attendance, visitors and contractors workmen register will be made available at the Assembly Point for head count.

Emergency control centre:

Factory Manager Office will be declared as an Emergency control centre. Emergency control centre is facilities with:

I. Address and Telephone numbers of the Factory Inspectorate, Gujarat Pollution Control Board, Police, Fire Brigade, Hospitals and OEP Team Members

II. Plant layout-indicating storage of hazardous materials, layout of fire Hydrants/extinguishers, entrances/exits, roads etc.

III. Portable P.A. System, Manual Siren, flood lights, Torches, Pickaxe, Saw, Nylon Ropes.

IV. Fire Blankets / Fire Proximity Suit, Breathing Apparatus, First Aid Box etc. V. List of employees with address, telephone number, blood group etc.

VI. Material Safety Data Sheets of all chemicals handled.

Wind Socks:

Wind direction will be determined with the help of installed windsocks.

Mock Drill:

Mock drills are carried out regularly to familiarize the staff with their roles, fire protection equipment/system installed in the plant and use of personnel protective equipment. Senior officials monitor this and shortcomings are thoroughly studied and necessary corrective measures are taken.

Procedures for Mock Drills

A. Inform all the employees about mock drills and the signal to be given. B. Fix the date and location of the emergency for mock drills. C. Mock drills will be monitored by observers. D. Raise the siren for emergency.


303



Procedure on Noticing an Emergency

1. If anybody notices any situation, which may lead to a disaster, should be immediately inform the Shift In-charge / site controller / Incident Controller / Fire & Safety Supervisor / Security.

2. Take charge of the situation as Incident Controller. 3. Rush to the site of emergency to get the correct picture and then to

Emergency Control Centre for speedy control over the situation by making an arrangement for raising the alarm.

4. On arrival of Team members, he shall assign duties as required and activate the On-Site Emergency Plan.

5. Ensure safety of the plant and the personnel in the plant. He will make an assessment of the emergency and decide on external assistance.

6. Communicate and Coordinate among the Incidents Controller/ Site Controller/ Factory manager/ fire safety supervisor etc. and will be the final authority on all matters related with management of emergency such as: Fire fighting. Welfare and rescue operations. Arrange for Civil/Mechanical/Electrical work during emergency. Transport.

Incident Controller / Site Controller:

Rush immediately to the scene of the fire/emergency, select and set out appropriate fire/emergency equipment. He will take the below mentioned actions at the earliest opportunity, if the fire/emergency is not controlled. He will

− Call the security personnel from their residences for additional manpower if required. − Regulate entry and exit of personal required for controlling the fire/emergency. − Restrict exit of personal required for controlling the fire/emergency. − Arrange for Personnel Protective Equipment required for the emergency. − Call, the local Fire Brigade, Police in case of necessity in consultation with the Incident

controller. − Arrange transport facilities for removal of causalities to dispensary / hospital. − Take responsibility of law and order. − Keep detailed records of the incident and progress of operations to fight the

emergency.


304



Factory Manager:

He will rush to the Emergency Control Centre and collect the information from the Incident Controller. Further he will,

− Announce the location of the Assembly Point after getting information from Incident Controller / site controller.

− Take the list of persons to be communicated internally and externally. − Maintain liaison with the press, government agencies i.e. Police, Fire Brigade etc. and

the neighbourhood regarding the emergency under instructions from Incident Controller.

− Courteously Receive officers from the State Government or neighbours to the Administration Block only and inform to Incident Controller that they can be taken care off.

− Take all the steps required for the welfare such as providing tea, snacks, emergency temporary Medical Centre in consultation with the incident controller/site controller.

− Disclose all the necessary information in the plant and media so as to avoid rumours and Confusion.

− Also be responsible for the head counts at the Assembly Points.

Fire &Safety Supervisor/ Shift In-charge &Security:

− Proceed to the scene; establish contact with firemen and incident controller to supplement efforts in fire fighting.

− Assist in searching casualties and help to remove them to the medical centre. − Organize outside assistance in fire fighting and rescue operations if required. − Mobilize personal protective equipment and safety appliances and assist personnel

handling emergency in using them. − Keep and check on any new development of unsafe situation and report the same to

Site Main Controller. − Collect and preserve evidence to facilitate future inquiries.

− Effectively cordon off the emergency area and will prevent unauthorized people entering the scene.

− Permit the Fire tenders or Ambulance requisitioned by Incident Controller to the plant. − Ensure that vehicles and trolleys are sent out of the plant premises. − Ensure that all the employees are conducted out of plant and assembled at Assembly

Point. − Control Traffic Movement. − Remove tankers, tanker drivers outside. − Entry of unauthorized public to be prevented. − Arrange for vehicles for shifting casualties and essential workers to safe assembly

points.

Engineering/ Operation & Maintenance:

− Ensure the safety of the remaining part of the plant. − Take necessary steps for plant shutdown in consultation with the site controller.


305



− Ensure that an Operator is immediately available at the Water Pump House for fire fighting.

− Mobilize with necessary tools and tackles to handle any repair work on an emergency basis.

Offsite Emergency Preparedness Plan

The task of preparing the Offsite Emergency Plan lies with the District Collector; however the offsite plan will be prepared with the help of the local district authorities. The proposed plan will be based on the following guidelines.

Introduction

− Offsite emergency plan would follow the onsite emergency plan. When the consequences of an emergency situation go beyond the plant boundaries, it becomes an offsite emergency. − Offsite emergency is essentially the responsibility of the public administration. However, the plant management will provide the public administration with the technical information relating to the nature, quantum and probable consequences on the neighbouring population. − The offsite plan in detail will be based on those events, which are most likely to occur, but other less likely events, which have severe consequence, will also be considered. Incidents which have very severe consequences yet have a small probability of occurrence would also be considered during the preparation of the plan. − However, the key feature of a good offsite emergency plan is flexibility in its application to emergencies other than those specifically included in the formation of the plan. − The roles of the various parties who will be involved in the implementation of an offsite plan are described below. Depending on local arrangements, the responsibility for the offsite plan would either rest with the plant management or with the local authority. − Either way, the plan would identify an emergency coordinating officer, who would take the overall command of the offsite activities. As with the onsite plan, an emergency control centre would be setup within which the emergency coordinating officer can operate.

− An early decision will be required in many cases on the advice to be given to people living − "Within range" of the accident - in particular whether they should be evacuated or told to go indoors. In the latter case, the decision can regularly be reviewed in the event of an escalation of the incident. − Consideration of evacuation may include the following factors: In the case of a major fire. Only houses close to the fire are likely to need evacuation, although a severe smoke hazard may require this to be reviewed periodically; and if a fire is escalating and in turn threatening a store of hazardous material, it might be necessary to evacuate people nearby, but only if there is time; if insufficient time exists, people should be advised to stay indoors and shield them from the fire.


306



− This later case particularly applies if the installation at risk could produce a fireball with very severe thermal radiation effects.

Aspects Proposed to be considered in the Offsite Emergency Plan − The main aspects, which should be included in the emergency plan, are:

Organization − Detail of command structure, warning systems, and implementation procedures, emergency control centres. Names and appointments of incident controller, site main controller, their deputies and other key personnel.

Communications − Identification of personnel involved, communication centre, call signs, network, list of telephone numbers.

Specialized Knowledge − Details of specialist bodies, firms and people upon whom it may be necessary to call e.g. those with specialized fuel knowledge, laboratories.

Voluntary Organizations − Details of organizers, telephone numbers, resources etc

Fuel Information − Details of the hazardous substances stored and a summary of the risk associated with them.

Meteorological Information − Arrangements for obtaining details of weather forecasts and weather conditions prevailing at that time.

Humanitarian Arrangements − Transport, evacuation centres, emergency feeding, treatment of injured, first aid, ambulances and temporary mortuaries.

Responsibility of the Emergency Co-ordinating Officer − The various emergency services would be co-ordinated by an Emergency Coordinating Officer (ECO), who will be designated by the district collector. The ECO would liaison closely with the site main controller. Again depending on local arrangements, for very severe incidents with major or prolonged offsite consequences, the external control would − be passed to a senior local authority administrator or even an administrator appointed by the central or state government. The ECO will be equipped with address and phone numbers of important agencies.

Responsibility of Police


307



− Formal duties of the police during an emergency include protecting life and property and Controlling traffic movements. Their functions should include controlling bystanders, evacuating the public, identifying the dead and dealing with casualties, and informing relatives of death or injury.

Responsibility of the Local Authority − The duty to prepare the offsite plan lies with the local authorities. The emergency planning Officer (EPO) appointed should carry out his duty in preparing for a whole range of different emergencies within the local authority area. The EPO should liaison with the plant, to obtain the information to provide the basis for the plan. This liaison should ensure that the plan is continually kept up to date. It will be the responsibility of the EPO to ensure that all those organizations which will be involved offsite in handling the emergency, know of their role and are able to accept it by having for example, sufficient staff and appropriate equipment to cover their particular responsibilities. Rehearsals for offsite plans should be organized by the EPO.

Responsibility of Fire Authorities − The control of a fire should be normally the responsibility of the senior fire brigade officer who would take over the handling of the fire from the site incident controller on arrival at the site. The senior fire brigade officer should also have a similar responsibility for other events, such as explosions. Fire authorities in the region should be appraised about the location of all stores of flammable materials, water and foam supply points, and fire fighting equipment. They should be involved in onsite emergency rehearsals both as participants and, on occasion, as observers of exercises involving only site personnel.

Responsibility of Health Authorities − Health authorities, including doctors, surgeons, hospitals, ambulances and so on, should have a vital part to play following a major accident, and they should form an integral part of the emergency plan. For major fires, injuries should be the result of the effects of thermal radiation to a varying degree, and the knowledge and experience to handle this in all but extreme cases may be generally available in most hospitals. − Major off site incidents are likely to require medical equipment and facilities additional to − Those available locally, and a medical "mutual aid” scheme should exist to enable the Assistance of neighbouring authorities to be obtained in the event of an emergency.

Responsibility of Government Safety Authority

− This will be the factory inspectorate available in the region. Inspectors are likely to satisfy themselves that the organization responsible for producing the offsite plan has made adequate arrangements for handling emergencies of all types including major emergencies. They may wish to see well documented procedures and evidence of exercise undertaken to test the plan. In the event of an accident, local arrangements regarding the role of the factory inspector will apply. These may vary from keeping a watch, to a close involvement in advising on operations.


308



7.11 SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

Operational phase of the proposed unit cover the entire life span of the project. The proposed project will generate direct employment for local persons. The indirect employment will also be generated by way of transportation, shopkeepers and other casual employment for many people.

Local people will be given training and preference for almost all the jobs in the plant, direct as well as indirect. Economic status of the local people will be improved due to the increased business opportunities, thereby, making a positive impact. Educational, medical and housing facilities in the study area will considerably improve.

Thus, the proposed project will have long term-irreversible positive impact on the employment pattern of the study area.

Impact on population composition

The population composition of a place changes due to various factors viz, topography, availability of water, agricultural practices, economic development, transport facilities and migration of people. Migration of people brings changes in population size, sex ratio, adult child ratio and size & composition of labor force. The industry is a proposed new project in which local people will be employed directly and it will also help in generating various indirect jobs helping in creating an employment cycle. As most of the people will be employed locally, therefore, there will be less influx of people from outside in the study area. At present per household size is 5 to 6 persons. As the local people will be employed there will be minimal impact on the population of the study area. However, a significant increase in population can be expected through indirect jobs as and when the proposed new project will start.

Impact on employment generation

Employment will be given to local people to the extent possible. However, the local people cannot be employed in the proposed project as it is synthetic organic industry and requires an expertise and highly skilled jobs and qualification of the people in the study area do not match the requirement. However, recruitment of local people wherever suitable will be done and at least 80% reservation for recruitment of local people has been planned by proponent. The proposed new will generate various indirect employments which will help people locally, regionally mainly and later nationally. They will be involved in various job activities such as packing, warehousing, transportation, advertisement, direct selling, bulk selling etc. This will involve many people to generate income.


309



Impact on Local, Regional and National Environment

The major impact will be locally especially in the study area. The proponent will focus on the manufacturing of Pigment Green 7. With the coming up of industry it will lead to a quick and long term impact locally and regionally especially. With the increasing rate of employment in the region the development in terms of standard of living, education etc. will increase. Later, when the industry will increase it will contribute to the national level though marginally.


310



CHAPTER - 8 PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1 Introduction The proposed expansion activities will become beneficial to the surrounding area or community in terms of employment, social development and other benefits as described hereunder; Growth in the industrial sector creates new opportunities for employment and can also help diversify the economy. This is especially important given the high level of urbanization, and growing levels of unemployment and poverty in many cities. Unemployment is particularly high and an important factor in continued levels of low human well-being and slow growth. Synergistic growth in the chemical industries could have positive spin-offs for the socioeconomic development. The use of chemical further leads to development in field of Research and development. This chapter describes about benefits of the project on improvements in the physical infrastructure, social infrastructure, Employment potential in the region.

8.2 Improvement in Physical Infrastructure This is especially important given the high level of urbanization, and growing levels of unemployment and poverty in many cities. Unemployment is particularly high and an important factor in continued levels of low human well-being and slow growth. Synergistic growth in the chemical industries could have positive spin-offs for the socioeconomic development. This project is for manufacturing of Formaldehyde & resin product which will be used in manufacturing of resins bonding and in the Ply board, flush door, block board, practical boards and decorative laminate.

8.3 Improvement in Social Infrastructure

Due to expansion in existing project, 20 nos. of local peoples and outside peoples will get employment during the construction phase and 35 peoples will be employed during the operation phase.

Local people will be given preference for almost all the jobs in the Plant, direct as well as indirect. Economic status of the local people will be improved due to the increased business opportunities, thereby, making a positive impact. Educational, medical and housing facilities in the study area will considerably improve. Therefore, social infrastructure of the study area will be improved.


311



The company will also do following developmental activities in the area:

The proposed expansion Project does not involve any displacement of villages; however it will lead to development of the region and increase in infrastructure facility.

During the operation phases of the project a work force will be needed which will include both skilled and unskilled people.

Due to the proposed expansion project direct employment for local employees will be generated. Existing ancillary as well as auxiliary industries would be benefited by way of getting additional work. In addition to direct employment, indirect employment will generate ancillary business to some extent for the local population.

For the expansion in existing unit, persons will be employed for skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled category. The preference will be given to local population for employment in the semi-skilled and unskilled category; this will increase the employment opportunity in the surrounding area. The ideology of the company is to give employment opportunity to nearby villagers and this is the most positive aspect of company regarding enhancement of the society. Secondary jobs and indirect employment are also bound to be generated to provide day-to-day needs and services to the work force and industrial activity. This will also increase the demand for essential daily utilities in the local market. Due to proposed expansion project there will be development of communication facilities in the area. The employed people will be benefited financially. This financial gain will fulfill their monetary requirements, which in turn will increase their standard of living.

8.4 Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER) & Socio-Economic Development Due to the proposed expansion Project, facilities are likely to grow with the development. There is a positive effect due to improved communication and health services, which have lead to economic prosperity, better educational opportunities and access to better health and family welfare facilities. There will be beneficial effect on human settlement due to employment opportunities from the industry.

Local quality of life will be improved. This factor combined with all other mitigation measures like proper treatment and disposal of wastewater, hazardous waste and gaseous emission has minimized the adverse impact on ecology and had a beneficial impact on human settlement and employment opportunities. There has been a beneficial impact on the local socio-economic environment.

The increasing industrial activity will boost the commercial and economical status of the locality up to some extent.


312



A. K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd not only carries out business but also understands the obligations towards the society. The Project proponent is well aware of the obligations towards the society and to fulfill the social obligations, unit will employ semi-skilled and skilled labor from the nearby villages for the proposed expansion project as far as possible. Unit will also try to generate maximum indirect employment in the nearby villages by appointing local contractors during construction phase as well as during operation phase. Unit will be contributed reasonably as part of their CER activity. Unit will spend about 1 % of the project cost for CER activities in nearby villages. CER activities identified and planned at present are described below Table.


313



CER Activities Planning & Budget From A. K. FORMALINE (I) PVT. LTD

Total Project Cost: 4.8771 Crore Fund Allocated for CER Activity = 1 % of the project cost = 4.89 Lacs (for 03 Year) . CER Activity: 1.63 Lacs per Year

A. K. FORMALINE (I) PVT. LTD proposes the 3 year plan (2021-2024) CER activity plan to be undertaken in priority sectors i.e. Drinking Water Facility, Education, Green Belt Development, and Trees Plantation & Gardening Area Development.

M/s. A. K. FORMALINE (I) PVT. LTD will allocate fund for CER Activity for 3 Year

(2021-2024)

Priority Sector Cost Estimate for doing following

activity (in Lacs)

# Education 1.095 # Drinking Water Supply 1.095 # Greenbelt Development

1.5 # Trees Plantation # Gardening Area Development # Street Light Facility 0.6 # Sanitation Activity 0.6

TOTAL 4.89


314



Need Base Analysis Socio Economic Survey done in period of October-November-December 2018 by our Socio Economic Expert & they had done visit in around the villages of project site i.e. Nand gam, Moti chirai, Padana, Varsana, Bhimasar, Modvadar, Pasuda.

Based on their visit in the following needs to be required • Nand Gam& Moti chirai In Primary School found some of student belongs to poor family. Ground water is the major source of Drinking water in the Nand Gam & Moti

Chirai wherein hand pumps, tap water & dug wells are installed.

• Bhimasar & Moti chirai: Trees planted in near village & along with local roads.

• Pasuda & Modvadar: There were few street light available in main road of village.

• Varsana& Padana: Toilet facility is one of the most basic facility required in house. The finding

of the survey show that more then 90% of the household were having toilet facilities in their houses.

From the need base analysis we will planning for CER activity as per follows

Education & Skill Development The literacy rate in the study area is found to be 65.9%, which indicates moderate level of education is available in the area. However, for the higher educational facilities the community has to commute more than 5 Km. Hence, the unit has proposed to taken following actions for educational necessities:

− Development of library, science laboratory, computer laboratory, gymnasium etc. in school and play-area in Anganwadi.

− Award Scholarships/fellowships to deserving students to encourage education. − Provision of uniforms, books, stationery, necessary equipment etc to schools. − Promote Technical & professional education by giving financial assistance.

Promote computer literacy and technology assisted learning. − Reducing the drop out of students & absenteeism through counselling & other

means. − Organize skill development program for sustainable income generation &

livelihood for the community like training on scientific agricultural practices, tailoring, embroidery, etc.

− Vocational training for Youth & Women. − Conducting awareness programs to reduce child labor in the villages


315



− Promotion of adult education with focus on women’s education − Financial support and assistance for the development and maintenance of,

training institute Health

The medical facilities in the study area are very limited. Hence, the unit is planning to help the community through following measures for health benefits:

− Health awareness campaigns on serious/chronic diseases. − Organize free medical check-up camp for the villagers − Providing nutritional supplements to lactating mothers, children, adolescent

girls and pregnant women. − Providing support for the development and maintenance of the health facilities

Offering specialized support services to the physically handicapped and mentally challenged people.

− Promote awareness programs against social evils such as addictions, AIDS etc. and to spread the awareness of legal rights & responsibilities.

Water and Sanitation

All the villages are having basic source of water available. However, the unit has planned to explore the following measures for community:

− Provision of safe drinking water in village schools − Cleaning of water storage tank in villages and school − Provision of dustbin at various places like school, Panchayat offices, public

place in villages etc. − Build water storage structures with the coordination of government. − Provision of sanitation facility in the villages by building common toilets − Participate in Cleanliness Camp/drive of state government.

Infrastructure Development

− Construction / repair of school buildings, health center, etc. and construction of − separate toilets for boys & girls in school. − Promotion and development of water shed & rain water harvesting structure.

Promotion and development of solar street light and solar system − Financial support and assistance for the development and maintenance of

infrastructure facilities in the region like multispecialty hospital, fire station, − training institute, road etc.

Other Social Welfare Activities

− Financial & infrastructure assistance during disaster & other crisis incidents


316



− Participate & contribute in local religious and social programs

We will planning for CER activity as per follows

M/s. A. K. FORMALINE (I) PVT. LTD CER Budget: 4.89 Lacs (For Three Year)

Propose Planning for CER Activity (2021-2024) Cost in Lacs/Yr

2021-2022 2022-2023 2023-2024 − 1.095 Lacs for Education at

Primary School of Nand gam & Moti chirai i.e. will be provided stationary, Books, Uniform…

(After Discussion with Authority person/Principal of Primary School-Nand gam & Moti chirai we will provide fund as per his requirement for one year)

− 1.095 Lacs for drinking water facility provided in Nand gam & Moti chirai

_Providing drinking water station, pump, tap water & dug well in Nand Gam & Moti chirai village & at near our industries. (Drinking Water Station: 3 Nos. (1 station at near our industries & 1 station in Nand Gam & 1 station in Moti Chirai village) Water Jug-8 Nos every water station) − 0.6 Lacs for sanitation

activity at Varsana & Padana i.e. funds give for Public Toilet facility.

(we will contribute our CER finds to Gram Panchayat of Varsana & Padana village after discussion with Sarpanch)

− 0.6 Lacs for street light facility at Pasuda & Modvadar

(we will contribute to Gram Panchayat of Pasuda & Modvadar village after discussion with Sarpanch) − 0.5 Lacs will be provided

for care of existing trees & Greenbelt in Bhimsara & Motichirai Village.

− 1 Lacs for trees Plantation at near our industries & near Bhimasar with help of local people.

(20-25 Trees will be planted) (After Discussion with Sarpanch of Bhimasar Village we will planted trees at near village area & also develop Greenbelt area )

Total: 2.095 Lacs Total: 1.695 Lacs Total: 1.1 Lacs

8.5 Direct Revenue Earning to the National and State Exchequer

This project will contribute additional revenue to the Central & State exchequer in the form of Central GST & State GST. Thus, the project will help the Government by paying taxes from time to time, which is a part of revenue and thus, will help in developing the area. Demand of the products in foreign market is also significant, which will boost the export potential of the company as well as country. Export oriented units plays vital role in development of economy as well as local physical infrastructure for further boosting of industrial development with sustainable


317



approach as the industries need to maintain good environment & safety condition to get better foreign market.

8.6 Infrastructural Benefit

The plant site is equipped with sufficient infrastructural facilities including drinking water, power, easily accessible approach roads, public transport, communication, etc. Hence no major benefit to the public infrastructure is anticipated due to the existing project. However, benefits due to CER activities may be realized if any CER activities would be related with such facilities.

8.7 Other Tangible Benefits

The proposed expansion activities will have many employment & trade opportunities with the inception of the construction activities. Thus, these considerable employment & trade opportunities will eventually result in appreciable economic benefits to the local people & businesses/contractors. With this proposed expansion project, A. K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd. contributes to growth in manufacture sector. The country will also benefit from GST revenues. Foreign exchange earnings from exports are envisaged to increase. Beside economic benefits, the general social & cultural development of the area is anticipated at least due to the CER activities planned by the company. The long-term implications of this change can be definitely considered as progressive.

8.8 Employment Potential During the operation phases of the project a work force will be needed which will include both skilled and unskilled people. Due to Proposed expansion project, 20 nos. of local peoples and outside peoples will get employment during the construction phase and 35 peoples will be employed during the operation phase. Due to the proposed expansion project direct employment for local employees will be generated. Existing ancillary as well as auxiliary industries would be benefited by way of getting additional work. In addition to direct employment, indirect employment will generate ancillary business to some extent for the local population.

For the expansion in existing unit, persons will be employed for skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled category. The preference will be given to local population for employment in the semi-skilled and unskilled category; this will increase the employment opportunity in the surrounding area. The ideology of the company is to give employment opportunity to nearby villagers and this is the most positive aspect of company regarding enhancement of the society. Secondary jobs and indirect employment are also bound to be generated to provide day-to-day needs


318



and services to the work force and industrial activity. This will also increase the demand for essential daily utilities in the local market. Due to proposed expansion project there will be development of communication facilities in the area. The employed people will be benefited financially. This financial gain will fulfill their monetary requirements, which in turn will increase their standard of living.

8.9 Importance & Benefits of the Project: These products are widely used in Ply board, decorative & laminate industries. With rapid growth of industrialization, the demand of various pigments has also increased significantly over a period of time. Based on the informal survey of the market with potential customers and various traders, the company has found that there is a big demand in the market for the range of the product being planned. Today, increased focus is being laid on environmental friendliness and at the same time the industry is ensuring greater customer focus through technical services and marketing capabilities, in order to face global competition. To meet the current market requirement M/s. A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd has intended to do Expansion in existing manufacturing activity at Survey No. 357/2C, Vill: Nani Chirai, Tal: Bhachau, Dist: Kutch(Gujarat). Benefits of the Projects:

- Employment: For the expansion in existing unit, persons will be employed for skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled category. The preference will be given to local population for employment in the semi-skilled and unskilled category; this will increase the employment opportunity in the surrounding area.

- CER activities like; Drinking water facilities, Gardening& tree Plantation, Education, Sanitation faculties, Solar lighting in nearby villages

- Infrastructure Facilities


319

Draft Environment Impact Assessment of

Expansion in Existing Manufacturing unit by M/s. A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt Ltd. At Survey No. 357/2C, Village: Nani Chirai, Ta: Bhachau,

Dist: Kutch (Gujarat)

CHAPTER - 9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

9.1 Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis

During the scoping stage; no recommendation of environmental cost benefit analysis is suggested by the appraisal committee. So, it has not been carried out.


320



CHAPTER 10

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 Introduction

Any industrial development is associated with certain positive impacts as well as some negative impacts on the environment. However, the negative or adverse impacts cannot possibly rule out scientific development. At the same time, adverse impacts cannot be neglected. An Environmental Management Plan has been formulated for mitigation of the adverse impacts and is based on the present environmental conditions and the environmental impact appraisal. This plan helps in formulating, implementing and in monitoring the environmental parameters during and after commissioning of the project. The Environmental Management Plan describes, in brief, the management's plan for proper and adequate implementation of treatment and control system for air and liquid pollutants and for maintaining the environment. It also includes development of green belts around the Plant, proper safety of the workers, noise control, fire protection systems and measures. This chapter provides mitigation and control measures to attenuate or eliminate environmental impacts, which are likely to be caused by the proposed project. An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) has been developed to mitigate the potential adverse impacts and to strengthen the beneficial environmental impacts as well as to create positive environmental footprints during the construction and operation phases. The institutional capacity of A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd as the owner & facility developer and the reporting requirement to fully implement the mitigation measures have also been described in this chapter. In addition to that during the operation phase, the company will have an additional responsibility to comply with the statutory requirements as per the guidelines of Central/ State Government.

10.2 The EMP

The Environmental Management Plan (EMP) consists of a set of mitigation, monitoring and institutional measures to be taken during the design, construction and operation (post construction) stages of the project. The plan also includes the actions needed for implementation of these measures. Overall objective of EMP:


321



Prevention: Measures aimed at impeding the occurrence of negative environmental impacts and/or preventing such an occurrence having harmful environmental impacts.

Preservation: Preventing any future actions that might adversely affect an environmental resource or attribute.

Minimization: Limiting or reducing the degree, extent, magnitude, or duration of adverse impacts.

The major components of the Environmental Management Plan are:

− Mitigation of potentially adverse impacts. − Monitoring during project implementation and operation. − Implementation schedule and environmental cost estimates. − Integration of EMP with project planning, design, construction and operation.

The EMP has been designed keeping in view the regulatory and other requirements to ensure the following:

− Minimum disturbance to the native flora and fauna. − Compliance with the air, water, soil and noise quality norms. − Conservation of water to the extent possible. − Encourage the socio-economic development.

10.3 Objectives of EMP

The main objectives in formulating this environmental management plan are:

− To treat all the pollutants viz., liquid and gaseous which contribute to the degradation of the environment, with appropriate technology.

− To comply with all regulations stipulated by the Central / State Pollution Control Boards related to air emissions and liquid effluents discharges as per air and water pollution control laws

− To handle hazardous wastes as per the Hazardous Waste (Management and Handling Rules, 1989 of the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986

− To encourage support and conduct developmental work for the purpose of achieving environmental standards and to improve the methods of environmental management.

− To promote further afforestation in the surrounding areas of the Plant − To create good working conditions (devoid of air and noise pollution) for

employees − To reduce fire and accident hazards. − Perspective budgeting and allocation of funds for environment management

expenditure. Prepared By M/s. Bhagwati Enviro Care Pvt Ltd.

322



− Dissemination of technological solutions on Commercial basis to interested parties and Continuous Development and search for innovative technologies for a cleaner and better environment.

The Potential Environmental Impacts from the construction and operational activities of the industry are summarized below.

• Construction / Modification Phase:

− Site preparation, sanitation, noise, construction equipment & waste and site security.

• Operation Phase:

− Air pollution due to emission of Particulate Matter, Sulphur dioxide, Nitrogen oxide from the D.G. Set.

− Noise pollution due to noise generating equipment operation. − Disposal of effluent generated due to plant operations. − Disposal of Solid Wastes generated due to the plant operation.


323



Figure No. 10.1 Flow Chart of EMP

IDENTIFICATION OF THE POTENTIAL IMPACTS

RECOMMENDED MITIGATION MEASURES

DESCRIPTION OF MONITORING PROGRAM

ENSURE COMPLIANCE WITH RELEVANT STANDARDSAND RESIDUAL IMPACTS

ALLOCATION OF RESOURCES AND RESPONSIBLITIES FOR

PLAN IMPLEMENTATION

IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE AND REPORTING PROCEDURES

CONTIGENCY PLAN WHEN IMPACTS ARE GREATER THAN

EXPECTED


324



10.4 Pre-Project Environmental Management Plan

• Construction related impacts:

The industry is an established small scale Synthetic Organic Chemicals (Formaldehyde & resins) manufacturing unit. The potential for environment pollution during the construction is obviously considerably less than when the plant is in operation. The following factors require control during the construction phase. • Site Preparation

The levelling operation will involve stockpiling of backfill materials. All the disturbed slopes shall be stabilized with grass cover and dust nuisance controlled. • Sanitation

The site will be provided with sufficient and suitable toilet facilities with proper hygiene for construction workers. Adequate potable water supply will be provided for onsite workers. • Noise

The total noise effect in the vicinity during construction stage will be negligible in the site and the site is far away from the nearest human habitation. • Construction Equipment and Waste

It will be ensured that construction related vehicles are properly maintained to minimize exhaust emissions. Combustible waste will be burnt in a controlled manner. Other wastes will be disposed off in to a dedicated dump. Spent liquid waste if any, arising from chemical treatment of built-up portions for termites etc, will be correctly neutralized and disposed off.

• Site Security

The site will be secured by fencing and manned at entry points.

Adequate and effective environment protection measures will be planned and designed to minimize the impacts due to activities related to preconstruction (preparatory phase) of the project, machinery installation and commissioning stages and end with the induction of manpower and start up. The impacts during the construction phase on the environment will basically be very insignificant as the project construction area is very small. Only foundation for RCC structure will be made. Ready mix Concrete will be used and therefore no possibility of fugitive


325



emission due to material handling. In view of the above, the following measures are recommended to reduce the impact during this period:

− Due provision of necessary infrastructural services like water and power supply etc., for the construction area.

− All possible care will be taken to reduce the noise level due to construction

activity. As planned, no such noise generating machineries will be used. Also, noise prone activities shall be restricted to the extent possible during night particularly during the period 10 PM to 6 AM in order to have minimum environmental impact.


Mitigation measures Remarks

Construction Phase: Erection of Plant Machineries

• Air • Noise • Socio Economic

• Well maintained vehicles will be used.

• Metalled Road for Vehicle Movement

• Well maintained equipment will be utilized to prevent noise generation.

• Local labour will be hired for the work so that housing arrangement will be avoided.

Implementation responsibility: A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd


326



10.5 Environmental Management During Operation

The detailed mitigation measures planned during operation phase of the project are as follows:

Sr. No.

Activities/ Aspects

Environmental Attribute

Management Plan

I. Transportation of Raw materials & Hazardous Chemicals 1 Vehicular

Pollution and Fugitive

Emissions

Air Structural measures • Vehicular movement only

during day time will be ensured.

• Transportation by covered vehicles will be ensured.

• Regular maintenance and optimum use of the vehicles will be ensured.

• Driver will be educated about the characteristics of chemicals and immediate actions in case of any spillage or accident.

Procedural measures • All the vehicles will be PUC

Certified. • Availability of MSDS of all the

hazardous materials to the offsite emergency team will be ensured.

• Availability of TREM card with driver during the transportation of hazardous chemicals will be ensured.

2 Noise Pollution Noise 3 Chemical

spillage Land, Air, Water

II. Storage & Handling of Hazardous Chemicals & Fuel 1 Fugitive

emissions Air Structural measures

• Provision of designated storage area with impervious flooring, dyke walls and garland drain to restrict/ Control accidental spillages/ leakages and to prevent contamination of soil/ land.

• Provision of adequate ventilation system

• Provision of fixed pipeline and pumps with mechanical seal or seamless pump fro transfer

2 Chemical Spillage

Water, Land


327



of liquid raw materials. • Provision of gas detector in

process plant and work area. • Provision of breather valve,

PRVs, rupture disc etc. on storage tank/ process vent.

• Provision of flexi curtains at the entrance of Agro Waste storage yard to avoid spreading of dust.

• Provision of water sprinklers with high pressure water atomizer nozzle at coal storage yard, coal crusher and ash disposal point.

• Provision of de-dusting system at all loading and unloading points of coal.

Procedural measures • Good housekeeping to

maintain clean and orderly working environment will be ensured.

• Storage of all the raw materials & fuel in designated area only to restrict/ Control the seepage and prevent ground water contamination.

• Control operating parameters during plant operations.

• Handling of all the chemicals in a proper manner with prescribed procedures to avoid any spillages, if any, with other industrial effluent will be ensured.

• Collection and treatment of spillages, if any, with other industrial effluent will be ensured.

• LDAR program will be implemented and followed for control and detection of fugitive emission.

• Work zone monitoring will be carried out as per the monitoring program.


328



• Regular training to the persons handling chemicals will be provided.

• Maintaining minimum stock of hazardous chemicals on site as far as possible.

III. Manufacturing Activities and Operations of Utilities 1 Resource

Consumption (Water, Fuel, Power etc.)

Associated Environment

Structural measures • Installation of flow meter at

water intake point and treated effluent discharge point.

• Provision of separate energy meter for ETP, APCM.

Procedural measures • Maintain logbook for water,

power, raw material, fuel and other resources consumption (for production, ETP, APCM etc.)

• Proper and timely oiling, lubrication, preventive maintenance of all plant machinery of all plant machinery & equipment.

2 Wastewater generation, treatment & disposal in common

infrastructure for further

treatment & final disposal)

Discharge of

rain water (storm water)

Land, Water Structural measures • Installed In-house thermic fluid

evaporator. • Installation of flow meters at

strategic locations to monitor the effluent quantity and maintenance of the same.

• Construction of wall gate at final outlet of storm water to prevent any discharge of contaminated storm water.

• Design of ETP consisting of primary treatment along with RO for treatment of generated effluent.

Procedural measures • SOPs are prepared and

followed for efficient ETP operation.

• ETP operation are supervised by trained and experienced personnel.

• Operational logbook for Prepared By M/s. Bhagwati Enviro Care Pvt Ltd.

329



effluent treatment systems is maintained.

• Continuous and efficient operation of ETP periodical maintenance in line with procedures defined and manuals provided by the supplier.

• Performance evaluation of installed ETP as per monitoring program.

• Wall gate at storm water will be kept completely closed other than monsoon to prevent any discharge of effluent/ wash water in unforeseen situation.

• Storm water will be checked for any chemical contamination before discharge, if it is found contaminated, it will be re-directed to ETP for treatment.

• Proper discharge of sewage to soak pit through septic tank will be ensured.

• Good housekeeping is ensured to avoid contamination of storm water.

3 Gaseous emission (Flue gas & Process

Gas)

Air Only DG set with adequate stack height. • Provision of stack of adequate

height to achieve proper dispersion of gaseous emission so as to have minimal impact of ground level concentration.

• Provision of sampling ports as per guidelines for monitoring of stacks.

• Operational logbook for APCM is maintained.

• Maintenance schedule for utilities and its strict implementation is ensured.

• Periodical monitoring to evaluate the efficiency of


330



APCM is carried out as per monitoring program.

• Regular maintenance of reactors and other process equipment is ensured.

• Regular usage of proper PPE’s by workers in the plant is ensured.

• Development of green belt for control of air pollution.

4 Fugitive Emissions

Air Structural measures • Ensure close manufacturing

system order to minimize fugitive emissions.

• Connect all reactors to scrubbers and kept under negative pressure as per the process Requirement

• Provision of dedicated measuring tanks for each reactor.

• Provision of fume extraction system wherever required.

Procedural measures • Charging of liquid raw material

by pumping & closed loop system.

• Work zone monitoring carried out as per the monitoring system.


5 Hazardous Waste

generation, handling and management

Land, Water Structural measures • Provision of designated

hazardous waste storage area with proper roofing and leachate collection.

• Acquire membership of common hazardous waste management facility for disposal of hazardous wastes.

• Carryout MoUs with authorized end-users for sale of hazardous waste.

Procedural measures • Collection, Storage, Handling,


331



Transportation and disposal of all the hazardous wastes as per the hazardous and other wastes (management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016.

• Manual handling of hazardous waste is avoided.

• Disposal of hazardous waste at approved TSDF site is be ensured with manifest only.

• Technology for Cleaner production, waste minimization, treatment/ Reuse/ recycle/ evaporator of wastes will be explored.

6 Noise Pollution Noise Structural measures • Proper foundation, alignment

and installation of rubber padding as well acoustic enclosures for noise and vibration generating equipment and machineries

• Isolation of high noise generating machineries

• Adequate green belt development to attenuate the noise levels.

Procedural measures

• Preparation and implementation of preventive maintenance schedule for equipment and machineries

• Provisions of ear plugs/ ear muffs to workers working with high noise generating areas.

• “work permit system” for restricted entry to high noise generating areas

• Monitoring of noise levels at prominent locations as per monitoring program.

IV. Green Belt Development 1 Plantation of

Species Water, Air,

Land, Ecology Structural measures • Selection of species to be

done considering the soil type


332



as well as tolerance to specific air pollutants expected to generate from plant operations.

• Adoption of water sprinklers and drip irrigation system.

Procedural measures

• Allocation of fund for green belt development and maintenance.

• Survival rate of plant species to be monitored.

• Greenbelt will be maintained by regular watering, soil enrichment work (applying organic manure) weeding and providing proper protection.

V. CER Activities 1 Generation of

employment opportunity

Socio Economic • Preference will be given to local people for the recruitment.

• Allocation of fund for CER Activities.

• CER activities will be planned after carrying out need base analysis and in consultation with village heads based on their requirement.

• Periodical review of fund Utilization.

2 Social Welfare activities/

Infrastructure Development

10.5.1 Air Pollution:-

The flue gas emissions from D.G. Set are the sources likely to contribute to air pollution. Adequate measures are being taken to minimize the impacts of these emissions on the environment. The baseline data collected during the study period indicate that all five pollutants namely PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NOX, CO, HC, VOCs .

− The industry will take measures for reduction of fugitive emissions emanating out of process reactions by providing vent condensers.

− Good ventilation will be provided to reduce the workroom concentrations. − Fugitive emissions will be reduced by providing vent condensers to the all the

reactors.


333



− In order to minimize the air pollution, unit will develop greenbelt in and around its premises.

− DG Set Stack emission Controlled by providing adequate stacks height to disperse into atmosphere and maintain the air pollutants within the limits prescribed by CPCB.

− Unit will use diesel as a fuel in DG set.

10.5.2 Storage and Transportation of Raw Materials

The Raw materials / chemicals will be received in HDPE and MS tank and HDPE bags by trucks. The same will be stored in ware house under lock & key arrangement. Slight increase of Ground level Dust and VOC in air and it can be minimized by developing Greenbelt in and around the plant premises and providing proper roads for transportation.

10.5.3 Fugitive Emissions

− Proper storage of raw materials, products and fuels. − Ensuring closed feeding and sampling. − Establishing SOPs for start-up, shut down and maintenance operational

procedures. − Regular work place monitoring and ambient air quality monitoring as per post

project monitoring plan. − Methanol will be used in the manufacturing process. The liquid Raw Material will

be stored in MS Tank. These are handled in closed conditions.

10.5.4 Solvent Management Plan

Solvent management consists of the following:

− Unloading − Storage − Handling / transferring − Process / Reaction − Recovery

Unloading

− Solvents are received in tankers

• Road tankers (If in future they will install tank)

− Security will ensure that vehicle personnel shall not carry any match box / lighters


334



− The store personnel, has to check the paper work before unloading to confirm that the correct chemical received as well as discharged into the dedicated tank.

− Barriers and flags should be positioned to warn personnel at the unloading. − Brakes should be set and the wheels chocked. − The truck should be earthed. − Tanker should be kept under inert gas flushing through vent while unloading − Make sure that the inert gas valve remains open during the entire unloading

period of delivery is by gravity or by pumping. − Connect the flexible hose to the tanker and to the transfer pump − Check liquid level gauge on storage tank to ensure liquid is being transferred − When tanker is empty, stop pump and close valves on tanker, close valves in

transfer line.[For flammable material, stop inert gas purge] − Disconnect flexible hose and put into proper catch container to ensure no

product is lost on to the ground. − Remove choked warning signs, earthing and switch locks − Read storage tank liquid level gauge and record reading

Storage/ handling/ transferring :-

• Storage Tanks (If in future they will install tank)

− 2 or 3 Square meter condenser [depends on solvent volatility] with cooling water circulation is connected to each solvent storage tank to prevent solvent vapors escaping from tank surface in to atmosphere. The condensed solvent will go to respective tank. This results in recovery of solvent and prevention of VOCs into the atmosphere.

− The solvent pump which is having mechanical seal will be used for transferring the solvent to the Day Tank of the respective reactor as and when required. The entire solvent transfer takes place in a closed system. There is no manual handling.

− The above management will results in recovery of solvent more than or equal to 95%.

System will eliminate solvent losses during reaction and recovery will be the maximum extent possible. The above management will results in recovery of solvent more than or equal to 95%.

10.5.5 Noise Pollution

All the equipment in the plant would be designed to have a total noise level not exceeding 70-75 dB (A) as per the requirement of CPCB standards. Noise Environment


335



DG set will be the major noise generating units in the plant, of which generator will be functioning only at the time of power failure. There is no need for the workers to be near the DG set &Utility units continuously. The Generator sets will be placed in acoustic enclosures to maintain the noise levels as permitted by CPCB. Noise Pollution Control / Management

− The noise levels in the work place environment will be monitored periodically and if necessary action will be taken in the form of regular maintenance schedule to reduce noise and vibration in generating sources.

− The effects of the vibrations coming out of the base of the body over the surrounding civil structures are minimized by providing Damping pads/Resilient mounting at the time of installation.

− Under the general health check up scheme as per factory act, the workers will however be checked up for any Noise induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) by a trained ENT Doctor.

10.5.6 Water Quality

Water is essentially used in process, cooling tower, washing, along with domestic purpose. The total water required for the plant operations will be met from GWIL.

Total Water Consumption: 116 KLD Existing: 91.3 KLPD + Proposed: 24.7 KLPD Domestic water consumption: 4 KLPD Domestic waste water: 3.7 KLPD will be disposed off soak pit via septic tank. Industrial water consumption: 98 KLPD Industrial Effluent generation: 38.5 KLPD Generated Process effluent @ 23 KLPD will be evaporated in in-house thermic fluid

evaporator. Generated DM reject @ 8 KLPD, RO reject @ 4 KLPD, Cooling @ 0.5 KLPD will be

treated in primary treatment then after @ 12.5 KLPD goes to RO treatment. RO permeate @ 9.5 KLPD will be reused in gardening/ plantation purpose. RO reject @ 3 KLPD will be evaporated in in-house thermic fluid evaporator. Total 26 KLPD effluent will be evaporated in in-house thermic fluid evaporator.


336



Treatment system:-

Details of Proposed Effluent Treatment Plant Units Detail of Existing Effluent treatment plant.

Sr. No.



2.4 x 2.4 x 1.85 10.65 KL


3x3x1.85 16.65 KL

3. Primary Settling Tank 2.5x2.5x2 12.5 KL 4. Holding Tank 2.4 x 2.4 x 1.85 10.65 KL 5. Treated effluent collection tank 3x3x1.85 16.65 KL 6. Thermic Fluid Evaporator 1500 L/hr -------- 7. SDB 1.0 x 1.0 x 0.9 --------

Detail of Modify Proposed Effluent treatment plant

Sr. No.



2.4 x 2.4 x 1.85 10.65 KL


3x3x1.85 16.65 KL

3. Primary Settling Tank-1 1.85x1.85x2.0 6.84 KL 4. Primary Settling Tank-2 2.5x2.5x2 12.5 KL 5. RO plant 1500 L/Hr --- 6. RO Permeate Collection Tank 2.4 x 2.4 x 1.85 10.65 KL 7. RO Reject Collection Tank 1.85x1.85x2.35 8.04 KL 8. Holding Tank 2.4 x 2.4 x 1.85 10.65 KL 9. Treated effluent collection tank 3x3x1.85 16.65 KL 10. Thermic Fluid Evaporator 1500 L/hr -------- 11. SDB 1.0 x 1.0 x 0.9 --------


337



Strategic Control / Management

− Minimizing water usage. − Segregation and collection of effluent for proper treatment and to minimize

waste generation at treatment facility and to recover water for recycle and reuse. − Reducing the water consumption for the process by way of developing the

process and operation methods. − Prepare SOPs for handling and treatment of effluent water. − Minimize spillage and leakage of effluent to avoid Land pollution.


338



Figure No. 10.2 Schematic Diagram of Proposed Wastewater Treatment-ZLD system

Existing ETP:

Proposed Modified ETP Diagram:


Tank

Primary Settling

Tank

Thermic Fluid

Evaporato


SDB


Tank


Holding Tank

Reuse in gardenin


Tank

Primary Settling

Tank

Thermic Fluid

Evaporato


SDB


Tank


Holding Tank

RO plant

RO Reject

RO Permeate

Primary Settling

Tank


339



10.5.7 Hazardous /Solid Waste Management

Resource Conservation / Waste Minimization

The unit will also implement the concept of waste minimization circle including:

− Good House Keeping practices make the system easier and less costly. − Some of these are as follows: − Solid wastes e.g. powders, spills, etc. in process, and packaging will be

separately collected and disposed off instead of allowing these to join effluent streams. This will reduce load and increase the efficiency of treatment system.

− Search for future recycling schemes and evaluate their worth and implement such schemes wherever a promise of economic feasibility exists.

Discarded Container / Barrels/ Liners Management

− Discarded containers/ barrels/ liners will be kept at a designated place with paved surface.

− These will be sold to the actual users/ recyclers as per the Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016.

The record of discarded containers/ barrels/ liners stored in scrap yard shall be maintained and also, inventory of their selling to the registered recyclers shall be maintained. The same shall be reviewed by the HSE Department of the project.

Sr. No





Containers (Cat. No.3

61.50 MT/Year

60.00 MT/Year

121.5 MT/Year

Collection, Storage, Transportation, Disposed by selling out to authorised decontaminator.


0.02 MT/Year

0.04 MT/Year



34.3 MT/Year

36 MT/Year



340



Handling of Solid Waste and Hazardous Waste

− The solid wastes and hazardous wastes will be packed in double lined PP bags and stored in dedicated area. As and when sufficient stock is accumulated, ETP Waste will be sent to TSDF for further treatment and safe land fill.

− Industry will enter into an agreement with concerned Hazardous Waste Management unit.

10.5.8 EB [Ecology &Biodiversity]:

− The project activity does not require tree cutting. Also, the study zone does not have any ecologically sensitive location and hence, the plant activities are not expected to have any impact on ecology and biodiversity.

− Air emissions, liquid effluent disposal and solid waste generation are likely to have some impact on terrestrial ecosystems. However there will be no net increase in air pollution.

− Proponent will develop greenbelt around 41.97% of its total area.

Management

− Raw material dispensing stations will be equipped with vacuum duct hoods with top cover.

− If they will provide tanks in future then all tanks vents being used for storage flammable chemicals will be connected to respective condensers to avoid VOCs in the plant area.

10.5.9 SE [Socio-Economic Aspects]:

This project will have positive impacts on Socio-Economic Environment.

Positive impacts

− Direct employment generation potential of the proposed project will be for about 35 persons, wherein the first preference will be given to the qualified local People from Study Area.

− Various modes of indirect employment i.e. providing Conveyance, Transportation, Goods and Services will also increase.

− Overall improvement in quality of life of people of the study area will increase.


341



10.5.10 HG [Hydrogeology, Ground water &Water Conservation]:

The proposed project is located on the divide portion of the catchment and is over the run off zone. No major streams are passing through the site. The catchment area of the plant site is small and recharge conditions are moderate. However, the buffer zone of 10 km radius has good catchment and recharge potential with streams and tanks of considerable storage potential.

All the stream courses are ephemeral in character and carry large volumes of storm flows during rainy season and remain dry during non - monsoon season. The width of the streams is narrow and follows the weak planes within the hard rock formations.

Ground Water Conditions

Groundwater occurs under semi-confined conditions in the fissured zone of the banded biotitic hornblende gneisses. Ten bore wells were inventoried to assess the groundwater conditions. The depth to water levels was found to be 15-30m. The yield ranges of bore wells were found to be 200-300 lpm. The quality of water is found to be potable. As the extent of the proposed expansion site is very small only roof top rainwater harvesting is suggested for improving the recharge to the groundwater.

Possible Impacts on Groundwater & Mitigation

− The chemically loaded waste water leakage from the industry may affect the soil, surface and groundwater sources, so we will closely monitor to avoid any spillage or leakages.

− The ash spreading in and around the plant will be avoided by storing under closed conditions at dedicated place till it is disposed to users. The prevention suggested is not to allow the waste water leakage from the industry by implementing proper storage tanks for wastewater collection and ZLD system.

− All the chemically charged liquid discharges will not be allowed to be in contact with surface/ groundwater.

10.5.11 GEO [Geology]:

It is a proposed expansion project, does involve changes in topography and project activities include excavation of soil in the plant area and construction of buildings and facilities limited to the project site area. During construction, excavated soil will be restored to its original shape. Thus the impact during the construction is reversible, for short term and insignificant. During the operation phase of the project, no impact is envisaged on the topography. There will be a change in


342



topography of the land in the project site, but there will be no change in drainage pattern.

10.5.12 SC [Soil Conservation]:

The proposed expansion project does not have any impact on the soils beyond the boundaries of the project site and it is a Zero Liquid Discharge Unit; the chances of any enhanced soil erosion are not anticipated. But improper disposal of toxic wastes and accidental spillages of toxic chemicals can pose a serious threat to the soil, ground and surface waters. But the chances of such events cannot be quantified and predicted. Since the industry is expected all rules and regulations relating to the use, handling and disposal of all toxic and hazardous chemicals, no additional safety methods are required especially to prevent contamination of soil. Liberal use of locally available farmyard manure will be used for the plants in the greenbelt and block plantations for improving the productivity, fertility and health of soils. The project does not have any impact on the soils beyond the boundaries of the project site since it is a zero liquid discharge unit.

10.5.13 [Risk &Hazards Management]:

All the provisions as per the Factories act, 1948 manufacture, storage and import of hazardous chemicals [MSIHC] Rules, 1989 and amendments thereafter and also, the Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016 will be followed. Work environment monitoring as well as noise monitoring will be carried out on regular interval through third party. Following hazards may occur during the operation.

− Fire Hazards − Chemicals handling and Storage − Road accidents − Process hazards − Health hazards

Following procedures will be followed for effective management of any disaster

in the plant.

− Identification of Hazards and Risk assessment − Identification of persons at risk − Mitigation measures to minimize or elimination of Risk − Disaster management plan


343



10.6 Greenbelt Development

Objective

The purpose of a green belt around the plant site is to capture the fugitive emissions emanating from Plant operations, attenuate the noise generated and improve the aesthetics. Environmental protection has been considered as an important domain for industrial and other developmental activities in India. Ministry of Environment, Forest andClimate Change (MoEF&CC) has taken several policy initiatives and promoted integration of environmental concerns in developmental projects. One such initiative is the notification on Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of developmental projects issued in 1994 and further revised notification in year 2006 under the provisions of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 EIA Guidance Manual for building, construction, townships and area development projects proactively talks about the importance of greenbelts in such projects. Greenbelt in India refers to a buffer zone created beyond which industrial activity may not be carried on. This concept has developed through a long line of cases and today, greenbelts are present not only for the purpose of protecting sensitive areas to maintain ecological balance, but are also be found in urban areas so as to act as a sink for the harmful gases released by vehicles and industries operating in the city area. In this regard, comprehensive Guidelines for Developing Greenbelts have been compiled by the Central Pollution Control Board.

Action Plan

As per the stipulations of MoEF&CC, greenbelt is to be provided all along the boundary by planting tall, evergreen trees and the total green area including landscaping area will be about 33% of the project area. There will be block plantations to be done within the project site. Typical industrial greenbelt on all sides of the plant site with 5 to 10 m width patches and strips of greenbelt with a spacing of 2m x 3 m). About 25 - 30 trees will be grown in the space available every year upto 05 year. Since there shall be two rows of trees, they get direct light at least from one side and the branches can expand. Hence, potentially large trees with wide canopy are chosen instead of the less branched and straight growing trees. Soil is good and suitable for plant growth but water supply is critical during the dry season. Special care shall be taken to water them at least once in 7 to 10 days during the dry period. A list of plants suitable for greenbelt and to the local agro climatic conditions. A suggested list of multipurpose trees proposed to be planted in the greenbelt is given in Table No. 10.1.


344

http://greencleanguide.com/tag/moef/






Selection of Trees

The choice of trees species, suitable for plantation at the Industry Site, has been governed by the following guiding factors:

1) As per guidelines issued by Ministry of environment & Forests for greenbelt

development. 2) As per the study carried out by our FAE in Ecological & Biodiversity. 3) The tree must be tolerant to all the pollutants present in the area. 4) The tree should be able to grow and thrive on soil of the areas, be

evergreen, in habitat, having minimum of leaf fall. 5) The tree must be tall in peripheral curtain plantation and with large and

spreading canopy in the primary and secondary attenuation zones. 6) The tree should possess extensive foliar area to provide maximum impinge

surface for continued efficient adsorption and absorption of pollutants. 7) The tree should be fast growing and indigenous. 8) The tree should maintain ecological, land and hydrological balance of the

region.

Total plot area is 3574 sq. m. from that they had done gardening & plantation for 1500 sq. m (41.97 % of total Plot area) and additionally they will do plantation fro 100 sq. m. (2.79 % of total plot area) So, total gardening & plantation area will be 1600 sq.m which is 44.76% of total plot area.

- Unit had develop 35-40 trees in their premises & additionally they will plant 5-10 trees in their premises.

- The tree species selected for the plantation will be pollutant tolerant ,fast growing, wing firm, deep rooted and ever green.

- The company will select pollutant tolerant plant species. For example, Asopalav, Neem Tree, Gulmahor, Julie, etc.

- We will also develop plantation as per the MoEF guidelines all along the periphery of plant so that these trees perform as natural barrier and bring down the fugitive emission and stop carryover of dust along with wind current.

- The tree species selected for the plantation will be pollutant tolerant, fast growing, wing firm, deep rooted, and ever green. The company will select pollutant tolerant plant species.


345



They will also develop plantation as per the MoEF&CC guidelines all along the periphery of plant so that these trees perform as natural barrier and bring down the fugitive emission and stop carryover of dust along with wind current.

Budgetary expenditure for the greenbelt development has been depicted in the Table No. 10.1

Table No. 10.1 Budgetary Expenditure for GBD

Wind breaker plant species will be (eg. Polyanlthia, Eucalytus, Casuarina, etc.) Planted around the periphery of near boundary walls. Grass mat along with combination flowering shrubs will be planned along the rest rooms. Potted plants and climbers will be used on the roof tops. All the corners inside the rooms of administration building and along the stair case, potted shrubs will be put and change time to time for watering, pruning and fertilizing. Fast growing species with more calorific value is preferable. Necessary help will be taken from the local DFO in development of green belt. Money plants like climbers will be used and make them to hang to avoid penetration dust inside the working areas. These climbers will be sprinkled regularly to remove adhered dust particles. Based on the demand of nutrients by soil the fertilizer input shall be given. These trees will be planted in about different rows. The interspaces will be planted with grasses, bushes and hedges. Choosing native plant species which suits to local environmental conditions will be encouraging (percentage survival) and also for sustainable ecosystem development. Plants with flowering will give good aesthetic look. 1 meter width will be kept for tree plantation around the project boundaries. The plant species for green belt is given below in Table No. 10.2

Sr. No.

Parameter Amount in Rs.

1 Site Development 100000.00 2 Plants/ Seeds 50000.00 3 Plant Care & Reg. 50000.00

TOTAL 200000.00


346



Table No. 10.2 Plant Species for Green Belt Development

S.No Botanical name English name Habitat

1 Abutilon indicum Indian Mallow Shrub 2 Acacia arabica Gumarabictree Tree 3 Acacia ferruginea RustyAcacia Tree 4 Acacia mearnsii black wattle Tree 5 Acacia melanoxylon SallyWattle Tree 6 Acacia nilotica Babool Tree 7 Ageratumconyzoides Goat weed Shrub 8 Albizia lebbeck Fleatree Tree 9 Bambusa bamboo Bamboo Tree

10 Barringtonia acutangula Indian putat Tree 11 Bidenspilosa Beggar tick Herb 12 Butea frondosa Flame oftheforest Tree 13 Calotropis gigantean Crown Flower Shrub 14 Cassia surattensis Scrambled Egg Shrub 15 Cleistanthus collinus Garari Shrub 16 Cleome viscose Asianspiderflower Herb 17 Drypetes sepiaria Wild Caper Bush Shrub 18 Eucalyptus globules Eucalyptus Tree 19 Ficus benghalensis Banyan Tree 20 Ficus religiosa Peepal Tree 21 Magnifera indica Mango Tree 22 Parthenium

Carrot Grass Herb

23 Pongamia pinnata Indian beech Tree 24 Techtonagrandis Teak Tree

10.7 Health and Safety Following measures will be adopted in the plant:

− Inspection and maintenance of pollution control systems regularly. − All safety measures such as safety appliances, training, safety awards, posters,

slogans related to safety. − The workers exposed to noisy sources will be provided with ear muffs/plugs. − Adequate facilities for drinking water and toilets insufficient numbers will be

provided to the employees. − Fire proof aprons and necessary personnel protective appliances and

equipment will be provided to the concerned personnel.


347



10.8 Occupational health hazards

To prevent any spillage, accident and impacts of human health for safety measure will be taken while handling the raw material and products:

Occupational control measures for health hazard to the worker and to keep the risk of accidents to a minimum from our manufacturing activities. For the proposed Expansion project, company will make following arrangement within the factory premises for the different hazards:

Storage & Handling of Hazardous Chemicals:





− Exposure to hazardous chemicals will be minimized. − Liquid Hazardous chemicals will be transferred in closed piping system. − Separate storage section will be provided for storage of hazardous and non-

hazardous raw materials. − Drums / Tanks shall be located and marked in designated area of hazardous

chemical storage. − Tanks / Drums of proper MOC will be selected. − All tanks / Drums shall be uniformly tagged. − Level indicator shall be provided in tanks. − Dyke will be provided. − Industrial type electric fittings shall be provided. − Adequate fire fighting equipments will be provided. − Anti corrosive paint shall be done. − Safety instruction board will be displayed. − Proper earthling shall be provided. − Lightning arrestor will be provided.

Vessel and other Equipment related:

− Checking of process vessels and equipment is carried out regularly. − Records related to maintenance and its planning schedule is maintained.


348









Tankers:

− The tankers are checked for its fitness and safe condition before loading. − During loading and unloading, the tanker should be braked and isolated

against any movement, while loading/unloading, use safety appliances. − Check for leakages from the line connections before starting and stopping

the filling operations. − Drive the vehicles carefully, especially in crowded localities and on bumpy

Roads. − Do not apply sudden break. − The tanker should not be parked for long time on the way and especially in

Crowded Places. Park the vehicle away from residential areas. Fire control plan:

− Overhead water storage tank with adequate capacity is provided to ensure 24 hr. supply.

− Fire water tank with sufficient capacity of 100 KL (02 No. X 50 KL) will be provided with fire pump (02 Nos.)

− Fire hydrant system will be provided. − Sprinkler system will be provided at raw material storage area. − Fire extinguisher will be provided at production plant as per the requirement.

Contact numbers of nearest fire agency will be provided. − Nearest fire station is Timber association fire station 6 km, Gandhidham 15

km and Bhachau 15 km from the project site. − Unit will appoint qualified and trained fire personnel having qualification like

B.Sc. or Diploma in Fire and Safety. − Flame proof equipments and fittings will be provided for handling of

hazardous chemicals. − Tanks and all pump motors shall be earthed. − Road tanker earthing lines shall provide near the unloading pumps. − Independent dykes will provide for hazardous chemicals storage to contain

leakages. Floors of the dyke area shall of impervious finish. − Housekeeping of the plant shall as per prescribed norms. Floors, platforms,

staircases, passages will be kept free of any obstruction.


349



− All hazardous operations shall explain to the workers. They will periodically trained on the hazardous processes.

− Dedicated supply of firewater shall available in the plant. − Only authorized persons shall be allowed inside the plant. − All instrument and safety devices will be checked and calibrated during

installation. They will also be calibrated, checked at a frequent interval. Calibration records shall maintain.

− All electrical equipments will be installed as per prescribed standards. − All the equipments of the plant shall periodically tested as per standard and

results shall documented. All equipments undergo preventive maintenance schedule.

− The area will fence to isolate the same from all other departments. − Proper Earthing will be provided to each tank. − Flame arrestors shall provide on each tank. − Flameproof pumps & motors shall provide for solvent transfer. − In addition to fire hydrant system, fire extinguishers will be installed at

different locations within premises. − Adequate ventilation arrangement shall provide for safe and better working in

the plant as per the standard. − Process, equipments, plant involving serious fire hazards are designed as

per prescribed guideline. − Sufficient access for fire fighting shall provide in the plant. − Protection against lightning will be taken care in the plant. − Precautions against ignition will be taken.

Electrical related:

− All electrical fitting and motors in the storage areas will be flameproof. − Checking of all earthings, wiring & connection will be carried out regularly. − Proper earthing will be provided at all equipments and will be provided for

additional equipment. Adequate Nos. of earth pits will be provided.

Safety related: − Adequate types of personal protective equipment will be provided and also

safety training will be provided to workers. − Emergency showers and eye wash stations will be available at the worksite. − Arrangement for 24 hr. medical facilities by contact with nearest health care

centre/ hospital. − Pre-employment medical check-up and annual medical check-up will be

carried out and its records will be maintained properly. Fire fighting System:-

− Adequate fire fighting system will be provided in the plant. Sufficient numbers

of Fire extinguishers will be installed in all plants and storage area and details of existing fire control equipments are given in Table 2.23


350



Table No.10.3 Details of fire extinguishers

Sr. No.

Type Capacity Quantity

1 CO2 4.5 kg 15

2 Dry Chemical Powder 6 kg 10

3

Mechanical Foam

50 Lit. 05

9 Lit. 20

4 Fire stand storage bucket 5 Lit 20

01 nos. of fire hydrants will be installed in various sections of the plant.

Separate underground fire water tank of 100 KL is provided with main pump and

Jockey Pump. Details of Fire water pump is given inTable10.4

Table No. 10.4 Details of fire-water pump

Sr. No.

Location

Types

Capacity

Quantity

1

Fire Pumping area

Jockey Pump 10 HP (15m3/hr) 1

2 Main Pump 15 HP (40m3/hr) 1 Adequate numbers of smoke detector, flame detector, explosive gas detector, heat

detector and VOC detector with alarm. Automatic sprinkling system will be installed at various suitable locations. Details for the same is given in following Table 10.5.

Table No. 10.5

Details of provision for fire-fighting system.

Sr. No.

Particular

Location

1. VOC Detector Process Plant

Hazardous chemical storage area

Hazardous waste storage area

2. Automatic Sprinkling Admin building, hazardous chemical storage

area, Utility


351



Proposed DG Sets of 01 Nos. x 125 KVA will be installed for emergency power

supply. Mock drill and training will be scheduled and conducted once in six months. Respiratory PPEs like self contained breathing apparatus, bubble hood point with

air compressor, online respirator and non-respiratory PPEs like PVC apron, gum boot, goggles, rubber hand gloves are provided in case of fire.

Nearest fire station Kutch is located at a distance of 10 km from project site. Safety related

− Adequate types of personal protective equipment will be provided and also safety training will be provided to workers.

− Emergency showers and eye wash stations is available at the worksite. − Arrangement for 24 hr. medical facilities by contact with nearest health care

centre/ hospital. − Pre-employment medical check-up and annual medical check up is carried out

and its records is maintained properly.

Details of Occupational Health Programme:

− Worker can be directly or indirectly exposed by chemical like: liquid & Solid / powder chemicals as mentioned in chapter 2, during process or material handling.

Company have taken following action to keep chemicals with in PEL/TLV:

− Process should be carried out in isolated area or closed system. − Dilution ventilation/local exhaust ventilation system should be provided. − Chemical handled by competent person. − MSDS of hazardous substance must be maintained by company. − Quantity of substance should kept to absolute minimize. − Flame proof electric fitting should be provided. − Safety devices like temp. Control and pressure control must be provided to

vessel. − Labeling and sign board should be provided. − Fire fighting, sprinkling system and emergency exit should be provided. − PPE must be used during handling of chemicals.

Evaluation of Exposure of Chemical During Replacement and Periodical

Medical Monitoring.

− Emergency /exposure examination and test should be carried out. Examination is based on irritation, sensitization of skin, respiratory system, eye, shortness of breath


352



− Test must be carried out as per handling of chemicals as per OSHA guideline. − Check the previous medical opinion of worker/employee as well as history.

Treatment of Workers affected by accidental Spillage of Chemicals:

• Hazards with Acute Exposure

− Contact with skin may cause severe burns or systemic poisoning. − Systemic effects may occur from any route of exposure, especially after

skin absorption.

• Hazards with Chronic Exposure

− Repeated or prolonged exposure may harm the respiratory system. Can irritate and inflame the airways.

− Hazardous material affects the central nervous system, liver, and kidneys.

• Special Safety Precautions

− Prevent contact with skin by wearing neoprene gloves, lab coat, and resistant apron.

− Wear safety glasses or a face shield if splashing may occur. − Store in a cool, dry, well-ventilated area, away from heated surfaces or

ignition sources. − Skin contact requires immediate washing of the affected area with soap

and water. − Remove contaminated clothing and launder before wearing again.

• Procedure for treating workmen after skin contact.

− Skin contact requires immediate flushing of the contaminated area with soap and water at a sink or emergency shower for a good fifteen minutes. Remove contaminated clothing. In case of eye contact, promptly flush the eyes with copious amounts of water for 15 minutes (lifting upper and lower lids occasionally) and obtain medical attention. If methanol is ingested, obtain medical attention immediately. If large amounts of methanol are inhaled, move the person to fresh air and seek medical attention at once. It is recommended to provide the safety shower and eyewash station in plant.


353



10.9 Details of Occupational Health Surveillance Programme(Occupational

Health Plan):

Aim:

− Workplace injuries, illness can be prevented and hazard should be identified. − Evaluations of accident analysis due to unsafe act and condition as well as

identified the health and safety problems in workplace. − Effective Preventive measures strategies can be prepared. − New technologies, educational activities, public awareness and regulatory and

policy changes can be achieved.

The overall mission of the Occupational Health Surveillance Program is to promote the health, safety and quality of life of working people will be achieved:

Surveillance program can be improved by following action.

− Pre-placement examination and periodic examination must be carried out at Workplace.

− Maintain the work profile and medical history of employee/workers. − Pulmonary function test must be carried out in case handling of hazardous

chemicals. − Written medical opinion must be maintained by industry. − Examination must be certify by qualified medical practitioners

Details of worker training:

− Unit will give training to worker before emergency work regarding safety, engineering, production, health, raw material handling, SoP use etc.

− Unit will give training to their work periodically as decided by the manager either in house or outside.

10.10 Hazardous identification and preventive measures Raw Material Storage hazardous and controls:

Name of Hazardous Chemicals

Toxicity (Oral LD50) mg/kg

Hazardous Characteristics

Phenol 317 mg/kg [Rat]

Flammability of the Product: May be combustible at high temperature. Auto-Ignition Temperature: 715°C (1319°F) Flash Points: CLOSED CUP: 79°C (174.2°F). OPEN CUP:

Precautions: Keep locked up.. Keep container dry. Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Empty containers pose a fire risk, evaporate the residue under a fume hood. Ground all equipment


354



85°C (185°F). Flammable Limits: LOWER: 1.7% UPPER: 8.6% Products of Combustion: These products are carbon oxides (CO, CO2). Fire Hazards in Presence of Various Substances: Flammable in presence of open flames and sparks, of heat. Non-flammable in presence of shocks. Explosion Hazards in Presence of Various Substances: Risks of explosion of the product in presence of mechanical impact: Not available. Risks of explosion of the product in presence of static discharge: Not available. Fire Fighting Media and Instructions: SMALL FIRE: Use DRY chemical powder. LARGE FIRE: Use water spray, fog or foam. Do not use water jet.

containing material. Do not ingest. Do not breathe dust. Never add water to this product. In case of insufficient ventilation, wear suitable respiratory equipment. If ingested, seek medical advice immediately and show the container or the label. Avoid contact with skin and eyes. Keep away from incompatibles such as oxidizing agents, acids. Storage: Air Sensitive. Sensitive to light. Store in light-resistant containers. Moisture sensitive. Keep container tightly closed. Keep container in a cool, well-ventilated area.

Formaldehyde

100 mg/kg [Rat].

Flammability of the Product: Flammable. Auto-Ignition Temperature: 430°C (806°F) Flash Points: CLOSED CUP: 50°C (122°F). OPEN CUP: 60°C (140°F). Flammable Limits: The greatest known range is LOWER: 6% UPPER: 36.5% (Methyl alcohol) Products of Combustion: These products are carbon oxides (CO, CO2). Fire Hazards in Presence of Various Substances: Flammable in presence of open flames and sparks, of heat. Non-flammable in presence of shocks, of

Precautions: Keep container dry. Do not breathe gas/fumes/ vapour/spray. Never add water to this product In case of insufficient ventilation, wear suitable respiratory equipment If ingested, seek medical advice immediately and show the container or the label. Avoid contact with skin and eyes Keep away from incompatibles such as reducing agents, organic materials, metals, alkalis, moisture. May corrode metallic surfaces. Store in a metallic or coated fiberboard drum using a strong polyethylene inner package. Storage: May corrode metallic surfaces.


355



oxidizing materials, of reducing materials, of combustible materials, of organic materials, of metals, of acids, of alkalis. Explosion Hazards in Presence of Various Substances: Non-explosive in presence of open flames and sparks, of shocks. Fire Fighting Media and Instructions: Flammable liquid, soluble or dispersed in water. SMALL FIRE: Use DRY chemical powder. LARGE FIRE: Use alcohol foam, water spray or fog. Cool containing vessels with water jet in order to prevent pressure build-up, autoignition or explosion.

Store in a metallic or coated fiberboard drum using a strong polyethylene inner package. Corrosive materials should be stored in a separate safety storage cabinet or room.

Methyl alcohol

5628 mg/kg [Rat].

Flammability of the Product: Flammable. Auto-Ignition Temperature: 464°C (867.2°F) Flash Points: CLOSED CUP: 12°C (53.6°F). OPEN CUP: 16°C (60.8°F). Flammable Limits: LOWER: 6% UPPER: 36.5% Products of Combustion: These products are carbon oxides (CO, CO2). Fire Hazards in Presence of Various Substances: Highly flammable in presence of open flames and sparks, of heat. Non-flammable in presence of shocks. Explosion Hazards in Presence of Various Substances: Risks of explosion of the product in presence of mechanical impact: Not available. Explosive in

Precautions: Keep locked up.. Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Ground all equipment containing material. Donot ingest. Do not breathe gas/fumes/ vapor/spray. Wear suitable protective clothing. In case of insufficient ventilation, wearsuitable respiratory equipment. If ingested, seek medical advice immediately and show the container or the label. Avoid contact with skin and eyes. Keep away from incompatibles such as oxidizing agents, metals, acids. Storage: Store in a segregated and approved area. Keep container in a cool, well-ventilated area. Keep container tightly closed and sealed until ready for use. Avoid all possible sources of ignition (spark or flame).


356



presence of open flames and sparks, of heat. Fire Fighting Media and Instructions: Flammable liquid, soluble or dispersed in water. SMALL FIRE: Use DRY chemical powder. LARGE FIRE: Use alcohol foam,water spray orfog.

Sodium hydroxide/ Caustic Flakes

Not available

Flammability of the Product: Non-flammable. Auto-Ignition Temperature: Not applicable Flash Points: Not applicable. Flammable Limits: Not applicable. Products of Combustion: Not applicable. Fire Hazards in Presence of Various Substances: Not applicable. Explosion Hazards in Presence of Various Substances: Risks of explosion of the product in presence of mechanical impact: Not available. Risks of explosion of the product in presence of static discharge: Not available. Fire Fighting Media and Instructions: Not applicable.

Precautions: Keep container dry. Do not breathe dust. Never add water to this product. In case of insufficient ventilation, wear suitable respiratory equipment. If you feel unwell, seek medical attention and show the label when possible. Avoid contact with skin and eyes. Keep away from incompatibles such as oxidizing agents, reducing agents, metals, acids, alkalis, moisture. Storage: Keep container tightly closed. Keep container in a cool, well-ventilated area. Hygroscopic. Deliquescent


357



Process hazards and controls:

Name of Hazardous

process and operation

Material in the

process/ operation

Type of hazards possible toxic

gas release/ fire/ explosion/ run away/ reaction/

rupture, etc.

Control measured provided

Reactor Vessel

Formaldehyde • Reaction.

• Raw Materials quantity must be controlled either volumetrically or gravimetrically.

• Process control devices must be installed includes the use of sensors, alarms, trips and other control systems that either take automatic action or allow for manual intervention to prevent the conditions for uncontrolled reaction occurring

• High Temperature indicator valve and alarm system must be provided

• Auto cutoff system must be provided after reaching of predetermined maximum safe temperature.

• Pressure gauge is must provided. • Safety Control valve is must be

provided. • The Vessel Emergency Relief vent

should discharge to a suitably designed catch pot or should be so positioned that people working in the area and members of the public will not be in danger if the contents of the vessel are discharged.

• Use skilled worker • Proper selection of MOC • Mechanical seal in all pumps and

reactors • Transportation of finished product

from vessel to storage tank through


358



General Hazards & controls:

Type of Emergency

Identification of

area Possible Causes Possible Result Preventive/control Measures

Fire Drum Storage area

• Fire due to Drum leakages.

• Damage of drum Pump discharge nozzle failure

• Major fire in the drum storage area, it may spread all over the company and surrounding area

• May cause fatalities

• Licensed and isolated Drum Storage Area.

• Flame proof fittings. • Earthling while unloading. • Spark arrestor at main gate. • Provision of dyke. • Earthling of tanks and

pumps • Get approval from an

explosive department for plan approval, equipment layout & emergency control measures.

• No electrical junction box close to storage materials.

• Hot work permit system followed for hot working in the ware house.

Explosion

All material handling areas

• Vapor explosion due to contact of spark to accumulated flammable vapor in confined area

• Improper discharge of static charge

• Use of non FLP equipment for solvent Handling

• Metal to metal impact

• Electrical short circuit

• Open flame

• Flameproof electric installation areas & spark less tools

• Isolated storage use of Flammable material drums

• Hot work permit for hot working in the plant

• Earthling for human static charge

• Good ventilated area for Flammable material storage


359



Material handling In Plant

Flammable, eye irritating & body accident

Fire and health hazards

• Trained employee • Required PPE and Fire • Protective Provided

equipment • Good engineering practice • Separate storage are with

dyke valve system provided

10.11 Expenditure on Environmental Matters The Table No. 10.6 table gives the expenditure to be incurred by M/s. A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd On environmental matters.

Table No.10.6

Capital Cost & Recurring Cost of the Project for EMP

Sr. No


(in Lac)


cost (Rs. In Lac)











360





6 Green belt

1.5 2.0 Development of Greenbelt including Gardening and Plantation.



9 Fire & Safety

20 1 Provision of safety equipment & fire hydrant system and fire fighting extinguisher.


Total 58.75 259.39 10.12 Concept of Waste Minimization, Recycle / Reuse / Recover Techniques,

Energy Conservation and Natural Resources Conservation.

Waste Minimization, Recycle / Reuse / Recover Techniques:

− Unit shall to do moping in their unit instead of washing of water. − Unit should try to minimize the excess raw material in batch, so it will reduces

the un-reacted raw material in effluent generation. Ultimately, it will reduce the concentration of effluent.

− We shall provide fix pipeline in their unit to minimize the leakages. − Good House Keeping: Proper house keeping practices make the system

easier and less costly. − Roof water harvesting system shall be adopted to reduce the fresh water

requirement. − Cleanerproductiontechnologymaybeadoptedfortheresourceconservation and

pollution control.

Cleaner production practices Process vessels:

− Liquid raw material will be charged by pumping and closed loops and dosing will be done by metering system to avoid odour.


361



− Double mechanical seals will be provided to the process vessels having agitator for reduction of odour and leakages.

Storage tanks

− Storage tanks for products as well as raw materials will be fitted with appropriate control devices [Condensers with chilled water circulation systems] to avoid possible odors / leakages.

House keeping

− Keep work areas clean. − Keep exits and entrances clear. − Use proper waste collection containers. − Cleanup spills and leaks off’s any type quickly and properly. − Follow up preventive predictive maintenance.

Energy Conservation:

Energy Conservation and Energy Efficiency are separate, but related concepts. Energy conservation is achieved when growth of energy consumption is reduced, measured in physical terms. Energy Conservation can, therefore, be the result of several processes or developments, such as productivity increase or technological progress. On the other hand Energy efficiency is achieved when energy intensity in a specific product, process or area of production or consumption is reduced without affecting output, consumption or comfort levels. Promotion of energy efficiency will contribute to energy conservation and is therefore an integral part of energy conservation promotional policies.

Energy efficiency is often viewed as a resource option like coal, oil or natural gas. It provides additional economic value by preserving the resource base and reducing pollution. For example, replacing traditional light bulbs with Compact Fluorescent Lamps (CFLs) means you will use only 1/4th of the energy to light a room. Pollution levels also reduce by the same amount nature sets some basic limits on how efficiently energy can be used, but in most cases our products and manufacturing processes are still a long way from operating at this theoretical limit. Very simply, energy efficiency means using less energy to perform the same function.

− Inadequate control of steam supply wastes energy. So, we will investigate the

possibility of installing automatic controls. − Monitoring drying operations enables energy consumption to be assessed and

possibly reduced. Monitor parameters by us


362



− Heat losses from dryers by radiation and convection will be minimized. And we will improve the insulation of dryers to save energy costs.

− Routine cleaning and maintenance programme for the combustion system will improve efficiency and reduce energy costs.

− Investigate the possibility of changing any upstream processes in order to decrease the water content before drying operations. Relatively minor modifications of upstream operating procedures may significantly reduce energy costs.

− We will check, if it is possible to use heat recovered from the dryer exhausts in the drying process.

− Installation of roof top solar power grid. − First step to conserve energy is to identify source of energy utilization. − Variable frequency drives (VFD) in pumps, whenever required will be provided

to save energy. − Use of low loss transformer instead of conventional transformer. − Proper air to fuel ratio will be maintained for the maximum efficiency of boiler. − Good insulation practice will be adopted to prevent heat losses. − Regular cleaning of the lamps and fixtures will be done to get better illumination

in the plant. − To avoid loss of precious quantum of energy, regular maintenance / servicing

will be provided to all the equipments. − Unit will plan energy audit regularly as a tool for monitoring purpose.

Waste Heat Recovery System

Understanding the process is essential for development of Waste Heat Recovery system. This can be accomplished by reviewing the process flow sheets, layout diagrams, piping isometrics, electrical and instrumentation cable ducting etc. Detail review of these documents will help us in identifying:

a. Sources and uses of waste heat b. Upset conditions occurring in the plant due to heat recovery c. Availability of space d. Any other constraint, such as dew point occurring in an equipments etc.

After identifying source of waste heat and the possible use of it, our next step is to select suitable heat recovery system and equipments to recover and utilize the same.

Economic Evaluation of Waste Heat Recovery System


363



It is necessary to evaluate the selected waste heat recovery system for our unit on the basis of financial analysis such as investment, depreciation, payback period, rate of return etc. In addition the advice of experienced consultants and suppliers must be obtained for rational decision.

Natural Resources Conservation:

Renewable energy is energy obtained from sources that are essentially inexhaustible. Examples of renewable resources include wind power, solar power, geothermal energy, tidal power and hydroelectric power. The most important feature of renewable energy is that it can be harnessed without the release of harmful pollutants.

Non-renewable energy is the conventional fossil fuels such as coal, oil and gas, which are likely to deplete with time.

10.13 Checklist in he form of Do’s and Don’t.

The checklist in the form of Do’s and don’t of preventive maintenance, strengthening of HSE, manufacturing utility staff for safety related measures are as follows.

DO’S

1) Check the raw material availability as per the job on hand required for all stages.

2) Check the vessels expected to be used in the process for good physical

condition.

3) Check the availability of utilities required till the end of the batch / job.

4) Check for proper manpower available till the entire operation in over.

5) All equipments including the stand-by should be in operable condition.

6) Verify the test certificates of materials being taken for process.

7) Prepare time schedule of material flow on basis of the process.

8) Monitor the temperature and pressure wherever possible during the process.

9) Use pumps for transferring the liquids to the reactor tank.

10) Familiarize the worker about what is the job on hand.

11) Ensure the worker / operator is having sufficient knowledge of the materials

handled.

12) Ensure proper display of visual instructions for characteristics of the chemicals.


364



13) Ensure proper training of personnel.

14) Ensure sufficient numbers of safety devices are available.

15) In view of the chemicals handled, whether required or not, please ensure

availability of SCBA apparatus near every use and storage area of chemical.

16) Ensure the workers wear proper PPE of adequate grade.

17) Demarcation of the chemical storage area for chemical in test.

18) Ensure removal of used containers from workspaces.

19) Prepare and follow the safe work instruction.

20) Record every incident that led to an accident irrespective of the seriousness of

the accident and analyze the same to improvise the system continuously.

21) Always check the fire water tank to be filled up to the brim to ensure availability

of fire water in sufficient quantity at all times. The design of other water to be

used shall be from the overflow of the fire water tank to ensure this system.

22) Never work bare foot or without safety shoes.

23) Never use mobile phones in work zones.

24) In case of any confusion try to acquire correct information before any action.

25) Use only proper grade PPEs and use them properly.

26) Before disconnecting any electrical installation, neutralize the static charge in a

safe manner.

27) Open or use containers only on written instruction.

28) Verify the label with the instruction before use.

29) Maintain your attendance at the time-office.

30) Participate wholeheartedly in all safety related exercises an keep yourself

updated.

Don’ts:

1) Don’t use the raw material without checking as per the job on hand required for

all stages.

2) Don’t use the vessels expected to be used in the process without checking.

3) Don’t fail to check the availability of utilities required till the end of the batch / job

4) Don’t work without enough and proper man power.

5) Don’t use the equipments which are not in operable condition.

6) Don’t use the materials for process without verify the test certificates. Prepared By M/s. Bhagwati Enviro Care Pvt Ltd.

365



7) Don’t use the material without Prepare time schedule of material flow on basis of

the process.

8) Don’t perform without Monitoring the temperature and pressure during process.

9) Don’t handle chemicals with open hands where manual handling is a must.

10) Don’t keep the workers under wraps about what is the job on hand.

11) Don’t let the worker / operator do the work having lack of sufficient knowledge of

the materials handled.

12) Don’t use the chemical with unknown characteristics or having unreadable label.

13) Don’t let the personnel do the work without giving proper training.

14) Don’t work without sufficient numbers of safety devices.

15) In view of the chemicals handled, whether required or not, don’t work without

ensuring availability of SCBA apparatus near every use and storage area of

chemical.

16) Don’t let the workers do work without wearing proper PPE of adequate grade.

17) Don’t use material that is under testing for production.

18) Don’t store used containers at workspaces.

19) Don’t breach the safe work instruction.

20) Don’t try to conceal information regarding missed accidents or small injuries.

Remember every and any mishap can be fatal if not for yourself for others.

21) After any shutdown never start operation without having ensured the fire water

tank filled up.

22) Don’t work bare foot or without safety shoes.

23) Don’t use mobile phones in work zones.

24) Never undertake any operation without work permit.

25) Do not use PPEs which are not relevant to the operational aspect that has been

identified.

26) Never remove any electrical equipment without neutralization of static charge

after written permission only.

27) Don’t open or use containers on which instruction are not written.

28) Don’t work without Verifying the label with the instruction before use.

29) Don’t enter the workplace without registering your attendance.

30) Don’t ever even thinking of evading safety instructions.


366



10.14 Socio Economic Development Activity:

Unit has done various kinds of socio economic development activities including community welfare programme. At present unit is doing following socio Economic Development Activities.

1. They are interested to donate in schools, hospitals and where ever actual

needed. 2. They are ready to provide the needful services required for the nearest villages.

Socio-Economic Development activities will be implementing in coordination with the NGOs, Village Panchayat, and other Governmental Entities.

Social Activities:

− Health check up camps and Medical facilities to Infants and senior citizens, free

medicine supply etc., will be provide on regular basis. − Help Implement and Run a Safe Drinking Water in nearest village where the

project site is located to facilitate Healthy Water for both Drinking & Cooking Purposes.

− Contribution towards any development activity useful for village development.

Economic Activities:

− The company will give preference to the local people for employment. − The company will be giving contract works like civil, machine repair,

transportation, canteen, etc. to the local people / parties. − The proposed project will create jobs for at least 35 persons.


367



10.15 Infrastructure Facilities to the Labours During Construction Phase:

During the construction period, there will be increase in floating population. The project will provide temporary employment of skilled and highly skilled manpower. Most of the people will be employees of contractors/sub-contractors. Additional strain on civic amenities like road, transport, communication, drinking water, sanitation and other facilities will take place, to meet the work force requirement. During the construction phase there will be increased demand of services, as most of the employees deployed during the construction period will be from local area. These include hotels, lodges, public transport (including taxis), etc. There will also be ample opportunities for providing these services. In addition to the opportunity of getting employment as construction laborers, the local population would also have employment opportunities in related service activities like petty commercial establishments, small contracts/sub-contracts and supply of construction materials for buildings and ancillary infrastructures etc. Consequently, this may lead to economic up liftman of the area. The movement of work force to and from the place of work and the movement of vehicles carrying equipment and construction material is expected to increase the stress on the local transport and road network. However, considering the number of people deployed, the impact on road/traffic is marginal and temporary.

Consumer Prices: Usually the local population will be affected by inflationary

trend sometime later, when prices of local services and produce, egg, fish, vegetables, milk, etc. start rising. This will happen only when a sizeable staff of the project and other associate companies settle permanently in the area. However any such rise in consumer prices is anticipated because the influx of population due to the project activities is minimal.

Transport and Civil Construction: The transport companies would benefit

from the construction of the plant.

Services: The services like retail shops, banks, and automobile workshops; health care, etc. will expand in and near the plant.

Employment: Large-scale influx of material and money tend to increase the

employment opportunities.

Transport: Transport services on the connecting road will improve further.

Traffic: The plant construction phase will also see a moderate increase in traffic.

Development of Slums: The contractors have to necessarily provide basic

amenities like water supply, sanitation, electricity etc. at the labor camp to maintain hygienic condition and aesthetics.


368



10.16 Odour Control Measures

The chance of odours within premises is mainly due to

• Raw materials

− Storage / Handling − Transportation of raw materials

• Process − Raw materials transportation − During reaction − Drying

• ETP Operations Storage / Handling Storage:

− Industry will provide adequate and proper storage facilities for all the raw

materials and finished products. − Corrosive substances will be stored away from the moisture. − Solid raw material will be stored in covered area and Liquid raw material

will be stored in closed Horizontal / Vertical tanks. − Hazardous chemicals and solid wastes will be stored away from other

plant activities.

• Handling

− All the raw materials and finished products will be handled as per the standard practice.

− For proper handling, company will adopt good housekeeping technology to entire shed.

− To avoid any leakage or spillage of chemicals from all storage tanks, third party will inspects transfer lines, valves, fittings and every joint periodically.

• Transportation of Raw materials

− All the necessary precautions will be taken while carrying out transport of

the above materials as per the Hazardous Rules of transportation. − The vehicles for transportation of raw materials and products will be

parked at specified loading facilities where there will be a provision of fire extinguishers.

− The finished product will be transported by road, rail and ship route in closed containers.

Other sources of odour nuisance are as follows

Leaks from pressurized process equipment generally occur through valves, pipe connection, mechanical seals or related equipment.


369



Control measures

− To minimize & control leaks at process facilities operators carry out regular leak detection test and repair activities.

− Routine inspections of process equipment with gas detectors can be used to identify leaks & estimate the leak rate in order to decide an appropriate corrective action.

− Proper routine maintenance of equipment reduces the likelihood of leaks. − Solvents will be transferred through the closed pipe line system.


370



CHAPTER 11 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION OF EIA REPORT

The environmental impacts of projects or actions generally encompass a broad range of impact from Air and Noise pollution to affect on employment and neighbourhood as well as on social structure. All of these impacts vary in magnitude as well as in their beneficial or adverse classification. As a result, a natural question arises as to what is the “collective” or “overall” environmental impact of the project or action taken. Is the project beneficial or is it adverse? To answer such a question requires a comparison of these impacts and to some extent subjective evaluation of those impacts which are more important than others.

M/s. A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd Proposed expansion to manufacture their Synthetic Organic Chemical (Formaldehyde & Resins) manufacturing unit for 6000 MT/M. As per the requirements of the notification, an application in Form 1 was submitted to Ministry of Environment and Forest Climate Change on 23/03/2018. The ‘TOR’ was issued on 10/05/2018 for preparation of EIA/EMP. A copy of the TOR is included in Annexure -01 of this EIA Report. As per TOR project was considered under “A” category. (Based on the additional information, in view of the MoEF & CC’s OM vide No.IA-J-11011/369/2018-IA-II(I) committee asked to prepare EIA – EMP report as per the EIA notification 2006.) As per the requirements of the TOR Dated 10/05/2018 and to estimate the environmental impacts arising due to its expansion in existing project, M/s. A.K.Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd retain M/s. Bhagwati Enviro Care Pvt. Ltd., Ahmedabad, to carry out Environmental Impact Assessment study for various environmental components including air, noise, water, land and biological components along with parameters of human interest which may be affected and to prepare Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for mitigating adverse impacts.


371



11.1 Salient Features of the Project

Sr. No. Contents Details

1 Name of the Project: M/s. A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd an expansion in existing unit located at Survey No. 357/2C, Vill: Nani Chirai, Tal: Bhachau, Dist: Kutch (Gujarat)

2 Details of Applicant Mr. D. K. Agrawal (Director)

3 Status

M/s. A.K. F-ormaline(I) Pvt. Ltd. is an existing manufacturing unit located at Survey No. 357/2C,Village: Nani Chirai, Taluka - Bhachau, District - Kutch, Gujarat. In existing unit, they are manufacturing Formaldehyde (37 % Solution) @ 900 MT /M and Resins (Urea Formaldehyde, Phenol Formaldehyde, melamine Formaldehyde) @1000 MT/Month Now they are going to expand the capacity of existing product i.e. Formaldehyde (37 % Solution) from 900 MT/M to 3000 MT/M and Resins (Urea Formaldehyde, Phenol Formaldehyde, melamine Formaldehyde) from 1000 MT/Month to 3000 MT /M. So, after expansion total product quantity will be 6000 MT /M. For that they have applied for obtaining Environment Clearance from MoEF, New Delhi.

4 Type of Land & Status Non Agriculture (Industrial) land. ProposedLand–3574 Sq.m).

5 Project, Rs. in Crores 4.8771 Cr

6 Capital cost for EMP,Rs. in Lakhs 58.75 Lakhs

7 Recurring cost for EMP, Rs. in Lakhs 259.39 Lakhs

8 Employment opportunity 35 persons

9 Green belt Development

Total plot area is 3574 sq. m. from that they had done gardening & plantation for 1500 sq. m and additionally they will do plantation from 100 sq.m. So, total gardening & plantation area will be 1600 sq.m which is 44.76 % of total plot area.

Pollution control measures adopted

10 Effluent water disposal • Domestic Wastewater is 3.7 KL/day will be disposed off through Soak


372



Pit/Septic Tank System. • Industrial Effluent generation: 38.5

KLPD • Generated Process effluent @ 23

KLPD will be evaporated in in-house thermic fluid evaporator.

• Generated DM reject @ 8 KLPD, RO reject @ 4 KLPD, Cooling @ 0.5 KLPD will be treated in primary treatment then after @ 12.5 KLPD goes to RO treatment.

• RO permeate @ 9.5 KLPD will be reused in gardening/ plantation purpose.

• RO reject @ 3 KLPD will be evaporated in in-house thermic fluid evaporator.

• Total 26 KLPD effluent will be evaporated in in-house thermic fluid evaporator.

Flue gas emission control • There is no flue gas emission except

DG set because unit will takes steam from neighborhood ind. i.e. M/s. Singhal Plywood Ind. Pvt. Ltd

Fuel Consumption Diesel will use in DG Set Process gas emission control There will be no process gas emission.

Fugitive emission control

Vent condensers to the storage tank sand reactors Solvent chemicals are handling in closed system

Hazardous waste management

All the hazardous waste will be collected, stored, handled, transported and disposed as per the Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules,2016, amended time to time etc are major Act/rules/notification applicable to industry.

11 Expenditure for CER activities 4.89 Lakhs for three year


373



Table: 11.1 Salient Features of the Project Site

Sr. No.

Features Description

1 Location S. No. 357/2C, Village: Nani Chirai, Taluka - Bhachau, District - Kutch, Gujarat.

2 Geographical Location Elevation above MSL 49 m

Topo sheet No. F42E3, F42E7, F42E4, F42E8

Latitude Longitude 23º11' 0.93"N 70º 13' 6.27"E 23º11' 2.4"N 70º 13' 8.62"E 23º11' 0.96"N 70º 13' 8.4"E 23º11'59.54"N 70º 13' 6.72"E

3. Infrastructure Setup (Aerial Distance from project Site) Description Distance

(Km) A Nearest village Nani Chirai 2.24 KM

B Nearest town Gandhidham 21.4 KM C Water Body Creek /

Nalah / lake /Pond /reservoir /canal/ Rivers / Stream / Estuary / Sea

Bhimasar Pond Varsana Pond

5.55 KM W 2.31 KM S

D Highway Kandla Port Highway (NH-41) 0.34 WNW

E Railway Station Bhimasar Bhachau

4.52 km W 18.95 NE

F Airport Kandla Air Port 14.23 km WSW

G Heritage Site No heritage site within 10 km radius -- H National park / wild

life sanctuary / Reserve Forest land

No National park / wild life sanctuary / Reserve Forest land within 10 km radius.

--

I Defence Installation None --- J Place of interest /

Tourist Place None ---

K Displacement of Population

None ---

L Seismic Zone As per the earth quack sensitivity index, the unit is situated in Zone V having moderate Damage Risk (MSK -III)

---


374



Resource Requirement

Because of availability of open area for project in the premises itself it becomes easy for the unit. The other supporting factor for justifying the location is mentioned as under: − Due to Sufficient land area and residential area is away from the site. − Availability of basic facilities like water, fuel, power, man power and raw

materials. − Nearest town Gandhidham is 21.4 km away from the location, which is having

connectivity with other parts of the country by road. − Availability of good communication and transportation facilities. No national park, reserved forest or wild habitats as well as site of archeological significance or ecological importance fall within 10 km radius of the project site.

The details of resources are mentioned in Table No. 11.2:

Table No.11.2 Details of Sources

Environment Impact Assessment as detailed in previous chapter can now be concise to impact statement given below.

Sr. no.

Project Requirements Total Source/Remarks

1. Land 3574 Sq. meter Local Village – Nani Chirai

2. Man Power 35 Local as well as from out side

3.

Total Water Requirement

116 KL/Day (Fresh: 106.5 KL/Day + Recycled: 9.5 KL/Day)

GWIL

4.

Power 150 KW Paschim Gujarat Vij Co. Ltd.

125 KVA DG Set

5. Fuel Requirement A Diesel 60 Lit/D Trader


375



11.2 Air Environment

Meteorological data collected during the study period October – November – December 2018 confirms that climatic Status of the study area is consistent with the regional meteorology. Baseline:

Ambient air quality monitoring was carried out at Eight locations and baseline data indicates that ranges of concentrations of PM10 (66.77 to 88.66μg/m3), PM2.5 (30.28 to 45.27μg/m3), SO2 (4.78 to 21.01 μg/m3), NO2 (6.49 to 25.16 μg/m3). It is observed from the above graphs that baseline concentration of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NO2 in the ambient air were within the norms specified for NAAQs at all the monitoring locations. Concentration of VOC in ambient air were below detectable limit at all the locations. Impact Assessment:

− The maximum 24-hourly average ground level concentration for pollutant due to proposed project calculated using mathematical model (AERMOD) for PM10,PM2.5, SO2, NO2 are 0.03288 μg/m3, 0.0131 μg/m3,0.04603 μg/m3 & 0.01101 μg/m3 respectively which is negligible even for the worst-case scenario. Moreover, this will occur at a distance of maximum 100 to 200 meters from the source, which falls within the premises only where there is no existence of permanent habitat.

− The incremental ground level concentration of all the pollutants at all the ambient air monitoring locations is very negligible and therefore there will not be any impact on the air quality of surrounding villages due to the proposed expansion project.

− It is revealed that all the parameters are well within the NAAQS after consideration of incremental concentration due to proposed expansion project.

Mitigation Measures

− Stack of adequate height will be provided to proposed DG set (125 kVA).

− There will be no process gas emission

− There will be a chance of fugitive emission and odor nuisance during manufacturing process as well as due to storage & handling of raw materials and products. The unit will take adequate measures for the control of fugitive emission.


376



− Unit will installed online monitoring system for detection and emission of gaseous emission from proposed project.

− LDAR program will be implemented and followed for detection and control of fugitive emission from process.

It is concluded from the above that there will be a minor impact on the AAQ of the surrounding environment due to operation of the proposed expansion project.

11.3 Water Environment

M/s. A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt. Ltd is a expansion existing unit and the source of water for proposed expansion activity will be same as existing i.e.GWIL. The quality of the water was tested at eight locations in the study area. The ground water norms were compared to IS: 10500 (1991) for evaluation. The Industry generates process effluent apart from process, washing, Cooling Tower blow down and domestic effluent.

Wastewater Generation & Disposal:

Total Water requirement: 116 KLPD Existing: 91.3 KLPD + Proposed: 24.7 KLPD Domestic Water Consumption: 4 KLPD Domestic waste water: 3.7 KLPD will be disposed off to soak pit via septic tank. Industrial water consumption: 98 KLPD Industrial waste water generation: 38.5 KLPD




Surface and ground water

• Baseline:

− Total 12 water samples have been collected from the eight locations once during the study period. Out of these, 8 ground water and 4 surface water samples have been collected.

− All the parameters of collected ground water and surface water samples were well within desirable limit.


377



− All the other Heavy metals measured in samples were below detection limit at all the locations.

− It is observed from the surface water analysis of the study area and compared with classes for designated use of fresh Water Standards, that samples of study area are suitable for “E Class” i.e. Irrigation, industrial cooling & Controlled Waste Disposal.

• Impact Assessment:

− There may be risk of ground water contamination due to wastewater generation and discharge.

− The domestic wastewater (sewage) generation may contribute in ground water contamination.

• Mitigation Measures:

− For effective treatment, safe handling and disposal of effluent, proper stream segregation is done.

− Unit has installed adequate administrative and infrastructural setup for the continuous and efficient operation of ETP & RO as well will take necessary care during the handling and discharge of effluent.

− Well-designed storm water network is provided to collect rain water from entire plot area and to avoid water logging within the premise.

− Wall gate is constructed at final outlet of storm water to prevent any discharge of contaminated storm water. Contaminated storm water, if any, is diverted to ETP for further treatment.

Thus, it can be concluded that negligible impact on surrounding water environment is caused. Further, it is emphasized that all precautionary measures have to be strictly adhered as mentioned in the Environmental Management Plan given in Chapter 10, to maintain ground water quality within norms in the future.

11.4 Noise Environment Base line data indicates that noise levels in the study area are not on higher sides. Noise level in and around plant site were measured. Measured noise levels within premises indicate that overall noise levels are within the Damage Risk Criteria. The company will provide ear-protecting devices/ earplugs for working personnel exposed to high noise level.

Baseline:


378



The Noise readings were monitored for 24 hours at 8 different locations within the study area. Noise levels were compared with the standards prescribed by MoEFCC which indicates that the noise levels at all the locations were found well within the limit for day & night time. Impacts Assessment

− During construction phase the impact on noise environment will be due to transportation activities (transportation of construction materials), construction activities etc.

− During operational phase the impact on noise environment will be due to transportation activities (transportation of raw materials and finished products etc.), manufacturing activities and utilities.

− Occasional operation of D.G. set in case of power supply failure will contribute to noise generation.

Mitigation Measures:

− In operative phase of the project, there is noise generation within the premises. However, adequate measures are taken to minimize the noise.

− The unit has installed latest technology based low noise D.G. sets with acoustic enclosures.

− The noise generation is mitigated by installing noise barriers/absorbers around stationery noise sources, viz. pumps, motor and blowers etc.

− Adequate noise control measures such as anti-vibration pad for equipment with high vibration are provided. Proper and timely oiling, lubrication & preventive maintenance are done regularly.

− All the vibrating parts are checked periodically and serviced to reduce the noise generation.

− Noisy equipments are enclosed in sound proofing enclosures to give residual sound pressure lower than 75 dB (A).

− To minimize the adverse effect on the health, Earmuffs/ earplugs are provided to the workers working under high noise area.

− Green belt acts as a barrier to the propagation of noise from the factory premises. It reduces the noise levels appreciably. Hence, there isn’t any adverse impact to the nearby present human settlement.

− Vehicular movements during operation phase for loading/unloading of raw and finished materials and other transportation activity may increase noise level. The transport contractors are instructed to keep vehicle periodically serviced and maintained as per the requirement of latest trend in automobile industry. Only those vehicles with PUC’s are allowed for the transportation.


379



− The transport contractors are informed to avoid unnecessary speeding of vehicles inside the premises.

− Noise monitoring will be carried out regularly at important locations of the unit.

It can be concluded that there will be no impact on the noise level of the surrounding environment.

11.5 Hazardous Wastes

As per the Hazardous Waste (Management & Handling) Amendment Rules, 2003, all necessary control steps for each type of Hazardous Wastes generated from the proposed project will be taken. Therefore, no impact of hazardous wastes generation on surrounding soil environment is anticipated.

Impact & Mitigation Measure

Generated ETP waste from primary treatment of effluent will be dispose to approved TSDF site, Discarded Container (Bags/Barrel) will be sent to decontamination facility or sell to authorized user, Used oil will be reuse in plant premises or sent to registered recycler.

11.6 Ecology The proposed expansion project will be carried out on land within their premises without cutting of any trees. Also, the project site is located in non-agricultural land devoid of any permanent eco-system. So it does not alter the crop pattern and natural vegetation of the surrounding area. Due to the safe control technology of air pollutants, liquid effluents and solid/hazardous wastes disposal, no impact on the surrounding ecology is anticipated. Baseline:

The survey was carried out during study period (October-November-December 2018) to know the ecological status of the area with respect to flora and fauna. The faunal species recorded are of common occurrence. It is observed during site visit that floral and faunal species encountered are quite common and found everywhere. There is no reserved forest, national park or sanctuary within the study area. The flora of the study area was found to be common and is found throughout the state. No threatened or endangered species of flora was reported near the project site which could be affected by the project activities.

Similarly, fauna of the study area was also found to be common. No threatened, endangered or Schedule-I species were recorded during the study in the 10.0 Km radius of the project site.

The project area does not fall in close proximity of any wildlife Sanctuary or National Park or any other kind of protected areas. The Wild Ass Sanctuary is located in south direction at 5.2 km distance from the project site. The project site does not fall in and around the critical wildlife habitat, declared eco-sensitive zone of any protected areas. Moreover, the project site does not fall near any protected wetlands, migratory routes or corridors of any important wildlife species.


380



Hence, in absence of any significant ecologically important areas and species, it is safely stated that the project activities may not cause any significant changes in to the surrounding ecological environment.

Impacts:-

Pollutants of air, water and hazardous waste can interfere with the biotic and abiotic components of the ecosystem and may include injurious effects when concentrations exceed permissible limits. All necessary pollution control measures will be provided for the proposed expansion project. Hence, there will not be any adverse impact of pollution potentials on the surrounding ecology due to the proposed expansion project. Also, a green belt area development in and around the premises, helps in inviting small birds & animals and other creatures to proliferate.

11.7 Socio - Economic Environment

The proposed expansion project will generate direct employment for employment persons. The indirect employment will be generated by way of transportation, shopkeepers and other casual employment. Implementation of this plant will also reduce production loss due to shortage of power. For the proposed expansion unit, persons will be employed for skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled category. The preference will be given to local population for employment in the semi-skilled and unskilled category; this will increase the employment opportunity in the surrounding area. The ideology of the company is to give employment opportunity to nearby villagers and this is the most positive aspect of company regarding enhancement of the society. Secondary jobs and indirect employment are also bound to be generated to provide day-to-day needs and services to the work force and industrial activity. This will also increase the demand for essential daily utilities in the local market. Due to proposed project there will be development of communication facilities in the area. The employed people will be benefited financially. This financial gain will fulfill their monetary requirements, which in turn will increase their standard of living. Thus, the proposed expansion project will have significant positive impacts on the employment pattern of the study area.

11.8 Land Use

Source emission, wastewater and hazardous waste generation from any project activity affects the soil environment.

The impact due to air causes direct/indirect effect on soil. The emissions of PM10 & PM 2.5 during operation will be effectively controlled. There will be practically no effect on the soil quality due to air emissions.


381



Domestic effluent will be discharged to soak pit and septic tank system. Wastewater generated from the Industrial activity will be treated in Effluent Treatment Plant and finally it will be evaporated in in-house thermic fluid evaporator and ETP waste will be disposed to TSDF site.

As per the Hazardous Waste (Management & Handling) Amendment Rules, 2003, all necessary control steps for each type of Hazardous Wastes generated will be taken for the proposed expansion project.

Hence, due to the proposed expansion project the, land use pattern; land cover and topography of the area will be changed only for the project premises.

Baseline:

Classification of land use/land cover was derived from satellite image. Data illustrate that 72.63% of total land area is occupied by agricultural fields like crop lands and fallow lands. Out of total study area, land area of 4.21 % is covered as a industrial area. Plantation 4.63% and about 0.68% of land is occupied as water body of total study area.Also, there is no protected area notified under the Wild Life (Protection) Act (1972) & Eco-sensitive area notified under Section 3 of the Environment (Protection) Act-1986 exists within 10 Km radius areas from the Plant Site.

Impacts:-

Since the proposed expansion project will be established near by the industrial estate, there will not be any change in land use pattern, forest cover or vegetation in surrounding area.

11.9 Topography:-

It is a proposed project, involve changes in topography and project activities include excavation of soil in the plant area and construction of buildings and facilities limited to the project site area. During construction, excavated soil will be restored to its original shape. Thus the impact during the construction is reversible, for short term and insignificant. During the operation phase of the project, no impact is envisaged on the topography.

There will be a change in topography of the land in the project site, but there will be no change in drainage pattern.

11.10 Greenbelt Development

Total plot area is 3574 sq. m. from that they had done gardening & plantation for 1180 sq. m (33 % of total Plot area) and additionally they will do plantation fro 320


382



sq. m. (8.97 % of total plot area) So, total gardening & plantation area will be 1500 sq.m which is 41.97 % of total plot area.

Impacts

− Green belt will not only improve the soil condition but will also prevent soil erosion and the landscape & give slight beneficial impact on the land usage.

− It will also minimize the level of possible air pollutants and noise pollution along with help in inviting small birds & animals and other creatures to proliferate.

11.11 Soil Quality

Baseline:

− Surface soil samples were collected from eight locations of study area once during the study period.

− Bulk density of soil samples was in range of 1.23 gm/cm3 to 1.28 gm/cm3, which will have no significant effects on root growth.

− pH of the soil samples ranged from 7.2 to 7.9, which indicates ideal range for growth of crop.

− The Electrical conductivity of the samples varied from 700 to 854 μmho/cm, which indicates, no salinity ingress in the study area.

− The organic matter in the soil ranged from 0.70% to 0.95%. The result range signifies that the soil is being maintained in an optimal desired range.

− The concentration of available Nitrogen, Phosphorous and Potassium in the soil samples signifies that the soil of the area is less fertile.

Impacts Assessment

− In operational phase, there will be chances of soil contamination due to improper working of machineries or during transportation of raw materials or finished products.

− The impact on soil environment may be due to effluent disposal, chemical and hazardous waste storage & handling.

− Spillage of chemicals during loading, unloading and transfer, leakage of pumps, flange leakage in pipelines may create soil contamination.

Mitigation Measures:

− Regular maintenance of plants and machineries are carried out and proper care is taken while loading, unloading and transfer of materials to avoid any soil contamination.


383



− The entire plant area flooring is made up of concrete except open ground cover for greenbelt development. It prevents any seepage and leakage into sub soil surface. No spillage is allowed in open ground.

− Proper collection and handling of industrial effluent is done to prevent any seepages and leakages.

− Entire quantity of domestic wastewater is disposed of in septic tank followed by soak pit.

− The unit has provided dyke wall around the storage tanks area of hazardous chemical along with transferring pumps to reduce the risk of proposed tank leakages.

− Leakages and spillage of chemicals are controlled through regular maintenance of pumps and flange connections in the pipelines and proper care is taken while loading, unloading and transfer of materials to avoid any soil/land contamination.

− The unit has provided adequate designated area for the hazardous waste storage within premises having impervious floor and roof cover with leachate collection system. In case of any spillage, it is be collected and treated in ETP. Thus, there are no chances of contamination of soil due to the storage of chemicals and hazardous waste.

− The hazardous waste generated is stored and handle as per the Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016.

11.12 Environmental Management Plan

The environmental management plan is proposed with respect to the all proposed activities considering affected environmental attributes and impact zone which is summarized here under:

Sr. No. Activity Management plan 1 Transportation of

raw materials & Hazardous chemicals

Structural measures • Vehicular movement only during day time

will be ensured. • Transportation by covered vehicles will be

ensured. • Regular maintenance and optimum use of

the vehicles will be ensured. • Driver will be educated about the

characteristics of chemicals and immediate actions in case of any spillage or accident.

Procedural measures

• All the vehicles will be PUC Certified. • Availability of MSDS of all the hazardous

materials to the offsite emergency team will


384



be ensured. • Availability of TREM card with driver during

the transportation of hazardous chemicals will be ensured.

2 Storage & handling of Hazardous Chemicals

Structural measures • Provision of designated storage area with

impervious flooring, dyke walls and garland drain to restrict/ Control accidental spillages/ leakages and to prevent contamination of soil/ land.

• Provision of adequate ventilation system • Provision of fixed pipeline and pumps with

mechanical seal or seamless pump fro transfer of liquid raw materials.

• Provision of breather valve, PRVs, rupture disc etc. on storage tank/ process vent.

• Provision of de-dusting system at all loading and unloading points of Agro Waste.

Procedural measures • Good housekeeping to maintain clean and

orderly working environment will be ensured.

• Storage of all the raw materials & fuel in designated area only to restrict/ Control the seepage and prevent ground water contamination.

• Control operating parameters during plant operations.

• Handling of all the chemicals in a proper manner with prescribed procedures to avoid any spillages, if any, with other industrial effluent will be ensured.

• Collection and treatment of spillages, if any, with other industrial effluent will be ensured.

• LDAR program will be implemented and followed fro control and detection of fugitive emission.

• Work zone monitoring will be carried out as per the monitoring program.

• Regular training to the persons handling chemicals will be provided.

• Maintaining minimum stock of hazardous chemicals on site as far as possible.

3. Manufacturing Activities & Operations of Utilities

Structural measures • Installation of flow meter at water intake

point and treated effluent discharge point. • Provision of separate energy meter for ETP,


385



APCM. • Installation of flow meters at strategic

locations to monitor the effluent quantity and maintenance of the same.

• Construction of wall gate at final outlet of storm water to prevent any discharge of contaminated storm water.

• Up gradation of ETP consisting of primary treatment along with RO for treatment of proposed effluent generated.

• Adequate stack height of DG set. • Ensure close manufacturing system order to

minimize fugitive emissions. • Provision of dedicated measuring tanks for

each reactor. • Provision of fume extraction system

wherever required. • Provision of designated hazardous waste

storage area with proper roofing and leachate collection.

• Acquire membership of common hazardous waste management facility for disposal of hazardous wastes.

• Proper foundation, alignment and installation of rubber padding as well acoustic enclosures for noise and vibration generating equipment and machineries

• Isolation of high noise generating machineries

• Adequate green belt development to attenuate the noise levels.

Procedural measures • Maintain logbook for water, power, raw

material, fuel and other resources consumption (for production, ETP, APCM etc.)

• Proper and timely oiling, lubrication, preventive maintenance of all plant machinery of all plant machinery & equipment.

• ETP operation is supervised by trained and experienced personnel.

• Operational logbook for effluent treatment systems is maintained.

• Continuous and efficient operation of ETP periodical maintenance in line with procedures defined and manuals provided


386



by the supplier. • Performance evaluation of installed ETP as

per monitoring program. • Wall gate at storm water will be kept

completely closed other than monsoon to prevent any discharge of effluent/ wash water in unforeseen situation.

• Storm water will be checked for any chemical contamination before discharge, if it is found contaminated, it will be re-directed to ETP for treatment.

• Proper discharge of sewage to soak pit through septic tank will be ensured.

• Good housekeeping is ensured to avoid contamination of storm water.

• Regular maintenance of reactors and other process equipment is ensured.


• Development of green belt for control of air pollution.

• Charging of liquid raw material by pumping & closed loop system.

• Work zone monitoring carried out as per the monitoring system.


• Collection, Storage, Handling, Transportation and disposal of all the hazardous wastes as per the hazardous and other wastes (management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016.

• Manual handling of hazardous waste is avoided.

• Disposal of hazardous waste at approved TSDF site is be ensured with manifest only.

• Technology for Cleaner production, waste minimization, treatment/ Reuse/ recycle/ Co – incineration of wastes will be explored.

• Preparation and implementation of preventive maintenance schedule for equipment and machineries

• Provisions of ear plugs/ ear muffs to workers working with high noise generating areas.

• “work permit system” for restricted entry to high noise generating areas


387



• Monitoring of noise levels at prominent locations as per monitoring program.

4. Green belt Development

Structural measures • Selection of species to be done considering

the soil type as well as tolerance to specific air pollutants expected to generate from plant operations.

• Adoption of water sprinklers and drip irrigation system.

Procedural measures

• Allocation of fund for green belt development and maintenance.

• Survival rate of plant species to be monitored.

• Greenbelt will be maintained by regular watering, soil enrichment work (applying organic manure) weeding and providing proper protection.

5. CER activities • Preference will be given to local people for the recruitment.

• Allocation of fund for CER Activities. • CER activities will be planned after carrying

out need based analysis and in consultation with village heads based on their requirement.

• Periodical review of fund Utilization.

11.13 CONCLUSION

It can be concluded on a positive note that due to the adequate provision and efficient operation of Environmental Management Systems and after the implementation of the proposed mitigation measures and environmental management plans, the project activities during the construction and operation phase would have manageable & largely have reversible impacts on the environment, and on balance the project would be beneficial to surrounding communities and the region.


388



CHAPTER 12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT Bhagwati Enviro care Pvt. Ltd. is one of the leading environmental consulting organizations based at Ahmedabad, Gujarat. Engaged in providing consulting, engineering, designing, auditing, monitoring & testing and other regulatory compliance services. It was established in January 98 and consists of the highly qualified and well-experienced engineers, scientists, chemists. This technical team is supported by a pool of highly qualified and experienced associated experts from various disciplines. We have successfully completed more than 1500 projects in the field of consulting, auditing, monitoring & testing, pollution control i.e. Design, Installation and commissioning of wastewater treatment plants and air pollution control equipments, during last 20 years. We are also dealing in the projects of waste minimization and cleaner production technology. We are having a strong team of Technocrats and Scientists. We have well equipped MOEF and NABL approved analytical laboratory facility including facilities to analyze physical, chemical and biological parameters as per the requirements of the State Pollution Control Board and our clients. Our team of technocrats and scientists are well experienced to deal with the Design, Installation and Commissioning of wastewater treatment plants and air pollution control equipments and also well conversant to the projects of Waste Minimization and Cleaner Production Technology. The organization has obtained below mentioned recognition and accreditations to provide you competent and efficient services.

QCI-NABET accreditation as an EIA Consultant Organization QCI-NABL accreditation for Chemical Testing Laboratory under ISO/IEC

17025:2005 standards Reorganization as Environmental Auditor by Gujarat Pollution Control Board. ISO 9001:2008 certificate for the Management System. ISO 14001:2015 certificate for the Management System. ISO 18001:2007certificate for the Management System. MOEF Recognized Environmental laboratory under the Environment Protection

Act 1986.


389



The organization has been engaged in carrying out EIA studies and preparation of EIA/EMP report for the varied range of industries and developmental activity since 2003. Besides the EIA study the organization is prepared and confident to render the following services in the field of environmental engineering, • Technical consultation & assistance to ensure & assure complete Environ-Legal

compliance including liaison with statutory bodies in order to get the required permits, clearances & consents.

• Assessment of Environmental Pollution Load. • Guidance to get water consent, Air consent and Solid Waste Authorization. • & M contracts for ETP, STP and CETP. • New project consultancy for Environmental Management System. • After careful study of the existing effluent treatment plant if required we suggest

suitable addition/up gradation/modification in existing Effluent Treatment Plant so as to meet with the standards as specified by the state pollution control board as per the mode of disposal.

• Preparation of application form to get NOC for Establishment of the unit and Consent for Operation from the state pollution control board providing technical guidance to the clients to do the technical correspondence and also consulting work with state pollution control board.

• Designing and executing turnkey project of Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP), Solid & Liquid Waste Incinerator and Air Pollution Control Equipment

• Schedule II Environmental Audit as per the order and guidelines of Honorable High Court of Gujarat and GPCB.

• Details Process study to reduce the pollution at source and to reuse / recycle effluent. • Preparing adequacy and efficacy report on Environmental management System for

the existing unit as well as proposed unit. • Conducting laboratory scale experiments to study treatability of industrial effluent and

preparing Treatability report. • Preparing Feasibility report on the Effluent Treatment Plant. • Performance study of existing pollution control facility and suggesting scheme for the

optimization of the facility. • Monitoring and analysis of Water, Wastewater, Air Pollution (Stack & Ambient), Solid

Waste and soil. • Monitoring and analysis of Work Area Environment and filling-up Form-37 as per the

requirements under Factory Act-1948 and Gujarat Factory Rules. • Services of chartered Engineers for chemical projects.


390

Documents

M/s. A.K. Formaline (I) Pvt Ltd